| sa 7 at | Va a * eo r on | at A oo : hi a v i ion? inlie ove rh ee \ Ly M f ch “ . ? o " X :) , , j if i 4 1 ” Ma / uf r _ " id is : , uy i 7 ; v7 4 Pat = ‘ | | fi yi a : . « j Coy, «| Ay a Ae 7 a if ais. oP i PROCEEDINGS of the California Academy of Sciences FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI SAN FRANCISCO Published by the Academy 1968-1969 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. GEorGE E, Linpsay, Chairman Dr. Epwarp L. KEsseEt, Editor Dr. LEo G. HERTLEIN No. No. No. No. 10. CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXVI Briccs, THomAs S. Phalangids of the laniatorid genus S7t- alcina (Phalangodidae: Opiliones) (108 figures). Pub- lishedmSeprembers25) 1068 | =tee. 0 iin ce ieee ke ZIEGLER, ALAN C., and WILLIAM Z. LIDICKER, Jr. Keys to the genera of New Guinea Recent land mammals (10 fig- lites) a eubushed september 25, OOS 22 2 = ee noes SPHON, GALE C., Jr., and James R. LANcE. An annotated list of nudibranchs and their allies from Santa Barbara County, California (1 figure). Published September 25, LS) ofc ite a SN ee eS ee at KERZHNER, I. M. Insects of the Galapagos Islands (Heter- optera, Nabidae) (7 figures; 1 table). Published Septem- Wpetars OOO Set iat <4 eee PI Ee ee OA ee 8 Mouton, Duptry. New Thysanoptera from Australia (45 figures). Published September 30, 1968 _...___. Netson, G. H. A revision of the genus Acmaeoderoides (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) (13 figures). Published Sep- BEMIDCE NS Ori OCS ppt Sane He eee Oe Be oe ‘0, Wine @ CARVALHO, José C. M., and W. C. Gacné. Miridae of the Galapagos Islands (Heteroptera) (56 figures). Published Septet eres Os) 90 Gaiam ees ee ee ees ee ee pomeee WILLIAMS, STANLEY C. Methods of sampling scorpion pop- ulations (2 figures; 2 tables). Published September 30, TES) Ge enter seh ee eh ed oe BN oo oe Manpra, York T. Silicoflagellates from the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Miocene of California, U.S.A. (83 figures; 7 tables). Published November 14, 1968 CLARK, RicHarp J., ErtcA D. CLARK, and STEVEN C. ANDER- son, ALAN E. Leviton. Report on a collection of amphib- ians and reptiles from Afghanistan (5 figures). Published April 10, 1969 PAGES 33-71 125-146 147-219 221-230 231-277 279-316 No. No. No. Index to Volume XXXVI Errata _ PS a 4. 15: live » AS: 20. Wiccrns, Ira L. Observations on the Vizcaino Desert and its biota (2 figures; 3 plates). Published April 10, 1969 __ ZuLLo,Victor A. A late Pleistocene marine invertebrate fauna from Bandon, Oregon (39 figures; 3 tables). Pub- lished. April’ 10,1969 222 22 Ss eee PouLTEeR, THomas C. Sonar of penguins and fur seals (8 figures). Published April 10) 1900 EEE PouLTER, THOMAS C., and RicHArD A. JENNINGS. Sonar discrimination of the California sea lion Zalophus califor- nianus (5 figures; 1 table). Published April 10, 1969 Roperts, Tyson. Osteology and relationships of characoid fishes, particularly the genera Hepsetus, Salminus, Hoplias, Ctenolucius, and Acestrorhynchus (60 figures). Published April lS, 21'G GO: 3 as ie wee Fe ee Nes ZULLO, Victor A. A new subspecies of Balanus tintinnab- ulum (Linnaeus, 1758) (Cirripedia, Thoracica) from Clip- perton Island, Eastern Pacific (26 figures). Published Aprile 8. S00 = ee eee VALENTINE, JAMES W., and RoBERT R. ROWLAND. Pleisto- cene invertebrates from Northwestern Baja California Del Norte, Mexico (5 figures; 4 tables). Published April 18, OGD ae oe nA ae ee Licut, Witit1am J. Polydora narica, new species, and Pseudopolydora kempi californica, new subspecies, two new spionids (Annelida: Polychaeta) from central California (13 figures: 2 tables)? Published Apmis, 1960) see WirtH, Wittis W. The shore flies of the genus Canace- oides Cresson (Diptera: Canaceidae) (35 figures). Pub- lished May 7, 1969 WirTH, WiLLis W. New species and records of Galapagos Diptera (49 figures). Published May 7, 1969 317-346 347-361 363-380 381-389 391-500 501-510 511-530 531-550 551-570 571-594 595-621 621 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 1, pp. 1-32; 108 figs. September 25, 1968 PHALANGIDS OF THE LANIATORID GENUS SITALCINA (PHALANGODIDAE: OPILIONES) ey Thomas S. Briggs Galileo High School Lux Laboratory, San Francisco; Field Associate, California Academy of Sciences INTRODUCTION Phalangids of suborder Laniatores are represented by three families in west- ern North America: Cosmetidae, Trianonychidae, and Phalangodidae. The fam- ily Phalangodidae, distinguished by simple paired claws on the posterior tarsi, is much better represented than previously imagined. Two genera are known in the far west, Phalangodes, an exclusively cave dwelling group in the west, and Sitalcina, the prominent genus considered herein. Zuma acuta Goodnight and Goodnight, formerly placed in Phalangodidae, has been placed in Triaenonychidae (Briggs, 1967). Nineteen new species and subspecies are described in this paper in addition to the eleven known species in this genus and several new characters are presented. HABITAT AND DISTRIBUTION With the exception of Sitalcina cockerelli Goodnight and Goodnight all species of Sitalcina have been found solely in California. A large number of closely spaced but chiefly allopatric species are a dominant feature of Sitalcina. Their distribution is largely restricted to habitats offering high humidity, dark- ness, and warmth. Thus, low elevation forests and moist grasslands provide a favorable environment while only a few species have been taken in the desert, chaparral, or above 4000 feet. These restrictions limit the mobility of these phalangids and may be largely responsible for the speciation that occurs within adjacent river valleys and watersheds. The greatest known concentrations of species occur in the Sierra Nevadan foothills east of Fresno and in the San Francisco Bay Area. [1] rice 2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES LEGEND californicus lobatus granita flava flava flava chalona sura madera cockerelli digitus sierra sierra sierra breva kaweahensis ensata cloughensis macula piedra keenea topanga eo BS HH A*HO xe e+ mod dp BO morroensis serpentinea minor tiburona sequoia scopula bifurcata borregoensis eon Palapraeputia polona SEE BAY REGION MAP 1 / \ z mariposa yosemitensis < CALIFORNIA S y Sou ore SHOWING DISTRIBUTION IN THE GENUS Sitalcina Map 1. Distribution of the genus Sitalcina in California. The shaded areas serpentine. [ Proc. 4TH SER. indicate Vor. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 3 Three microenvironments were observed for Sitalcina: (a) leaf, bark, and root debris, (b) undersurface of logs or rotting boards and rarely on the ground beneath the wood, (c) undersurface of rocks and much less commonly on the ground beneath rocks. Specimens were never observed exposed to daylight. The rocks or wood inhabited by Sitalcina usually had not been disturbed for a pro- longed period and rested on moist but not saturated soil. Several of the group, characterized by a reduced tarsal segmentation and ocular degeneration, resided exclusively under rocks. Such rock-inhabiting populations were only found in topography characterized by an undisturbed rock-strewn surface not subject to flooding. Serpentine is a common float producing rock in California and seemed to be highly, if not exclusively, favorably regarded by many species, possibly because of its moisture holding properties. Sitalcina macula, new species, S. polina, new species, S. morroensis, new species, and S. tiburona Briggs and Hom were only found under serpentine. Granite is another float producer that pro- vided the exclusive habitat for several Sierran species. Only the forest dwelling species were collected during the dry season. The drying of the ground beneath rock-dwelling populations seemed to result in their disappearance until the first major rain. COLLECTING AND PRESERVING TECHNIQUES Specimens are easily detected on the underside of rocks or wood owing to their yellow, orange, or reddish-brown color and their motionless stance or slow movements. A moist brush readily transfers them to preservative. Sifting is effective for extracting specimens from leaf litter. The Berlese funnel adds little to what can be found by sifting. A mild preservative consisting of acetic acid (8 percent), glycerine (5 per- cent), water (26 percent), and isopropyl alcohol (61 percent), has been found most successful for a number of reasons: (a) Genitalia can be protruded by applying pressure at the base of the operculum. Alcohol alone renders this simple procedure ineffective. (b) The orange color remains for a longer period. (c) The appendages remain soft and pliable for microscopic study and photog- raphy. Larger specimens, such as scorpions, will decay in this preservative, but phalangids remain in good condition. Slide mounted specimens give a better view of segments, setae and claws, and internal sclerotized parts. In spite of this, I have found that unmounted types are more desirable because slide mount- ing distorts the specimen and superimposes features that must be viewed laterally. Even the genitalia are better viewed intact and unmounted because of their 3-dimensional complexity. MORPHOLOGY Several unique characters appear among the species of Sitalcina which are of specific importance and morphological interest. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. LEGEND californicus cockerelli serpentinea tiburona minor >e#oocce polona SAN FRANCISCO BAY REGION SHOWING DISTRIBUTION IN THE GENUS Sitalcina Map 2. Distribution of the genus Sitalcina in the San Francisco Bay Region. VoL. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 5 Many of the species are very small in relation to all known laniatorid pha- langids. A peculiar trait among most of the smaller species is a marked reduction in their tarsal segment count. The tarsal segment formula reaches a minimum of 3-3-4-4 for S. sequoia Briggs and Hom. Variations in tarsal segment count of this magnitude might suggest the establishment of new genera as has been the practice by past workers. However, other characters, particularly genitalia, do not support such a division in this group. The tarsal formula within a species in Sitalcina is quite stable; no variations have been found thus far. Most of the small species possess adaptations that would normally be found only on troglodytic phalangids. The best example of these are found in S. minor Briggs and Hom, S. tiburona Briggs and Hom, and S. scopula, new species, all found on the undersurface of rocks in open grassland. These species lack both the cornea and the retina of the eyes, have light coloration, and have relatively long legs. These characters closely parallel those of S. cloughensis Briggs and Hom which is the only example of a cave-dwelling species of Sitalcina that is probably troglodytic. Other small troglodyte-like species possess the cornea but lack a retina. Presence or absence of a retina is variable in S. macula, new species while presence or absence of a cornea is variable in S. polina, new species. One specimen of S. polina had a cornea on one side of the eye tubercle and none on the other side. Two characters, one of which is apparently unique to Sitalcina, are found to be sexually dimorphic. One character is a spur on the trochanter of some of the larger species. This spur is most highly developed on S. /obatus Goodnight and Goodnight where it arches from a greatly lengthened trochanter in a com- plete loop. The trochanter, which equals the length of the femur, is almost penetrated by the tip of the spur. Females have completely normal trochanters. Other shapes of spurs are illustrated in figures 96 to 105. In some species it is difficult to tell if the spur is a dimorphic character because it is present to some extent on the females or it is reduced to a few tubercles. The function of this spur is undetermined. Similar dimorphic spurs were found in the Texas genus Texella by Goodnight (1967). The other unanticipated dimorphic character is a spur that protrudes from the dorsal surface of the palpal tarsus on males of some of the smaller species. This spur is most highly developed on S. digitus Briggs and Hom on which it almost equals the length of the terminal claw of the palpus. Among species that possess this spur, there is a wide range of development. It barely exists on some, such as S. kaweahensis Briggs and Hom and S. serpentinea Briggs and Hom. If the spur is not degenerate it may aid the male in opening the genital operculum on the female. The trochanteral spur and the palpal spur have not been found to coexist on the same species. On at least one species, dimorphic enlargement of a prolateral spine on the palpal tarsus replaces the dimorphic palpal spur. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. __COXA 4 ~~OPERCULUM ~~ SPIRACLE : | TARSUS TARSAL CLAW = | TROCHANTER” - COSy\e== == =h\- - y wa sT9 P ee ANAL PLATE A ial AEDAEGAL ann Ze ie VELUM. EYE TUBEACLE >< - AEDAEGUS© SN. SS SS a ~ ~ x ___ CARAPACE SUPERIOR SETA, ~~. { U a Neng SCUTAL GROOVE 1 | So i Sells ee ease | |--~SCUTE ; : ie 1 } 1 Meet ASA sess L______ DORSAL eo AREA 4 Te gaa SEE ERCUIES ASTRAGALUS oe CALCANEUS ae © WA. ME TATARSUS YG ae # Soa TIBIA _ [FIXED FINGER TARSUS ds pV, PATELLA~ / WV ~-MOVABLE FINGER CLAW f 6 | ray SEGMENT 5 A = —~ - 4 a. >-~~~~-BASAL SEGMENT ee Vot. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 7 Most remaining external structures on Sitalcina are typical of Phalangodids. It should be mentioned that the second trochanter has been overlooked by most workers, but exists as a small segment rigidly joined to the femur. Examination of the genitalia showed that the penis could be used to dis- tinguish species and subspecies. The ventral plates of the penes were compared, but one might have utilized the far more complex aedaegal velum that can be unfolded from above these plates. Parts of the folded velum may be visible in the ventral view of the ventral plate and were so indicated in the illustrations. SPECIATION Two major groups and a number of smaller ones have been recognized in the genus Sitalcina. They are not presently believed to be of subgeneric importance because they have no characters which consistently belong to members of a particular group and not to members of other groups. This gradation of diverse traits suggest a rapid evolution toward several distinct genera. One major group, characterized by S. californicus (Banks) and S. lobatus Goodnight and Good- night, has the most well developed of the trochanteral spurs that appear on the fourth legs of the males. This group has a maximum tarsal segment count and has well developed eyes. The second major group, characterized by S. digitus Briggs and Hom and S. minor Briggs and Hom, lacks the trochanteral spur but often has a dorsal spur on the palpal tarsus of males. This group usually has a reduced tarsal segment count and degenerate or totally absent eyes. Some species (S. bifurcata, new species, S. scopula, new species, and S. palapraeputia, new species) are distinguished from both groups by unusual ventral plates of the penis. The bifurcated ventral plate of S. bifurcata suggests that of genus Phalangodes and an undetermined Texas genus, but a membrane joins the two prongs near their base. Among the characters found useful for species descriptions in Phalangodidae are the scute length and width. The length of the scute is more precisely de- termined than the length of the cephalothorax and does not depend on the con- dition of the specimen as much as the total body length does. The length of the second pair of legs best expresses the development of a tactile function in the legs of blind specimens while the lengths of the other legs add little taxonomic information. The lengths of the individual leg segments also are of questionable taxonomic value because they are difficult to measure consistently on un- mounted specimens, vary somewhat within a species, and seldom are of an inde- pendently distinctive length. Forster (1954) presents data giving femur lengths < Ficures la-6. External morphology of Sitalcina. Figure 1a, dorsal view of body (S. cockerelli) ; figure 1b, ventral view of body (S. cockerelli) ; figure 2, typical pedipalp; figure 3, claws on hind tarsus; figure 4, ventral view of extended penis (S. madera) ; figure 5, typical chelicera; figure 6, typical 4th leg. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. for Nuncia obesa which show that considerable variation can occur within Laniatorid subspecies. Any deviations from normal leg or leg-segment lengths found in this study are indicated. Sitalcina Banks, 1911 Sitalces (part) BANKS, 1893, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 20, p. 15. Metapachylus BANKS, 1909, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., vol. 61, p. 230. Sitalcina BANKs, 1911, Pomona Jour. Ent., vol. 3, pp. 412-421. GOODNIGHT AND GOODNIGHT, 1942, Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1188, p. 8. Briccs anp Hom, 1966, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 42, p. 263. Paramitraceras (part) RoEwer, 1912, Arch. Naturg., vol. 77A, p. 155. Pachylicus (part) ROEWER, 1923, Die Webernechte der Erde, p. 118. First tarsus with three segments; distitarsus of first leg with two segments, of second with two or three; second, third and fourth tarsi with a maximum of five segments; maxillary lobe of second coxa with or without a small ventral projection; palpus with moderate ventral spination. Eye tubercle on anterior margin of cephalothorax, without spines, smooth or with tubercles. Dorsum with five distinct areas, boundaries parallel to one another; first area without a median line; all dorsal areas and free tergites without median spines. Abdomen uniformly rounded caudad. Ventral plate of penis undivided or, if divided, a membrane extends across the division. bo Un a i 10. TYPE SPECIES. Sitalcina californicus (Banks). KEY TO SPECIES OF SITALCINA Tarsal formula 3-5-4-5, ventral plate of penis bifurcate S. bifurcata, new species Tarsal formula otherwise, if 3-5-4-5 then ventral plate entire 2 2 farsallformulays=5-5-5) ee 5a ee ake! Va Rete be iti 3 Not so) = a ee A ie Pa PR ee A es SOS ne 16 HVC S eLearn ae ea es ee a a eee a 4 VSS DreSent sess ee en 5 Ventral plate of penis broad, with dense setae S. scopula, new species Ventral plate of penis normal, sparsely setose S. cloughensis Briggs and Hom Eye tubercle low, nearly at level of scute; space between teeth on anterior margin of scute at least equal to the width of individual teeth S. borregoensis, new species Eye tubercle elevated; teeth on anterior margin of scute in closely spaced groups if morejthan' avsingle spain asspresent) ss 6 Male with spur on palpal tarsus, trochanteral spur absent a INOt., ‘SO: Lie So oe ee ee ee ee eee 9 Prominent superior setae on tip of ventral plate of penis S. topanga, new species Tip: ot ventral. plate without: setae) se eee 8 . Ventral plate of penis notched, resembles an arrowhead S. digitus Briggs and Hom Not so, ventral plate with a distal extension S. mariposa, new species Male with spur on 2nd trochanter of 4th legs, no spur on Ist trochanter Se ee a a ee ih OY SOCMES 2nd trochanter without spur, 1st trochanter with tubercles or spur 10 1st trochanter on 4th legs with several tubercles or rounded lobes 11 USt trochanter. with) alepr Oma Te Watts yo Uae eee 12 Vor. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 9 BE 13% 14. 16. fe 18. 19% 20. 28. 29; Ventral plate of penis with inferior setae, eye tubercle recessed from anterior margin of cephalothorax s eee _ S. cockerelli Goodnight and Goodnight Ventral plate without inferior setae, eye Aaberele extends over anterior margin of Gephialocno rages = a ek Si ee S. granita, new species Ist trochanter on 4th ees with a straight, rod-shaped spur, eye tubercle a pointed COT) Cn fe ee SSI COILONMIGUS banks) Ist trochanter with a curved, hae Siamedne Spurs ee eae We = l3 lst trochanter on 4th legs greatly lengthened, spur forms a complete loon eee a ee ee — «S. lobatus Goodnight and Goodnight ING teS Oper ee ed e e I2es 2a to, (a RAs ES Eee Sees fe es Body robust, reddish-orange ; oe operat on 2nd trochanter of 4th ones {ees cavities SNS Es ae a ee ee Ss SU, RY, GORGES Body yellow, no swelling on and ‘trochanter eee SS Ventral plate uniformly rounded distally Paco S. flava, new species Ventral plate of penis with angular apex in an arrowhead shape - Le Se eee 283 hy ee ee ee Se uaacnalona Mewasubspecies harsaletormulars=5-4-5 02 eS. kaweahensis_Brices and Hom NY (O RS 0 eee a se Se ee Ra ee set IV, Uvearsseall met Tet N Ua eS = 4c ee es a a eS INO) SO, eS Ee ine ae ee ee ee 7) Ventral plate of penis sclerotized and broadly truncate ___ S. palapraeputia, new species Ventral plate normal ________. Lil PRE eel By er, Pee RE 5 pee E eee dil) Retina absent —-_ rR OS nee ee eee eee S. serpentinea Briggs and Hom Netinampnesentmsse se kitts este eh ee et oer OS ety Seales 20 Male without spur from center of dorsum of palpal tarsus ____ S. piedra, new species Center of dorsum of palpal tarsus with prominent spur a a ee 7 Ventral plate of penis with setore apex _____.-.-......- —_ __ S. keenea, new species Ventral plate with bare, bilobed apex __ ee eS OSEMILENSIS NeWaSpecles Tarsal formula 3-3-4-4 —__ : - poe he SEAR oe & __ S. sequoia Briggs and Hom Teese TOOT Cael ee Se S : pwn cate Bibles 975) Bodyamottledswitihedarkem ar kam gs) ee S. macula, new species INO SO ie Ee ee sgt ey eerie Oe, ee EI! he ata Fe eee eee ae ee Wee Retinal presents ee Bete ee Et eS CE EN Sree es ee 25 Retina absent - Soa te ss eee ee oe TOP ON Se Rot AAR Ste ON Re Bn Ne NY |) Male with anterior aria spine of palpal tarsus twice length of posterior POGOe HANGS OUT) eee a a hs Se See S. ensata, new species Anterior prolateral spine about equal in length to posterior prolateral spine _._______ 26 Ventral plate of penis notched, resembles an arrowhead; palpal spur prominent ~ a! | Lent SOLA oe re oe ne OR ee ee Ss WOR. SA NIE, eral, Leloram INO). ee eee Se 2 Pa Pe S. sierra breva, new species Eye tubercle about 4 width of body, eye tubercle descends gradually posteriorly —__ ee Se Ee Se A Re eee S. tiburona Briggs and Hom Eye tubercle about 15 width of body, descends rapidly posteriorly — am mae 8 Male with prominent spur on palpal tarsus, tip of ventral plate of penis with SQUAC Tee a st OBL Eee oe oe ee ee S. morroensis, new species INOfeSOpees Serer ee 2 ae ee oe SS ye A ee aE 29 Ventral plate of penis with extended tip, small spur on palpal tarsus Ei rene aivorsny Cie BI) Sliver the eo ee ee eee) eee eee: S. polina, new species Ventral plate rounded anteriorly, no palpal spur... S. minor Briggs and Hom 10 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. All new types, including paratypes, are deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Sitalcina californicus (Banks). (Figures 7, 37, 67, and 96.) Sitalces californicus BANKS, 1893, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 20, p. 151. Sitalcina californicus BANKs, 1911, Pomona Jour. Ent., vol. 3, pp. 412-421. Goodnight and Goodnight, 1942, Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1188, pp. 8-9. Paramitraceras californicus ROEWER, 1912, Arch, Naturg., vol. 68A, p. 155. Pachylicus californicus ROEWER, 1923, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 118. Mate. Scute length, 1.22 mm. Scute width, 1.20 mm. Total body length, 1.70 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.28 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.34 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 3.12 mm. Antero-lateral margin of scute with 2 to 3 pointed tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle a prominent pointed cone; surface granulate. Eyes present. Anterior margin of operculum not uniformly rounded. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa small. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur on 4th legs elongated into a thick rod, directed posteriorly, with a lobe on the ventral edge. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ventral plate of penis with marginal setae on each side and a bare, scupe- shaped tip. Penis stalk narrow. Color variable, from light orange to a dark reddish brown. Abdomen oc- casionally darkened by internal material. FEMALE. Similar to male but with anterior margin of operculum rounded and without trochanteral spurs. Ovipositor with a terminal ring of 12 spines in four groups of 3. Type LocaALity. Southern California. NEw ReEcoRDS. CALIFORNIA. ALAMEDA County: 0.6 mile east Mac- Arthur Blvd. along Chabot Road, 4 December 1966, V. Lee. CoNntTRA Costa County: Canyon and Pine Hurst Roads; 2 miles west of Moraga, 19 August 1965, T. Briggs and V. Lee. Marin County: 1 mile southeast Inverness, 12 March 1966, C. W. O’Brien; north end of paved road on Bolinas Ridge, 5 De- cember 1965, 13 December 1965, 1 January 1966, V. Lee, K. Hom, and T. Briggs; 1.8 miles southwest Alpine Dam, 27 January 1966, K. Hom; 3 miles northeast Alpine Dam, 27 January 1966, P. Chin; Phoenix Lake, 14 May 1966, V. Lee; Lake Lagunitas, 19 July 1966, 5 February 1966, T. Briggs and K. Hom; => Ficures 7-22. Dorsal aspect of species of Sitalcina. Figure 7, S. californicus; figure 8, S. lobatus; figure 9, S. granita; figure 10, S. flava flava; figure 11, S. flava chalona; figure 12, S. sura; figure 13, S. madera; figure 14, S. cockerelli; figure 15, S. digitus; figure 16, S. sierra sierra; figure 17, S. sierra breva; figure 18, S. ensata; figure 19, S. kaweahensis; figure 20, S. cloughensis; figure 21, S. macula; figure 22, S. piedra. Vor. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 11 Oe Sy ee uvee Ne OY i > = Te Boos vious ie iha Poy-o-ceu ee ae TM wwe rue e YTS wor 12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. 2 miles northwest Bolinas, 22 March 1966, C. W. O’Brien; Bishop pine forest on Pt. Reyes, 6 February 1966, K. Hom; 1.8 miles east Stinson Beach along Panoramic Highway, 3 July 1966, T. Briggs, A. Jung, and K. Hom; 0.3 miles north Muir Woods, 27 August 1965, V. Lee, T. Briggs, D. Owyang, and K. Hom. MENDocINO County: 1.5 miles southeast Little River, 3 August 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee, and K. Hom; near east entrance W. H. Standley State Park, 4 July 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee, and K. Hom. SAN BENITO County: 3 miles north- west San Juan Bautista, 28 February 1967, V. Lee. SAN Luis Opispo CouNTY: 3 miles due southwest Atascadero, 25 March 1967, T. Briggs and V. Lee; 1.1 miles west San Luis Obispo along Perfumo Road, 26 February 1967, V. Lee; 1.9 miles northwest San Luis Obispo along Stenner Road, 26 February 1967, V. Lee and T. Briggs. San Mateo County: Pilarcitos Lake, 27 February 1966, 17 February 1966, C. W. O’Brien; Linda Mar, 17 February 1967, T. Briggs and V. Lee; 7 miles southwest Crystal Springs Dam, 19 February 1966, T. Briggs and V. Lee. SANTA Cruz County: Stump Hole Cave, near University of Cali- fornia campus, 17 November 1966, T. Briggs; Empire Cave, near University of California campus, 25 November 1966, K. Hom; Cave Gulch at University of California campus, 17 November 1966, 19 March 1966, K. Hom and T. Briggs; Bat Cave, near University of California campus, 11 June 1966. SONOMA County: 13.4 miles southeast Stewarts Point, 3 July 1966, V. Lee; Jenner, 12 March 1967, T. Briggs and K. Hom; 0.3 miles west Plantation, 12 February 1966, K. Hom, T. Briggs, D. Owyang, and A. Jung; 4.1 miles southeast Ft. Ross, 3 July 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee, A. Jung, and K. Hom; 1 mile north Camp Meeker, 12 March 1967, T. Briggs; 5.8 miles northeast junction of Pleasant and Chalk Hill roads, 8 miles north of Santa Rosa, 21 April 1966, K. Hom, T. Briggs, and V. Lee. Sitalcina lobatus Goodnight and Goodnight. (Figures 8, 38, 68, and 97.) Sitalcina lobatus GOODNIGHT AND GOODNIGHT, 1942, Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1188, p. 9. MALE. Scute length, 1.12 mm. Scute width, 1.18 mm. Total body length, 1.88 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.28 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.24 mm. 2nd leg length, 2.91 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 4 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites with prominent lobe. Eye tubercle a rounded, tuberculate mound. Eyes present. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa reduced. S Ficures 23-36. Dorsal aspect of species of Sitalcina. Figure 23, S. keenea; figure 24, S. topanga; figure 25, S. morroensis; figure 26, S. serpentinea; figure 27, S. minor; figure 28, S. tiburona; figure 29, S. sequoia; figure 30, S. scopula; figure 31, S. bifurcata; figure 32, S. palapraeputia; figure 33, S. borregoensis; figure 34, S. polina; figure 35, S. mariposa; figure 36, S. vosemitensis. VoL. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 13 14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. 1st trochanter on 4th legs elongated to equal or surpass length of femur. Trochanteral spur arched into a complete loop with tip embedded in trochanter. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ventral plate of penis with a rounded, spoon-shaped distal process. Superior setae project from base of process and along anterior margins of ventral plate. Penis stalk narrow. Color orange to reddish brown. FeMALE. Similar to male but without trochanteral spur or elongated 4th trochanter. Ovipositor similar to that of type species. TYPE LOCALITY. Oceanside, California. NEw RECORDS. CALIFORNIA. Los ANGELES County: 7 miles north Clare- mont along road to Mt. Baldy, 31 December 1966, K. Hom, T. Briggs, and A. Jung. RiversipE County: Hurkey Creek Camp, San Bernardino National Forest, 3 April 1966, T. Briggs and K. Hom; 9.5 miles north San Jacinto along highway 79, 3 April 1966, V. Lee and K. Hom; 1 mile northwest Lake Elsinore in Slater Canyon, 21 December 1966, T. Briggs; 2 miles due northwest Perris, 24 March 1967, V. Lee. SAN DiEcGo County: 5.9 miles north Lakeside, 28 De- cember 1966, T. Briggs. Sitalcina granita Briggs, new species. (Figures 9, 39, 69, and 98.) Mate. Scute length, 1.47 mm. Scute width 1.41 mm. Total body length, 2.19 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.37 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.42 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 4.06 mm. Anterior margin of scute with one tubercle on each side. Posterior margin of tergites lobate. Eye tubercle a large, rounded cone directed over anterior margin of scute. Eyes present. Operculum small. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur on 4th legs reduced to two rounded lobes directed retrolaterally, posterior lobe being largest. Palpal tarsus slender, dorsal spur absent. Ventral plate of penis uniformly elliptical, bordered by superior setae except at tip. Penis stalk narrow. Color orange to reddish brown. FEMALE. Measurements about 75 percent of male measurements. Trochan- teral lobes absent. Ovipositor small, terminal spines of moderate length. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and 14 paratypes. Under granite in oak grassland, 7 miles east Fountain Springs, Tulare County, California, 14 March 1967, T. Briggs, V. Lee, A. Jung, and K. Hom. Numerous paratypes 6.3 miles east Fountain Springs, Tulare County, California, 19 March 1967, T. Briggs, K. Hom, A. Jung, and P. Lum. One paratype under granite, 1.4 miles east Granite Station, Kern County, California, 22 January 1967, K. Hom. Vot.XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 15 Sitalcina flava Briggs, new species. (Figures 10, 40, 70, and 99.) MALE. Scute length, 1.06 mm. Scute width 1.12 mm. Total body length, 1.51 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.30 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.33 mm. 2nd leg length, 2.98 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 3 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites with prominent lobes. Eye tubercle uniformly rounded, smooth. Eyes present. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa broadly rounded. Operculum small, posterior and anterior margins about equal, lateral margins convex. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur sharply curved posteriorly from venter of 4th coxa. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ventral plate of penis with numerous short setae on lateral margins; distal end uniformly rounded. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without trochanteral spur. Terminal ring of spines on ovipositor irregular. Typers. Holotype male, allotype female, and two paratypes. Under sandstone in dense Live Oak, 1 mile south Topanga, Los Angeles County, California, 24 March 1967, T. Briggs and K. Hom. Eight specimens under sandstone in dense live oak, 3.3 miles north Topanga Beach, Los Angeles County, 7 April 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee, and K. Hom. One specimen in oak and sycamore litter, 4.7 miles north Topanga, Los Angeles County, California, 27 December 1966, T. Briggs. Sitalcina flava chalona Briggs, new subspecies. (Figures 11, 41, 71, and 100.) Mate. Scute length, 1.15 mm. Scute width, 1.34 mm. Total body length, 1.95 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.29 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.26 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 3.70 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 4-5 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites with prominent lobes. Eye tubercle a rounded cone. Eyes present. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa blunt lobes. Operculum small, posterior and anterior margins about equal, lateral margins convex. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur sharply curved posteriorly from venter of 4th coxa. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ventral plate of penis with numeous short setae on lateral margins; distal end without setae, shaped like an arrowhead. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without trochanteral spur. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and four paratypes. Under rhyolite in dense chapparal on north facing slopes of Bear Gulch Canyon, Pinnacles National Monument, San Benito, California, 26 November 1966, T. Briggs. Other records from under rocks on moist slopes of Old Pinnacles Camp Ground, 16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. 65 66 Ficures 37-66. Lateral view of eye tubercle of species of Sitalcina. Figure 37, S. cali- fornicus; figure 38, S. lobatus; figure 39, S. granita; figure 40, S. flava flava; figure 41, S. flava chalona; figure 42, S. sura; figure 43, S. madera; figure 44, S. cockerelli; figure 45, S. digitus; figure 46, S. sierra sierra; figure 47, S. sierra breva; figure 48, S. ensata; figure 49, S. kaweahensis; figure 50, S. cloughensis; figure 51, S. macula; figure 52, S. piedra; figure 53, S. keenea; figure 54, S. topanga; figure 55, S. morroensis; figure 56, S. serpentinea; figure 57, S. minor; figure 58, S. tiburona; figure 59, S. sequoia; figure 60, S. scopula; figure 61, S. bifurcata; figure 62, S. palapraeputia; figure 63, S. mariposa; figure 64, S. borregoensis ; figure 65, S. polina; figure 66, S. yosemitensis. Vor. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 17 19 March 1967, J. Tom, and 0.5 miles east Chalone Camp Ground, 20 March HOG. ). Lom. Sitalcina sura Briggs, new species. (Figures 12, 42, 72, and 101.) Mate. Scute length, 1.43 mm. Scute width, 1.64 mm. Total body length, 2.41 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.37 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.41 mm. 2nd leg length, 4.20 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 4 prominent tubercles on each side. Posterior margins of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle large, spherical. Eyes large. Maxil- lary processes on 2nd coxa of normal size. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur on 4th legs broad, curved sharply to the posterior. Swelling present on 2nd trochanter. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ventral plate of penis broad, with numerous small setae on lateral margins. Distal margin without setae, slightly bilobed. Penis stalk narrow. Color reddish brown. Femate. About 90 percent size of male. Trochanteral spur absent. Ovi- positor normal in structure. Tyres. Holotype male, allotype female, and four paratypes. Under rocks in redwood forest at Big Sur, Monterey County, California, 20 March 1966, T. Briggs and K. Hom. Four paratypes under Monterey Pine logs on False Pt. Sur, Monterey County, California, 20 March 1966, K. Hom and T. Briggs. Numerous specimens from redwood groves in Bixby Canyon, Monterey County, California, 9 July 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina madera Briggs, new species. (Figures 4, 13, 43, 73, and 102.) Mate. Scute length, 1.30 mm. Scute width, 1.28 mm. Total body length, 1.92 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.34 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.32 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 3.22 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 3 prominent tubercles on each side. Posterior margins of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle a rounded cone. Eyes present. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa small. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur absent from Ist trochanter of 4th legs, but a short cylindrical spur exists prolaterally on 2nd _ trochanter. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ventral plate of penis setose along entire distal margin. Setae short and dense. Color orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but with a smaller spur on 2nd trochanter of 4th legs. Operculum is small and withdrawn from contact with 4th coxa. Ovipositor is of normal structure. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and three paratypes. Under granite 18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. in yellow pine and oak forest 5 miles south Coarsegold, Madera County, Cali- fornia, 16 April 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina cockerelli Goodnight and Goodnight. (Figures 14, 44, 74, and 103.) Sitalcina cockerelli GOODNIGHT AND GOopNIGHT, 1942, Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1188, p. 9. Mate. Scute length, 2.35 mm. Scute width, 2.06 mm. Total body length, 3.20 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.70 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.59 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 3.30 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 1-3 tubercles on each side, outermost pair largest. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle a rounded mound slightly recessed from anterior margin of scute. Eyes present. Operculum some- what setose. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa prominent. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur on 4th legs reduced to 2 to 4 large retrolateral tubercles. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ventral plate of penis uniformly setose with inferior and superior setae, with- out a bare tip. Setae uniformly short. Penis stalk narrow. Color orange. FeMALE. Similar to male but with reduced trochanteral tubercles. One in- land female considerably smaller than male. Ovipositor with a terminal ring of 12 spines in 3’s. TypE LocALity. Myer’s Auto Camp, Humboldt County, California. NEw REcoRDS. CALIFORNIA. DEt Norte County: Ft. Dick, 2 December 1966, C. W. O’Brien; 1.6 miles north Del Norte Coast Redwoods State Park, 18 June 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee, A. Jung, and K. Hom; 0.3 miles southeast of east entrance Jedediah Smith Redwoods State Park, 25 June 1966, A. Jung and K. Hom; 2.1 miles northeast Crescent City, 25 June 1966, K. Hom. HuMBoLpT County: 2.9 miles south Garberville, 13 March 1966, K. Hom; Orick, 18 June 1966, K. Hom and V. Lee; 1.0 miles north Pepperwood, 28 January 1967, T. Briggs and V. Lee; Arcata Redwood Tree Farm, near Prairie Creek State Park, 18 June 1966, V. Lee. Martin County: Lake Lagunitas picnic area, 19 July 1966, T. Briggs; 0.75 miles east Bon Tempe Lake Dam, 3 April 1966, K. Hom. MENDOCINO CouNTy: Cummings, 12 March 1966, K. Hom; near east entrance William H. Standley State Park, 4 July 1966, T. Briggs and K. Hom; Under- wood Park, 13 March 1966, T. Briggs and K. Hom; 1.0 miles north Squaw > Ficures 67-90. Ventral view of penis of species of Sitalcina. Figure 67, S. californicus ; figure 68, S. lobatus; figure 69, S. granita; figure 70, S. flava flava; figure 71, S. flava chalona; figure 72, S. sura; figure 73, S. madera; figure 74, S. cockerelli; figure 75, S. digitius; figure 76, S. sierra sierra; figure 77, S. sierra breva; figure 78, S. ensata; figure 79, S. kaweahensis; figure 80, S. cloughensis; figure 81, S. macula; figure 82, S. piedra; figure 83, S. keenea; figure 84, S. topanga; figure 85, S. morroensis; figure 86, S. serpentinea; figure 87, S. minor; figure 88, S. polina; figure 89, S. tiburona; figure 90, S. sequoia. 19 BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA VoL. XXXVI] 20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. Rock, on Highway 101, 13 March 1966, T. Briggs; 2.3 miles south Piercy, 13 March 1966, 18 June 1966, V. Lee, K. Hom, and T. Briggs. Napa County: 4.3 miles northwest Napa, on Redwood Road, 21 May 1966, T. Briggs and K. Hom; under serpentine in Digger Pine forest near Hennesy Dam, 12 March 1967, T. Briggs. SonomMA County: Redwood grove at bridge on Chalk Hill Road, 13.8 miles north Santa Rosa, 21 May 1966, K. Hom. OREGON. Curry County: Boardman State Park, 18 June 1966, T. Briggs, A. Jung, V. Lee, and K. Hom; 3 miles east Pistol River, 18 June 1966, V. Lee and K. Hom; 1.5 miles southeast Nesika Beach, 29 January 1967, K. Hom and T. Briggs; 4.5 miles south Gold Beach, 29 January 1967, 19 June 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee, A. Jung, and K. Hom. Sitalcina digitus Briggs and Hom. (Figures 15, 45, 75, and 106.) Sitalcina digitus Briccs AND Hom, 1967, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 43, pp. 51-52. Mate. Scute length, 0.96 mm. Scute width, 0.94 mm. Total body length, 1.40 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.22 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.60 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 2 prominent tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites slightly tuberculate. Eye tubercle in the form of a blunt cone with tubercles on dosal surface. Eyes present. Maxillary lobes on 2nd coxa slightly directed ventrally. Operculum large, overlaps 4th coxa slightly. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with prominent spur about one-third to two-thirds length of terminal claw. Ventral plate of penis in the shape of an arrowhead with deep lateral notches near apex. Color orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur. TYPE LOCALITY. 2.2 miles south of Giant Forest, Sequoia National Park, Tulare County, California, K. Hom and T. Briggs. Sitalcina sierra sierra Briggs and Hom. (Figures 16, 46, and 76.) Sitalcina sierra Briggs and Hom, 1967, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 43, p. 49. Mate. Scute length, 0.87 mm. Scute width, 0.83 mm. Total body length, 1.12 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.14 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Length of 2nd legs, 2.15 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 1—2 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle a blunt cone. Eyes present. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa small. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with a spur that is not more than one-third the length of terminal claw. Ventral plate of penis with shallow lateral notches. Color yellow-orange. Vor. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 21 FEMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur. TYPE LOCALITY. 6.2 miles north of Mercer Caverns, Sheep Ranch Road, Calaveras County, California, T. Briggs and K. Hom. NEw RECORDS. CALIFORNIA. TuoLUMNE County: Under limestone out- side of entrance to Crystal Palace Cave, near Columbia, 11 April 1967, T. Briggs. Under limestone outside entrance to McLean’s Cave, near Columbia, 13 May 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina sierra breva Briggs, new subspecies. (Figures 17, 47, and 77.) MAte. Scute length, 0.70 mm. Scute width, 0.78 mm. Total body length, 0.98 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.14 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.14 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 1.97 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 1—2 prominent tubercles. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle rounded and slightly conical. Eyes present, retina reduced in size and darkness of pigment. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa project as angular lobes. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with a very small spur. Ventral plate of penis with reduced lateral projections and few superior setae. Color yellow. FEMALE. Similar to male but without spur on palpal tarsus. Typrs. Holotype male, allotype female, and four paratypes. Under basalt in grassland 1 mile south Knight’s Ferry, Stanislaus County, California, 11 April 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina ensata Briggs, new species (Figures 18, 48, and 78.) MALE. Scute length, 0.81 mm. Scute width, 0.81 mm. Total body length, 1.12 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.16 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.08 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 2—3 prominent tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle rounded, slightly conical. Eyes pres- ent. Operculum with lateral groove under anterior margin. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa much reduced. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent or much reduced. Anterior prolateral spine on palpal tarsus twice as long as posterior prolateral spine. Ventral plate of penis with tufts of lateral setae on bare pointed anterior. Slight lateral constriction posterior to setae. Color orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but anterior prolateral spine on palpal tarsus is same length as posterior prolateral spine. 22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [| Proc. 47H SER. 94 95 Ficures 91-95. Ventral view of penis of species of Sitalcina. Figure 91, S. scopula; figure 92, S. bifurcata; figure 93, S. palapraeputia; figure 94, S. mariposa; figure 95, S. yosemitensis. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and four paratypes. Under rocks in oak grove; 2.0 miles northwest Trimmer, Fresno County, California, 16 April 1967, T. Briggs; one paratype under granite, 4.0 miles east Academy, Fresno County, California, 16 April 1967, T. Briggs; four paratypes under schist, 7.0 miles south Trimmer, Fresno County, California, 16 April 1967, T. Briggs; three paratypes under granite, 3 miles south Toll House, Fresno County, California, 16 April 1967, W. Lum and T. Briggs. Sitalcina kaweahensis Briggs and Hom. (Figures 19, 49, and 79.) Sitalcina kaweahensis Briggs and Hom, 1966, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 42, pp. 266, 267. Mate. Scute length, 1.06 mm. Scute width, 1.00 mm. Total body length, 1.50 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.20 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.29 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 4 prominent tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites bear groups of tubercles which give them a slightly lobate ap- pearance. Eye tubercle rounded, slightly conical. Eyes present. Maxillary process on 2nd coxa small. VoL. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA Re Tarsal formula 3-5-4-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with a short, blunt spur. Ventral plate of penis with 5—7 setae on each lateral margin. Distal margin bare, uniformly rounded. Dorsal plates protrude laterally. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Smilar to male but without palpal spur. Ovipositor with normal structures. TYPE LOCALITY. 0.3 miles north junction of Woodlake-Lemon Cove Road on road to Badger, Tulare Co., California. NEw RECORDS. CALIFORNIA. TuLare County: Under granite in Coffee Creek Camp, 5 miles northwest Springfield, 18 December 1966, V. Lee; under granite on north face of Rocky Hill, near Exeter, 19 December 1966, T. Briggs: under granite on hill in Round Valley, 3 miles east Lindsay, 19 December 1966, K. Hom and T. Briggs; under granite, 1.0 miles east Three Rivers, 15 October 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina cloughensis Briggs and Hom. (Figures 20, 50, and 80.) Sitalcina cloughensis Briggs and Hom, 1967, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 43, p. 52. Mate. Scute length, 0.85 mm. Scute width, 0.88 mm. Total body length, 1.17 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.15 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Length of 2nd pair of legs, 2.47 mm. Anterior margin of scute with a prominent tubercle on each side. Posterior margin of tergites slightly tuberculate. Eye tubercle rounded and slightly conical. Eyes without cornea or retina. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus without a spur. Ventral plate of penis with a small, rounded lobe at apex. Aedeagus long, folded into an S-shaped loop. Color pale yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male. Type LocaLity. Ladder Room of Clough Cave, South Fork Ranger Station, Sequoia National Park, Tulare County, California, T. Briggs, V. Lee, and K. Hom. Sitalcina macula Briggs, new species. (Figures 21, 51, and 81.) Mate. Scute length, 0.62 mm. Scute width, 0.61 mm. Total body length, 0.84 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.09 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.12 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 1.48 mm. Anterior margin of scute with one long and one short tubercle on each side. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle low, rounded, setose, and extends over anterior margin of scute. Eyes variable, with or without retina. Corneal lens always present. Operculum oval with indentation on anterior margin. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa small, with slight ventral projection. 24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ventral plate of penis with tufts of setae on anterior lateral margins, anterior margin with scoop-shaped extension. Narrow penis stalk. Color yellow with black marbled background of inner pigmentation. FEMALE. Similar to male. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and five paratypes. Under serpen- tine on steep, moist slope in cak-grassland, 9 miles southeast of Academy, Fresno County, California, 16 April 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina piedra Briggs, new species. (Figures 22, 52, and 82.) Mate. Scute length, 1.15 mm. Scute width, 1.25 mm. Total body length, 96 97 98 99 100 101 104 102 105 106 107 /08 FiGuRES 96-108. Secondary sexual characters on males in Sitalcina. Figures 96-105, tro- chantoral spurs on the 4th legs of S. californicus, S. lobatus, S. granita, S. flava flava, S. flava chalona, S. sura, S. madera, S. cockerelli, S. scopula, and S. bifurcata respectively; figures 106-107, dorsal spurs on palpal tarsi of S. digitus and S. polina respectively; figure 108, elongate anterior prolateral spine on right palpal tarsus of S. ensata. Vor. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA ise) Wn 1.67 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.25 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 3.70 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 2—3 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle rounded, extends over anterior margin of scute, with tubercles irregularly spaced over dorsum. Eyes present, Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa small. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal spur on palpal tarsus absent or much reduced on anterior of dorsum. Ventral plate of penis with lateral setae and short distal extension bearing setae. Color reddish brown. FEMALE. Similar to male. Ovipositor with normal structures. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and one paratype. Under rocks in oak-grassland, 1.6 miles southwest Piedra, Fresno County, California, 21 Janu- ary 1967, T. Briggs, K. Hom, and A. Jung. Sitalcina keenea Briggs, new species. (Figures 23, 53, and 83.) Mate. Scute length, 0.86 mm. Scute width, 0.90 mm. Total body length, 1.22 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.08 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 2~3 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites lobate. Eye tubercle a small pointed cone. Eyes present. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with spur about 20 percent length of terminal claw. Ventral plate of penis with an extensive distal elongation bearing setae near tip. Color yellowish orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur. Ovipositor of normal structure. Tyres. Holotype male and allotype female. Under granite in moist oak- grassland, 3.2 miles northwest Keene, Kern County, California, 19 March 1967, Ven iee: Sitalcina topanga Briggs, new species. (Figures 24, 54, and 84.) Mate. Scute length, 0.91 mm. Scute width, 1.00 mm. Total body length, 1.28 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.18 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.18 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.70 mm. Each side of anterior margin of scute with 2—3 tubercles, one of which is dominant. Posterior margin of tergites with small tubercles. Eye tubercle a low, blunt mound. Eyes small. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa much reduced. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with a blunt spur. 26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Ventral plate of penis with a few superior setae along lateral margins and four prominent setae from slightly lengthened tip. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur. Ovipositor with normal structure. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and four paratypes. Under sand- stone in dense oak, 3.3 miles north Topanga Beach, in Topanga Canyon, Los Angeles County, California, 7 April 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee, and K. Hom. Two paratypes, 1.0 miles south Topanga, Los Angeles County, California, 24 March 1967, T. Briggs and K. Hom. Sitalcina morroensis Briggs, new species. (Figures 25, 55, and 85.) Mate. Scute length, 0.82 mm. Scute width, 0.85 mm. Total body length, 1.05 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.12 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.15 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.11 mm. Anterior margin of scute with one spur on each side. Posterior margin of tergites slightly tuberculate. Eye tubercle a low, rounded mound. Eyes with corneal lens without retina. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa adjacent lobes. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with a short spur. Ventral plate of penis with four prominent setae on distal apex. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur. Ovipositor with elongate anterior setae. Types. Holotype male and allotype female. Under serpentine in marshy grassland, 0.8 miles due north Morro Bay, San Luis Obispo County, California, 2 March 1967, T. Briggs. One paratype under serpentine, 0.4 miles east Morro Bay, San Luis Obispo County, California, 2 March 1967, V. Lee. Sitalcina, serpentinea Briggs and Hom. (Figures 26, 56, and 86.) Sitalcina serpentinea Briggs and Hom, 1966, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 42, pp. 268, 269. Mate. Scute length 0.84 mm. Scute width, 1.02 mm. Total body length, 1.37 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.34 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 2-3 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle an irregularly tuberculate, rounded mound. Eyes with corneal lens but without retina. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa large and in lateral contact. Operculum narrows to the anterior. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with very small spur; anterior retrolateral spine longer than posterior retrolateral spine. Vot. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 27 Ventral plate of penis with few prominent superior setae and bare, truncate tip. Dorsal plates visible as lateral projections. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur or lengthened anterior retrolateral spine. TypE LocALITY. Slope off Silver Creek Road, 5 miles southeast of Tully Road, San Jose, Santa Clara County, California. NEw REcorDS. CALIFORNIA. Contra Costa County: Under serpentine in oak grassland in Russelman Park, near Clayton, 23 April 1967, T. Briggs. SAN Mateo County: Under rotting logs in redwood grove in San Mateo Memorial County Park, 2 July 1967, V. Lee and T. Briggs. SANTA CLARA County: Under serpentine in moist grassland on eastern side of Mt. Madonna County Park, 18 January 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina minor Briggs and Hom. (Figures 27, 57, and 87.) Sitalcina minor Briggs and Hom, 1966, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 42, pp. 263-265. Mate. Scute length, 0.71 mm. Scute width, 0.77 mm. Total body length, 1.14 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.08 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.14 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.16 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 0-1 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle elliptical, broader than long; profile de- scends rapidly posteriorly. Eyes and corneal lenses absent. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa. Tarsal count 3-4-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus without a spur. Ventral plate of penis with bare, elongate distal extension. Lateral margins with few superior setae. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Almost identical in appearance to male. Type LocaLity. Under serpentine at spring 0.75 miles north of Crystal Springs Dam along County Road no. 14, San Mateo County, California, 23 January 1966, K. Hom and T. Briggs. Sitalcina tiburona Briggs and Hom. (Figures 28, 58, and 89.) Sitalcina tiburona Briggs and Hom, 1966, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 42, pp. 265-266. Mate. Scute length, 0.85 mm. Scute width, 0.82 mm. Total body length, 1.17 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.25 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.28 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.55 mm. Anterior margin of scute without tubercles. Posterior margin of tergites almost smooth. Eye tubercle oval, bluntly pointed; profile descends gently pos- 28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. teriorly. Eyes and corneal lenses absent. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa ventrally directed retrolaterally. Operculum small. Tarsal formula 3-4-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus without spur. Ventral plate of penis with short lateral setal and a bare, uniformly rounded tip. Aedeagus large. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male. Ovipositor of normal structure. TYPE LOCALITY. Under serpentine about 0.5 mile due northeast Bel Aire School, Tiburon, Marin County, California, T. Briggs and K. Hom. Sitalcina sequoia Briggs and Hom. (Figures 29, 59, and 90.) Sitalcina sequoia Briggs and Hom, 1966, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 42, pp. 267-268. MALE. Scute length, 0.71 mm. Scute width, 0.77 mm. Total body length, 1.04 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.13 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 1.78 mm. Anterior margin of scute with one tubercle on each side. Posterior margin of tergites almost smooth. Eye tubercle smooth, rounded. Eyes present. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa reduced. Operculum large, overlaps 4th coxa slightly. Tarsal count 3-3-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus without spur. Ventral plate of penis with about 5 superior setae; distal margin barely and slightly elongate. Penis stalk broad. Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but with slightly smaller operculum and slightly truncate eye tubercle. Ovipositor of normal structure. TYPE LOCALITY. 2.3 miles south Piercy, Mendocino County, California, K. Hom and T. Briggs. NEw RECORDS. CALIFORNIA. MENpbocINo County: Under Douglas Fir logs 1.5 miles southeast Little River, 3 July 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee, A. Jung, K. Hom, and P. Lum. Sitalcina scopula Briggs, new species. (Figures 30, 60, 91, and 104.) MALE. Scute length, 1.06 mm. Scute width, 1.09 mm. Total body length, 1.54 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Length of 2nd legs, 3.28 mm. Anterior margin of scute without tubercles. Posterior margin of tergites almost smooth. Eye tubercle a flattened sphere. Eyes without cornea and retina. Operculum broad. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur exists as a small, blunt tubercle on ventral side of 4th trochanter. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus without spur. VoL. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 29 Ventral plate of penis with broad, truncated plate over a distal lobe and bears a dense scopula of elongate setae. Penis stalk narrow. Color orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without trochanteral spur. Operculum broader than that of males. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and three paratypes. Under granite in moist grassland pasture, 2.8 miles northwest Fountain Springs, Tulare County, California, 19 March 1967, T. Briggs, K. Hom, and A. Jung. Sitalcina bifurcata Briggs, new species. (Figures 31, 61, 92, and 105.) MALE. Scute length, 1.20 mm. Scute width, 1.28 mm. Total body length, 1.69 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.25 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.31 mm. Length of 2nd legs, 3.30 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 5 or more large tubercles on each side. Pos- terior margin of tergites not bordered by tubercles. Cephalothorax tuberculate. Eye tubercle large, rounded, slightly tuberculate. Eyes large. Tubercles on dorsum of 2nd and 4th coxa. Operculum pentagonal with linear posterior. Tarsal formula 3-5-4-5. Trochanteral spur exists as 2 small lobes from center of 4th trochanter. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus without spur. Ventral plate of penis bifurcate with membrane joining posterior of distal divisions. Divisions bear spines laterally and distally. Color orange. FEMALE. Similar to male, including trochanteral lobes, but operculum rounded instead of pentagonal. Ovipositor of normal structure but with elongate spines. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and ten paratypes. Under rocks in yellow pine near west entrance Castle Cragg State Park, Shasta County, Cali- fornia, 6 May 1967, K. Hom, T. Briggs, and A. Jung; 13 paratypes under limestone, 5 miles southwest Round Mountain, Shasta County, California, 7 May 1967, T. Briggs and A. Jung; three paratypes under rocks, Clear Creek Camp, Shasta National Forest, Shasta County, California, 5 August 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina palapraeputia Briggs, new species. (Figures 32, 62, and 93.) Mate. Scute length, 1.10 mm. Scute width, 1.12 mm. Total body length, 1.60 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.23 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.25 mm. Length of 2nd legs, 2.66 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 2 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites slightly tuberculate. Eye tubercle rounded, nearly smooth. Eyes pres- ent. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa small. Operculum broad, concave on anterior margin. 30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Tarsal count 3-4-4-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus without a spur. Ventral plate of penis with a stiff, broad, truncated plate over a prominent distal projection. Projection and plate with setae. Dorsal plates project laterally over ventral plate. Color reddish brown. FEMALE. Similar to male. Ovipositor very short. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and two paratypes. Under serpen- tine in open grassland, 7 miles northeast Piedra, Fresno County, California, 21 January 1967, K. Hom and T. Briggs. One paratype under granite, 4.6 miles northeast Piedra, Fresno County, California, 21 January 1967, K. Hom. Sitalcina borregoensis Briggs, new species. (Figures 33 and 64.) FEMALE. Scute length, 0.86 mm. Scute width, 0.87 mm. Total body length, 1.36 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.66 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 3 tubercles, separated from each other by the width of a tubercle, on each side of margin. Posterior margin of tergites with tubercles. Eye tubercle lower than highest portion of scute, in the form of a flattened sphere with anterior tubercles. Eyes large. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa blunt. Operculum uniformly rounded anteriorly. Tarsal count 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur or spur on palpal tarsus absent. Ovipositor of normal structure. Color yellow-orange. Mare. Unknown. Types. Holotype female and two paratypes. Under granite in palm grove, Mt. Palm Springs, Anza-Borrego Desert State Park, San Diego County, Cali- fornia, 5 April 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina polina Briggs, new species. 55>) (Figures 34, 65, 88, and 107.) MAtLe. Scute length, 0.78 mm. Scute width, 0.76 mm. Total body length, 1.09 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.16 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Length of 2nd legs, 2.07 mm. Anterior margin of scute with about 2 tubercles on each side. Posterior mar- gin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle spherical and smooth. Eyes without retina and with or without corneal lense. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa slightly project downward. Operculum somewhat broadened. Tarsal count 3-4-4-4. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with a very small spur. Ventral plate of penis without a significant distal projection and with four Superior setae near anterior margin. Vot. XXXVI] BRIGGS: PHALANGIDS OF THE GENUS SITALCINA 31 Color yellow-orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and three paratypes. Under serpen- tine in moist grass at El Polin Spring, Presidio of San Francisco, San Francisco County, California, 11 December 1966, T. Briggs; 15 paratypes under serpentine in grassland on top of hill, 2.5 miles due east Shellville, Sonoma County, Cali- fornia, 2 April 1967, T. Briggs; 8 paratypes under serpentine in grassland, 1 mile northwest Novato, Marin County, California, 2 April 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina mariposa Briggs, new species. (Figures 35, 63, and 94.) MALE. Scute length, 0.98 mm. Scute width, 1.00 mm. Total body length, 1.47 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.22 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.22 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.60 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 4 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites tuberculate. Eye tubercle a rounded cone. Eyes present. Maxillary processes on 2nd coxa slightly project ventrally. Operculum with broad anterior margin. Tarsal formula 3-5-5-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with spur about one-third the length of terminal claw. Ventral plate of penis with an elongate distal extension. Lateral margins with superior setae. Penis stalk broad. Color orange. FEMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and three paratypes. Under logs in Sequoia Grove, Mariposa Grove, Yosemite National Park, Mariposa County, California, 28 July 1967, T. Briggs and K. Hom; two paratypes under logs in yellow pine, 20 miles south Yosemite Valley, Mariposa County, Californa, 28 July 1967, T. Briggs. Sitalcina yosemitensis Briggs, new species. (Figures 36, 66, and 95.) Mate. Scute length, 0.92 mm. Scute width, 0.89 mm. Total body length, 1.37 mm. Length of eye tubercle, 0.19 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.16 mm. Length of 2nd leg, 2.17 mm. Anterior margin of scute with 3 tubercles on each side. Posterior margin of tergites with small tubercles. Eye tubercle a rounded cone which extends over anterior margin of scute. Eyes large. Tarsal count 3-4-4-5. Trochanteral spur absent. Dorsal surface of palpal tarsus with a blunt spur. Ventral plate of penis with a bare, bilobed distal margin. Lateral margins with superior setae. Color orange. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. FeMALE. Similar to male but without palpal spur. Operculum more convex on anterior margin than that of males. Types. Holotype male, allotype female, and three paratypes. Under bark on ground, 5.0 miles west Crane Flat Ranger Station, Yosemite National Park, Tuolumne County, California, 28 July 1967, T. Briggs and A. Lee. LITERATURE CITED Pan- Briccs, T. S. 1967. An emendation for Zuma acuta Goodnight and Goodnight (Opiliones). Pacific Entomologist, vol. 43, p. 89. (Sub-order Laniatores). Canterbury Museum Forster, R. R. 1954. The New Zealand Harvestmen Bulletin, no. 2. American Museum GoopnicHt, C. J., Anp M. L. Goopnicut 1967. Opilionids from Texas Caves (Opiliones, Phalangoididae). Novitates, no. 2301. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 2, pp. 33-71; 10 figs. September 25, 1968 KEYS TO THE GENERA OF NEW GUINEA RECENT LAND MAMMALS By Alan C., Ziegler* and William Z. Lidicker, Jr. Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California, Berkeley INTRODUCTION During the preparation of a report on a collection of New Guinea mammals recently acquired by a Museum of Vertebrate Zoology field party, the lack of comprehensive keys which could be used in the identification of specimens from that area proved to be a serious inconvenience. The existing keys for particular groups are widely scattered through the literature and, although still useful in many respects, are either largely outdated by the discovery of new forms, or difficult to use because of more recent taxonomic and nomenclatorial changes. On the ordinal and subordinal levels, Thomas (1888) has covered the Mono- tremata and Marsupialia, and Riimmler (1938) the Rodentia of New Guinea. Miller’s (1907) key is still very good for identification of the bats, especially the Microchiroptera, but the large number of genera necessarily included in his work make it tedious to pick out diagnostic characters of the relatively few forms which might be expected to appear in New Guinea. Andersen’s monograph on the Megachiroptera (1912), with fewer genera involved, allows a fuller treat- ment of each and offers fewer problems of identification, although it and all of these papers are in great need of updating. In a series of papers appearing from 1936 to 1952, Tate presented a wealth of valuable taxonomic work covering most groups of Australasian mammals. However, the virtual absence of comparative characters, summaries, or synoptic keys in the numerous papers offers a distinct handicap to workers with less than his knowledge of New Guinea forms. Wood Jones (1923-1925), although * Present address: Bishop Museum, Honolulu. viarine Biological Laboratory LIBRARY OCT9 1968 __ WOODS HOLE, mass 34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc, 4TH SER. covering only certain Australian mammals in detail, lists distinguishing char- acters and comments on some genera and species which occur in New Guinea and therefore should be among the references consulted in connection with any work on mammals of this geographic area. The notable publications of Ellerman (1941, 1949) are still valuable for identification of rodents although hardly any external characteristics are included in his keys. Also, the distinguishing cranial and dental characters used tend to be generalized and often rather sub- jective but this is undoubtedly unavoidable in any consideration of rodent genera on a world scale. Walker’s recent generic compilation (1964) is, of course, a very informative and, in many respects, a very useful work. It is not, however, sufficiently detailed to be adequate for most identification purposes. Le Souef and Burrell (1926) as well as Troughton (1947) carry the same dis- advantages. The semipopular key to New Guinea land mammals by Husson (1955b) is useful in some respects. However, it is mainly concerned with Netherlands New Guinea, it emphasizes skin characters except for the rodents where skull characters are used almost exclusively, and it is written in Dutch and published in a poorly circulated journal. Practically no isolated skull can be identified with this key, nor can most fluid-preserved specimens or skins without skulls. Furthermore, much additional information on New Guinea mammals has become available since this work appeared. It seems obvious, then, that although the present extent of our knowledge of several New Guinea groups is, at best, rather limited, an attempt toward the compilation of comprehensive identification keys, down to at least the generic level, would be of significant value at this time. Such a set of initial keys, even though more or less tentative in some cases, would nevertheless serve as con- venient references for persons whose work requires identification of various New Guinea mammals, but who either do not have ready access to all of the scattered literature or whose schedule does not allow opportunity to perform the necessary selection and tabulation of definitive taxonomic characters. Equally or perhaps more important, the inadequacies of the keys, implicit or explicit, may themselves serve to suggest and stimulate appropriate clarifying investigations by focusing attention on questionable taxonomic points. It would obviously have been highly desirable to extend the present work to include infrageneric categories as well, but at this level the limitations in our knowledge of New Guinea mammals becomes a severe problem, and we have not attempted this at the present time. PREPARATION OF THE KEYS All of the major taxonomic literature, as well as most of the minor publica- tions dealing with New Guinea mammals, has been extensively consulted during the preparation of this paper. Basically we have used the nomenclature, specific compositions, and geographic ranges of genera as listed by Laurie and Hill (1954). However, modifications have been made where more recent papers Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 35 have suggested that this was necessary. The latter are cited at appropriate locations throughout. In the present publication, 94 genera are treated. This number includes all terrestrial mammals native or prehistorically established on the mainland of New Guinea, but not necessarily those on adjacent islands. Domesticated species are not considered even though Sus, for example, occurs ferally over much of the mainland. Members of three placental orders (Insectivora, Carnivora, and Artiodactyla) which occur on various islands off the coast of West New Guinea (West Irian) are likewise excluded. As reported by Laurie and Hill (1954), these latter genera are in addition to Sus, Suncus, Crocidura, Viverra, Para- doxurus, Babyrousa, and Cervus. A much more extensive area is covered by these keys for the Chiroptera. Because of the much greater mobility of bats and hence the greater possibility that genera now unrecorded from New Guinea may show up there in the future, we have included all genera of this order recorded by Laurie and Hill for the entire New Guinea—Celebes area (including the Lesser Sundas and Solomons). For this reason the total of 94 genera includes 18 genera of bats which have not yet been recorded from the mainland of New Guinea. One additional ter- restrial genus, Rhynchomeles, occurs only on Ceram Island, but is included also in order to complete the treatment of the Peramelidae north of Australia. This leaves 75 genera of Recent land mammals currently recorded from the New Guinea mainland itself. Of the genera treated in this paper, the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology has specimens of 50. Twenty-nine of these are represented by specimens from localities within the area covered. In addition to this material, we have examined specimens in other collections to the extent that only four of the included genera (Boneia, Neopteryx, Anamygdon, and Baiyvankamys) have not been seen by us in this study, and these are represented by only a single or, at most, a few specimens. Specimens from eight other genera have been examined only from localities outside of the boundaries of our area. These are: Acrobates, Harpio- cephalus, Chalinolobus, Glischropus, Scotophilus, Megaderma, Eonycteris, and Cynopterus. Thus 90 genera have been examined, and for 82 of these material from within the study area has been utilized. Although many of the genera which live in the area covered by our keys have ranges which extend beyond these boundaries, the characters used, and especially the measurements, do not necessarily hold for all members of the genus outside of this area. The characters appearing in older keys have been checked whenever possible against newer information and the still valid portions of these have been freely drawn upon in constructing the present keys. There are well over 2000 specimens from the Australasian region in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. These, as well as the collections of the Field Museum of Natural History and the American Museum of Natural History, have been 36 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. utilized in checking presumed diagnostic characters and, in many instances, have also provided novel key characters of apparent worth. After the keys had been completed in a preliminary form, they were tested against the extensive collections of Australasian material in the American Museum of Natural History. The keys were thus further developed and sub- stantiated by this procedure. Illustrations have been provided in cases where they appear to serve better than a verbal description. It will be noted that certain figures are necessarily rather generalized because they are intended to portray a particular character common to more than one genus. Others, however, are diagnostic for the single genus involved. USE OF THE KEYS The keys are based primarily upon cranial and dental characters because, for a majority of genera, these seem to offer a greater number of objective criteria than do external features. However, one or more external characteristics are always provided in each choice at a dichotomy in order that skins unaccom- panied by a skull or fluid-preserved specimens from which the skulls have not been removed may also be identified. We have attempted to avoid the use of subjective characters such as ‘“‘teeth rather selenodont” or ‘‘nasal region scantily haired and glandular” but utilization of some of these, especially in regard to external characters, has been found unavoidable in a few instances. The ex- ternal, as well as some of the cranial, measurements appearing here are those of adult individuals and do not necessarily hold for younger animals. Immature bats may be distinguished from adults by the swollen appearance of the epiphy- seal regions of the forelimb metapodials and phalanges in the former. The two conditions are contrasted in figure 8B. At certain steps in the marsupial keys, a correct determination of whether the posteriormost premolar present is either a milk or permanent tooth is necessary before proceeding further. For this reason, either the time of eruption of the adult tooth relative to that of the individual molars, or some other method by which the lacteal and permanent structures may be separated, is noted at appropriate places. The dental terminology for the Marsupialia and Rodentia is that used by Tate in his most recent review cited for the group involved, except that the three permanent or adult premolars normally present in the marsupial tooth row are uniformly designated as P 3, P 3, and P+, while the deciduous tooth preceding P {is termed DP } (after Ziegler, 1967). The tooth homologies of the Megachi- roptera are those of Andersen (1912), and for the Microchiroptera they follow Miller (1907). Explanatory or supplemental notes accompany several of the keys as foot- notes and refer to certain steps of each. The exact points or genera to which these notes pertain are indicated by corresponding superscript numerals within the key. Following the generic names at the end of the various key segments, Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 37 references are generally cited in brackets. These refer the reader to the most recent and extensive reference on the particular genus, which provides additional information such as specific keys, useful illustrations, sets of measurements, or detailed descriptions. Citations to works covering most or all members of a family appear at the beginning of each key and are not repeated for each in- cluded genus. The steps in the keys are all dichotomous, each being designated by an arabic numeral with the second half being indicated by a prime. Following the first number of each key step is another numeral in parentheses which indicates which step of the key one has just come from. This permits an investigator to easily work backwards through a key, if this is desired. The first key is to the 12 families of mammals found in the New Guinea area. This is followed by 11 separate family keys. One family, the Megadermatidae, is not provided with a separate key since it contains only one genus (Megaderma) in our area. Diagnostic characters of this form are included in the key to families. Some useful gazetteers of the region appear in Laurie and Hill (1954), Riimmler (1938), Tate (1951c), and Matschie (1916). All measurements are in millimeters, and for the sake of brevity the following abbreviations are used throughout. BL—Basal length of skull. Distance from anteriormost point in foramen magnum to anteriormost projection of the premaxillae. Incisors are not included unless noted. CL—Greatest crown or cingulum length of a particular tooth; measured along the general anteroposterior axis of the tooth whether or not this is approximately parallel to the sagittal plane of the skull. C1_M*—Greatest distance from anteriormost point of canine crown or cingu- lum to posteriormost extent of terminal molar crown. Roots are not included. E—Height of ear pinna from crown of head. If measurement is taken from the ventral notch on the lateral surface of the ear, the notation “(n)” is appended. FA—Greatest length of forearm in bats; taken as a chord, and not an arc, measurement. HF—Length of hind foot from distal (free) end of calcaneum to base of claw on the longest digit. In cases where the claw length is also in- cluded, the notation ‘‘(c.u.)” is appended. M!-2. 3or4__Greatest combined length of the teeth involved; measured at the crown, or cingulum if present; not at roots. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are especially indebted to H. M. Van Deusen, R. G. Van Gelder, and K. F. Koopman of the Department of Mammalogy at the American Museum 38 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. of Natural History for permission to use their excellent collections for testing and hence greatly improving these keys, as well as for many stimulating dis- cussions on New Guinea mammals. J. C. Moore also generously permitted us to examine Australasian mammals under his care at the Field Museum of Natural History. J. E. Hill kindly loaned us a specimen of RAynchomeles from the British Museum collections. The illustrations were prepared in their final form by Gene M. Christman, staff artist, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. BH 4.(3) Ar FaMILy Kry To LAND MAMMALS OF NEW GUINEA Teeth absent. Pelage a combination of hair and rigid spines, he af S ues low Se eh a et Order Monotremata, Family Tachyglossidae, page Meethypresentayhelage: wathoutynt eel isp se peeeesee eee ee ee ceennene Onn aoe Mandible with obvious medially-inflected posteroventral border (fig. 1A); tooth count 28 to 48. Digestive and urogenital systems terminating in a cloaca with a single external opening; mammae in female often enclosed in a pouch, never pec- toral in position; testes either abdominal or contained in a scrotum situated anterior to cloacai opening. —_. Order Marsupialia) 2 eee Mandible with essentially uninflected posteroventral border (fig. 1B); tooth count 8 to 38. Digestive and urogenital systems with separate external openings; mammae in female never enclosed in a pouch and occurring in either, or both, pectoral and inguinal regions; testes, whether contained in a scrotum or not, situated posterior to urogenital opening. __.___ Placental orders — =e None of lower incisors noticeably enlarged, all subequal, never less than 3. Hind digits II and III (I may occasionally be absent) either free from each other for entire length and about same size as IV and V (didactylous) ; or, if basal halves or more of II and III united, then hind digit I not large and opposable. Anteriormost pair of lower incisors obviously enlarged and elongated (dipro- todont), followed by either one or more markedly smaller unicuspids; or by an obvious diastema. Hind digits II and III (I may occasionally be absent) united basally for 4% or more of their length, often noticeably smaller than IV and V (Syndacty lous ij) ce ee et ee ee eee ji Upper M** with 3 labial cusps; I’* with more-or-less pointed crowns. Hind digits II-V all free from one another and subequal (didactylous). nS a ee SE Se Family Dasyuridae, page Upper M** with 4 labial cusps; I’ ' with more-or-less truncate crowns. Hind digits II and III united basally tor about 4% or more of their length and smaller Hoveba JAY giavel WW (GyyGlainyOWIS)) , eae ee Family Peramelidae, page Ventral portion of masseteric fossa without a deep cavity and foramen (fig. 1C) ; one or more minute teeth often present immediately posterior to enlarged lower incisor. Well-developed hind digit I present. Family Phalangeridae, page Ventral portion of masseteric fossa deeply excavated (fig. 1D) and with an obvious foramen in wall; minute teeth never present posterior to enlarged lower incisor. Hind digit T:absent:.,, a=. 2 seine eae eee een Family Macropodidae, page Upper and lower incisors not especially enlarged or elongated. Fore-extremity supporting a flight membrane. Orda Chiroptera The single pair of upper and lower incisors enlarged and elongated. Fore- extremity not specialized for flight... Order Rodentia —_ Family Muridae, page 40 2 41 43 45 61 Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 39 Ficure 1. Ordinal and family key characters: A. posterior view of the mandible of a marsupial, showing medially-inflected posteroventral border; B. posterior view of the mandi- ble of a placental mammal, showing lack of a medially-inflected posteroventral border; C. lateral view of posterior end of mandible of a phalangerid to show shallow masseteric fossa ; D. lateral view of posterior end of mandible of a macropodid to show deeply excavated masseteric fossa; E. anterior end of skull of rhinolophid bat to show distinctive detached premaxillae and small incisor teeth; F. anterior end of bat skull showing more usual attached condition of the premaxillae, and the lack of definite postorbital processes; G. anterior end of emballonurid skull to show both slightly developed and well-developed postorbital processes. 40 7.(6) 8.(7’) 10.(9’) 10’. iL (le) Wate! CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Postcanine teeth with rather rounded cusps and smooth ridges; lower incisors 0 to 2; tooth count 24 to 36. Index claw present or absent; tail often absent; when present its length less than HF (c.u.) length; or, if greater, an index claw present; noseleaf absent. —__. Suborder Megachiroptera, Family Pteropidae, page Postcanine teeth with sharp-pointed cusps and angular ridges; lower incisors 1 to 3; tooth count 26 to 38. Index claw never present; tail length greater than HF (c.u.) length; or, if shorter or absent, a distinct noseleaf present... = Suborder: Microchiroptera: =.= 28.2 ee ee ee of. a = Ae 6 : No upper incisors'; tooth count 28: =— ; no obvious 12 — 1—2—4123 8 postorbital process (fig. 1F). Tail absent; large, pointed noseleaf present; FA 50-65; Celebes and other islands W. of New Guinea. 48 CoE ee eee A Family Megadermatidae, genus Megaderma [ Anderson, 1918, p. 383; Shamel, 1940, p. 352] One or more upper incisors; or, if none, obvious postorbital process present (fig. 1G); tooth count 26 to 38. Tail present (although sometimes not visible in Anthops, in which case there is a tripartite noseleaf; see fig. 6D) ; noseleaf present 1G) ; tooth count 28 to 34. Terminal portion of tail emerging from dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane; noseleaf absent. Family Emballonuridae, page No postorbital process (fig. 1F)*; tooth count 26 to 38. Terminal portion of tail either completely contained wthin interfemoral membrane or emerging from its pesterion mare noseleats presents Or alloSe tates Lower incisors 3, or, if 2 (occasional Nyctophilus), premaxillae not projecting freely forward but fused to maxillae laterally (fig. 1F) and crowns of lower in- cisors trifid (rather than bifid); tooth count 28 to 38. Never more than 14 of tail extending free beyond end of interfemoral membrane and tragus present; TOKE SHUT FONE Oe OVEN Family Vespertilionidae, page Lower incisors 1 or 2; tooth count 26 to 32. Tail with either more than 14 of its length extending free beyond end of interfemoral membrane, or, if less, tragus absent; .noseleaf present or absent: 2.02 le Premaxillae projecting freely between anterior ends of maxillae (fig. 1E); tooth count) 28) to) 32.) Noitragus;.a) complex noseleat present. = a te ee ee ee TEE St Family Rhinolophidae (including Hipposideridae), page Premaxillae fused laterally to maxillae (fig. 1F, G) ; tooth count 26 to 32. Tragus presents; noseleaitrabsent..2.2 se eee re oe Family Molossidae, page OrpER MONOTREMATA FamMiIty TACHYGLOSSIDAE [Thomas, 1888, p. 374] Basal length of skull less than 130 mm. (80-120); rostrum straight or slightly upcurved. All 5 digits of manus with claws; distance from center of eye to tip of 54 10 56 11 54 56 snout less than, to about equal to, distance from eye to ear opening. _. Tachyglossus 1JIn the Rhinolophidae the single pair of upper incisors may be minute, but are located on a distinctive rectangular-shaped premaxilla which is almost completely separated from the maxillae (see fig. 1E). “Tf the postorbital processes of Emballonura are either rudimentary or perhaps accidently broken off, skulls of this genus may be distinguished from those 5 vespertilionids also possessing 34 teeth by the follow- ing combination of characters: P* at least 4 times the bulk of minute P? (rather than less than twice bulk 2 of well-developed P2 as in Murina and Harpiocephalus); C1 and P4 not in contact, P2 situated in toothrow between them (in Chalinolobus C1 and P4 almost or quite in contact, so that P2 is wedged internal to tooth- row); and anteriormost incisor (I?) unicuspid (bicuspid in Glischropus and Pipistrellus). Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 41 Re Basal length of skull more than 130 mm. (156-182) ; rostrum downcurved. Often only middle 3 digits of manus with claws; distance from center of eye to tip of snout about 11% times distance from eye to ear opening. Zaglossus [Thomas and Rothschild, 1922, p. 131; Laurie, 1952, p. 273] OrpdER MARSUPIALIA FAMILY DASYURIDAE [Tate, 1947] 1234— 1 —23(D4)/(4) 2734, Word — 123=— 1 —23(D4)/(4) 1234 10 0r 11 DP} being the only teeth of variable occurrence. In those dasyurid genera still possessing DPe Dentition: xX 2= 42, 44, or 46, with P{ and these teeth are apparently retained for widely varying lengths of time. The crown lengths (in mm.) of the milk and adult fourth premolars, as far as known, are compared below for each genus as an aid in determining which dental set is represented in a particular specimen. il. P* present, equal to, or larger in all dimensions than P*; tooth count 46, premolars: 3 DA/4 —23D4/4 known). Tail tip not white except in one species of Murexia [3] and one of Antechinus |4'|; back either unpatterned or with one dark longitudinal mid-dorsal stripe averaging more than 10 mm. (13) wide. —_ (Subfamily Phascogalinae) —_ 2 (the presence of DP‘ in New Guinea Planigale [4] is not certainly ie: P* either absent, or present but smaller than P*; tooth count 42 to 46; premolars: — 23 (D4)/(4) — 23 (D4)/(4) nations). Tail tip white or not; back pattern of 3 types: either with 1 or 3 dark longitudinal dorsal stripes less than 10 mm. wide; white-spotted; or unpatterned; if unpatterned, terminal 44 of tail white and claws long, narrowly pointed, and neatly straight. (SWMloneremlhy IDES ATK) Se 5 (teeth in parentheses may be present or absent in various combi- 2.(1) M’** between 4.7 and 5.2 (5.1); nasals not widening abruptly posteriorly (fig. 2A); 1.3-1.5 0.9 s — TOE = . Width of dried HF at middle of metatarsus only 1.1-1.3 9.5-0.6 ADOUtS Osatalles5—13 4. be more! thameli/e (21) enn enn Smintho psis [Tate and Archbold, 1941, p. 9] ie M** either less than 4.7 (4.3) or more than 5.2 (5.3-9.1); nasals widening more or less abruptly posteriorly (fig. 2B). Width of dried HF at middle of metatarsus at least 3.5; tail either 116—240 or, if less’ (78), HF less than 17 (14). __ 3 1.5- 3.(2’) M** more than 6.5 (6.6-9.1) ; condylobasal length 30.0-56.9; Pt = aa DP. = ily ne : ae HF 23-41; dark mid-dorsal stripe either present or absent; if absent, tail usu- pilvariareethaneSO) (1482040) eels oN U iden a See a ne Murexia [Laurie, 1952, p. 293] Me M?** less than 6.5 (4.3-6.4); condylobasal length 26.7 (or less) —34.3; Pu less than 1.6. HF 14-27; dark mid-dorsal stripe absent; tail usually less than 150 (PAI 6 ae ee ee 4 = 4.(3’) M*® less than 4.7 (4.3); I° smallest of posterior 3 incisors; braincase noticeably 0.9 ; flattened; PF =—5.- HF less than 17 (14); tail less than 100 (78). Known in New Guinea from a single specimen (taken near Port Moresby, Papua). Planigale [Tate and Archbold, 1941, p. 7] 42 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. A B Antechinus Sminthopsis Murexia Planigale Ficure 2. Family Dasyuridae: Typical shapes of nasal bones in four genera. 4’, M‘** more than 4.7 (5.3-6.4); I° either largest of posterior 3 incisors, or these 3 sub- 1.3-1.8 0.7 equal; braincase not noticeably flattened; P{ = Tose DPe= an HF more than 2-1. 5 7? (OO 7)) 8 tual, swovone: (elaveyan TUCO) CUTS aL SNS) Antechinus [Laurie, 1952, p. 296] 5.(1’) M** more than 11.0 (11.5-13.6); P* (and usually DP*) absent; tooth count 42 or —23 (D4 44; premolars: ——— (DP*, which = 0.6, may be present in very young speci- re ALD mens). Body length usually more than 233 (230-350); upper parts white-spot- He Mey prc a Ee gn a a ee Satanellus [Laurie, 1952, p. 292] 5. M** less than 11.0 (6.4-10.0); P* (and usually DP*) present except in occasional specimens of Myoictis [7']; tooth count 42 to 46; premolars various. Body length usually less than 233 (117-235); upper parts never white-spotted. —..-._-____ 6 6.(5’) No diastema between I’ and I’; diastema present between C' and P* (about % CL = 23 B44 | eee of P? in extent); tooth count 46; premolars: —————— ; P|; = ——_., —23 4 0.6-1.0 0.6-0.9. No dark mid-dorsal stripe; occasionally melanistic; tail not crested, ter- minal portion white; claws relatively long, narrowly pointed, nearly straight. Apart, = oe ee ee le VC OD) SCOR GCE [Husson, 1955a, p. 285] Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 43 Ge Diastema present between I' and I°; diastema between C' and P® either present or absent; tooth count 42 to 46. 1 or 3 dark dorsal stripes or occasionally mela- nistic; tail crested or not, white-tipped or not; claws relatively short, broad- EPEC CURVE +2 Sot i Oe Ra ee see ee ee See 7 7.(6’) C’-P* diastema present; CL of P* 59-71% that of P*; tooth count 46, premolars: —23(D4)/4 _, 08-17 oe ORE phe ho —— 73 (D4)/4 aoe Oe TIOe = S— ne dark mid-dorsal stripe; melanistic individuals apparently rare’; tail not crested, occasionally white-tipped. = ci eas. Se ee ree oe oe ee Oe em LSC OLOS OLE Ge [ Husson, 1955a, p. 285; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] Vs No C’-P* diastema; CL of P* 66-95% that of P*; tooth count 42 to 46; premolars: —23 D4/(4) pie absent or 1.3—2.0 Soy =«6— * Ss absentorOw7ni4 often melanistic; tail conspicuously crested terminally, not white-tipped. M yoictis [Tate and Archbold, 1937, p. 341] DP*=0.4. Three dark dorsal stripes, or FAMILY PERAMELIDAE [Tate, 1948b; Tate and Archbold, 1937: 347-362] 123 4(5) 1—23 D4/4 2 ae 12 or 13 st 3 4/4 s4er 1 tooth of variable occurrence. Dentition: x 2 = 46 or 48 with I° being the only il. Bullae obviously inflated, more than 5 mm. (7-9) in greatest width and 10 mm. 5 (11-13) in greatest length; incisors ae Soles of feet not granular (smooth, cobble- stone-like, or transversely wrinkled); antihelix process relatively long, rounded, and often appearing twisted (fig. 3A); pelage hispid; HF 54-70. Ss T' hy lacis ilies Bullae not obviously inflated; less than 5 mm. (3-4) in greatest width and 10 mm. 5 4 (4-5) in greatest length; incisors eS or oa Soles of feet granular (finely or coarsely), . and not smooth, cobblestone-like, or transversely wrinkled; antihelix process rela- tively short, acuminate, and not appearing twisted (fig. 3B); pelage either soft, lL, Ore Gonos JsIY Poo) 2 ee Ee a ie TE 2 5 “ : : ‘ ad 2e(Glee) Incisors — , and I’ not rudimentary. Pelage either soft, or slightly hispid but not OPVIOUSlyespINo USswtalle MOS 25 Bees cree eee ee ee ee ee 3 4 ; : ; 2h Incisors generally =e but if rudimentary I? present on one or both sides, much smaller than any of anterior 4 incisors (only about 0.3-0.8 in CL). Pelage either soft, or obviously spinous, but if soft, tail more than 125 (130). —-.-_____ 4 3.(2) Condylobasal length (M'‘ in place) usually less than 44 (39.7-44.1). Pelage soft and dense; HF less than 38 (29-36°); tail usually less than 120 (105-120). See Micro peroryctes 3 “Phascogale nouhuysii,” although considered conspecific with Neophascogale lorentzi by Tate (1947, p. 137), has more recently been synonymized with Phascolosorex doriae by Husson (1955a, p. 285). We follow the latter author’s arrangement. 4A.M.N.H. 109593 is almost completely melanistic, but this is the only one like this out of 85 speci- mens. No other cases of melanism in Phascolosorex appear in the literature. 5 A specimen of Microperoryctes in the Bishop Museum (BBM-NG, 22457) has a HF measurement of 38 recorded on the label. However, measurements taken on the dried skin indicate that this is a mm. or 2 too large even for HF (c.u.). 44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. A B Thylacis other bandicoots Rhynchomeles Echymipera Ficure 3. Family Peramelidae: A. left ear pinna of Thylacis showing large, twisted antihelix process; B. left ear pinnae of other bandicoots showing smaller and non-twisted antihelix processes; C, D. occlusal views of last three right upper molars to show relative development of M‘ in Rhynchomeles and Echymipera. Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 4 UL Be. Condylobasal length (M‘ in place) usually more than 44 (43.9-108.7). Pelage slightly hispid; HF more than 38 (43-100) ; tail usually more than 120 (110-258). Pee ea wt AS 1 Rn i See So ol ee ee Se PeOKOryctes [Laurie, 1952, p. 291; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] 4.(2') Inner lobe of M* reduced, not extending as far medially as inner lobes of M® (fig. 3C). Tail more than 125 (130); pelage soft, not spinous; coloration dark chocolate brown above, only slightly paler below except for a white spot on chest; kuown only trom: Ceram lf 4 na ee eee Rhynchomeles [Thomas, 1920, p. 429] 4’, Inner lobe of M* not reduced, extending farther medially than inner lobes of M® (fig. 3D). Tail less than 125 (52-120); pelage quite spinous; coloration various but noticeably lighter below than above; widely distributed, but not including COMET 6 Mi aden aieeenen WECM Sites Meera ete © MAG i eC Seer 5 _. Echymipera [Husson, 1955a, p. 288; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] FaMILy PHALANGERIDAE [Tate and Archbold, 1937, p. 363] The generic dental formulae in this family tend to be too variable to be used alone as distinctive characters. However, they are listed below primarily as an aid in identification of individual teeth mentioned in the key. The teeth in parentheses are more-or-less vestigial ones which may be expected to be present or absent in various combinations. Their true identities are not at all certain in most cases. il Molars selenodont (fig. 4A); I, laterally (or obliquely) compressed into a blade (fig. 4C) ; space between I, and first molariform tooth (M:) largely filled by the 12 3—— 1 —(2) 3 (D4)/4 1234 (2) == SG ay ane. 2 = 32 to 40. Foredigits I and II obviously opposable to remaining well-developed premolariform P,°, dentition: _ 10o0r11 ~ 6 to9 digits; distal 14 to % of tail completely naked only on ventral surface. (Swilovigiculhiy” JPMIeCOlE ean) oe Pseudocheirus [Tate, 1945b; Husson, 1964; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] ils Molars bunodont to lophodont (fig. 4B); I rather rodent-like, tip flattened anteroposteriorly (fig. 4D); space between I, and first molariform tooth (M,) never more than half filled by the single large premolariform P:; dentition vari- ous. Foredigit I only opposable to remaining digits; distal portion of tail various. dA Se (Sulbfamatl yaa baler oe reir ce) are mse a Or 3 . 2 ne 2.(1’) Molariform teeth re basal length 16.5—28.3. Hair along sides of entire length of tail 0 ObWIOUSly. Gis tiChO US xe a he anne ees Se 3 4 4. ts ; We Molariform teeth A ; basal length 24.0-95.0. Hair of tail sometimes dorsoventrally Hatiened eb ieee Ver OD VIOUS liygiGiS Ell OS spear nnn 4 4 : 6 The DP in all New Guinea phalangerids except Phalanger are apparently minute and shed at a very early age (while still in pouch?), so the fourth premolars encountered in the usual museum specimen can probably 4 safely be assumed to be permanent teeth. On the other hand, DP in Phalanger are both well-developed and 4 4 ‘ : long-retained. However, their size and shape are similar enough to those of P_ that representatives of either 4 dental set will equally well fit the conditions described for the fourth premolar in this key. 46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. TF TY) Wa Ficure 4. Family Phalangeridae: A. occlusal view of selenodont molar of Pseudocheirus (right M*“*) ; B. occlusal view of a molar tooth of Phalanger (right M‘*), an example of the bunodont to lophodont molars of the subfamily Phalangerinae; C. lateral and frontal views of the mandible of Pseudocheirus showing its laterally compressed incisors; D. lateral and frontal views of the mandible of a Phalanger showing the anteroposteriorly flattened incisors of the Phalangerinae. 3.(2) Last upper premolariform tooth (P*) noticeably shorter in CL than P*; basal length rs Y Jog th 03 (D4) /4s ie more than 22 (24.5-28.3); dentition: = 0 1(2)=— — = —(2)3 (D4)e7-— 123 — SAG xX 2 = 30 to 36. Face white, a dark patch through eye and extending over 5 to Gebes Gy, Shoowl Ape Tonka se joe WO) Ney ee Distoechurus [Tate, 1945c, p. 10] Last upper premolariform tooth (P*) subequal in CL to P*; basal length less than = =. (D4) eee —(2) 3 (D4)/4— 64 to8 x 2 = 32 to 36. Face grayish-brown, a dark patch through eye, but ending imme- diately posterior to eye; no dark mark posterior to ear. Acrobates* [Tate, 1938, p. 59] Basal length less than 38 (21.8-35.0). Tail usually less than 185 (144-182 +); if occasionally more, then a gliding membrane present along sides of body. ‘5 22 (16.5-19.0 +) ; dentition as above, except premolars: Basal length more than 38 (45.0-95.0). Tail usually more than 185 (190+ —605) ; gliding membrane never present. 2. eee 6 7 Tate (1938, p. 60) is inclined to believe that the genus Acrobates is not native to New Guinea, but rather that the single known specimen from this area (type of A. pulchellus) was perhaps originally trans- ported from Australia as a pet. Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 47 5.(4) Basal length less than 27 (21.8-26.2) ; dentition: WA BS SSS (CDE a Be 11 2 34 to 40. No elidi = = o 40. No gliding mem- iO === — CG) Ma acioas waa. en Tae brane tail evenly short-haired to tips = ee Eudromicia [Matschie, 1916, p. 260] Sie Basal length more than 27 (28.5-35.0) ; dentition: 12 3 —— 1 — 2 3 (D4)/4 WON 11 : 34 to 42. Clidi b Tess) (4) Sie Oto, ee Waa aes eee present; tail evenly long-haired to tip. SEE ee ees ae oe Petaurus [Tate, 1945c, p. 6] 6.(4’) P,° equalling or exceeding M;, in height; I’ neither more than 1% times bulk of C’ nor noticeably proodont; C* more or less conical and obviously caniniform; denti- an 123 —— 1 — 2 (3) D4/4 1234 oN 10 or 11 (QLD) 2. ee Seon one or no darkish mid-dorsal stripe present; distal 44 to “4 of tail naked all around; foredigit IV at most only 114 times length of II], Phalanger [Tate, 1945a; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] 2 325 to 4 Pither (V- P,° much shorter than M; in height; I’ 3 or more times bulk of C* and noticeably proodont; C* transversely compressed and therefore rather chisel-like; dentition as — 2 (3) (D4)/4 10 or 11 in Phalanger, except premolars: (3) ( M = : x2 326 ton 44 —(2)(3) (D4)74 6 to 11 Three broad dark dorsal stripes always present; entire length of tail well-haired, naked only on a small ventral area near tip; foredigit IV elongated, 14% to 1% or Mmoremumesslengthy ot Lilt) see ee ae eee eee 7 7.(6’) Distance between P' and P* equal to or greater than CL of P’; interorbital breadth less than 8.8 (6.8-8.7). Combined length of proximal two phalanges of foredigit IV less than 29 (21.0-27.5); claw of this digit not smaller than that of other foredigits; black chin patch (divided medially by a white area or not) presenuunvallWwexcept) Hergussonl ly specimens) 2 Dact ylopsila [Tate, 1945c, p. 4; Laurie, 1952, p. 278] Distance between P' and P' less than CL of P'; interorbital breadth often more than 8.8 (8.4-9.5). Combined length of proximal two phalanges of foredigit IV more than 29 (32.5-33.7); claw of this digit much smaller than that of other foredieitse black chinspatchmalysent. sess ee een Daciylonax [Tate, 1945c, p. 4; Laurie, 1952, p. 278] FamiILty MACROPODIDAE [Tate, 1948a] AS CO) Se IDRC es iol) = 3D4/41234 60r7 only tooth of variable occurrence, although P? are apparently shed together with DP{ upon Dentition: x 2= 28 to 34, with C* being the the eruption of P{ in all New Guinea macropodids. As a possible aid in determining whether the anteriormost cheek tooth present in certain younger skulls is P? or the often-similar P’ it might be noted that in this family Pf erupts, at the earliest, only after M? has appeared (see Tate, 1948a, p. 248, table 1 for more exact times in individual genera). le C' usually absent, but when occasionally present, minute and obviously non- functional; CL of P’ from shorter, to only slightly longer, than that of M* (or if M‘ has not yet erupted, the same relationship also almost always holds true for either M? or M°); CL of I® clearly greater than that of I’. A light hip stripe, 48 D(A) So(il) 4.(3’) CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. not continuous with lighter color of underparts, usually present in adults (often not evident in 7. bruijinz) ; tail completely furred, but with hairs becoming sparser distallyce EY 1$=250) 2 ol ee ee ee eee 2 C' present and usually more-or-less functional; CL of P* about 144, or more, times that of M‘ (or if M* has not yet erupted, the same relationship also almost always holds true for either M” or M*); CL of I* subequal to or less than that of I’. Light hip stripe usually absent; if present, continuous with lighter color of underparts; basal 4% to % of tail thickly furred, abruptly becoming essentially naked for the remainder, or if completely furred then fore and hind limbs sub- equal in size; HF 90-155. eee Caste Meili lls oo ot at Ss te ie 3 Adult basal length (M® in sight) less than 103 (70-98); M'** less than 15; labial groove of I° near posterior border of tooth. HF less than 175 (115-167); dorsal COOLATTONPVALIOUS wo UO itera Cy UN Te yl el Ta koe Thylogale [Tate and Archbold, 1937, p. 411; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] Adult basal length (M®* in sight) more than 103 (106-145); M’~ more than 15; labial groove of I* near middle of tooth. HF more than 175 (190-250); dorsal colora- tion relatively light, brown to yellowish-brown (“sandy”). Wallabia [Stirton, 1963; Husson, 1958, under Protemnodon| Posterior palatine foramina minute (1-3 mm. long), or absent; in the case of younger animals P* with a lingual basin and a posterointernal cusp, the labial face without a basin and therefore sloping rather smoothly from crest to base of crown; tooth widening posteriorly. Hindlimbs subequal in size to forelimbs; tail of approximately equal thickness throughout its length, well-haired to tip. Te 2 re oa a eS ee RS 2 a eee ee eee Dendrolagus [Rothschild and Dolla 1936; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] Posterior palatine foramina large (5-15* mm. long) ; in the case of younger animals P* with neither lingual basin nor posterointernal cusp, the labial and lingual faces similar and sloping rather smoothly from crest to base of crown, tooth remaining the same thickness or narrowing slightly posteriorly. Hind limbs obviously larger than forelimbs; tail decreasing in thickness from base to tip, essentially naked errr rial ys) = eee ee ee a ee 4 CL of P* less than 11.0 (7.8-9.8) ; M*® less than 15 (13.2-14.3). HF usually less than 108 (92-108) ; terminal 44 to % of tail bare and tip usually not white; gen- eral pelage coloration dark brown. _-- ee _ Dorcopsulus “bicienes and Ziegiee in press ] CL of P* more than 11.0 (12.5-14.5); M'® more than 15 (17.0-18.5). HF usually more than 108 (108-115); terminal 1% or less of tail bare and tip white; general pelage coloration medium brown (in mainland species). Dorcopsis OrpER CHIROPTERA (Keys are for entire New Guinea-Celebes Area) FAMILY PTEROPIDAE [ Miller, 1907; Andersen, 1912] Tooth count 24, no lower incisors; medial faces of lower canines in contact: 1—— 1 1—34 1—— 6 ea ee ee Nostrils obviously tubed and yellowish spots 1 to 5 or more mm. in diameter on ears and dorsal surface of wing; FA 47-86; widespread, including New Guinea. 2 Vor. XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 49 8 i, Tooth count more than 24, at least one pair of lower incisors usually present. External character combination never as in step 1 above; FA 35-230; widespread, ONG vy clita ea N C:yvaie Gyutbm CA Lice ea ee ne ee ee W 2.(1) Width of palate across outer edges of M' usually less than 7.5 (6.8—7.5); canines, unless heavily worn, relatively quite long and slender, ratio of transverse width at cingulum to height above alveolus for upper tooth less than .365 (.27-.36). No dark mid-dorsal stripe; FA 47-55; New Guinea. ss Paranyctimene [Tate, 1942a; Laurie, 1952, p. 312] 7s Width of palate across outer edges of M* usually more than 7.5 (7.5-12.8) ; canines relatively shorter and thicker, width-to-height ratio for upper tooth more than .365 (.37—.50). Dark mid-dorsal stripe present although sometimes rather indistinct; FA 50-86; widespread, including New Guinea. SN yctimene [Tate, 1942c, p. 341] 3.(1') Tooth count either 26°, 28 (normally),’" or 30; if 30, 6 lower postcanines and 2 (1)2 — 1 —— 34 2 6o0r7 —(2)— 11 — 34123 Tors be present or absent in various combinations). No index claw and tail present (10-40 mm.) and FA over 80 (82-160); posterior half of back appearing naked because unfurred wing membrane is attached along midline of spinal column; winkeles onenGh siavellorabbayes IN@ye (Cuvier), ee Dobsonia [Cabrera, 1920, p. 107; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press | upper incisors:?° (those in parentheses may Sie Tooth count 30 or more; if 30, never with a combination of 6 lower postcanines and 2 upper incisors. External character combination never as in step 3 above; FA 35-230; attachment and amount of hair on wing membrane various; wide- Spread sincludingwiNewa Guin cases a eee Es ee ee A 4.(3') Tooth count 30. Index claw always present; if white facial patches present, always accompanied by a white shoulder patch; FA less than 100 (38-96); tail either absent or less than 16;'* New Guinea and westward. 5 4’, Tooth count 32 or more. Index claw present or absent; if white facial patches present, never accompanied by a white shoulder patch; FA usually less than 100 but much more in some forms (35-230); tail either absent or up to 30; wide- Spread sina clu cingeNe wie Gin Ca Ngee an a eee Sue ee 9 —2—11—3412— 7 5.(4 One upper incisor: = 2 = 30.8 FA 80-92 and no tail ) ee —2— 11—3412 3 ans 8 Older individuals of Dobsonia [3] may lack the single lower incisor, thus giving a total tooth count of 26, which is unique among the pteropids in the area being considered. The only genera in which all lower incisors are normally absent are Paranyctimene [2] and Nyctimene [2’], each with a tooth count of 24. Also, in Harpyionycteris [5] the single pair of lower incisors (not visible in dorsal view) are occasionally missing (giving a tooth count of 28), but the number of upper postcanines is 5 in this genus and only 4 in Dobsonia, Paranyctimene, and Nyctimene. ® Thoopterus [7] occasionally lacks the first upper postcanine (P1), thereby attaining a tooth count of 28; the same as that of normal Dobsonia [3]. In this case, the absence of a vertical canal through the post- orbital process of the frontal bone in the former genus will serve to distinguish it from the latter, which possesses such a canal. 1°In Dobsonia specimens retaining 2 upper incisors, the anteriormost one is spiculiform and very likely represents a retained milk tooth (see Lidicker and Ziegler, in press) even though here, for convenience, it is designated as the first permanent incisor. 41 In the case of certain genera, steps 4 and 4’ are ambiguous as regards external characters alone. How- ever, if both alternatives are followed out, one will lead to an obvious dead end while the other will satis- factorily identify the specimen in question. 50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. and no white facial patches; tibia length less than 43% (33.3-42.5) of FA; (elebess ea oh Se ee ee eee eee Harpyionycteris [Tate, 1951a] Sy Two upper incisors. External character combination never as in step 5 above; tibia length various; FA 38-96; New Guinea and westward. 6 6.(5’) One | inci pS 8 = 30. White pee Si ower incisor: ———_W— __ = — == 50) ite patches above ( ae —2— 11—34 12— 7 i eyes, on nose, and around mouth, as well as on shoulder; FA more than 88 but less than 100 (90-96); calcar length only about 1% HF (c.u.); Celebes. Styloctenium a itis ae 2 6’. Two lower incisors: ——————————_—_———- = — X 2 = 30. No white facial or 12— 11—3412— 8 shoulder patches; FA less than 88 (38-85) ; calcar length various; New Guinea and WES UCI CL Sees Ree coe | EN ee ee ee, ee ee 7 7.(6') No vertical canal through basal region of postorbital process of frontal bone; C’ with anterointernal groove but without anterointernal secondary cusp. FA more than 60 (70-76) and tail either absent or, if rudimentary, less than 5 mm. and Ventraliimnotidanker thang rsa elely esas ee ee nen Thoopterus® UE Vertical canal through postorbital process; C* with either anterointernal groove or anterointernal secondary cusp (but not both). External character combination never as in step 7 above; FA 38-85; New Guinea and westward. MS A 8 8.(7') C' with anterointernal groove, no anterointernal secondary cusp. FA less than 52 (38-49); tail either absent or, if rudimentary, less than 5 mm. (therefore ex- ternally very similar to Macroglossus [16] but with no trace of a dark mid-dorsal stripe, calcar less than 1.8 (0-1.5), and width of interfemoral membrane along tibia much less than width of lower leg); New Guinea. Pe Ant 5k een ee ee Syconycteris (part; see step 14 below for rest of this genus) [Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] 8’. C' with anterointernal secondary cusp, no anterointernal groove. FA more than 52 (55-85); tail more than 5 (8-15); Celebes, Timor. SC Cyn pterus [Tate, 1942c, p. 339] 9.(4’) Tooth count 32. Index claw either absent, or if present (Boneia [10]) tail more thany22\(about 25) 5 A 44-10 s"Celebes: Solomons eee 10 Tejas seme hye 9’. Tooth count 3412-13; ——_______________—=~—__, Jndex claw present, except in 12— 11—34123 9 Eonycteris (part) [15]; tail either absent or less than 22 (to about 20); FA 35- 230; if FA between 80 and 92, tibia length more than 43% (43.5-46.0) of FA; widespread inelidin es New Grice nn 13 12 Individuals of Rousettus [17], Acerodon [19], and Pteropus [19’] sometimes shed P1, whereupon their 7 tooth count becomes— * 2 = 32. The presence of two upper and two lower incisors will then distinguish 9 these variants from Boneia [10] which has only one upper incisor, as well as from Nesonycteris [11] which has only one lower incisor. The combination of four upper and six lower postcanines in the aberrant speci- mens of the former three genera prevents them from being confused with Eonycteris (part; E. rosenbergi [12]), which has 5 postcanines both above and below. In Neopteryx [12], the final genus with a dental count of 32, all four of the upper postcanines are separated from each other by diastemata as great as their crown lengths (see figure in Hayman, 1945, p. 573), rather than being nearly, or quite, in contact as in Rousettus, Acerodon, and Pteropus. 18 A few specimens of Macroglossus [16] have been reported (as ‘‘Odontonycteris’’) which bear an extra é 9 ; terminal upper molar (M*). The tooth count in these individuals is thus — X 2 = 36, a total higher than 9 that possessed by any other Megachiropteran. Vot. XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 51 10.(9) O inci Ss id abe a he ea 32. Index cl t : ne upper incisor: —— = 32. Index claw present; ele 1 Ess os 9 P PAGS 5 =O 6CN Cel eessp =a ee ee EY Eo ee Boneia 10’. Two upper incisors. No index claw; FA 44-110; Celebes, Solomons. — 11 Pes 12— 11—3412— 8 11.(10’) One lower incisor: =— X 2= 32. FA less than 57 (44— —2— 11—34123 8 So) ERS OLOMO NS Sees SA ree eee Sie TAS! Stee fi es ee Melonycteris' (M. woodfordi and M. aurantius; see step 16 below for rest of this genus) ile iiwo lower incisors), HAV more! than 57) (60—110) 5) Celebes) 22 ee 12 ; Sey ar tee BF 12.(11’) Four upper and six lower postcanines: !” = — K 2 32, 12— 1 1—34123 9 BASmoresthane 90m CeO) etal absent. Celeless =e = a= meer mr ene Neopteryx {[Hayman, 1945, p. 569] 12" Fi aoe : ? 12— 1 1— 34 12— er, a8 : ive upper and five lower postcanines: = = 32). ae _ 12— 11—3412— 8 FA less than 90 (60-75); tail present (12-20+ mm.); Celebes. ot A las 4 Eonycteris (part; see step 15 below for rest of this genus) [Tate, 1942c, p. 343] 13.(9’) Upper surface of mandibular symphysis approximately parallel to alveolar line; most of larger upper and lower cheek teeth smaller in cross-sectional area than respective canines (may tend to be subequal in some Syconycteris [14]). FA less than 77 (35—75) ; widespread, including New Guinea. _.... 14 137 Upper surface of mandibular symphysis ascending, forming a marked angle with alveolar line; most of larger upper and lower cheek teeth approaching, or exceed- ing, the respective canines in cross-sectional area. FA either more than 77 (80-230), or if less (as short as 68 in some Rouwsettus), both an index claw and an obvious tail (10-20 mm.) present; widespread, including New Guinea. 17 14.(13) Second lower incisor 1% to 2 times height of first; all four lower incisors often almost in contact with each other; diameter of any upper incisor about equal to diameter of last upper molar (M*). Index claw present and underparts not darker than upper and no longitudinal dark mid-dorsal stripe; FA 38-49; widespread, including New Guinea. (See also note under step 8 above.) _..._- a se Ee) oe dee Syconycteris (part; see step 8 above for rest of this genus) [Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] 14’. Second lower incisor subequal in height to first; lower incisors usually separated from each other by diastemata at least as great as their own diameters; diameter of any upper incisor about 42, or less, diameter of last upper molar. External character combination never as in step 14 above; FA 35-75; widespread, including Nei (GUT) CD ya I ee a a ee 15 15.(14’) Occipital portion of skull deflected downwards only slightly, the upper alveolar line, projected backwards, passing through squamosal root of zygoma; second upper postcanine 10 to 15 times bulk of first. No index claw; tail more than 5 (12-20+); 14 Pohle (1953, pp. 130-132) considers the presence of only one lower incisor (instead of two) and the absence of the index claw in the single species of Nesonycteris (N. woodfordi) [11] to be a taxonomic char- acter of less than generic value. He therefore synonymizes the genus with the formerly monotypic Melonycteris [16’]. Phillips (1966) agrees with Pohle’s merger of the two, and additionally names a third species (M. aurantius, from Florida and Choiseul islands in the Solomons). This new species, like M. woodfordi, has lost both a lower incisor and the index claw. We accept the taxonomic conclusions of these two authors for pur- poses of the present key. 52 15! 16’. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. FA 60-75; widespread, but not including New Guinea. _ Eonycteris (part; see step 12 above for rest of this genus) [Tate, 1942c, p. 343] Occipital portion of skull strongly deflected downwards, the upper alveolar line, projected backwards, passing through about the middle of the braincase, 7.e., well above the squamosal root of zygoma; size of second upper postcanine various. In- dex claw present; tail either absent or, if rudimentary, less than 5; FA 35-65; WLC ES pone a ley 110 Cl un Chiral oe IN e vy Gua eae ee 16 Second upper postcanine subequal in bulk to first; coronoid process of mandible rising at an angle of about 30° to lower alveolar line. FA less than 52 (35-50); ven- tral fur not darker than dorsal (therefore, externally very similar to Syconycteris [8 and 14] but nearly always with a distinct to indistinct dark mid-dorsal stripe, calcar more than 1.8 mm. (2.0-3.0), and width of interfemoral membrane along tibia at least equal to width of lower leg); widespread, including New Guinea. pn WS Si ah St ee gh eS SR oA cen SRS pee aean ag a a sn Macroglossus™ [Tate, 1942c, p. 345] Second upper postcanine about 5 times, or more, bulk of first; coronoid process of mandible approximately parallel to lower alveolar line. FA more than 52 (55-65) ; ventral fur darker than dorsal; New Guinea and neighboring islands to the east. EE Rd Mee ea Melonycteris melanops™ (see step 11 above for rest of this genus) 17.(13’) Occiput not elongate, distance from posterior border of tympanic ring to posterior 7%, border of occipital condyles only about 1 to 114 times anteroposterior diameter of ring. Tail present (10-20 mm.); FA 68-100; calcar length various; widespread, includinesNewsGuineas = 2 Be eee eee Rousettus” [Stein, 1933, p. 92; Tate, 1942c, p. 334; Lidicker and Zeigler, in press] Occiput elongated, subtubular, distance from posterior border of tympanic ring to posterior border of occipital condyles about 2 to 3, or more, times anteroposterior diameter of ring. Tail either absent or, if rudimentary, less than 5; FA 80-230; calcar length always 44 to % or more HF (c.u.); widespread, including New (Guile alo a=. . oon e e 18 18.(17’) Cross-sectional area of second lower incisor 10-15 times that of first; C’ with one 18’. secondary cusp halfway up posteroexternal face and two smaller posterointernal basal cusps. Body blackish or blackish-brown above; either no mantle of con- trastingly colored hair evident across neck and shoulders, or mantle only faintly indicated by slightly mere brownish hairs; FA 130-145; Solomons __~ Pteralopex Cross-sectional area of second lower incisor only 114 to 6 times that of first; C* without obvious secondary or basal cusps although cingulum may be prominent. Color of body various; a mantle of contrastingly colored hair (usually lighter than rest of back, but occasionally darker) almost invarably present; FA 80-230; wide- spread, including NewaGuineat, 2.2520) WO oe Se eee 19 19.(18’) Cranially and dentally fairly similar to Pteropus [19’]; but P* and M* with well- ey defined anterointernal tubercle (fig. 5A); Ms» tends to have a distinct posterior (internal) heel (fig. 5C) set off from thick anterior cusps; CL of M» subequal to width. Externally many individuals are apparently inseparable from Pteropus at the generic level; FA 125-205; white facial markings never present; Celebes and Suro un cin gels] s ee a eer Ge. 00 Ui P* and M'* without well-defined anterointernal tubercle (fig. 5B); Ms» without a distinct posterior heel (fig. 5D); CL of M2 often 30% or more greater than width. VoLt.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 53 “| Mi Wy 2% bd, A Acerodon B Preropus Ficure 5. Family Pteropidae: Occlusal views of generalized right upper (on left) and left lower (on right) toothrows of Acerodon (A, C) and Pteropus (B, D). 54 is 25 Gl) 3.(2") CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [| PRroc. 4TH SER. Externally apparently inseparable trom Acerodon at the generic level; FA 80-230; white facial markings present in two species; widespread, including New Guinea. a ea ee ee ee Pteropus [Tate, 1942c, p. 335] FAMILY EMBALLONURIDAE [Miller, 1907, p. 82] : 2 —23 1—2—4123 8 Incisors —; tooth count 34: —— 3 1—2—4123 9 ‘ 3) 19); FA usually less than 52 (30-53); widespread, including New Guinea. Zico dipy MENON we A. wg OR, Cee At Oe eh ne ee a See A pee Ey ee Emballonura [Thomas, 1914a, p. 442; Tate and Archbold, 1939a] (2)— 1 P24 12s Tail less than 20 (6— 1 (0) Incisors > oF; occasionally, = tooth count 30 (or 28): 2 2 12—1—2—4123 6 or7 ; F = 5 . Tail more than 20 (21-37); FA usually more than 52 (52-83); wide- Gjopmersvol, shovelhuiah eaves INI@yihs (GUNNS, Taphozous [ Troughton, 1925; Tate, 1941c] FAMILY RHINOLOPHIDAE [ Miller, 1907, pp. 106, 109] 2 1 2—4123 7 Tooth count 32: = — (P* and Ps usually very small and 12— 1—23 4123 9 wedged, sometimes external to tooth row, between adjacent teeth). Dorsalmost portion of noseleaf consisting of a large single point or “lancet” (fig. 6A); FA 30- 75; widespread west of Solomons, including New Guinea. Rhinolophus [ Andersen, 1918, p. 374; Tate and Archbold, 1939b; Tate, 1943] —2— 1 —(2)—4 1 2 3 =e 6o0r7 = US REGS Dorsalmost portion of noseleaf not as in step 1 above (figs. 6B-D); FA 33-105; VRC KS OMAEBIGL, rhoXelloUGbhayer INO, (Guna), 2 Tooth count either 30 or (occasionally) 28: Either four or three cochlear whorls evident externally (sometimes very weakly marked) ; C’ without accessory cusp on anterior margin, although there may be one present on posterior side; transverse diameter of cochlea (periotic) either less than two times width of basioccipital medial to it, or if more than two times wider (H. muscinus group 4 to 8 times wider), then accessory cusp on posterior margin of C' absent, 4 cochlear whorls present, sagittal crest extending posteriorly onto parietals, and condylobasal length about 15.0-17.5. Dorsalmost transverse margin of noseleaf merely undulate, serrate, or indistinctly trilobate (fig. 6B) ; FA 33-105; wile lscjayresial, rhavelkovebiaves INO? (Gluvbaver), 2 Hipposideros [Tate, 1941a; Hill, 1963] Three cochlear whorls evident externally; C’ either with or without accessory cusp on anterior side, posterior cusp generally present; transverse diameter of cochlea (periotic) two to four times width of basioccipital medial to it (and without com- bination of characters indicated above for H. muscinus group). Dorsalmost trans- verse noseleaf margin with three discrete projections (figs. 6C, D); FA 35-56; widespread east of Celebes, including New Guinea. 3 Transverse diameter of cochlea approximately two times width of basioccipital medial to it; accessory cusp on anterior edge of C', as well as usually on posterior Vor. XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS Un On i" B i , Mii ities ae aera ya 44, 4 ae nM) Wij, vt pi anayee TONY C D Aselliscus Anthops Ficure 6. Family Rhinolophidae: Nose leaves and facial features of the four genera in this family. For Hipposideros, the left view shows the maximum development of lobing on the dorsalmost transverse jJeaf in this genus, and the right view typifies the least amount of this development. edge; condylobasal length less than 15 (12.2-12.5). Lateral dorsal noseleaf projec- tions pointed (fig. 6C) ; about 14 of tail extending beyond posterior margin of in- terfemoral membrane; FA less than 44 (35-42); widespread east of Celebes, in- GhudimgmIN ew aG WIM Cae ee ee ee ew ee Se Aselliscus [Tate, 1941b, p. 2; Sanborn, 1952, p. 2] Be Transverse diameter of cochlea approximately three to four times width of basioc- cipital; no accessory cusp on anterior edge of C’, but a small one present near base of posterior edge; condylobasal length more than 15 (17.3); sagittal crest not ex- tending posteriorly onto parietals. Lateral dorsal noseleaf projections rounded (fig. 6D) ; tail either not visible or extending no more than half way to posterior margin of interfemoral membrane; FA more than 44 (47-56); Solomons, __ Anthops [Tate, 1941b, p. 1] 56 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. FamMity MOLOoSSIDAE [ Miller, 1907, p. 241; Meyer, 1899] 1 4123 6 1 Z isors —; tooth count 26: =-—. Animal essentiall tf, Incisors i. 00 i i 5 aie 5 y naked; ears widely separated across forehead; FA more than 68 (70-80) ; Celebes. ee Se ot es ee _ Cheiromeles [Miller and Hollister, 1921, p. 100] 1 1 F . ; ie Incisors = OF a tooth count 28, 30, or 32. Animal normally haired; ears either united across forehead or not; FA less than 68 (30-65); New Guinea and Celebes. 2 2 1 es AN ES) 7 1 2.(1’) Incisors always —; tooth court 30: = — ; two deep pits 2 12— 1 —2—4 123 8 or large foramina in the basisphenoid bone; zygomatic arch with well-developed dorsal postorbital projection (fig. 7A). A lighter-colored band obvious across lower neck and upper shoulders, formed by hairs either basally or unicolored buffy to grayish; ears united across forehead; FA 48-60; New Guinea. Otomops [Lawrence, 1948; Laurie, 1952, p. 314] Ofomops Tadarida Ficure 7. Family Molossidae: A. lateral view of cranium of Otomops, showing well developed postorbital process on zygomatic; B. lateral view of cranium of Tadarida, showing lack of such a well-developed postorbital process. 1 1 2 (2) ae 2% Incisors either — or —; tooth count 28, 30, or 32: = 2 3 12(3) 1 — 2 —4 123 (those in parentheses may be present or absent in various combinations) ; 6o0r7 8or9 basisphenoid without two deep pits or large foramina; zygomatic arch either with- out, or with only slightly developed, postorbital projection (fig. 7B). Lighter- colored band across lower neck and upper shoulders generally absent, but if present, FA less than 48; ears either united across forehead or not; FA 30-65; New Guinea. and: Celebes: == ee ee ee eee Tadarida [Tate, 1941d] FAMILY VESPERTILIONIDAE [Tate, 1941e, f; 1942b] 2 1 4123 = 6 128) SAS aor oe Either one or two low rounded noseleaves present, or if absent then nasal region ile One upper incisor; tooth count 28? or 30: On ~~ Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS and muzzle scantily haired, glandular, and no lobe on lower lip at corner of mouth, and, for specimens with FA less than 40 (Nycticezus [4]), metacarpal of digit V subequal to that of digit IV, with digit V extending beyond end oi proximal phalanx of digit IV; FA 30-64; New Guinea and westward. 2 i, Two upper incisors; tooth count 32 or more. No noseleaf; if nasal region scantily haired and/or glandular, then either a fleshy lobe present on lower lip at corner of mouth (Chalinolobus [10]), or FA less than 40 and metacarpal of digit V noticeably shorter than that of digit IV, with digit V terminating about at middle of proximal phalanx of digit IV (Philetor [6’]) ; FA 25-52; widespread, including INV vag Ga UT @ 22s eer RE eh es eS re On 2.(1) Interorbital region of rostrum depressed so that forehead rises rather abruptly; nuchal crest (if present) not prominent (figs. 8F, G); zygomatic breadth less than 11.5 (8.4-11.4); greatest skull length at least 15 (15.0-19.8). One or two noseleaves present; ears may or may not be united across forehead by a low band; E more than 12 (13-25) in fresh or liquid-preserved animals (but may be as much as 5 to 7 mm. less in some dried specimens); FA more than 37, but less than 47 (37.5-46.5) ; New Guinea and possibly Timor. —.... 3 Die Interorbital region of rostrum not depressed so that forehead does not rise abruptly; nuchal crest usually prominent (fig. 8H); zygomatic breadth either more than 11.5 (12.5-14.9), or, if less (10.1-10.8), then greatest skull length less than 15.3 (14.0-15.2). No noseleaf; ears not united across forehead; E less than 12 (about 7 or 8) in fresh or liquid-preserved specimens; FA either less than 37, Oe imnorde Wworehar 47/S IN Guvboveey hovel ayesinyenecl, 4 3.(2) Braincase relatively high (fig. 8F); greatest skull length less than 15.1 (15.0) ; C—M® less than 4.6 (4.5). Anterior noseleaf large and not lobed; posterior nose- leaf bilobed and as tall as the anterior; ears united across forehead; FA less {UTA W/O) PINS eaial Cab b nets ee Geaeee Seaee we ee uly bee ee eee ee Nea Pharotis [Thomas, 1914b, p. 381] V3 Braincase relatively low (fig. 8G); greatest skull length more than 15.1 (15.2— 19.8); C-M® more than 4.6 (4.8-7.3). Anterior noseleaf short and weakly tri- lobed; posterior noseleaf bilobed and usually less well-developed than anterior; ears united across forehead or not; FA more than 37 (37.0-46.5); New Guinea UT ClO OSSD liyarel R00 OL) paste ee oa nee ee es Ne Nyctophilus® [Thomas, 1915; Laurie and Hill, 1954, p. 78] 4.(2') Greatest skull length less than 16.0 (12.5-14.9); C—M® less than 5.8 (4.7-5.5). Aglessathank4 On(@0-36)INewaGuineas =a ee Nycticeius [Tate, 1952, p. 599] Ae. Greatest skull length more than 16.0 (17-20*); C-M® more than 5.8 (6.0-8.0). FA more than 40 (48-64); Celebes and smaller islands to the south and south- GAS, OME THE momeMiN Eyal IN@ yy Gemne, — Scotophilus es) a oe ee . 5.(1’) Tooth count 32?°: = —. Either a thumbpad present (fig. (Af =? BIS 8A) and tragus relatively short and broad (fig. 8C, Tylonycteris), or if thumb- pad absent (fig. 8B, Philetor), then fur short and unicolored (less than 5 mm. long on dorsum), and tail less than 40.5 (32-40), and interfemoral membrane not furred dorsally, and foredigit V terminating level with about middle of first 15 Nyctophilus [3’] may occasionally lack one of the normal three lower incisors, thus giving a tooth count of 28. This number, however, is unique among the vespertilionids considered in this paper. 58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. young adult Tylonycteris C D E lischropus i ‘Ol: Glischropu Tylonycteris Glischropus Pipistrellus NL patie 1 %S i = = ——— _ = a ow =r=n9 p) ee G (+ F H Phoniscus Anamygdon Scotophilus Kerivoula Myotis Nycticeius Pharotis Nyctophilus I J Phoniscus Anamygadon Kerivoula Myotis VoL. XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 59 phalanx of foredigit TV (rather than extending beyond end of phalanx); FA 25— BENE WwmaGuinea and swestwand = —- i oe ee ae eees eee A ee 6 Se Tooth count 34 or more. Thumbpad present (fig. 8A) and tragus relatively long, narrow, and blunt (fig. 8D, Glischropus), or thumbpad absent (fig. 8B), in which case external character combination never as in step 5 above; FA 28— S28 Tnkolasoacevel, wave) uyehines INGyy (Cipher if 6.(5) Skull greatly flattened, height of cranium at (and including) bulla less than 75 percent (55-70) width of braincase just dorsal to posterior root of zygomatic arch; C—M® less than 4.5 (4.2-4.4). Thumbpad present; FA less than 30 (25— As 2 (Cla oyas euovel at EMoVolS {oy oyv Ny, _. Tylonycteris 6’. Skull not greatly flattened, height of cranium at bulla more than 75 percent (80-94) width of braincase just dorsal to posterior root of zygomatic arch; C-M* more than 4.5 (4.6-5.0). No thumbpad; FA more than 30 (32-37); New CGE eee Sa es a Ie aS RR ee © Ses A een, —23 1—2—4123 Ss 1231—2—4123 9 ally small and wedged internal to tooth row between C’ and P’*). Either nostrils (moderately) tubed and dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane densely haired, or thumbpad present, or lobe on lower lip near corner of mouth, ov none of these present (Pipistrellus, FA 28-38), in which case tragus relatively short and obtuse (fig. 8E) and proximal phalanx of fore digit II] more than 1% length of remaining distal portion of digit; FA 28-52; widespread, including New (GUE TY a oe ee ee en ee II aed a oh ee i. Tooth count 36 or more. Neither tubed nostrils, thumbpad, nor lower lip lobe present; tragus either relatively long and acuminate (fig. 8I, J), or, if rounded (fig. 8 C-E, Miniopterus, FA 36.5-51), proximal phalanx of fore digit III only about 14 length of remaining distal portion of digit; FA 30-51; widespread, in- vr cha rg NU ai Ge UT pg ek see 12 7.(5’) Tooth count 341°: (P* may sometimes be exception- 8.(7) P* less than twice bulk of well-developed P*; I° either larger than, or subequal to, I’, or, if smaller, then surface area of M® only about 4» that of M>. Dorsal sur- face of interfemoral membrane densely haired; nostrils (moderately) tubed; FA 32-52; smaller islands to east and south of Celebes. _....- = 9 16 Two genera which ordinarily have 34 teeth may occasionally give tooth counts of 32. Ryan (1966) and Johnson (1964) report P2 sometimes missing in Chalinolobus [10]. Harpiocephalus [9] has been reported to occasionally lack its vestigial M*. In the event of the absence of the respective upper tooth in these two genera, they both may be distinguished from Tylonycteris [6] and Philetor [6’] by their lack of the blunt, anterolaterally directed projection which is present on the anterodorsal orbital rim of the latter two forms. In Harpiocephalus the distance from ventral border to tip of ascending ramus of the mandible is well over three times the depth of the horizontal ramus measured from the canine alveolar rim to the ventral border. By this character, it may be distinguished from Chalinolobus as well as from Tylonycteris and Philetor; in each of these three the height of the ascending ramus is, at most, only twice the horizontal ramus depth below the canine. Ficure 8. Family Vespertilionidae: A. portion of left forewing of bats of the genera Tylonycteris and Glischropus showing thumbpad (indicated by arrow); B. portion of left forewing of other vespertilionid bats showing lack of thumbpad; left insert shows the bony and cartilaginous elements in a typical finger joint of a young bat, while the right insert shows the same elements in an adult bat; C, D, E. left ears of three genera of bats empha- sizing differences in the shape of the tragus; F, G, H. lateral views of the crania of 8 genera of bats, exemplifying various cranial profiles; I, J. left ears of four genera of bats emphasizing the funnel-shaped pinna in Kerivoula and Phoniscus. 60 8’. 9.(8) 9’. 10.(8’) Oe 11.(10’) il’ WK) Se) 13% 14.(13) CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. P' several times bulk of minute P”°; I® slightly to much smaller than I*; surface area of M® more than 14 that of M*. Dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane essentially naked; nostrils not tubed; FA 28-44; widespread, including New Grin Carp ene hk A ee 10 M° reduced to a simple peg or scale, without protocone, paracone, etc.” FA more than 44 (48-52); possibly Amboina I. (off SW coast of Ceram). Har piocephalus M’ normal, bearing protocone, paracone, etc. FA less than 44 (32.7-40) ; smaller IS ENGI TO) GEG Byavel Bowie Or (COW VSS, 2 Murina I’ unicuspid, although a cingular ridge may be prominent posteriorly. Lobe on lower lip near corner of mouth; muzzle almost hairless, glandular; FA 32-44; pelage black on head and shoulders; hair tips sometimes silvery; possibly New (GENIN ag Sos ete AE Fa NL ee Ot a a Chalinolobus [Ryan, 1966] I’ bicuspid (a relatively large secondary cusp immediately behind and about 74 height of main cusp). No lower lip lobe; muzzle normally haired, not glandular; FA 28-38; pelage never contrastingly black on head and shoulders; hair tips mone Sihyerays \walelecjaraseGl, vhovelhovabhaves IN\e\yy (Gwin, 11 Not always separable from Pipistrellus at the generic level in cranial and dental characteristics; greatest skull length 11.4-12.4; C—M® 4.2-4.7. Thumbpad present (Gitca SAD) HAC? 8=305-s barchianmeles (im the Viol tGeas))p ese Glischropus Greatest skull length 11.6-15.2; C-—M® 4.1-5.6. No thumbpad (fig. 8B); FA 28-38; widespread, including New Guinea. _.... Pipistrellus [Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] —23 1—2—4123 8 Tooth count 36: = . Character of foredigit III listed 2 otl —2) 3A 18273 10 in step 7’ above is unique among genera considered in this paper; in repose and normally in liquid-preserved specimens the portion of digit distal to proximal phalanx is fully flexed ventrally against proximal digital segment; apex of tragus rounded (fig. 8 C-E); FA 36.5-51; widespread, including New Guinea. __ Miniopterus Sa me ARSE 28a = 254ai Gere sO Pipistrellus in step 7 above; apex of tragus pointed (fig. 81, J); FA 30-49; wide- Spread. ancludime iNew Grune ay ee 13 Tooth count 38: Foredigit III as described for I° and C' almost or quite in contact; braincase greatly rounded (fig. 8F); P*® from 7 to 1 times cross-sectional area of P*, never displaced wholly internal to tooth row. Lateral ear margin long and curved anteriorly to give ear a rather funnel-like shape (fig. 81); fur relatively long; FA 30-43; widespread west Of. Solomons; 2:22 2. Se Se Se ee eee ee 14 I° and C' separated by a diastema almost as great as, or longer than, diameter of I’; braincase relatively flat (fig. 8G); P® from 4% to 1 times cross-sectional area of P*, sometimes displaced wholly internal to tooth row (so that P* and P* are almost in contact). Ear more normal (fig. 8J); fur shorter; FA 30-49; wide- spread,. including New ‘Guineas: 22.22.22 ek C' without a longitudinal anterolateral groove; greatest basal diameter of I° sub- equal to that of I>; in dorsal view, anteroposterior length of narial emargination greater than width (ratio about 5:3). No obvious notch in posterior margin of Vor. XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 61 tragus; FA 30-43; widespread west of Solomons, including New Guinea. —_ _. Kerivoula™ [ Hill, 1965] 14’. C’ with a longitudinal anterolateral groove; greatest basal diameter of I* only 14 to 34 that of I°; anteroposterior length of narial emargination about equal to width. Deep notch in posterior margin of tragus (at level of base of anterior MALIN) eee AS 5—4) New Gilneas Celeb ess sacs Eee Phoniscus™ [ Hill, 1965] 15.(13’) Cranial, dental, and external characters quite similar to various forms of Myotis; P* from about 45 to 14 cross-sectional area of P*, wholly internal to tooth row; greatest skull length 15.4; C-M® 6.0; FA 38.5; tail 35.5; Solomons (known from BmSIN PIE aSMeCII EN), = Ns eee Fe eee Anamygdon [Troughton, 1929; Walker, 1964, p. 374] SY, P* from about 14 to 1 times cross-sectional area of P*, internal to tooth row or not; greatest skull length 12.5-19.3; C-M® 5.3-6.7; FA 30-49; tail 35.5-51; wide- Spread sincuding New, Gulneds ses ee, ee eee M yotis OrDER RODENTIA FAMILY MURIDAE [Riimmler, 1938; Tate, 1936, 1951; Ellerman, 1941, 1949] ily Upper cheek teeth 1 or 2; or, if 3 (Leptomys), crown pattern of middle tooth (M?°) as in fig. 9D. Hind digits II-IV, at least, webbed (sometimes only slightly so); or pelage soit, close and velvety (shrew-like) and HF less than 24; or, if neither of these (Lepiomys and Paraleptomys), externally similar to certain forms of Rattus, from which they may be distinguished by characters listed in foot- note 18; mammary formula: 0 thoracic pairs—2 inguinal pairs = 4 total mammae in all forms as far as known.® (Subfamily Hydromyinae) _____ 2 i Upper cheek teeth 3; crown pattern of middle tooth (M”) never as in fig. 9D. None of hind digits webbed; pelage never shrew-like ;* mammary formula vary- ing from: O pectoral pairs—2 inguinal pairs = 4 total mammae to: 3 pectoral pairs—3 inguinal pairs = 12 total mammae. (Subfamily Murinae) _ 11 3 2.(1) Cheek teeth 3 M’ pattern as in fig. 9D. HF more than 34 (36-40) and hind digitss ll —=hVenotiwebbed ap sa ne ee eee Leptomys [Tate and Archbold, 1938] 3 2M. Cheek teeth less than re M? pattern various. HF either less than 34 (down to 18) ; or, if more (up to 66), at least hind digits II-IV slightly to fully webbed. 3 17 In considering Phoniscus a full genus rather than a subgenus of Kerivoula we are following Hill (1965). This author lists diagnostic characters for the two groups as well as for their individual Australasian members. 18 Leptomys [2] and Paraleptomys [8] may be distinguished from all New Guinea murines except a few Rattus [21] by the following combination of external characters: head and body 110-162; tail 130-172; hind foot 28-40; caudal hairs may appear irregularly arranged with respect to the scales, and therefore not clearly 1-3 per scale; at least some tail scales overlapping (fig. 10A) rather than all mosaic (fig. 10B); no hairless unscaled area 5-38 mm. long terminating dorsal surface of tail; white tail tip ordinarily present. A certain number of individuals of the genus Rattus remain from which skins of these two hydromyines are not surely separable by these or any other objective characters of which we are aware. Although the hind foot of Leptomys is stated by Tate (1951, p. 222) to be elongated relative to head and body (36-40: 124- 162), essentially these same absolute measurements may occur in the same ratio in some individual Rattus. Both Leptomys and Paraleptomys have rather soft, dense fur but this subjective characteristic is also oc- casionally encountered in Rattus. The mammary formula of Paraleptomys and Leptomys is 0-2 =4, while the minimum in Rattus is 1-2 = 6. 19 Mammary formula unknown only in Microhydromys and Baiyankamys. 62 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. A B C D Moayermys other hydromyines Paraleptomys Leptomys Hydromyinae Murinae © a G H I Macruromys Mallomys Anisomys Conilurus Hyomys J Melomys L M Pogo elomys ; Pogonomys Seinen y Rattus Lorentzimys Uromys Mie Xenuromys Ficure 9. Family Muridae: Typical crown patterns of the upper left second molar (modified from Riimmler, 1938, p. 13, fig. 1). The single molar of Mayermys, however, is 1 presumably te Cusps indicated with dashed lines are either of uncertain morphology (Conilurus), or usually absent (Melomys). The small anteriolabial cusp in Rattus is also occasionally absent. Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 63 2 3.(2’) Cheek teeth Be (M® lost) ; M? pattern as in fig. 9B. HF between 35 and 40 (36.5) CiaGs Cae AKO RKD Worn Il (GUS weOVeN CroKAdr)), — Baiyankamys” [ Hinton, 1943, p. 552] 2 5 : ; F ce Cheek teeth less than ap M* pattern various. HF varying from 18 to 66, but if Joven, SS) Ayevel AO) qovesal Gene Wess teh wal (GSO) 4 1 4.(3’) Cheek teeth = crown pattern as in fig. 9A; upper tooth about 0.8 mm. long by 0.5 mm. wide. Pelage shrew-like, externally quite similar to other small hydro- myines;” tail more than 95 (97-113), with lighter colored terminal portion of Valea egal eta Ot ln) pecs ere eee ER Ne na w= ei eee eh Mayermys [Laurie and Hill, 1954, p. 133; Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] 2 : 3 ; . , 4’. Cheek teeth = (M- lost) ; M* pattern various. Pelage various; if shrew-like, see HOOUAOWS FilS endl eraveqeay Euoval Cooremavoyay Whoo, 5 5.(4') M’*”* less than 4.0 (2.1-3.4); condylobasal length less than 27 (20+-25.4); M? pattern as in fig. 9B. Pelage shrew-like, dull gray or brownish-gray both dorsally and ventrally; HF less than 26 (18-24) ; tail less than 110 (77-102). 6 SY, M** more than 4.0 (4.4-9.7); condylobasal length more than 27 (28.9-65.0); M’* pattern various. Pelage not shrew-like, underparts contrasting noticeably with upper; HF more than 26 (28-66) ; tail more than 110 (120-350), 8 6.(5) M** less than 2.3 (2.1); anterior face of upper incisors not grooved. Tail less than 89 (78-88), shorter than head and body; tail generally with lighter colored irregular bands on terminal portion; feet light colored, about same shade as light ean ra cl es a a cer Peet SO Neohydromys [Laurie, 1952, p. 311] 6’. M’* more than 2.3 (2.4-3.4); anterior face of upper incisors grooved or not. Tail more than 89 (90-101), shorter to longer than head and body; tail with or without lighter colored terminal areas; feet either light-colored or about same GAG aig: Claditer? overeat ONE Wnty ee ee 7 7.(6') M’** less than 2.6 (2.4); anterior face of upper incisors grooved. Head and body less than 84 (80); tail with lighter colored terminal portion, and longer than headgand si 0 dys pescrs, Menemnees se! bel PP eek Microhydromys Ue M'~* more than 2.6 (2.7-3.4); anterior face of upper incisors not grooved. Head and body more than 84 (86-115); tail usually lacking any lighter colored termi- nal portion, and shorter to longer than head and body. Pseudohydromys [Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] 20 J. E. Hill reports (personal communication) that Baiyankamys is an invalid taxon being based on a specimen with a mismatched mandible. *1 Mayermys [4] is externally very similar to the other three equally small hydromyines with more-or- less fine, somewhat shrew-like, pelage. The following external characters, however, may be of aid in dis- tinguishing them from Mayermys. Fourteen out of the 15 known specimens of Pseudohydromys [7’] lack a white or lightish-colored terminal tail portion which all members of the other three genera possess. Speci- mens of Neohydromys [6] have a tail at least 7 mm. (known range: 7-17) shorter than the head and body while in Mayermys the tail is from only 5 mm. shorter, to 18 mm. longer, than the head and body. In Microhydromys [7], known from a single specimen, the tail (92 mm.) is 12 mm. longer than the head and body (80 mm.); but both of these measurements are from 5 to 20 or so mm. less than corresponding ones of Mayermys. Also, the dorsal surfaces of the hind feet of Mayermys are white or light gray, but dusky in Microhydromys. 64 8.(5’) 10.(9’) 10’. UTR IU) wil (hl) ish 14.(13) 15.(14’) CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. M? pattern as in fig. 9C; M*” 4.4-4.8; condylobasal length 28.9-32.0. HF less than 32.5 (28-32); tail less than 143 (120-140), sparsely haired and without jorerarenil eye Govels Javbayel cobfenets savONe \yi@loloveGl, Paraleptomys [Tate and Archbold, 1941, p. 1; Osgood, 1945] M?° pattern as in fig. 9B; M*~ 4.6-9.7; condylobasal length 31.3-65.0. HF more than 32.5 (33-66); tail more than 143 (145-350), relatively densely furred (fur obscures scales) and with small pencil at end; at least hind digits II-IV webbed. _ 9 M'~* more than 8.75 (8.8-9.7) ; CL of M’ 6.1-6.8; interorbital breadth more than 7.6 (7.9-9.3). Pelage relatively harsh and stiff, seemingly not modified for an aquatic existence; only hind digits II-IV webbed. _.... Parahydromys M'~ less than 8.75 (4.6-8.7); CL of M* 3.6-6.3; interorbital breadth less than 7.6 (5.1-7.4). Pelage sleek, with dense soft underfur, obviously modified for an aquatic existence; hind digits either all webbed or only II-IV webbed. — 10 M'~ 5.2-5.6; condylobasal length between 36 and 42 (38.2-41.0). Ear less than 5 (Sy eel Selorbavalicahiestis syrceto) ovetal, ee Crossomys [Tate, 1951b] M'~ either 4.6—-5.2 or 7.5-8.7; condylobasal length either less than 36 (31.3-34.1) or more than 42 (44,5-65.0). Ear more than 5 (6-22); hind digits II-IV clearly webbed wleanG Ve miaivsoremnaiy. m0 em v.e bbc Gly eens mena nen Hydromys M'*® less than 3.8 (2.5-3.5) ; condylobasal length less than 23 (18.4-22.0). Head and body usually less than 89 (60-91), if greater than 89 (Lorentzimys), then small whitespencilon: tailllstip) 242 ee eee eee 12 M** more than 3.8 (4.0-19.0); condylobasal length more than 23 (24.8-79.3). Headkandebodyam ore sthraries 9i((O O—417| ©) pe eee ee is M* as in fig. 9M; M‘* less than 2.9 (2.5-2.8) ; rostrum short and high (fig. 10D). lel jon@va worn ICY (AiG) & iomebaniineNe a? Ss (0, Lorentzimys [Ellerman, 1949, p. 89] M’ as in fig. 9L; M*® more than 2.9 (3.1-3.5) ; rostrum not short and high (fig. (OE) 2 ElEelessythamiel!Os(G6=1'8))ie mivammrmale es 2 —— ol 0 eee Mus M'* more than 9.4 (9.6-19.0). HF more than 49.5 (50-80); tail scales either overlapping (fig. 1OA) or mosaic (fig. 10B), and either annularly (fig. 10A, B) or spirally (Gig. 10C) arranged). 24 -.5.<) ea es eee 14 M'* less than 9.4 (4.0-9.1). HF either less than 49.5 (20-49), or, if sometimes more (32-59 in Macruromys |19]), then tail scales overlapping and annularly arranged, and tail more than 130 percent (131-151) head and body, almost always at: least ‘one=third “white, 222... ee 18 M’ as in fig. 9G; incisive foramina length less than 5.2 (2.8-4.8); M*® less than 10.6 (9.6-10.5); M’* width usually less than 3.0 (2.6-3.0). Tail scales overlapping, annularly azrangeds) tail) 285—338) mammae 1—2) 16) EEE Anisomys M> not as in fig. 9G; incisive foramina length more than 5.2 (5.6-16.3); M*® either more than 10.6 (11.2-19.0), or, if occasionally less (9.5-14.2 in Uromys [17’]), then M* width usually more than 3.0 (2.9-3.7). Tail scales various, if overlapping and annularly arranged, then tail less than 285 (220-281) ; mammae NRT US ce a ee 15 M* as in figs. 9F or I; M' width more than 4.5 (5.0-5.9) ; M** 13.4-19.0. Dorsal pelage with very long, generally light-tipped, guard hairs; tail scales spirally ar- ranged, noticeably overlapping and projecting (fig. 10C); head and body 295- AO; ees. snp eeeneetene et aE ee tee OE ee ee 16 Vor. XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 65 Uromys Ficure 10. Family Muridae: A. overlapping and annularly arranged caudal scales; B. mosaic and annularly arranged caudal scales; C. overlapping and spirally arranged caudal scales; D. lateral and dorsal views of the cranium of Lorentizimys; E. lateral and dorsal views of the cranium of Mus; F. lateral view of left mandible of Uromys, showing height and length measurements used in key (a, b), and laterally projecting process (indicated by un- labeled arrow); G. typical infraorbital plate in Pogonomelomys; H. typical infraorbital plate in Melomys. 16.(15) Ta 18.(13’) 18’. 19.(18’) 19’. 20.(19’) 20’. 22 One CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. M? as in fig. 9K; M' width less than 4.5 (2.9-3.7); M** 9.5-14.2. Dorsal pelage without very long light-tipped guard hairs; tail scales annularly arranged, either OVerlappine lon mosaics dead andro cy 7/4 1 3)5 5g eee eee 17 M? as in fig. 9F; M**® 16.1-19.0; incisive foramina length 8.6-16.3. Externally similar to Hyomys [16’]; never a white patch at base of ear; HF (su) usually 68-80, exceptionally as low as 63.5, HF (cu) 75-85; mammae 1-2 = 6. __ Mallomys M?’ as in fig. 91; M** 13.4-17.5; incisive foramina length 6.5—9.9. Often, but not invariably, a white patch at base of ear; HF (su) 51-68, (cu) 66-75; mammae O52 Sr ee ee ee eee eee ee Hyomys [Rummler, 1933] Supraorbital ridges absent; frontals not concave; mandible (fig. 10F) without well-developed laterally projecting process and with a/b ratio about 0.5 (proba- bly in all ages) ; zygomatic breadth 25.4-30.5; M’™* 10.5-11.8. Tail scales over- lapping, many scales without hairs, the rest with 1-3 hairs per scale; mammae 2. Set rca er 2 Sie a Se Son Xenuromys [Tate and Archbold, 1941] Supraorbital ridges present; frontals concave; mandible (fig. 10F) with well- developed laterally projecting process and with a/b ratio 0.6 or more in full- grown individuals (condylobasal length above about 55); zygomatic breadth 25.5-49.1; M** 9.5-14.2. Tail scales mosaic, 0-1 hairs per scale; mammae usually 0=2 4; but*occasionally 1=2 "0 = ee eee Uromys | Lidicker and Ziegler, in press] M’ as in fig. 9J; incisive foramina length 3.2-5.5. Tail tip modified for dorsal prehension, 7.e., terminal dorsal portion hairless and without the normal scalation for at least 13.5 mm. (13.5-38); scales on rest of tail generally overlapping, but may be only slightly so, or even mosaic; if not overlapping, then a variable num- ber of hairs per scale (1-3) and sometimes tail is essentially hairless; mammae 12210 2 ee ee ee i ee ee ee Pogonomys M’ not as in fig. 9J; incisive foramina length 3.6-10.9. Tail tip either not modi- fied for dorsal prehension as described in step 18 above, or, if so modified (Pogo- nomelomys |22]), then scales on rest of tail mosaic, 3 hairs per scale and scaleless dorsal area at tip of tail not exceeding 20 mm. in length; mammae various. — 19 M’ as in fig. 9E; M'*® 4.6-7.2. Externally similar to certain larger Rattus [21]; tail 188-342, 131-151% head and body, almost always at least one-third white; HF 32-59; tail scales overlapping, 3 hairs per scale; mammae 0-2 =4, ___ ies Shore acaneg tenes Ss Len eh at Pea nage led Se Bae ee VOUT M* not as in fig. 9E; M** 4.0-9.1. Tail 84-235, of various percentages head and body; HF 21-49; tail scales overlapping or mosaic; 1 or 3 hairs per scale; mam- THA. “VANTOUS. cece oe iit. as 20 M’ as in fig. 9H; incisive foramina length more than 10.8 (10.9); M** 9.1. HF 48; tail shorter than head and body, darkening to black on terminal third, and end becoming densely haired so that scales almost obscured; mammae 0-2 = 4; knowniitronal only 10 spe cline ripen eee Conilurus [Tate and Archbold, 1938] M* not as in fig. 9H; incisive foramina length less than 10.8 (3.6-10.6); M*® specimen (A.M.N.H. 104153) has a HF recorded on label as 63.2, but this is clearly an error since even the dried foot measures 69.5 (su). Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 67 4.0-9.1. HF 21-49; tail length various, often longer than head and body, not becoming either black or densely haired terminally; mammae various. 21 21.(20') M* as in fig. 9L; M’“ 4.0-9.1; incisive foramina length 4.5-10.6. Tail scales over- lapping; HF 21-49; head and body 97-285; tail not dorsally prehensile; total MaAmMmMacwCOuUntithOomea Mtotl2 f:=. 2 2a eh eee ee ae Rattus pile: M? as in fig. 9K; M** 4.2-8.6; incisive foramina length 3.6-6.9. Tail scales mosaic except in one form (Melomys albidens, which has head and body 111- 122, tail 144-162, HF 24-26, and anterior face of upper incisors white to very pale orange) ; HF 21-43; head and body 90-210; tail dorsally prehensile or not; Mann a OM O—2¢— 4 eee eee EEE 2 ee ee ae 22 22.(21') Cranially and dentally very similar to Melomys [22'] at the generic level; an- terior edge of infraorbital plate tends to drop straight vertically from root of zygoma (fig. 10G); anterior faces of upper incisors never white to very pale orange; incisive foramina length 4.4-6.2; condylobasal length 24.8-37.7. Tail tip dorsally prehensile and the terminal dorsal portion hairless and without ome KEN on wore H=0) wove, ee ee Pogonomelomys [Ellerman, 1949, p. 86] DAR Anterior edge of infraorbital plate tends to bulge convexly just below root of zygoma (fig. 10H); anterior faces of upper incisors in 2 species white to very pale orange; incisive foramina length 3.6-6.9; condylobasal length 25.1-42.9. Tail tip may be dorsally prehensile, but terminal portion with normal hairs and Sezvlenii@yay gull eimoybueGl, BO I Pt Ss sey Rhee ey Melomys [Ellerman, 1949, p. 86] LITERATURE CITED ANDERSEN, K. 1912. Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the collection of the British Museum, vol. 1: Megachiroptera. British Museum (Natural History), London, 854 pp. 1918. Diagnoses of new bats of the families Rhinolophidae and Megadermatidae. An- nals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 9, vol. 2, pp. 374-384. CABRERA, A. 1920. Dos nuevos murciélagos frugivoros. Boletin de la Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural, vol. 20, pp. 106-108. ELLERMAN, J. R. 1941. The families and genera of living rodents, vol. 2: Family Muridae. British Museum (Natural History), London, 690 pp. 1949. The families and genera of living rodents, vol. 3, pt. 1. British Museum (Natural History), London, 210 pp. Hayman, R. W. 1945. A new genus of fruit-bat and a new squirrel from Celebes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 11, vol. 12, no. 93, pp. 569-578. AE ie Ey. 1963. A revision of the genus Hipposideros. Bulletin British Museum (Natural History), Zoology, vol. 11, no. 1, pp. 1-129. 1965. Asiatic bats of the genera Kerivoula and Phoniscus (Vespertilionidae), with a note on Kerivoula aerosa Tomes. Mammalia, vol. 29, no. 4, pp. 524-556. Hinton, M. A. C. 1943. Preliminary diagnoses of five new murine rodents from New Guinea. Anna!s and c Magazine of Natural History, ser. 11, vol. 10, no. 68, pp. 552-557. 68 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Husson, A. M. 1955a. Notes on the mammals collected by the Swedish New Guinea Expedition, 1948— 1949. Nova Guinea, new series, vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 283-306. 1955b. Tabel voor het Determineren van de Landzoogdieren van Nederlands Nieuw- Guinea. Zoologische Bijdragen, no. 1, pp. 1-35. 1958. Notes on Protemnodon agilis papuanus (Peters and Doria) from New Guinea (Mammalia: Marsupialia). Nova Guinea, new series, vol. 9, no. 2, pp. 245-252. 1964. Notes on the genus Pseudocheirus Ogilby (Mammalia, Marsupialia) from New Guinea. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leyden, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie), vol. 39, pp. 555-572. Jounson, D. H. 1964. Mammals of the Arnhem Land Expedition, pp. 427-515, zm R. L. Specht, ed., Records of the American-Australian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land, vol. 4, Zoology. Melbourne, Univ. Press. LauriE, E. M. O. 1952. Mammals collected by Mr. Shaw Mayer in New Guinea, 1932-1949. Bulletin British Museum (Natural History), Zoology, vol. 1, no. 10, pp. 269-318. Laurig£, E. M. O., and J. E. Hi 1954. List of land mammals of New Guinea, Celebes and adjacent islands; 1758-1952. British Museum (Natural History), London, 175 pp. LAWRENCE, B. 1948. A new bat, Otomops, from Papua. Journal of Mammalogy, vol. 29, no. 4, pp. 413-414. LeSouer, A. S., and H. BURRELL 1926. The wild animals of Australasia (with a chapter on bats by Ellis L. Troughton). London, Harrap and Co., 388 pp. LipickeEr, W. Z., Jr., and A. C. ZIEGLER In press. Report on a collection of mammals from eastern New Guinea, including keys to species of 14 genera. University of California Publications in Zoology, vol. 87. Matscuie, P. 1916. Die verbreitung der Beuteltiere auf Neuguinea mit einigen Bemerkungen tber Thre Einteilung in Untergattungen. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin, vol. 8, no. 2, pp. 257-310. Meyer, A. B. 1899. Sdaugethiere vom Célebes—und Philippinen—Archipel, IJ. Abhandlungen und Berichte der K6niglichen Zoologischen und Anthropologischen-Ethnologischen Museum zu Dresden, vol. 7, no. 7, pp. 1-55. MILier, G. S., Jr. 1907. The families and genera of bats. Bulletin United States National Museum, vol. Sea o Ia2 Soe MILLER, G. S., JR., and N. HOLLisTER 1921. Twenty new mammals collected by H. C. Raven in Celebes. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, vol. 34, pp. 93-104. Oscoop, W. H. 1945. A new rodent from Dutch New Guinea. Fieldiana (Chicago Natural History Museum), vol. 30, no. 1, pp. 1-2. Jrenunnnsy (Oa Ife 1966. A new species of bat of the genus Melonycteris from the Solomon Islands. Jour- nal of Mammalogy, vol. 47, no. 1, pp. 23-27. Vot.XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 69 Pout, H. 1953. Uber die Fledertiere von Bougainville. Zeitschrift fiir Saugetierkunde, vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 127-137. RoTHscHILD, L., and G. DOLLMAN 1936. The genus Dendrolagus. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. 21, no. 6, pp. 477-551. RUMMIER, H. 1933. Uber eine neue Ratte, Hyomys strobilurus sp. n., vom Sattelberg, Deutsch- Neuguinea. Zietschrift fiir Saugetierkunde, vol. 8, pp. 96-99. 1938. Die Systematik und Verbreitung der Muriden Neuguineas. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin, vol. 23, no. 1, pp. 1-297. Ryan, R. M. 1966. A new and some imperfectly known Australian Chalinolobus and the taxonomic status of African Glauconycteris. Journal of Mammalogy, vol. 47, no. 1, pp. 86-91. SANBORN, C. C. 1952. The status of “Triaenops wheeleri” Osgood. Chicago Academy of Sciences, Natural History Miscellanea, vol. 97, pp. 1-3. SHAMEL, H. H. 1940. The insectivorous bats collected by H. C. Raven in Celebes. Journal of Mam- malogy, vol. 21, no. 3, pp. 352-354. STEIN, G. 1933. Weitere Mitteilungen zur Systematik papuanischer Sauger. Zeitschrift fir Saugetierkunde, vol. 8, no. 2, pp. 87-95. STIRTON, R. A. 1963. A review of the macropodid genus Protemnodon. University of California Pub- lications in Geological Science, vol. 44, no. 2, pp. 97-162. Taio, (Go lel Jal 1936. Some Muridae of the Indo-Australian region. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 72, no. 6, pp. 501-728. 1938. New or little-known marsupials: A new species of Phascogalinae, with notes upon Acrobates pulchellus Rothschild. Novitates Zoologicae, vol. 41, pp. 58-60. 1941a. Review of the genus Hipposideros with special reference to Indo-Australian spe- cies. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 78, no. 5, pp. 353-393. 1941b. Remarks on some Old World leaf-nosed bats. American Museum Novitates, no. 1140, pp. 1-11. 1941c. Notes on oriental Taphozous and allies. American Museum Novitates, no. 1141, pp. 1-5. 1941d. Molossid bats of the Archbold Collections. American Museum Novitates, no. 1142, pp. 1-4. 1941e. A review of the genus Myotis (Chiroptera) of Eurasia, with special reference to species occurring in the East Indies. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 78, no. 8, pp. 537-565. 1941f. Notes on vespertilionid bats. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural His- tory, vol. 78, no. 9, pp. 567-597. 1942a. A new genus and species of fruit bats, allied to Nyctimene. American Museum Novitates, no. 1204, pp. 1-2. 1942b. Review of the vespertilionine bats, with special attention to genera and species of 70 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. the Archbold Collections. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 80, no. 7, pp. 221-297. 1942c. Pteropodidae (Chiroptera) of the Archbold Collections. Bulletin of the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History, vol. 80, no. 9, pp. 331-347. 1943. Further notes on the Rhinolophus philippinensis group (Chiroptera). American Museum Novitates, no. 1219, pp. 1-7. 1945a. The marsupial genus Phalanger. American Museum Novitates, no. 1283, pp. 1-41. 1945b. The marsupial genus Pseudocheirus and its subgenera. American Museum Novi- tates, no. 1287, pp. 1-30. 1945c. Notes on the squirrel-like and mouse-like possums (Marsupialia). American Museum Novitates, no. 1305, pp. 1-12. 1947. On the anatomy and classification of the Dasyuridae (Marsupialia). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 88, no. 3, pp. 97-156. 1948a. Studies on the anatomy and phylogeny of the Macropodidae (Marsupialia). Bul- letin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 91, no. 2, pp. 233-352. 1948b. Studies in the Peramelidae (Marsupialia). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 92, no. 6, pp. 313-346. 1951a. Harpyionvcteris, a genus of rare fruit bats. American Museum Novitates, no. 1522, pp. 1-9. 1951b. A second specimen of the Papuan earless water rat, Crossomys moncktoni. Ameri- can Museum Novitates, no. 1523, pp. 1-4. 1951c. The rodents of Australia and New Guinea. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 97, no. 4, pp. 183-430. 1952. Mammals of Cape York Peninsula, with notes on the occurrence of rain forest in Queensland. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 98, no. 7, pp. 563-616. Tate, G. H. H., and R. ARCHBOLD 1937. Some marsupials of New Guinea and Celebes. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 73, no. 4, pp. 331-476. 1938. Two new Muridae from the western division of Papua. American Museum Novi- tates, no. 982, pp. 1-2. 1939a. A revision of the genus Emballonura (Chiroptera). American Museum Novitates, no. 1035, pp. 1-14. 1939b. Oriental Rhinolophus, with special reference to material from the Archbold Col- lections. American Museum Novitates, no. 1036, pp. 1-12. 1941. New rodents and marsupials from New Guinea. American Museum Novitates, no. 1101, pp. 1-9. Tuomas, O. 1888. Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History). British Museum (Natural History), London, 401 pp. 1914a. New Asiatic and Australasian bats and a new bandicoot. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 8, vol. 13, pp. 439-444. 1914b. A new genus of bats allied to Nyctophilus. Annals and Magazine of Natural His- tory, ser. 8, vol. 14, pp. 381-382. 1915. Notes on the genus Nyctophilus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 8, vol. 15, pp. 493-499. 1920. On mammals from Ceram. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 9, vol. 6, pp. 422-431. VoL. XXXVI] ZIEGLER & LIDICKER: NEW GUINEA MAMMALS 71 Tuomas, O., and Lorp RoTHscHiILp 1922. On a new subspecies of Zaglossus, with remarks on other species of the genus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 9, vol. 10, pp. 129-131. TroucuTon, E. LEG. 1925. A revision of the genera Taphozous and Saccolaimus (Chiroptera) in Australia and New Guinea, including a new species and a note on two Malayan forms. Records of the Australian Museum, vol. 14, no. 4, pp. 313-341. 1929. A new genus and species of bat (Kerivoulinae) from the Solomons, with a review of the genera of the sub-family. Records of the Australian Museum, vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 85-99. 1947. Furred animals of Australia. New York, Chas. Scribner Sons, 374 pp. WALKER, E. P. 1964. Mammals of the world, 3 vols. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, 2269 pp. Woop JonEs, F. 1923- 1925. The mammals of South Australia. British Science Guild, Adelaide, 458 pp. ZIEGLER, A. C. 1967. Dental ontogeny in the mole Scapanus latimanus (Bachman) and its evolutionary significance. Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, University of California, Berke- ley, 375 pp. i a is ee oa RE yen : 7: Pity Be ire ike a (ama Cr) \ tl ew’) Bee ee + a » 'Fahe vy a hake, wogetisd wane bale oie: i : oo we ¥ SS @ ; =) yt if iadien Peed - : al ne 4 : ca mS j a) r —t ; ae a ret Te = ii, OX a Neus - ae — * - onl ey I : o Ly t a - : -f a i a. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 3, pp. 73-84; I fig. September 25, 1968 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF NUDIBRANCHS AND THEIR ALLIES FROM SANTA BARBARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA By Gale G. Sphon, Jr. Malacologist, Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History and James R. Lance 746 Agate Street, San Diego, California 92109 INTRODUCTION Few shell-less gastropods, nudibranchs and their allies, have been recorded from the coast of Santa Barbara County, California, and its adjacent Channel Islands. Yates (1890), MacFarland (1905, 1906, 1966), Marcus (1961), and others mention a few species from the area. The distributional lists of Lance (1961, 1966) and Steinberg (1963) briefly summarize the known ranges of the northeastern Pacific species, but other than indicating north-south range limits, these authors do not include specific collecting localities within Santa Barbara County. Point Conception, a promontory thrusting southwestward into the Pacific is the most prominent feature of this 100-mile stretch of shore, and is generally considered to divide the California faunal province into cooler (northern) and warmer (southern) populations. In his list of the pelecypods and scaphopods, Coan (1964) provided data on the topography and zoogeography of the county coastline. These considerations need not be repeated here. The present annotated list includes bathymetric and locality data for all littoral species (excluding shelled cephalaspideans) currently known from the county. Most of our records result from a number of field trips undertaken by one or both authors. Additional information has been obtained from preserved [73] [Proc. 4TH SER. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 74 Of o61) Disajuadio5 jUlOg SpuousuO}H }J0uM 4a}saqpoa) SUIDa4S (} JOQJIOH $YIOA DJ0qJ0g DjUDS o0el julod 10 1009 ° $994 Sa|don 9° sonbilo, ° Of .02) “S3LIS ONILS37109 ALNNOD VWHYVEYVE VINVS | 3yuNndI4 uoljdaou09 4ulog ° pulog DWiIsiung [0S julog VoL. XXXVI] SPHON & LANCE: CALIFORNIA NUDIBRANCHS 75 specimens contained in the collection of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. In a few instances, we have incorporated noncontroversial identifica- tions based on color transparencies and literature citations. The species are arranged for convenience in alphabetical order with the name given being the one currently accepted. A capital “R” preceding the specific name indicates a range extension. An asterisk (*) denotes a new record for the county. Certain of MacFarland’s (1966) species (published posthumously ) have been described by other authors in earlier journals. For these and a few others involving name changes, we have provided an abbreviated synonymy. The abundance of each species is arbitrarily indicated as common, frequent, or rare. However, considerable latitude must be allowed for such designations since many species exhibit a considerable variability in numbers both seasonally and within local habitats. Also, data on the abundance and distribution of sub- tidal populations are almost totally lacking. The localities from which our records have been obtained (fig. 1) are sepa- rated from one another by varying distances. In a few cases we have found it advisable to combine several immediately adjacent collecting sites. For example, Coal Oil Point consists of several areas: Coal Oil Point itself, Goleta Point, and University Beach. However, these are all within a mile of each other and have a very similar habitat. Of the 70 identified species, 53 are reported here for the first time from the county. The latter number includes five range extensions northward and seven southward. Although not identified from the present collections, nine additional species may occur along the Santa Barbara coast, according to the distributions indicated by Lance (1961, 1966) and Steinberg (1963). Whether the absence of these in- ferred species from our collections represent disjunct ranges, or merely reflects their sparsity is, at the present time, a matter for conjecture. A list of these inferred species will be found at the end of the text. During the course of our investigations a number of undescribed species have been brought to our attention. A few of these have been assigned to recognizable genera. Most, however, are known from insufficient material and are not in- cluded in the present list. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are particularly indebted to James Morin for furnishing numerous color transparencies and locality data. We also wish to express our appreciation to Pat Brophy for the many deep-water species that he provided. List OF SPECIES R*Acanthodoris brunnea MacFarland, 1905. Rare. Intertidal and subtidal. Purisima Point, Point Conception. Range extension south from Monterey Bay. 76 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. * A canthodoris lutea MacFarland, 1925. Frequent. Intertidal to 160 feet. Purisima Point, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter. *Acanthodoris rhodoceras Cockerell & Eliot, 1905. Frequent. Intertidal to 80 feet. Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. Aegires albopunctatus MacFarland, 1905. Common. Intertidal to 60 feet. Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf, Hammond’s Point. Aeolidia papillosa (Linnaeus, 1761). Frequent. Intertidal to 2280 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Purisima Point, Point Sal, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Hammond’s Point, Carpinteria. R*A glaja ocilligera (Bergh, 1894). Rare. 20 to 60 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Coal Oil Point. Range extension south from Bodega Bay. Aldisa sanguinea (Cooper, 1862). Rare. Intertidal to 30 feet. Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point. *Ancula lentiginosa Farmer & Sloan, 1964. Rare. Subtidal. Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. *Anisodoris nobilis (MacFarland, 1905). Common. Intertidal to 30 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Naples Reef, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf. Antiopella barbarensis (Cooper, 1863). Synonym: Antiopella aureocincta MacFarland, 1966. Rare. Intertidal to 96 feet. Point Conception, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. Aplysia californica Cooper, 1863. Common. Intertidal to 60 feet. Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Hammond’s Point. Aplysia vaccaria Winkler, 1955. Common. Intertidal to 15 feet. Hammond’s Point, Carpinteria. *Archidoris montereyensis (Cooper, 1862). Common. Intertidal to 60 feet. VoL. XXXVI] SPHON & LANCE: CALIFORNIA NUDIBRANCHS 77 Santa Cruz Island, Point Sal, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Naples Reef, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Carpinteria. *Armina californica (Cooper, 1862). Rare. 30 to 750 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Gaviota, Coal Oil Point. R*Austrodoris odhneri MacFarland, 1966. Rare. 80 feet. Point Conception. Range extension south from Monterey Bay. *Cadlina flavomaculata MacFarland, 1905. Rare. Intertidal to 60 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point. *Cadlina limbaughi Lance, 1962. Rare. 30 to 60 feet. Coal Oil Point. *Cadlina luteomarginata MacFarland, 1966. Synonym: Cadlina marginata MacFarland, 1905. Frequent. Intertidal and subtidal. Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point. *Cadlina modesta MacFarland, 1966. Frequent. Intertidal to 30 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Lead- better. R*Cadlina sparsa (Odhner, 1921). Rare. Probably subtidal. The only locality is ‘Santa Barbara.” Range extension north from San Diego. *Catriona lagunae (O'Donoghue, 1926). Synonym: Cratena rutila MacFarland, 1966. Rare! 5 toro feet. Leadbetter. R*Conualaevia alba Collier & Farmer, 1964. Rare. 15 to 30 feet. Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point. Range extension north from Newport Bay. *Corambe pacifica MacFarland & O’ Donoghue, 1929. Frequent. On floating kelp off Santa Barbara. *Corambella steinbergae Lance, 1962. Synonym: Corambella bolini MacFarland, 1966. Frequent. On floating kelp off Santa Barbara. *Coryphella trilineata O’Donoghue, 1921. Frequent. Intertidal to 160 feet. 78 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Point Sal, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Carpinteria. R*Cratena albocrusta Mac¥Farland, 1966. Rare. Subtidal. Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. Range extension south from Monterey Bay. *Cumanotus species. Rare. Intertidal to 15 feet. Stearns Wharf. Cuthona alpha Baba & Hamatani, 1963. Synonym: Cratena spadix MacFarland, 1966. Rare. Subtidal. Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. Dendrodoris albopunctata (Cooper, 1863). Common. Intertidal to 120 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Point Sal, Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf, Hammond’s Point, Carpinteria. R*Dendronotus albus MacFarland, 1966. Rare. Subtidal. Coal Oil Point. Range extension south from Monterey Bay. Dendronotus iris Cooper, 1862. Rare. 15 to 160 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. Dendronotus frondosus (Ascanius, 1774). Frequent. Subtidal to 60 feet. Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf. *Dendronotus subramosus MacFarland, 1966. Rare. Intertidal to 15 feet. Point Conception, Naples Reef. Diaulula sandiegensis (Cooper, 1862). Frequent. Intertidal to 60 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Naples Reef, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf. *Dirona picta MacFarland in Cockerell & Eliot, 1905. Frequent. Intertidal to 30 feet. Point Conception, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf. VoL. XXXVI] SPHON & LANCE: CALIFORNIA NUDIBRANCHS 79 *Discodoris heathi MacFarland, 1905. Frequent. Intertidal to 30 feet. Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Carpinteria. R* Doris (s.l.) species. Rare. Intertidal. Carpinteria. Range extension north from Newport Bay. R*Doto amyra Marcus, 1961. Common. Subtidal. Tajiguas, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf. Range extension south from Monterey Bay. *Elysia hedgpethi Marcus, 1961. Synonym: Elysia bedeckta MacFarland, 1966. Frequent. Intertidal and subtidal. Point Sal, Coal Oil Point, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Carpinteria. Fiona pinnata Eschscholtz, 1831. Rare. Pelagic. Santa Barbara Channel. Flabellinopsis iodinea (Cooper, 1862). Common. Intertidal to 60 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Naples Reef, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Carpinteria. *Glossodoris californiensis (Bergh, 1879). Rare. Intertidal to 60 feet. Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter. *Glossodoris macfarlandi (Cockerell, 1902). Rare. 15 to 30 feet. Tajiguas, Leadbetter. *Glossodoris porterae (Cockerell, 1902). Rare. Subtidal to 60 feet. Tajiguas, Naples Reef, Leadbetter. *Hermaeina smithi Marcus, 1961. Common. Intertidal. Point Sal. Hermissenda crassicornis (Eschscholtz, 1831). Common. Intertidal to 60 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Point Sal, Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Carpinteria. *Hopkinsia rosacea MacFarland, 1905. Common. Intertidal. Santa Cruz Island, Purisima Point, Point Conception, Carpinteria. *Laila cockerelli MacFarland, 1905. Frequent. Intertidal to 30 feet. 80 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. Santa Cruz Island, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Naples Reef, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Stearns Wharf. Melibe leonina (Gould, 1853). Rare. Intertidal to 15 feet. Naples Reef, Stearns Wharf. *NVavanax inermis (Cooper, 1862). Frequent. Intertidal to 60 feet. Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Leadbetter, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. Okenia angelensis Lance, 1966. Common. Subtidal. Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf. *Onchidoris hystricina (Bergh, 1878). Rare. 15 feet. Carpinteria. *Phidiana pugnax Lance, 1962. Synonym: Phidiana nigra MacFarland, 1966. Common. Intertidal to 60 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Point Sal, Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point, Hammond’s Point. R*Philine bakeri Dall, 1919. Rare. 510 feet. Gaviota. Range extension north from La Jolla. Pleurobranchaea californica MacFarland, 1966. Rare. Subtidal to 660 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Point Conception, Leadbetter. Pleurobranchus strongi MacFarland, 1966. Rare. Intertidal. Santa Cruz Island. *Polycera atra MacFarland, 1905. Common. Intertidal to 160 feet. Tajiguas, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Carpinteria. *Polycera hedgpethi Marcus, 1964. Rare. Subtidal. Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. R*Precuthona divae Marcus, 1961. Synonym: Cuthona rosea MacFarland, 1966. Rare. Subtidal to 60 feet. Coal Oil Point, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. Range extension south from Monterey Bay. VoL. XXXVI] SPHON & LANCE: CALIFORNIA NUDIBRANCHS 81 *Rostanga pulchra MacFarland, 1905. Frequent. Intertidal. Point Sal, Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Coal Oil Point. R*Spurilla chromosoma Cockerell & Eliot, 1905. Rare. Intertidal to 60 feet. Purisima Point, Coal Oil Point, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Hammond’s Point. Range extension north from Newport Bay. R*Spurilla oliviae (MacFarland, 1966). Described as Aeolidiella oliviae MacFarland, 1966. Rare. Intertidal. Leadbetter. Range extension south from Monterey Bay. *Thordisa bimaculata Lance, 1966. Rare? 15 feet: Leadbetter. *Tochuina tetraquetra (Pallas, 1788). Synonym: Tritoniopsis aurantia Mattox, 1955. Rare. Subtidal to 1190 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Gaviota. Trapania velox (Cockerell, 1901). Rare. Intertidal to 15 feet. Stearns Wharf. *Triopha carpenteri (Stearns, 1873). Frequent. Intertidal to 60 feet. Purisima Point, Point Conception, Tajiguas, Naples Reef. *Triopha grandis MacFarland, 1905. Rare. 25 feet. Santa Cruz Island. *Triopha maculata MacFarland, 1905. Frequent. 15 to 60 feet. Tajiguas, Naples Reef, Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor, Stearns Wharf. *Triopha species. Frequent. Intertidal. Santa Cruz Island, Point Sal, Purisima Point, Point Conception. *Tritonia exsulans Bergh, 1894. Rare. 30 to 750 feet. Santa Cruz Island, Coal Oil Point. *Tritonia festiva (Stearns, 1873). Rare. Intertidal to 160 feet. Purisima Point, Tajiguas. 82 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. INFERRED SPECIES Ancula pacifica MacFarland, 1905. Moss Beach to San Diego. Atagema quadrimaculata Collier, 1963. Monterey Bay to San Diego. Capellinia rustya Marcus, 1961. San Francisco Bay to San Diego and Bahia de Los Angeles, Mexico. Dirona albolineata Cockerell & Eliot, 1905. Puget Sound to San Diego. Hancockia californica MacFarland, 1966. Dillon Beach to Punta Abreojos, Mexico. Phyllaplysia tavlori (Dall, 1900). Puget Sound to San Diego Bay. Phylliroe bucephala Péron & Lesuer, 1810. — Pelagic worldwide. Stiliger fuscovittata Lance, 1962. Puget Sound to San Diego and Bahia de Los Angeles, Mexico. Tylodina fungina Gabb, 1865. Cuaycos to Todos Santos, Mexico, and Guaymas, Mexico. Tylodina fungina was erroneously reported from Santa Barbara by DuShane (1966). The record she quoted from Oldroyd (1924) was Santa Barbara /sland in Ventura County and not Santa Barbara in Santa Barbara County. The word Island was apparently deleted. LITERATURE CITED ASCANIUS, PEDER 1774. Beskrivelse over en Norsk Sneppe oget Sdedyr (Molluscum Amphitrite frondosa) . Det Kongelige Norske videnskabers selskabs skrifter, vol. 5, pp. 153-158, pl. 3, fig. 2. Basa, KikuTARO, AND [WAoO HAMATANI 1963. A cuthonid, Cuthona alpha n. sp., with a radula of Catriona type (Nudibranchia- Eolidacea). Publication of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 339-343, pl. 11. Bercu, Lupwic SopHus RUDOLPH 1878. Malakologische Untersuchungen, Band 2. In: C. Semper, Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Zweiter Teil; Wissenschaftliche Resultate Heft 14, pp. 603-645; pls. 66-68. 1879- 1880. On the nudibranchiate gasteropod Mollusca of the north Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of Alaska. Scientific results of the exploration of Alaska by the parties under the charge of W. H. Dall, during the years 1865-— 1874, vol. 1, Art. 5, pt. 1, May 1879, pp. 127-188, pls. 1-8; Art. 6, pt. 2, Janu- ary 1880, pp. 189-276, pls. 9-16. (Also appeared in Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, pt. 1, 1879 [1880], pp. 71-132, pls. 1-8, and pt. 2, 1880 [1881], pp. 40-127, pls. 1-8 (9-16).) 1894. Die Opisthobranchien. Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California. XIII. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology of Harvard College, vol. 25, no. 10, pp. 123-233, pls. 1-12, October. VoL. XXXVI] SPHON & LANCE: CALIFORNIA NUDIBRANCHS 83 Coan, EUGENE V. 1964. The Mollusca of the Santa Barbara County area. Part I-Pelecypoda and Scaphopoda. The Veliger, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 29-33. COCKERELL, THEODORE Dru ALLISON 1901. Three new nudibranchs from California. Journal of Malacology, vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 85-87. 1902. Three new species of Chromodoris. Nautilus, vol. 16, no. 2, pp. 19-21, June. COCKERELL, THEODORE DRU ALLISON, AND SIR CHARLES N. E. ELror 1905. Notes on a collection of California nudibranchs. Journal of Malacology, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 31-53, pls. 7, 8. COLLIER, CLINTON L., AND WESLEY M. FARMER 1964. Additions to the nudibranch fauna of the east Pacific and Gulf of California. Transactions of the San Diego Society of Natural History, vol. 13, no. 19, pp. 377-396, pls. 1-6, figs. 1-3. Cooper, JAMES GRAHAM 1862. On some new genera and species of California Mollusca. Proceedings of the California Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. 2, pp. 202-207. 1863. On new or rare Mollusca inhabiting the coast of California, No. 2. Proceedings of the California Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. 3, pp. 56-60, fig. 14. DALL, WILLIAM HEALY 1919. Descriptions of new species of Mollusca from the north Pacific Ocean in the collection of the United States National Museum. Proceedings of the United States National Museum, vol. 56, no. 2295, pp. 293-371. DuSHANE, HELEN 1966. Range extension for Tylodina fungina Gabb, 1865 (Gastropoda). The Veliger, vol. 9, no. 1, p. 86. EsCHSCHOLTZ, JOHANN FRIEDRICH 1829- 1833. “Zoologischer Atlas. . .” Berlin (not seen). FARMER, WESLEY M., AND ALLAN J. SLOAN 1964. A new opisthobranch mollusk from La Jolla, California. The Veliger, vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 148-150, pl. 18, figs. 1-2. Goutp, Aucustus A. 1852- 1856. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842 under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., vol. 12, Mollusca and Shells, pp. 1-150, 1852, Atlas, Folio, pp. 1-16, pls. 1-52, 1856 (not seen). LANCE, JAMES R. 1961. A distributional list of Southern California opisthobranchs. The Veliger, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 64-69. 1962a. Two new opisthobranch mollusks from Southern California. The Veliger, vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 155-159, pl. 38, figs. 1-8. 1962b. A new Stiliger and a new Corambella (Mollusca: Opisthobranchia) from the northeastern Pacific. The Veliger, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 33-38, pl. 6, figs. 1-10. 1966. New distributional records of some northeastern Pacific opisthobranchiata (Mol- lusca: Gastropoda) with descriptions of two new species. The Veliger, vol. 9, no. 1, pp. 69-81, figs. 1-12. LINNAEUS, C. 1761. Fauna Suecica sistens animalia Suecia regni. Edit. altera. Stockholm (not seen). 84 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. MacFartanp, Frank MACE 1905. A preliminary account of the Dorididae of Monterey Bay, California. Proceed- ings of the Biological Society of Washington, vol. 18, pp. 35-54. 1906. Opisthobranchiate Mollusca from Monterey Bay, California and Vicinity. Bul- letin of the Bureau of Fisheries, 1905, vol. 25, pp. 109-151, pls. 18-31. 1926. The Acanthodorididae of the California coast. Nautilus, vol. 39, nos. 2 and 3, pp. 49-65 and 94-103, pls. 2-3. 1966. Studies of Opisthobranchiate Mollusks of the Pacific Coast of North America. Memoirs of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. 6, pp. 546 + xvi, pls. 1-72. MacFarLanD, FRANK Mace, AND CHARLES H. O’DONOGHUE 1929. A new species of Corambe from the Pacific coast of North America. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 4th ser., vol. 18, no. 1, pp. 1-27, pls. 1-3. Marcus, ERNEST 1961. Opisthobranch mollusks from California. The Veliger, vol. 3, supplement part 1, pp. 1-84, pls. 1-10. 1964. A new species of Polycera (Nudibranchia) from California. Nautilus, vol. 77, no. 4, pp. 128-131, figs. 1-4. Mattox, NorMAN T. 1955. Studies on the Opisthobranchiata: I. A new species of the genus Tritoniopsis from southern California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, vol. 54, no. 1, pp. 8-13, pls. 4-5. OpHNER, NILS 1921. Mollusca of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. Jn: C. Skottsberg, the natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island, vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 219-254, pls. 8-9. O’DoNoGHUE, CHARLES H. 1921. Nudibranchiate Mollusca from the Vancouver Island region. Transactions of the Royal Canadian Institute, no. 29, vol. 13, pt. 1, pp. 147-209, pls. 7-11. 1926. A list of the nudibranchiate Mollusca recorded from the Pacific coast of North America with notes on their distribution. Transactions of the Royal Canadian Institute, no. 34, vol. 15, pt. 2, pp. 199-247. OvproypD, IpA SHEPARD 1927. The marine shells of the west coast of North America. Stanford University Press. Stanford, California, vol. 2, pt. 1, pp. 1-297, pls. 1-29. IPAITIEANS, 12, Si. 1788. Marina varia nova et rariora. Nova Acta Academiae Scientiorum Imperialis Petropolitanae, pp. 229-249, 3 pls. STEARNS, R. E. C. 1873. Description of a new genus and two new species of nudibranchiate mollusks from the coast of California. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 71-78. STEINBERG, JOAN E. 1963. Notes on the opisthobranchs of the west coast of North America—IV. A dis- tributional list of opisthobranchs from Point Conception to Vancouver Island. The Veliger, vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 68-73. WINKLER, LINDSAY R. 1955. A new species of Aplysia on the southern California coast. Bulletin of the South- ern California Academy of Sciences, vol. 54, pt. 1, pp. 5-7. YATES, LORENZO GORDIN 1890. The Mollusca of Santa Barbara County, California, and new shells from the Santa Barbara Channel. Santa Barbara Society of Natural History, Bull. no. 2, pp. 37-48, 2 pls. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 4, pp. 85-91; 7 figs.; 1 table. September 30, 1968 INSECTS OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS (HETEROPTERA, NABIDAE) By I. M. Kerzhner Zoological Institute of Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Leningrad Through the courtesy of Professor R. L. Usinger (University of California, Berkeley, USA) I received for examination a small but interesting collection of Nabidae, taken by the members of the Galapagos International Scientific Project in 1964. Three species are represented in this material, all belonging to the genus Nabis in the strict sense. One of them, .V. consimilis Reuter, is macropterous and is the only species previously reported from Galapagos Islands (mostly mis- identified as V. punctipennis Blanchard). Two other species are closely related and both new to science; these species are strongly brachypterous and, according to information from Professor Usinger, inhabit the highest parts of the islands. Holotypes are deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, San Fran- cisco, California, USA. Nabis consimilis (Reuter, 1912). Reduviolus consimilis REUTER, 1912, pp. 23-25, fig. Nabis consimilis, REMANE, 1964, pp. 259-260, figs. Nabis punctipennis (misidentification, not Blanchard, 1852). HEmEMANN, 1901, p. 366. BARBER, 1925, p. 251. BARBER, 1934, p. 287. LINSLEY AND USINGER, 1966, p. 135. MATERIAL EXAMINED. SANTA Cruz ISLAND: Bella Vista, 220 m., 4 and 26 February, 1964, 2 males, 2 females, R. L. Usinger; Miconia belt north of Acad- emy Bay, 1300 feet elevation, 20 February 1964, 1 male, P. D. Ashlock; FLOREANA ISLAND: Wittmer’s Farm, 15 February 1964, 2 males, 1 female, R. L. Usinger. In addition I have studied two specimens from Peru: a male, vicinity of Pacasmayo, marshy bogs near Pacific Ocean, 19-20 May 1936, F. Woytkowski a Viarine Biological Laboratory LIBRARY OCT 1 4 1968 WOODS HOLE. MASS 86 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. (Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, USA); a female, Tingo, August 1918, Cockrell (American Museum of Natural History, New York). The males from the Galapagos Islands are smaller (length 6.3 to 6.8 mm., width of pronotum 1.3 to 1.45 mm.) than the male from Peru (length 7.3 mm., width of pronotum 1.5 mm.). In the males from Floreana Island the hind wings are somewhat shortened and the membranes of the hemelytra are slightly nar- rowed. The females from both islands investigated have the hind wings and hemelytra normally developed. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION. Equador (type locality), Peru, Galapagos Islands. Under the correct name, \. consimilis, this species is recorded from the Gala- pagos Islands (without exact locality) by Remane, 1964; this reference is omitted in Linsley and Usinger, 1966. Certainly referable to the same species are the records of N. punctipennis Blanchard from the islands Charles (=Floreana), Albemarle (= Isabela) (Heidemann, 1901), and James (= Santiago) (Barber, 1925), also cited in the reviews of Barber (1934) and Linsley and Usinger (1966). The true V. punctipennis Blanchard is quite dissimilar to NV. consimilis in the form of the paramere and belongs to another species group. It is distributed only in southern Chile and southern Argentina, northwards to latitude 30° S. Nabis galapagoensis Kerzhner, new species. (Figures 1, 3, 4, 6.) A small brachypterous species. Body covered with very short light adherent hairs; head, scutellum, and ventral surface of abdomen with some longer erect hairs. All coxae with one light seta. Upper surface of body dull. Coloring sordid testaceous, in females sometimes partly reddish. Antennal segments II apically, III except the base, and IV entirely brown. Head with sides behind and in front of eyes, a longitudinal median line on upper surface, and in some specimens (one male from Santa Cruz Island, all females from Floreana Island) the whole upper surface brown to black. Pronotum and scutel- lum with a longitudinal fuscous line; in Floreana females also indistinctly em- browned laterally. Dorsal surface of abdomen yellowish, with a longitudinal medium brownish line and lateral brownish markings on pregenital tergite; in the Floreana females all tergites are nearly completely brown or black. Con- nexivum above yellowish; in females from Floreana Island with a brown or black fascia on fore half or third of each segment; in males and females from Santa Cruz Island only the last segment with dark patches; in males from Floreana Island the connexivum lacks dark markings. Ventral surface of con- nexivum completely yellowish or, if with obscure fascies, then these are lighter than on dorsal surface and distinct usually only on last segments. Meso- and metasternum laterally and medially brown, sides of prosternum with a brown marking. Venter with a fuscous stripe on each side and a narrow median one, the last sometimes indistinct anteriorly. Femora with brown spots, those on Vou. XXXVI] KERZHNER: NABIDAE OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 87 = '] 5 Ficures 1-5. Figures 1, 3, 4, Nabis galapagoensis, new species; figures 2, 5, N. reductus, new species; figures 1, 2, paramere (la, male from Santa Cruz Island, 1b, male from Floreana Island); figure 3, penis; figures 4, 5, vagina. apical part of femora larger and often confluent. Tibiae with base and apex brown and frequently with some light brownish spots. Head distinctly longer than broad. Vertex 1.3 to 1.5 times as broad as one eye. Eyes 2.3 to 3 times as long as postocular part of head. Ocelli small but normally developed, distinctly convex. Antennae shorter than body, segment I equal to or slightly longer than head, segment II longer than I, segment III longest. Rostrum extending on to middle of mesosternum. Pronotum longer than broad. Hind lobe nearly flat. Fore lobe more or less arched, raised above collar and hind lobe, nearly 2 times as long as hind lobe. Hind lobe nearly smooth or with some very obscure punctures or wrinkles. Hemelytra abbreviated, nearly 2 to 3 times as long as scutellum, corium and 88 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Taste I. Measurements of Nabis galapagoensis, new species and N. reductus, new species (each unit = 1/70 mm). Two males and two females from each island were measured. galapagoensis reductus Santa Cruz Floreana San Cristobal So ? af 2 of 2? Length of head 67-68 80-80 67-70 75-76 62-63 62-65 Length of eye 25-25 27-27 25-26 26-26 23-24 23-24 Length of postocular part 10-11 12-12 10-10 11-11 8-8 9-10 Width of head 53-53 59-59 51-51 54-54 49-49 51-51 Width of vertex 21-21 25-25 21-21 22-22 21-21 22-23 Width of eye 16-16 17-17 15-15 16-16 14-14 14-14.5 Length of pronotum 73-75 90-92 72-72 80-80 65-65 70-70 Length of collar Weald Was 12-12 14-14 13-13 13-14 Length of hind lobe 20-20 25-27 20-20 23-24 17-17 ~=19-20 Width of pronotum basally 65-67 = 81-83 62-64 75-75 55-60 62-62 Length of hemelytra 72-75 100-113 80-90 ~ 90-105 67-68 72-76 Length of antennal segments I 65-68 70-70 65-65 68-70 64-65 62-65 II 95-95 97-98 95-97 98-105 83-87 82-87 III 110-113 110-115 105-105 107-115 95-97 90-95 IV 80— 2? 77-77 75— 2? 75-80 63-70 65-75 Length of rostral segments IT 55-60 60-65 56-60 60-60 50-50 50-55 Ill 58-60 70-70 57-60 65-65 50-52 55-60 Length of fore femur 140-145 155-155 135-140 142-145 130-135 135-140 Length of hind femur 183-183 193-195 180-180 190-190 165-170 160-165 Length of hind tibia 210-218 233-236 210-224 215-227 192-200 192-200 clavus fused, hind margin of each hemelytron rounded; membrane very small, without veins, occupying inner half of hind margin of hemelytron. Hind wings scale-like. Ostiolar canal normally developed, directed somewhat posteriorly. Fore femora thickened to basal third. Middle femora almost not incrassated. Legs armed as in other species of Nabis strict sense: femora without spines or teeth, fore and middle tibiae with two rows of curved dark denticles and with a spongy fossa. Abdomen in males moderately, in females strongly, enlarged to middle. Connexivum below distinctly separated from abdomen, in outer third with a shallow (male) or deep (female) longitudinal impression. For detailed measurements see table. Paramere (figs. la, 1b) small, blade nearly semicircular, slightly concave in basal half of hind margin, fore margin with a small transparent laminar projec- tion. Aedeagus (figs. 6a, 6b) with one strongly curved spicula, which is directed with apex toward base of penis (fig. 3), the inner surface of aedeagus covered with very small sharp tubercles (not figured). Bursa copulatrix or vagina (fig. 4) symmetrical, with only one parietal gland lying before apex of vagina; basal part of vagina with a semicircular brownish line; oviducts surpassing apex of vagina. VoL. XXXVI] KERZHNER: NABIDAE OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 89 6a 6b = \ 5 Ficures 6,7. Figure 6, Nabis galapagoensis, new species; 6a, aedeagus of male from Santa Cruz Island; 6b, aedeagus of male from Floreana Island; figure 7, V. reductus, new species, aedeagus. Length, male 4.9 to 5.4 mm.; female, 5.6 to 6.5 mm.; male, 1.1 to 1.2 mm.; female, 1.6 to 2.1 mm. DisTRIBUTION. Galapagos Islands (Santa Cruz, Floreana). Ho.otyPer, male. SANTA CRUZ, north of Academy Bay, grassland, 1800-foot elevation, under Jaegeria hirta Lesson, 18 February 1964, P. D. Ashlock. Para- types, SANTA Cruz, same data as holotype, 2 females; Bella Vista, 6 miles north of Academy Bay, 21 February 1964, 1 female, P. D. Ashlock; FLoREANA: 18 February 1964, 1 male, 1 female, R. L. Usinger; Wittmer’s Farm, 15 February 1964, 1 male, 1 female, R. L. Usinger. VARIABILITY. Specimens from Floreana Island are slightly different from those of Santa Cruz Island in the coloring of females and the proportions of the 90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. paramere. Subspecies are however not described, because the material studied is too small and further collections on neighboring islands are possible. Nabis reductus Kerzhner, new species. Closely related to the preceding species and similar to it in body form and most other morphological details; therefore only differences are described. Ocelli strongly reduced, only flat reddish traces of these are present. Fore lobe of pronotum, on the average, more flattened. Eyes smaller, antennae, legs and hemelytra usually shorter. Coloring lighter, the dark markings on upper surface indistinct, only the brown marks on pregenital tergite more distinct. Tibiae on apex and on base not darkened, but with distinct brownish spots. Coloring of femora and antennae as in the preceding species. Head below and connexivum always without dark markings. For detailed measurements see table. Paramere (fig. 2) smaller, without transparent projection, blade with basal half of hind margin nearly straight. Aedeagus (fig. 7) somewhat different in form and in distribution of spines, spicula feebly curved, gradually narrowed to apex. Bursa copulatrix (fig. 5) with parietal gland broader and lying apically, at middle with a brownish transverse line, with lateral prolongations of parietal gland; oviducts not surpassing apex of vagina. Smaller than NV. galapagoensis. Length, male, 4.6 to 4.7 mm.; female, 5.1 to 5.3 mm.; width, male, 1.3 to 1.35 mm.; female, 1.8 to 1.9 mm. DIsTRIBUTION. Galapagos Islands (San Cristobal). HoLotyPE, male, and paratypes, 3 males, 2 females. SAN CRISTOBAL ISLAND: Progresso (Miconia Forest), 23 February, 1964, R. L. Usinger. Both new species described here are closely related and form a separate group, the affinities of which are not clear. These species differ from all known American Nabis (strict sense) in the strong brachyptery. Amongst the Hawaiian species only three: V. kaohinani Kirkaldy, NV. paludicola Kirkaldy, and N. lolupe Kirkaldy are strongly brachypterous; all these species differ from NV. gala- pagoensis and N. reductus in the larger size (length 8.5 to 10.2 mm.) and multi- annulate antennal segment IT. GENERAL REMARKS ON THE NABIDAE OF PACIFIC ISLANDS Only members of the subfamily Nabinae are recorded from the smaller Pacific islands (large islands, such as Philippines, New Guinea, New Zealand, are not considered here). They belong to three zoogeographical elements. The most widely distributed Nabids in Oceania are species of the Nabis capsiformis group. This group with only four species has a pantropical distribu- tion. The species are common in nature, as a rule have long wings, probably fly well, and inhabit every open place, including coastal biotopes. Species of this group inhabit nearly all islands in the tropical and subtropical zones of the world, including very isolated islands and small atolls. The majority of Pacific islands VoL. XXXVI] KERZHNER: NABIDAE OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 91 are inhabited by Nabis capsiformis Germar; on some western islands this species is replaced by NV. tasmanicus Remane and in the Galapagos Islands by N. con- similis Reuter. Other important elements of the Oceanian fauna of Nabidae are the endemic species of the genus Vadis, belonging to separate species groups. They are found only on some larger islands. The richest is the Hawaiian fauna, which includes 25 described and many undescribed endemic species, very different in external morphology, but possibly originating from a common ancestor (Zimmerman, 1948). Four closely related endemic species are described from the Marquesas, one from Samoa, and two from Galapagos. Among the endemics are both brachypterous and macropterous species. Finally the western Pacific islands are inhabited by some species of the palaeotropical genera Arbela Stal, Gorpis Stal, and Stenonabis Reuter. The most widely distributed (eastward to Samoa) is the genus Arbela, some species of which are endemics on smaller Pacific islands. Gorpis is distributed eastward to Fiji and includes two endemics in Oceania. Stenonabis is known only from the Solomon Islands (two species, both common with New Guinea and Australia, Kerzhner, in press). ACKNOWLEDGMENT It is a great pleasure for me to thank Professor R. L. Usinger for the interest- ing material and correction of the English text. LITERATURE BARBER, H. G. 1925. Hemiptera-Heteroptera from the Williams Galapagos Expedition. Zoologica, New York Zoological Society, vol. 5, no. 21, pp. 241-254. 1934. The Norwegian Zoological Expedition to the Galapagos Islands 1925, conducted by Alf Wollebaek. XI. Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Nyt Magazin for Naturviden- skaberne, vol. 74, pp. 281-289 (reprinted as Meddelelser fra det Zoologiske Museum, Oslo, nr. 42, pp. 281-289, 1934). HEIDEMANN, O. 1901. Papers from the Hopkins Stanford Galapagos Expedition, 1898-1899. I. Ento- mological Results (1): Hemiptera. Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 3, pp. 364-370 (not seen). LInsLEY, E. G., anp R. L. USINGER 1966. Insects of the Galapagos Islands. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Fourth series, vol. 33, no. 7, pp. 113-196. REMANE, R. 1964. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Nabis Latrielle (Hemiptera-Heterop- tera, Nabidae). Zoologischer Beitrage, N.F., vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 253-314. REvTER, O. M. 1912. Hemipterologische Miscellen. Ofversigt Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens Férhandlingar, vol. 54, 1911-12, Afd. A (nr. 7), pp. 1-76. ZIMMERMAN, E. C. 1948. Insects of Hawaii, vol. 3, Heteroptera, Honolulu. stay RF ia, - 3g eee egies 14, ew i + ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 5, pp. 93-124; 45 figs. September 30, 1968 NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA By Dudley Moulton! INTRODUCTION The seven new genera and twenty new species of Thysanoptera described in this paper are from specimens sent to the author many years ago by the late Mr. W. W. Froggatt and others and in each case due credit has been given to the collector. The author wishes to express his deep gratitude to each of these men for their interest and cooperation. All types are deposited with the De- partment of Entomology of the California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco. Suborder TUBULIFERA Haliday, 1836 Superfamily PHLAEOTHRIPOIDEA Hood, 1915 Family PHLAEOTHRIPIDAE Uzel, 1895 Subfamily PHLAEOTHRIPINAE Karny, 1921 Tribe HopLoTHRIPINI Priesner, 1926 Smerinthothrips fuscipennis Moulton, new species. HoLotypE FEMALE. Color dark brown including legs, with fore tibiae and tarsi brown; antennae mostly dark, with segment 3 yellowish in basal half, 4 in basal fourth and 5 at extreme base; forewings light brown, darker at base; prominent setae clear yellow. Head 0.2 times longer than wide, with straight, nearly parallel cheeks which are without conspicuous genal setae; the raised ocellar area reticulate, back of head with transverse lineation; postocular setae as long as eyes, with blunt tips; eyes, antennae and mouthcone normal for the genus; third antennal segment with one sensecone. Pronotum with all normal, blunt-tipped setae; fore femora 1 Mr. Moulton died on July 5, 1951. r [93] : 'Veital LdvOrdiOry LIBRARY OCT 1 4 1968 |__woons Hove, mass. | | ' = 94 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. enlarged, each fore tarsus with tooth; forewings with 18 or 19 double fringes. Abdomen normal, terga 2 to 7 each with two pairs of sigmoid setae; tube ap- proximately 0.9 times as long as head, slightly swollen at base, not constricted before the end. Total length 3.0 mm.; head length 0.279 mm., width 0.235 mm.; tube length 0.259 mm.; length of setae: postoculars 100, on anterior margin of pronotum 63, anterior angles 96, midlaterals 83, outer on posterior angles 120, inner 133 microns. Antennal segments length (width): II, 60 (36); III, 83 (36); IV, 76 (43); V, 73 (40); VI, 66 (33); VII, 60; VIII, 36 microns, total 0435 nin TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female and two female paratypes, Port Lincoln, South Australia (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3145). REMARKS. The genotype, S. tropicus Schmutz, may be separated by its lighter colored intermediate antennal segments and wings; S. umbratus Hood has unarmed fore tarsi and pointed body setae; S. nigripes Karny has unarmed fore tarsi, a lesser number of double fringe hairs on forewings and much longer sensecones on third and fourth antennal segments. Poecilothrips fuscus Moulton, new species. (Figures 1, 2, 3, 4.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Color deep brown with bases of antennal segments 3 to 6 brownish yellow, all tarsi brown, body with much red pigment, wings clear. Head approximately 0.15 longer than wide, evenly rounded in front, some- what wider behind the eyes, dorsum with fine, transverse lineation, cheeks nearly smooth, with two or three small genal setae; postoculars short, like other major setae, with widely dilated tips; eyes large, their width equal to the interval between them; ocelli small, anterior in position; mouthcone pointed, extending to posterior margin of prosternum; third antennal segment with 3, fourth with 4 sensecones, each of these with a distinct constriction at base which gives it the appearance of being 2-segmented, the basal portion very small; in other respects the antennae are typical of the genus. Prothorax 0.5 times as long as wide, pronotum without median dorsal thicken- ing; legs slender, each fore tarsus with a sharp tooth; wings slender, of even width, fore pair with 16 double fringes. Abdomen moderately stout, lateral setae short, with dilated tips; two pairs of sigmoid setae on terga 2 to 7; setae on ninth segment similar to the others but longer; terminal hairs nearly as long as tube, with pointed tips, the minor setae at their bases curved. Total length 2.1 mm.; head length 0.323 mm., width 0.279 mm.; prothorax length 0.176 mm., width without coxae 0.382 mm.; pterothorax width 0.500 mm.; abdomen width 0.500 mm.; tube length 0.191 mm., width at base 0.088 mm., 0.6 times as long as head. Antennal segments length (width), II, 60 (33); III, 86 (40); IV, 96 (43); V, 80 (36); VI, 60 (30); VII, 50; VILL, 33 microns; total length 0.514 mm., 0.6 longer than head; width of fore femora in females, 0.117 mm., in males, 0.176 mm. Vot. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 95 Ficures 1-4. Poecilothrips fuscus, new species. Figure 1, head and prothorax, holotype female; figure 2, tip of abdomen, holotype female; figure 3, right fore leg, allotype male; figure 4, right antenna, holotype female. ALLOTYPE MALE. Similar to female in color; postoculars longer, extending beyond sides of head, pronotum with a median dorsal thickening, fore femora enlarged, fore tarsal tooth stronger, forewings with 18 double fringe hairs. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, allotype male, Perth, West- ern Australia, 18 June 1933 (B. A. O’Connor), taken from pieces of wood lying in grass (Moulton no. 5560). REMARKS. The armed fore tarsus in the female separates this species from other known members of the genus. Gastrothrips australiensis Moulton, new species. (Figures 5, 6.) HoLotypPE FEMALE. Color almost black, third antennal segment with a light spot at base, wings washed with brown, darkened at bases. Head slightly longer than wide, cheeks weakly arched and narrowed only slightly at base of head; postoculars placed rather closely behind eyes, with blunt to almost pointed tips; genal setae short, black; eyes moderately small, angular within; posterior ocelli widely separated, approximate to anterior inner margins 96 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Ficures 5, 6. Gastrothrips australiensis, new species, holotype female. Figure 5, head and prothorax; figure 6, tip of abdomen (terminal setae omitted). of eyes; third antennal segment at least 3.0 times longer than its greatest width, with two sensecones; fourth segment normal, with four sensecones; segment 8 semi-pediculate, clearly separated from 7; mouthcone broadly rounded, extend- ing over 0.8 the length of prosternum. Prothorax 3.5 times wider than its median dorsal length which in turn is 0.5 times as long as head, fore margin deeply concave, with normal setae, those on posterior angles longest, with nearly pointed tips and blackish brown in color; sutures complete; fore femora moderately enlarged, fore tarsi unarmed; wings just noticeably narrowed at middle, fore pair with 20 double fringes. Abdomen wider than pterothorax, apical setae long, light brown; tube approximately as long as head, its sides almost straight, weakly reduced at tip. Total body length 1.85 mm.; head length 0.294 mm., width 0.262 mm.; pro- thorax length 0.132 mm., width including coxae 0.470 mm.; pterothorax width 0.485 mm., tube length 0.294 mm., width at base 0.102 mm. Antennal segments length (width): II, 66 (33); ID, 103 (33); 1V, 96 (40); V; 83 Go)VvileG (36); VII, 46 (30); VIII, 43 microns; total length 0.526 mm. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, Pearson Island, South Australia (Campbell), (Moulton no. 3137). Remarks. This is a true Gastrothrips and the first to be recorded from Australia. It belongs with those in the genus which have two sensecones on antennal segment 3 and 4 on segment 4. It is most closely related to G. nigrisetis Hood and G. parvidens Hood, both from Canal Zone, Panama. The dark colored third antennal segment, with only a light spot at extreme base, separates it from G. nigrisetis. It agrees with G. parvidens in having a non- thickened anterior pronotal margin, nearly black legs and yellowish brown abdominal setae, but the third antennal segment in G. parvidens is yellow in the basal third. The unarmed fore tarsi separates it from both of these species. VoL. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 97 Rhynchothrips fuscipennis Moulton, new species. (Figure 7.) HOLoTYPE FEMALE. Head and thorax brownish black, abdomen black, an- tennae and legs nearly black with third antennal segment brownish yellow in basal half, brown apically; tips of fore tibiae, and fore tarsi yellowish brown; forewings uniformly light brown; prominent setae clear. Head wider than long, rounded in front, cheeks weakly arched, roughened; with rather strong reticulate-striate sculpturing on dorsal surface; postocular setae short, with dilated tips; antennae normal for the genus, segment 3 with one sensecone, segments 7 and 8 joined as a unit; eyes normal, anterior ocellus on rounded forehead and directed forwards, posterior ocelli widely separated; mouthcone drawn out, pointed, extending across prosternum. Prothorax strong, longer than head, with normal, short setae, these with dilated tips, without median dorsal thickening; fore legs enlarged, fore tarsus with a sharp tooth; forewings normal, of even width, apparently without double fringes. Abdomen stout, lateral setae clear; tube as long as head, noticeably constricted in apical fourth. Total length 1.82 mm.; head length 0.235 mm., width 0.264 mm.; prothorax ry see ae 7 Ficure 7. Rhynchothrips fuscipennis, new species, holotype female. Head and prothorax. 98 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. length 0.259 mm., width 0.411 mm.; pterothorax width 0.543 mm.; abdomen width 0.573 mm.:; tube length 0.235 mm., width at base 0.088 mm. Antennal segments length (width): III, 73 (30); IV, 80 (33); V, 73 (30); VI, 66 (30); VII, 66; VIII, 33 microns; total 0.44 mm.; length of setae: postoculars 53, on anterior angles of prothorax 33, on posterior angles, outer 63, inner 40 microns. ALLOTYPE MALE. Like female but with stronger forelegs and a stronger tarsal tooth, with a median dorsal thickening on prothorax and longer setae. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, allotype male, and two female paratypes, Canberra, A. C. T., 14 January 1927 (W. W. Froggatt), (Moulton no. 1703). REMARKS. This species may be separated from R. annulosus Priesner by its shorter head, darker colored antennae and armed fore tarsi, and from R. soror Hood by the darkened wings. Genus Teuchothrips Hood Synopsis of Australian Species” Ibe Horewaness witliay colle srr ceo fe ha cae ee 4 DOHA WVALAMOWE A ClO OI Woe On levee Z; QE ENNAN SSC lea ice seer eres eee nce See eee ee eink Sear Besa Seeeee. VreMien Analyt T. minor Bagnall Winesi-colored: “brown =2~- eo e 3 3. Tube as long as head, or longer ET ee | aot Men T. simplicipennis Hood AMS O.7H WuiMeES GS Wome gus lnewiGl 8 T. insolens Bagnall AS SHorewinges with) seven) tomnine (donb) em tana ee) hn alii yee eee mee 5 Rorewings withs tenvor mone cou lets lies) eee eee a 8 de; lead dermnth aie 11 opera ee rece nar re era cs eta ees ee T. brevidens Hood HeadiOi2 times longer than wider =e é 6. Antennal segments seven and eight not compactly Foimed Prete at, Pes T. disjunctus Hood Antennal segments seven and eight compactly joined as a single unit — 7 /eeeo stocularesetaen Once: ath am mex cs pees eee enema ween eee T. connatus Hood Postocular setae shorter than length of eyes —...__ = T. sodalis Bagnall 82) Wines shadedvat umiddilesonudariened at. base seme ee 9 Wings: clear} or colored! brown... -.-. ee eee 11 @_ Ileinepe sprees, emily BS Wo, BS) teen, a T. pittosporiicola Bagnall Smaller‘species, length, 1.7 to 1.8) mms 2 = 2 ee EEE EE Eee 10 10. Head 0.25 times longer than wide, forewings weakly colored in median third, with 1 1@ 13} Glowloll taiayeye Imenias T. bursariicola Priesner Head as wide as long, forewings light brown in basal half, with 17 double fringe hia Sikes wee ee Oe eee eee ee he ee I T. spinosa, new species 11. Wings clear Soe De Ba a 12 Wings: colored -browm 22:2..5.228 ee eee 13 12. Sixth antennal segment yellowish at base, forewings with 14 double fringe hairs 2 a ee ae ee ee ee T. gracilior Hood Sixth Bateman segment brown: forewings with 17 to 18 double fringe hairs —. sists | A Se eS igen eis S ieRak eA) Bae T. albipennis, new species °T. froggatti Bagnall is not included because the presence or absence of a double fringe of hairs on the forewings is not known. Vor. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 99 13. Head 0.2 times longer than wide, antero-marginal setae on prothorax short, _ T. fuscipennis, new species Teuchothrips albipennis Moulton, new species. (Figures 8, 9.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Color nearly black including legs, except fore tibiae which are yellowish brown, blackened on the margins, middle and hind tibiae which are lighter at both ends and tarsi which are yellowish brown, darkened on outer margins; antennal segments | and 2 blackish brown with 2 lighter apically, 3 brownish yellow in basal half shading to dark brown in apical third, 4 and 5 brown in basal third shading to blackish brown in apical half, 6 to 8 nearly black; wings and all prominent setae clear. | 9 Ficures 8, 9. Teuchothrips albipennis, new species, holotype female. Figure 8, head and thorax; figure 9, tip of abdomen. Head as wide as long, cheeks converging to eyes, nearly parallel posteriorly, dorsal surface transversely reticulate; postoculars placed well back from middle of eyes with dilated tips; eyes subovate, longer and wider on dorsal than on ventral surface; posterior ocelli placed opposite middle of eyes; antennal segment 2 noticeably slender, 2.0 times longer than wide, 3 nearly 3.0 times longer than wide, 5 and 6 obliquely truncate at apical ends being longer on inner margins, 7 and 8 joined as a unit; segment 3 with one sensecone; posterior ventral surface of head prolonged and extending over approximately 0.3 the length of prosternum; mouthcone triangular, with nearly straight sides, narrowed to a point and reach- ing posterior margin of prosternum. Prothorax 0.8 times as long as head, anterior and lateral margins nearly straight, the latter expanding posteriorly, posterior margin weakly convex; with 100 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. all normal setae, these approximately subequal and with dilated tips; sculpturing more indistinct than on head, median thickening weak and incomplete; fore femora enlarged, each fore tarsus with a strong tooth; wings broad, fore pair with 17 double fringes. Abdomen normal, lateral setae rather long, with dilated tips, those on segment 9 as long as tube; tube 0.66 as long as head, with straight sides. Total length with abdomen somewhat contracted 1.71 mm.; head length and width 0.264 mm.; prothorax length 0.205 mm., width 0.411 mm.; pterothorax width 0.411 mm.; abdomen width 0.573 mm.; tube length 0.176 mm. Antennal segments length (width): II, 66 (33); III, 96 (33); IV, 90 (33); V, 76 (33); VI, 63 (30); VII, 50; VIII, 30 microns; total 0.47 mm. Length of setae: post- oculars 83, on posterior angles of pronotum 73, others 58, on ninth abdominal segment 132, at tip of tube 176 microns. ALLOTYPE MALE. Similar to female, but with larger fore femora and a strong tarsal tooth. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITIES. Holotype female, allotype male, and one paratype male, Ivanhoe, New South Wales, 16 May 1931 (S. E. Flanders), taken on Casuarina species (Moulton nos. 4712, 4709); four female paratypes, Tar- coola (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3082); and 2 female paratypes, Barton, South Australia (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3115). REMARKS. This species is very close to T. gracilior Hood but separated by the shorter second and longer third antennal segments, darker color of segments 5 and 6, the pointed mouthcone and the greater number of double fringes on forewings. Teuchothrips fuscipennis Moulton, new species. (Figures 10, 12.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Color blackish brown, end of abdomen and tube black; legs nearly black, only fore tarsi brown; antennal segments 3 to 5 mostly brown- ish yellow, 3 darkened apically, 4 more so, 5 in apical half, 6 lighter only at base, otherwise nearly black; forewings brown with a darker median streak, lower wings nearly clear but with a darkened median line; setae on head, thorax, and abdominal segments 2 to 6 nearly black, those on segments 7 to 9 clear yellow, terminal hairs darkened at bases. Head only slightly wider than long, cheeks converging to eyes, otherwise nearly straight, diverging slightly posteriorly; dorsal surface transversely reticu- late, cheeks roughened, with a few minute setae set on small warts; postoculars longer than length of eyes, extending beyond side margins of head, with blunt tips; eyes large subovate, longer and wider on dorsal than ventral surface; posterior ocelli approximate to middle inner margins of eyes; posterior ventral portion of head extending over 0.25 the length of prosternum; mouthcone tri- angular, labrum narrowed to a point, labium rounded; antennae normal for the genus, segment 3 with one sensecone, 5 and 6 obliquely truncate apically, 7 and 8 closely but not compactly joined. VoL. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 101 Prothorax with nearly straight anterior and lateral margins, not greatly widened posteriorly, pronotum almost smooth, with weak reticulation at the sides; all setae strong, nearly subequal, with blunt tips; fore femora enlarged, each fore tarsus with a very small tooth, barely apparent in some specimens; forewings with 16 double fringes. Abdomen normal, lateral setae long and strong, with blunt tips, those on segment 9 nearly as long as tube; tube 0.66 times as long as head, with straight sides, terminal hairs as long as tube. Total length 2.27 mm.; head length 0.264 mm., width 0.294 mm.; prothorax length 0.220 mm., width 0.396 mm.; tube length 0.22 mm.; antennal segments Fenethe (width): 1), 66 (36); ILL, 100 (33); IV, 86:(36): Ve 83: (Go)e VI 103 (33); VII, VIII together 103 microns; total length 0.558 mm. Length of setae: postoculars 103, on anterior margin of prothorax 73, anterior angles 103, mid- laterals 86, on posterior angles 106, on fore coxae 83 microns. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITIES. Holotype female, Liverpool, New South Wales (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3457); three female paratypes, Bribie Island, Moreton Bay, Queensland (A. M. Lea and Hacker), (Moulton no. 3141). REMARKS. This species is separated from T. badiipennis Hood by the long, nearly subequal setae on head and prothorax, the minute tarsal tooth and more numerous double fringe hairs on forewings, 16 as compared with 11. Ficures 10-13. Figures 10, 12. Teuchothrips fuscipennis, new species, holotype female; figure 10, head and prothorax; figure 12, right antenna. Figures 11, 13. Teuchothrips spinosus, new species, holotype female; figure 11, head and prothorax; figure 13, left antenna. 102 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. Teuchothrips spinosus Moulton, new species. (Figures 11, 13.) Ho.LotyPeE FEMALE. Color blackish brown with apical half of abdomen black; fore tibiae dark brown, lighter apically, tarsi brown; antennal segments: 3 brown- ish yellow, darker in apical third, 4 and 5 brownish yellow in basal third, other- wise blackish brown, 6 lighter only at extreme base, others nearly black; fore- wings washed with brown in basal half, distal half and lower wings clear; major setae blackish brown except at extreme expanded tips where they are almost clear, lateral setae on abdominal segments becoming lighter apically, terminal hairs darkened in basal half. Head approximately as wide as long, cheeks converging to eyes, slightly rounded posteriorly, dorsal surface reticulate, cheeks roughened, with several minute setae set on small warts; postoculars shorter than length of eyes, heavy, with expanded tips; eyes large, subovate, approximately 0.3 times longer and noticeably wider on dorsal surface; posterior ocelli placed opposite middle of eyes; antennae normal for the genus, segments 5 and 6 obliquely truncate, 3 with one sensecone, 7 and 8 joined as a unit; ventral surface of head extended posteriorly, mouthcone reaching posterior margin of prosternum, with labrum narrowed to a point and labium narrowed to a rounded end. Prothorax 0.75 times as long as head, its front margin weakly concave and posterior margin weakly convex, dorsal surface reticulate; all setae conspicuously short and heavy, nearly subequal, with expanded tips; median thickening weak and incomplete; fore femora enlarged, fore tarsus with a strong tooth; forewings with 17 double fringes. Abdomen moderately heavy, lateral setae like those on thorax, with dilated tips, those on segment 9 shorter than tube; segments 2 to 7 each with two pairs of sigmoid setae, terminal hairs shorter than tube; tube 0.66 times as long as head, with nearly straight sides. Total length 1.96 mm.; head length and width 0.259 mm.; prothorax length 0.176 mm., width 0.367 mm.; pterothorax width 0.455 mm.; abdomen width 0.514 mm.; tube length 0.176 mm., width at base 0.080 mm. Antennal segments length (width): II, 56 (36); IIT, 80 (30) 1V, 73°G3); V,.66)(S60)ia Vigesc (30); VII and VIII, 83 microns; total length 0.430 mm.; length of setae: post- oculars 63, on anterior margin of pronotum 33, anterior angles 50, posterior angles 66 microns. ALLOTYPE MALE, Similar in color to female but yellowish in median portions; forelegs including fore tarsal tooth much stronger; median thickening of pro- notum nearly complete to anterior margin and complete to posterior margin. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITIES. Holotype female, Upper Williams River, New South Wales, October, 1926 (A. M. Lea and Wilson), (Moulton no. 3133); allotype male, Bribie Island, Moreton Bay, Queensland (A. M. Lea and Hacker), (Moulton no. 3140). VoL. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 103 ReMarRKs. This species may be compared with T. bursarticola Priesner, but in this latter form the head is much longer, antennal segments 7 and 8 are not compactly joined, the setae on posterior angles of pronotum are longer than the others and all are darkened basally, also the tube is approximately 0.9 times as long as head. Diplonychothrips Moulton, new genus TypeE spEcIES. Diplonychothrips antennatus Moulton, new species. DEscriPTION. Head distinctly longer than wide, rounded in front, with even, slightly arched cheeks, reticulate, with one pair of postoculars placed away from eyes, these short, with dilated tips; eyes moderately large, subovate, dorsal and ventral surfaces almost alike; antennae 8-segmented, short, compact, only slightly longer than head, segment 2 largest, intermediate segments subglobose, with pedicels, 6 to 8 joined as a unit; mouthcone short, rounded. Prothorax with all normal setae, these short, with dilated tips; forelegs strong, fore tibiae short, truncate; fore tarsus with a strong, pointed tooth, the usual claw is also long and pointed; wings with parallel sides, fore pair with double fringes. Lateral setae on abdomen like those on prothorax; tube shorter than head, with straight sides. This genus has many of the characters of Froggattothrips Bagnall, Ropa- lothrips Hood, Ropalothripoides Bagnall, Teuchothrips Hood. It resembles the last except for antennae and eyes. The postocellars are developed in Ropalothrips and postoculars are wanting. In Froggattothrips the head broadens posteriorly where it is as wide or wider than long and the mouthcone is heavy, extending across prosternum; in Ropalothripoides the head is wider than long and the mouthcone pointed. The name is derived from the Greek diploos, doubly, and onychus, claw, plus the generic name Thrips. Diplonychothrips antennatus Moulton, new species. (Figures 14, 15, 16.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Color dark brown, tube black; fore tibiae darkened along the margins but yellowish through the middle, third antennal segment somewhat lighter than the others, being yellowish brown; wings clear. Head 0.2 times longer than wide, broadly rounded in front, cheeks weakly and evenly arched, roughened, without genal setae; postoculars short, reaching only to posterior margins of eyes; eyes normal, ocelli reasonably small, posterior pair contiguous with inner margins of eyes; mouthcone short, extending 0.5 across prosternum; antennae approximately 0.2 times longer than head, segment 3 with one and 4 and 5 with two sensecones. Prothorax approximately 0.6 times wider than long, with an incomplete median thickening and complete sutures; with all normal setae, these short, sub- equal, with dilated tips; wings moderately slender, fore pair with 11 double 104 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Ficures 14-16. Diplonychothrips antennatus, new genus and new species, holotype female. Figure 14, head and prothorax; figure 15, tip of abdomen; figure 16, right antenna. fringes. Abdomen normal, the lateral setae somewhat longer than those on pro- thorax; tube 0.8 times as long as head, with straight sides and not constricted before the end, terminal hairs shorter than tube; terga 2 to 7 each with two pairs of sigmoid setae. Total length 1.8 mm.; head length 0.22 mm., width 0.185 mm.; prothorax length 0.147 mm., width not including coxae 0.279 mm.; tube length 0.176 mm., width at base 0.080 mm. Antennal segments length (width): II, 50 (36); III, 40 (33); IV, 43 (36); V, 40 (33); VI, VII and VIII, 50 microns; total 0.26 mm. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female and three female paratypes, Owieandana, North Flinders Range, South Australia, November, 1924 (Hale and Tindale), (Moulton nos. 3169, 3171, 3172). Thaumatothrips distinctus Moulton, new species. (Figures 17, 18.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Color blackish brown; antennal segment 1 colored like head, 2 lighter apically, 3 to 6 mostly yellow, gradually becoming darker with the apical third of 6 blackish brown like 7 and 8; all femora dark brown, fore tibiae mostly yellow, darkened on outer margins, middle and hind tibiae lighter at bases; all tarsi yellow to brownish yellow; wings clear; setae clear on head Vor. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 105 and thorax, light brown on terminal abdominal segments, blackish brown at end of tube. Head 0.7 times longer than width across eyes, flattened in front, with swollen vertex, this not overhanging, cheeks evenly joined with eyes, with straight sides, reduced gradually to base of head, roughened, with a few minute, transparent setae; postoculars placed well back from eyes and near side margins of head, with blunt tips; anterior ocellus on rounded vertex, directed forward, posterior ocelli placed near anterior inner margins of eyes; eyes large, moderately long, subovate, inner margins almost straight; antennae 8 segmented, 3 three times longer than wide, with one sensecone, 4 swollen near base and more so near apical end with three sensecones, 7 and 8 joined as a unit but with distinct suture, all segments with heavily chitinized side margins; mouthcone rounded, reaching 0.75 across prosternum, labrum narrowed at end, pointed. Ficures 17, 18. Thaumatothrips distinctus, new species, holotype female. Figure 17, head and prothorax; figure 18, tip of abdomen. Prothorax approximately 0.6 times as long as head, not greatly enlarged as compared with forelegs, setae short, with dilated tips; fore femora massive, longer than head and at middle nearly as wide, armed on the inside near base with a sharp tooth and a continuing series of about seven smaller teeth on apical inner margin; fore tibiae short, stout, each with a strong tooth, tarsal tooth much stronger; middle and hind legs long, moderately stout; wings entirely clear, of even width, fore pair without double fringes. Abdomen normal, tube 0.55 times as long as head, with straight sides, gradually reduced and only noticeably constricted at tip, terminal hairs longer than tube. Total length 2.45 mm.; head length 0.396 mm., width across eyes 0.235 mm., near posterior margin 0.190 mm.; prothorax length 0.22 mm., width without 106 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. coxae 0.323 mm., including coxae 0.396 mm.; pterothorax width 0.396 mm.; tube length 0.22 mm., width at base 0.088 mm., near tip 0.044 mm. Antennal segments length (width): III, 83 (28); IV, 76 (33); V, 73 (33); VI, 66 (33); VII and VIII, 80 microns; total 0.47 mm.; length of fore femur 0.455 mm., width near middle 0.22 mm.; length of setae: postoculars 46, on anterior angles of prothorax 50, on posterior angles 70, on ninth abdominal segment 133, termi- nal hairs 316 microns. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, Barton, South Australia (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3113). Remarks. The relatively long head, differently shaped intermediate an- tennal segments and absence of double fringes on forewings separate this species from T. froggatti Karny. Thaumatothrips acaciae Moulton, new species. (Figures 19, 20.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Color dark chestnut brown with teeth on fore femora, median portions of fore tibiae and tarsi nearly clear yellow; antennal segments 1 dark, 2 lighter apically, 3 to 7 each yellow in basal half, darkened apically; all major setae and wings clear. Head approximately 2.0 times longer than wide, its sides nearly straight and parallel, with a distinct emargination between eyes and cheeks; cheeks with 3 Ficures 19, 20. Thaumatothrips acaciae, new species, holotype female. Figure 19, head and prothorax; figure 20, end of abdomen. VoLt. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 107 or 4 setae on either side, set on small warts; postoculars placed well back from eyes and near side margins of head, pointed; eyes elongate ovate, ocelli normal, placed well forward; antennae with 8 segments, 3 approximately 2.0 times longer than wide, irregular-clavate, with one sensecone, 4 to 6 more evenly clavate, 4 with four and 5 with two sensecones, 8 very small, conical, closely joined with 7; mouthcone short, rounded, extending over 0.3 the length of prosternum. Prothorax 0.75 as long as head and noticeably wider than long, with normal setae which are pointed; fore legs massive, fore femora longer than head and approximately as wide, with a prominent tooth near middle of inside margin and three or four progressively smaller ones before apical end; fore tibiae short and stout, roughened on the inside and with a rounded, corn-like tooth at inner end; fore tarsus with a strong tooth; wings moderately wide, with parallel sides, fore pair without double fringes. Abdomen normal, its lateral setae nearly pointed; tube 0.6 times as long as head, with nearly straight sides, weakly re- duced from base to tip. Total length 2.45 mm.; head length 0.41 mm., width across cheeks 0.205 mm.; prothorax length 0.308 mm., width without coxae 0.396 mm., including coxae 0.47 mm.; length of fore femora 0.573 mm., width near middle 0.196 mm.; tube length 0.235 mm., width near base 0.073 mm., tube 0.57 as long as head. Antennal segments length (width): II, 56 (43); III, 83 (40); IV, 76 (43); V, 75 (40)= VI, 73 (36): VIL, 66 (26) VIII, 16 microns, total 0:50 mm. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female and two female paratypes, Gilgandra, New South Wales, 1926 (W. W. Froggatt), taken on Acacia dora- toxylon (Moulton no. 1686). REMARKS. This species has the general appearance of an Euoplothrips but the broad, parallel-sided wings separate it clearly from that genus. It is separated from both 7. froggatti and T. distinctus by its longer head and pointed setae. Panoplothrips Moulton, new genus Type spPEcIES. Panoplothrips australiensis Moulton, new species. Head approximately 0.3 times longer than wide and slightly but distinctly produced in front of eyes, cheeks nearly straight and parallel except at base where head is constricted, neck-like, with three or four minute genal setae; eyes large, oval, occupying about 0.4 of head’s length, of equal size ventrally; ocelli small, anterior in position; postoculars short, pointed, placed close to eyes and near side margins of head; antennae 8 segmented, 3 irregular-clavate, approxi- mately three times longer than its greatest width, 4 to 7 clavate, 8 short, conical, closely joined with 7; mouthcone short, rounded, labrum pointed. Prothorax heavy, shield-shaped, slightly wider than long, with complete median dorsal thickening, sutures complete; all normal setae greatly reduced except inner pair on posterior angles which are long and pointed. Fore femora massive, clearly longer than head and fully as wide, armed with a short, broad- seated tooth on the inside near apical end; fore tibiae unarmed; each fore tarsus 108 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. with a long pointed tooth; wings broad, with parallel sides. Tube 0.7 times as long as head, broadest at base, reduced gradually to basal third and less so to apical end. The genus has the general appearance of Paracholeothrips, also a new genus, but is separated by the head being produced in front of the eyes, by the armed fore femora and the reduced setae on head and prothorax. It is also closely re- lated to Thaumatothrips Karny but separated by the shape of the head, reduced major setae and unarmed fore tibiae. The name is derived from the Greek pan, whole, and hoplon, armor, plus the generic name Thrips. Panoplothrips australiensis Moulton, new species. (Figures 21, 22. HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Forepart of head, sides of pterothorax and abdomen and most of legs dark to blackish brown, this color shading to nearly black on cheeks; median portion of head lighter with a clear yellow area on either side beginning behind each eye and becoming wider as it extends backward to include most of the posterior portion of head; prothorax, fore coxae, inner half of fore femora, fore tarsi, also median portion of pterothorax and abdominal segments one to seven nearly clear yellow; first antennal segment dark like anterior part of Ficures 21, 22. Panoplothrips australiensis, new genus and new species, holotype female. Figure 21, head and prothorax; figure 22, end of abdomen. VoLt. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 109 head, 2 lighter, more so at apical end, 3 to 7 predominantly yellow but each suc- cessively becoming darker; wings clear. Special characters as given for the genus are the slightly produced head, reduction of major setae on head and prothorax, the greatly enlarged and armed fore femora and the broad, clear wings, fore pair without double fringes; anten- nal segment 3 has one and 4 has two sensecones. Total length 3.3 mm.; head length 0.44 mm., width at eyes 0.33 mm.; pro- thorax length 0.514 mm., width without coxae 0.588 mm.; tube length 0.308 mm., width at base 0.102 mm., at tip 0.044 mm.; tube 0.7 times as long as head; length of fore femur 0.588 mm., width 0.323 mm.; length of forewing 1.5 mm., width near middle 0.220 mm. Antennal segments length (width): I, 63 (53); Mea 5 0) TI 13042): TV, 103: (42) Vo 1008(42) 2 VE, 83:-(33); VEL 30 (30); VIII, 30 microns, total length 0.66 mm.; length of setae: postoculars 40, inner pair on posterior angles of pronotum 123, accessory setae 83, outer pair 30 microns; on ninth abdominal segment 266, at end of tube 250 microns. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, Bluff, Queensland (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3148). Grypothrips acaciae Moulton, new species. (Figures 23, 24.) HoLotTyPE FEMALE. Color blackish brown, fore tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown, antennal segments 1 darkest, especially at base, 2 darkened in basal third, 3 to 8 mostly yellow with apical ends of 6, 7, and 8 brown; wings clear. Head 2.0 times longer than width across eyes, cheeks gently and almost evenly narrowed toward base, without genal setae; postoculars short, with dilated tips; eyes large, elongate ovate, shorter on ventral surface; ocelli small, posterior pair placed near center of eyes; mouthcone very short, as wide as long, rounded, extending over only 0.2 the length of prosternum; antennae only slightly longer than head, segment 3 with one and 4 with three sensecones, 7 and 8 closely joined. Prothorax elongate shield-shaped, narrowed anteriorly, major setae short, with dilated tips; median thickening nearly complete; fore femora long, mod- erately strong, unarmed; fore tibiae short, truncate, with a small, corn-like swell- ing on inner apical end, each fore tarsus with a long, stout tooth; wings normal, fore pair with 20 double fringes. Abdomen normal, prominent lateral setae with dilated tips, terminal hairs shorter than tube. Total length 2.55 mm.; head length 0.411 mm., width across eyes 0.191 mm.; prothorax length 0.50 mm., width near anterior margin 0.176 mm., near posterior margin, not including coxae, 0.367 mm.; tube length 0.264 mm., width at base 0.088 mm., near tip 0.044 mm.; fore femora length 0.455 mm., width near middle 0.132 mm.; longest setae on posterior angle of pronotum 44 microns. Antennal segments length (width): II, 66 (40); III, 93 (40); IV, 76 (43); V, 70 (36); VI, 66 (33); VII, VIII, 88 microns; total 0.47 mm. 110 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. iL p3 I\\ 24 FIGURES 23, 24. Grypothrips acaciae, new species, holotype female. Figure 23, head and prothorax; figure 24, end of abdomen. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, Millmerran, Queensland, 3 September 1928 (J. Macqueen), taken on Acacia harpophylla (Moulton no. 3068). REMARKS. Grypothrips mantis Karny, the only other known species of the genus, is larger, 3.6 mm. in length, has normal strongly developed setae, each fore tibia has a strong tooth, forewings with 28 to 30 double fringes. This new species is smaller, with shorter setae, smaller mouthcone, the fore tibia is un- armed and forewings have a lesser number of double fringes. Paracholeothrips Moulton, new genus Type species. Paracholeothrips validus, new species. Head approximately 0.4 longer than wide, flattened in front, cheeks nearly straight and parallel but reduced neck-like at base; dorsal surface with trans- verse lineation, cheeks minutely serrate; postoculars long, pointed, placed well back from eyes; genal setae minute; eyes large, occupying 0.3 times the head’s length, shorter on ventral surface: ocelli present; mouthcone short and rounded, Vor. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 111 extending over 0.3 the length of prosternum; antennae 8-segmented, segments 7 and 8 joined as a unit. Thorax heavy; prothorax longer than head, broadly shield-shaped, with complete median thickening, sutures complete; setae on anterior and posterior angles long, curved, nearly pointed, other setae minute; fore legs massive, fore femora and tibia unarmed, fore tarsus with a stout tooth; wings long and broad, apparently without double fringes. Abdomen stout, re- duced beyond fourth segment, lateral setae long, curved, those on segment nine longer than tube, all nearly pointed; tube as long as head, strong, with straight sides which are only slightly reduced from base to tip; terminal hairs shorter than tube. The eighth abdominal segment extends posteriorly under segment nine and base of tube to form a broad ventral scale. The head and thorax of this new genus resemble those of species of Choleo- thrips Moulton but in this latter genus the fore tibiae are armed, the setae much shorter, the body more slender, wings narrower and the tube is shaped differently. The name is derived from the Greek para, near, plus the generic name, Choleothrips. Paracholeothrips validus Moulton, new species. (Figures 25, 26, 27.) HoLotyPE FEMALE. Prevailing color yellowish brown with major portion of head, sides of pterothorax and end of abdomen including tube nearly black; base of head, prothorax, legs, median portion of pterothorax and abdominal seg- ments one to five nearly clear, dark yellow; antennae with basal portions of segments clear yellow but the enlarged apical ends grayish brown; wings nearly clear. Characters of special importance, as given in the generic description, are the massive fore body, unarmed fore femora and tibiae, the long curved clear yellow setae except those at tip of tube which are nearly black and the ventral abdomi- nal scale; wings apparently without double fringes. Total length 3.15 mm.; head length 0.396 mm., width 0.297 mm.; prothorax length 0.411 mm., width without coxae 0.529 mm.; pterothorax width 0.602 mm.; tube length 0.396 mm., width near base 0.117 mm.; length of setae: post- oculars 233, on anterior angles of prothorax 166, posterior angles 166 to 216, on ninth abdominal segment 470, at tip of tube 352 microns. Antennal segments length (width): (paratype), III, 96 (50); IV, 100 (53); V, 86 (50); VI, 86 (46); VII, 66 (31); VIII, 23 microns; total 0.588 mm. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female and one female paratype, Barton, South Australia (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3116). 112 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Cc oa C= ie =< La SS 27 Figures 25-27. Paracholeothrips validus, new genus and new species, holotype female. Figure 25, head and prothorax; figure 26, end of abdomen; figure 27, right antenna. Sacothrips Moulton, new genus TYPE spECcIES. Sacothrips bicolor Moulton, new species. Head approximately 2.0 times as long as width across eyes, cheeks roughened, reduced gradually from behind eyes to base of head; head without conspicuous marking or sculpturing; postocular setae long, pointed, placed well back from eyes and near sides of head; two or three genal setae present; eyes large, sub- ovate, longer on dorsal surface; ocelli large, posterior pair contiguous with inner margins of eyes; antennae 8-segmented, 3 and 4 broadly clavate, each with four sensecones, 7 and 8 broadly joined; mouthcone short, rounded. Prothorax shield-shaped, 0.8 as long as head, with median dorsal thickening; prominent setae long, pointed; fore femora massive in larger, oedymer females, longer and wider than head, unarmed; fore tibiae geniculate-truncate, unarmed but with inner apical end drawn out in support of the strong tarsal tooth; fore legs of smaller, gynacoid males and females much smaller but conspicuously strong; wings long and narrow, slightly reduced in the middle, fore pair with double fringes. Abdomen drawn out, segments 2 to 6 of even width, 7 and 8 reduced, tube as long or longer than head, widest in basal fourth, sides nearly parallel VoL. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 113 in middle half, reduced apically; lateral abdominal setae moderately long, those on segment 9 and end of tube less than half as long as tube; basal 50 to 70 percent of tube clothed with numerous minute setae. The genus is related to Aladothrips Froggatt but separated by the shape of head and tube and in having four sensecones on third antennal segment. It is similar to Mesothrips Zimmermann in having the wings narrowed at middle, but in this new genus the postoculars are placed at a distance from the eyes, the pronotum is shield-shaped, and the third antennal segment has four sensecones. The name is derived from the Greek, sakos, shield, plus the generic name Thrips. Sacothrips bicolor Moulton, new species. (Figures 28, 29, 30, 31.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE, oedymer form: Head black in front, shading through brown to yellow at extreme base; thorax, first abdominal segment, fore legs, nearly clear yellow, middle and hind legs nearly black, somewhat lighter at the joints; abdomen dark brown with apical segments and tube black; first antennal segment nearly black like forehead, 2 lighter apically, 3 to 7 mostly yellow with 3 and 4 grayish brown in apical third, 5 in apical half, 6 and 7 brown, lighter at both ends, their setae blackened. Head approximately 2.0 times longer than width across eyes and somewhat longer than prothorax, cheeks roughened, with a pair of genal setae behind eyes Ficures 28-30. Sacothrips bicolor, new genus and new species. Figure 28, head and prothorax, holotype female; figure 29, right antenna, holotype female; figure 30, end of abdomen, holotype female. 114 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. and a second longer pair near base of head; postoculars long and pointed, placed at some distance from eyes; eyes large, fully 0.3 times as long as head; ocelli large, contiguous with inner margins of eyes, their diameter approximately equal to the interval between them; third antennal segment more connate than clavate, broadest of all and especially characterized by its four sensecones. Prothorax shield-shaped, with normal, moderately long, pointed setae; the median thickening is heavy and nearly complete; fore legs massive, unarmed except for a strong tarsal tooth, middle and hind legs slender; wings very slightly narrowed in the middle, fore pair with 42 double fringes. Abdominal terga 2 to 7 each with two pairs of sigmoid setae; outer pair of setae on ninth abdominal segment reduced to short, stout spines, usually only in the male. Total length 3.85 mm.; head length 0.529 mm., width across eyes 0.279 mm., near posterior margin 0.205 mm.; prothorax length 0.455 mm., width without coxae 0.514 mm.; pterothorax width 0.661 mm.; abdomen width 0.558 mm.; tube length 0.661 mm., width at base 0.117 mm., near tip 0.058 mm. Antennal segments length (width): I, 56 (56); II, 70 (46); III, 133 (60); IV, 116 (53); V, 110 (43); VI, 93 (36); VII, 83 (30); VIII, 50 microns; total length 0.735 mm. Ficure 31. Sacothrips bicolor, new genus and new species, head and prothorax, allotype male. ALLOTYPE MALE. Similar to smaller females, forewings with 31 double fringe hairs. Total length 2.87 mm.; head length 0.441 mm., width at eyes 0.259 mm., near posterior margin 0.191 mm.; prothorax length 0.264 mm., width without coxae 0.369 mm.; pterothorax width 0.50 mm., abdomen width 0.441 mm.; tube length 0.411 mm., width at base 0.088 mm., near tip 0.050 mm. Antennal Vor. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 115 segments length (width): III, 110 (50); IV, 100 (50); V, 90 (36); VI, 83 (30); VII, 83 (26); VIII, 46 microns; total length 0.632 mm. PARATYPE FEMALE, smaller gynacoid form, total length 3.5 mm.; head length 0.441 mm., width at eyes 0.259 mm., near posterior margin 0.191 mm.; pro- thorax length 0.279 mm., width without coxae 0.367 mm.; pterothorax width 0.455 mm.; abdomen width 0.441 mm.; tube length 0.455 mm., width at base 0.102 mm., near tip 0.058 mm. Female of smaller gynacoid form in all respects similar to larger females except that the forelegs are less massive, there is a much weaker median dorsal thickening on the pronotum, and forewings have 28 double fringe hairs. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, allotype male, and nine large and two small female and four male paratypes, Millmerran, Queensland, 3 September 1928 (W. W. Froggatt), taken on “Wilga,” (Moulton no. 3067). Tribe PLECTROTHRIPINI Priesner, 1927 Sphaericothrips Moulton, new genus Type species. Sphaericothrips clarapennis Moulton, new species. Head 2.0 times as long as width behind eyes, narrowed anteriorly, gradually becoming wider to posterior margin; cheeks straight and smooth; dorsal sur- face without markings; postocular setae small; eyes elongate, flattened at the sides, occupying about 30 percent of the sides of head, joining cheeks evenly; ocelli small, placed far forward; antennae 8-segmented, 0.7 times as long as head, with short, compact segments, 3 and 4 broadly globular, narrowed toward their bases, 7 and 8 broadly joined; mouthcone rounded, extending over 0.6 the length of prosternum, labrum narrowed before the end and pointed; sense area on second antennal segment placed near middle of segment. Prothorax as long as head, joining head evenly and expanding posteriorly; setae on posterior angles moderately long, with dilated tips; forelegs strong, femora long, tibiae short and truncate, both unarmed, fore tarsus with a strong claw; wings slender, of even width, fringes placed sparsely. Abdominal segments 2 to 7 of about even width, 8 and 9 abruptly reduced, tube 0.6 times as long as head, reduced evenly from base to tip. This genus belongs to the tribe Plectrothripini Priesner, the sense area on segment 2 being placed near the middle of the segment. It approaches Strepto- thrips Priesner in the shape of antennal segments and Thorybothrips Priesner in the shape of the head, but appears to be most closely related to Kladothrips Froggatt. It is distinctive because of the short, compact antennal segments and the relatively narrow wings. The name is derived from the Greek sphairikos, globular, plus the generic name, Thrips. 116 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Sphaerothrips clarapennis Moulton, new species. (Figures 32, 33, 34.) HOoLotyPE FEMALE. Color chestnut brown, abdomen darker; forelegs brown- ish yellow, middle and hind legs blackish brown; first antennal segment deep brown, segment 2 shading to yellow apically, 3 to 8 clear yellow; wings clear. With characters as given for the genus, the antennae are short and compact, with all segments semiglobular, each narrowed at base to a broad pedicel; seg- ment 3 with one sensecone, 4 with two sensecones; forelegs are enlarged, fore tarsus with a strong tooth; all major setae are small, with blunt tips, those at anterior angles of prothorax apparently wanting; pronotum without markings or median thickening; forewings with nine double fringe hairs; sides of tube almost straight. 535 Ficures 32-34. Sphaericothrips clarapennis, new genus and new species, holotype female. Figure 32, head and prothorax; figure 33, end of abdomen; figure 34, right antenna. Total length 1.33 mm.; head length 0.260 mm., width behind eyes 0.147 mm., near posterior margin 0.168 mm.; prothorax length 0.260 mm., width without coxae 0.264 mm.; pterothorax width 0.280 mm.; length of tube 0.160 mm., width at base 0.065 mm., at tip 0.029 mm. Antennal segments length (width): I, 30 (30); Il, 33.(30); III, 33 (30); IV, 33 (33)s V, 30 (30); VE 26a) viiees VoL. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 117 (20); VIII, 16 microns; total 0.196 mm.; setae on posterior angles of prothorax 60 microns. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, Yenda, Leeton, New South Wales, 8 February 1927 (W. W. Froggatt), taken on Acacia species (Moulton no. 1706). Subfamily MEGATHRIPINAE Karny, 1921 Tribe COMPSOTHRIPINI Priesner, 1927 Bolothrips (Bolothrips) flavitibia Moulton, new species. (Figures 35, 36, 37.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE (macropterous). Color uniformly deep brown, except all tibiae and tarsi which are clear yellow; antennal segments 3 to 5 largely yellow with 3 darkened in apical half, 4 and 5 mostly brown in apical two-thirds, 6 lighter at extreme base; wings light brown, prominent setae brownish yellow. Head 0.15 times longer than wide, slightly produced in front of eyes, cheeks somewhat rounded, reduced toward base, nearly smooth, genal setae minute; postoculars long, nearly pointed, placed close behind eyes; eyes large, subovate on dorsal surface but narrowed and greatly extended posteriorly on ventral sur- face; ocelli moderately small not contiguous with inner margins of eyes; anten- nae slender, approximately 0.5 times longer than head, intermediate segments elongate-clavate, 3 to 5 not modified on ventral, apical surface, 8 clearly sepa- rated from 7; segment 3 with two, 4 with four sensecones; mouthcone broadly rounded, extending over 0.66 the length of prosternum. Prothorax transverse, pronotum with weak and incomplete median thicken- ing; sutures complete; with normal, moderately long blunt setae except the me, 56 \ 37 Ficures 35-37. Bolothrips flavitibia, new species. Figure 35, head and prothorax, holo- type female; figure 36, fore tarsus, allotype male; figure 37, end of abdomen, holotype female. 118 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. antero-marginals which are minute; legs slender, fore tarsi unarmed; fringes of forewings rather widely spaced, with 5 to 8 double fringes. Abdomen normal, lateral setae moderately long on apical segments; terga 2 to 7 each with one pair of sigmoid setae; tube 0.7 times as long as head, with straight sides, weakly reduced from base to tip, terminal setae shorter than tube. Total length 1.6 mm.; head length 0.264 mm., width 0.230 mm.; prothorax length 0.147 mm., width without coxae 0.279 mm.; pterothorax width 0.338 mm.; tube length 0.191 mm., width at base 0.065 mm.; dorsal length of eye 0.088 mm., ventral length 0.132 mm. Antennal segments length (width): II, 56 (33); III, 76 (28); IV,.83 (28): V, 83 (28); VI, 60: (26); VIL, SO aii microns; total 0.44 mm. ALLOTYPE MALE. Similar to female in color and form but with more slender abdomen; fore tarsus with a broad-seated, blunt tooth. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITIES. Holotype female (Moulton no. 3144) and four female paratypes (Moulton nos. 3144, 3155, 3083), Cairns District, Queens- land (A. M. Lea); allotype male, Upper Williams River, New South Wales, October, 1926 (A. M. Lea and Wilson), (Moulton no. 3131). Remarks. This species may be separated from other members of this sub- genus by its clear yellow tibiae and tarsi. Bolothrips (Bolothrips) australiensis Moulton, new species. HOLOTYPE FEMALE (apterous). Color nearly black with apical end of anten- nal segments 2 and 3, extreme base of 4 and 5, fore tibiae and tarsi, shading lighter to brown; major setae dark. Head approximately 0.6 times longer than wide, slightly but distinctly pro- duced in front of eyes, cheeks nearly straight and parallel; postoculars long, pointed, placed close behind eyes; postocellar setae also present, about half as long as postoculars; eyes weakly protruding, longer on ventral surface; ocelli small; antennae approximately 0.6 times longer than head, segment 3 with two and 4 with three sensecones. Prothorax 2.0 times wider than long, with complete sutures and a weak in- complete median dorsal line; setae on anterior margin and angles reduced, mid- laterals and pair on posterior angles longer, nearly pointed; forelegs moderately thickened, fore tarsi unarmed; wings wanting. Abdomen wider than thorax; tube 0.68 times as long as head. Total length 2.13 mm.; head length 0.323 mm., width 0.230 mm.; prothorax length 0.176 mm., width 0.338 mm.; tube length 0.220 mm., width at base 0.088 mm., at tip 0.044 mm.; antennal segments length (width): II, 60 (40); III, 100 (36); IV, 100 (36); V, 80.(36); VI, 66 (38); VITL,.50 (0)] VILE S3omierons. total 0.514 mm.; length of setae, postoculars 116, postocellars 63, on anterior margin and angles of pronotum 20, midlaterals 50, on posterior angles: inner 83, outer 80, microns. VoL. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 119 TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITIES. Holotype female, Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3161); one female paratype, Mt. Gower, Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3159). REMARKS. This species is most closely related to B. badius Hood from Nelson, N. Queensland but is separated by its shorter head, presence of posterior ocelli, by the shorter and more compact antennal segments and the reduced setae on fore angles of pronotum. Eurynotothrips Moulton, new genus TypeE species. Eurynotothrips latapennis Moulton, new species. Head approximately 0.3 times longer than wide, drawn out slightly but dis- tinctly in front of eyes, bases of antennae widely separated, cheeks slightly swollen and smooth immediately behind eyes, roughened beyond, narrowed posteriorly, weakly constricted, then thickened at extreme base; with a single pair of long, pointed postoculars placed well back behind middle of eyes; several strong genal spines present; eyes flattened on outer margins, slightly protruding, ocelli small, posterior pair widely separated; antennae 8-segmented, all clearly separated, apical ends of 4 to 6 specialized on ventral surface; mouthcone short and rounded. Prothorax transverse, with normal setae, those on posterior angles alone long and prominent; median dorsal thickening nearly complete, sutures complete; forelegs powerful, fore femora enlarged, fore tarsus with a broad- seated tooth in both sexes; wings unusually wide, with broadly rounded tips, fore pair with a long series of double fringes. Abdomen heavy, tube nearly as long as head, with straight sides which are weakly reduced from base to tip; setae on ninth segment and at tip of tube longer than tube. This genus has the appearance of a large Hoplothrips Amyot and Serville but differs in the modified ventral surface of antennal segments 4 to 6 and the un- usually broad wings. Scotothrips Priesner has broad wings but long pronotal setae and two pairs of postoculars. The head and eyes resemble those in Machato- thrips Bagnall but this genus also has two pairs of postoculars and the wings, while broad, are narrowed before the ends. Bolothrips Priesner has postocular setae placed close behind eyes and fore tarsus unarmed in the female. The widely separated basal antennal segments, distinctive shape of segments 3 to 5, modified undersurface of 4 to 6 and the unusually broad wings with a long series of double fringes characterize this new genus. The name is derived from the Greek eurys, broad, and notos, back, plus the generic name Thrips. Eurynotothrips latapennis Moulton, new species. (Figures 38, 39, 40.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Color nearly black except basal 0.7 of antennal segment 3, 0.5 of 4, fore tibiae, all tarsi and joints of legs which are brownish yellow; prominent setae of head and prothorax nearly clear, those at end of abdomen brownish yellow. 120 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. 40 39 Ficures 38-40. Eurynotothrips latapennis, new genus and new species, holotype female. Figure 38, head and prothorax; figure 39, left antenna; figure 40, end of abdomen. Head 0.36 times longer than wide but still noticeably broad, gently but evenly narrowed posteriorly, weakly constricted neck-like and then thickened at extreme base; cheeks roughened except immediately behind eyes where they are smooth, with 5 or 6 thorn-like genal setae on either side; with one pair of long, pointed postoculars placed behind middle of eyes; eyes slightly protruding, somewhat flattened on outer margins; posterior ocelli widely separated, nearly contiguous with inner margins of eyes. Antennae 0.6 times longer than head, with first segments widest, 3 longest, 3 to 5 distinctive in shape, swollen in basal third and distal fourth, each broadly narrowed near middle, 3 with two and 4 with four moderately short sensecones, 4 to 6 modified on under surfaces apically; mouthcone short, not reaching middle of prosternum. Prothorax transverse, nearly 2.0 times wider than median length, pterothorax also heavy; legs unarmed except for a strong tarsal tooth; wings of nearly even width to near middle then becoming gradually wider and broadly rounded at apical ends, fore pair 5.3 times longer than their greatest width, with 47 double fringes. Abdomen heavy, terga 2 to 7 each with a single pair of sigmoid setae near their posterior margins. Total length with abdomen distended 4.55 mm.; head length 0.50 mm., width 0.367 mm.; median length of prothorax 0.294 mm., width 0.588 mm.; ptero- thorax width 0.837 mm.; abdomen width 1.0 mm.; tube length 0.485 mm., width at base 0.147 mm. Antennal segments length (width): II, 83 (50); III, 203 VoL. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 121 (as) LV. 150)(48)); Vi, 120 (43); VI, 86°(43)i2 Vi, 531033) Vill 43: microns: total 0.823 mm. ALLOTYPE MALE. Similar in shape and color to the female. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITIES. Holotype female and five female paratypes, Barton, South Australia (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3091); allotype male and one female paratype, Port Lincoln, South Australia (A. M. Lea), (Moulton neo. 6125). Lasiothrips Moulton, new genus Type species. Lasiothrips perplexus Moulton, new species. Head approximately 0.5 longer than wide, flattened in front, cheeks smooth, nearly straight and parallel; surface of head finely sculptured with transverse lineation; anteocellars, postocellars and two pairs of postocular setae present; genal setae minute; eyes moderately small, slightly protruding, inner margins nearly straight, narrowed and extended posteriorly on ventral surface; ocelli present; antenna 8-segmented, long and slender, approximately 0.75 longer than head, segment 3 more than 4.5 times as long as its greatest width, with two sensecones, segment 4 of similar form, with four sensecones, other segments re- duced gradually, 8 constricted at base; mouth cone short, rounded; projecting maxillary spines with little hooks at end. Pronotum with deeply concave anterior margin, 3.0 times wider than its median dorsal length, with normal, nearly pointed setae; sutures complete; pterothorax quadrate, much wider than pro- thorax, mesonotum sculptured like the head but interrupted by irregular blotches across the middle, with a long seta on either side and a shorter pair on posterior margin; metanotum deeply reticulate, with a pair of long setae near middle; forelegs slender in the male, tarsi unarmed; wings long and strong, distinctly narrowed in the middle, each forewing with a median, longitudinal dark line which broadens, divides and becomes diffused at narrowed portion of wing, with a long series of double fringes. Abdomen stout, reduced gradually beyond second segment, lateral setae strong, with nearly pointed tips; terga 2 to 7 each with two pairs of sigmoid setae; tube longer than head, stout, larger at base, followed by parallel sides to apical third where it is gradually reduced; sparsely covered with setae which are nearly as long as width of tube, terminal hairs short. The characters which distinguish this genus are strongly those of the Compsothripini and not Hoplothripini as might be indicated by the wings being narrowed in the middle. It may be separated from Phaulothrips Hood by the nar- rowed-at-middle wings, unarmed fore tarsi and the setose tube which is somewhat similar to Actinothrips Bagnall. The shape of the antennae separates it from Mesothrips Zimmermann. The name is derived from the Greek /asios, hairy, plus the generic name Thrips. 122 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Lasiothrips perplexus Moulton, new species. (Figures 41, 42, 43.) HoLotyPE MALE. Head and thorax blackish brown, abdomen nearly black, tube black; antennae blackish brown, with segment 3 and base of 4 yellow, ex- treme base of 5 light brown; legs blackish brown with joints and tarsi lighter; wings washed with brown, each with a darkened median line which extends to near middle of wing; setae dark brown, sensecones darkened. 42 SI 43 Ficures 41-43. Lasiothrips perplexus, new genus and new species, holotype male. Figure 41, head and prothorax; figure 42, end of abdomen; figure 43, right antenna. With characters as given for the genus; anterior postoculars placed behind inner margins of eyes and a second longer pair directly behind them; eyes angular at inner posterior margins, drawn out posteriorly on ventral surface; posterior ocelli approximate to inner margins of eyes. Antennae slender, segment 3 with a long stalk, swollen only in apical third, with two sensecones, 4 with four sense- cones; mouthcone short, rounded, extending 0.5 over prosternum; pronotum with weak and incomplete median thickening, midlateral setae placed far forward, accessory setae between pair on posterior angles also well developed; meso- and metanotum also with well developed setae; legs slender, unarmed; forewings with 38 double fringes. Abdomen strong, the lateral setae noticeably long and VoLt. XXXVI] MOULTON: NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA 123 dark colored, those on segment 9 approximately 0.3 times as long as tube; body including tube hairy. Total length 3.04 mm.; head length 0.455 mm., width 0.294 mm.; prothorax length 0.147 mm. in the middle, 0.259 mm. at sides, width 0.455 mm.; ptero- thorax width 0.632 mm.; tube length 0.529 mm., width near base 0.117 mm. Antennal segments length (width): III, 176 (40); IV, 143 (40); V, 133 (40); Wir i1O3) (36): VIL, 56 (26); VIII, 56 microns; total 0:77 mm. Length of setae: anteocellars 80, postocellars 66, postoculars 66 and 130, on anterior margin of pronotum 80, anterior angles 40, midlaterals 150, outer on posterior angles 193, inner 176, on mesonotum 133, metanotum 183, on ninth abdominal segment 266, at tip of tube 216 microns. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype male; Magnetic Island, North Queensland (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3462). Treherniella niger Moulton, new species. (Figures 44, 45.) HOLOTYPE FEMALE. Color black, with only tips of fore tibiae and tarsi lighter, third antennal segment with a light spot at extreme base; wings darkened at base, washed with brown; setae on prothorax blackish brown, those on terminal abdominal segments brown. Head slightly longer than wide, cheeks arched, narrowed neck-like at base of head; postoculars moderately long, with blunt tips, placed far back from eyes and distinctly dark colored; genal setae short, stout, set on small warts; eyes large, oval, somewhat protruding in front, shorter on ventral surface; antennae Ficures 44, 45. Treherniella niger, new species, holotype female. Figure 44, head and prothorax; figure 45, end of abdomen (terminal hairs omitted). 124 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. normal for the genus, segment 3 with three sensecones; mouthcone broadly rounded, extending over 0.6 the length of prosternum. Prothorax transverse, its setae with blunt tips; fore legs enlarged, fore tarsus with tooth, middle and hind legs slender; pterothorax strong, abdomen heavy; tube 0.9 times as long as head with almost parallel sides but slightly re- duced at apical end; wings not constricted in the middle, rather they are broader at base and reduced in apical half to a roundly pointed tip; fore pair with 42 double fringes; terminal setae as long as tube. ALLOTYPE MALE. Similar to female but with a stronger fore femur and a longer tarsal tooth. TYPE MATERIAL AND LOCALITY. Holotype female, allotype male, and three female and two male paratypes, Mittagong, New South Wales (A. M. Lea), (Moulton no. 3089). REMARKS. This species is distinctive and separated from other members of the genus by the shape of the wings, the long series of double fringes on fore- wings and by the long stout tube. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 6, pp. 125-146; 13 figs. September 30, 1968 A REVISION OF THE GENUS ACMAEODEROIDES (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) By G. H. Nelson Department of Anatomy, Kansas City College of Osteopathy and Surgery, Kansas City, Missouri 64124 Apstract: The genus Acmaeoderoides is surveyed. Three described species are diagnosed and discussed. Eight new species are described, seven (A. distincta, A. verityi, A. depressa, A. cazieri, A. knulli, A. straminea, A. rufescens) from south- eastern California and southwestern Arizona by Nelson and one (A. ferruginis) from southwestern Texas by Wellso and Nelson. A key to the species is included. INTRODUCTION The genus Acmaeoderoides contains small beetles (3.2 to 6.3 mm.) that until recently have been extremely scarce in collections. The three species that have been included in this genus were originally described in the genus Acmaeodera. Horn (1894) described A. insignis from a unique female collected at San Ray- mundo, Baja California, Mexico. It wasn’t until 1937 that A. rossi was described by Cazier from a female collected at Holtville, California by E. S. Ross. The third species, A. humeralis, was described by Cazier (1938) from two specimens he collected at Amboy, California. Within the past 10 years over 1700 speci- mens of this genus have been collected and the purpose of this paper is to present the results of a study of this material. The three previously described species are diagnosed and eight new species are described, seven by the author and one (A. ferruginis) by Wellso and Nelson, bringing the total known species to eleven. A key to the species is included to aid in their identification. The male and female genitalia and the external body characteristics were examined for all the species involved in this study. Since several of the species from southern California have been confused with A. insignis (Van Dyke, 1942; [125] 7 SSS RS PSs BS GG = = = Se Mat ifle Bi Ogical aporatol y LIBRARY | NeT 1 A 1NES | iim rf dmfac @ 126 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Nelson, 1960) the female genitalia of the type of A. insignis were examined. The types of A. rossi and A. humeralis were also examined. Measurements and drawings were made with the use of an ocular net reticule. I would like to thank the following individuals and institutions for the loan of specimens and otherwise aiding in this study: W. F. Barr, of the University of Idaho; Frank M. Beer, of Oregon State University; Mont A. Cazier and Jerry M. Davidson, of Arizona State University; J. N. Knull for the loan of the type of Tyndaris balli Knull; Hugh B. Leech, of the California Academy of Sciences, for loaning the type of Acmaeodera insignis Horn and other specimens; Jerome G. Rozen, Jr., of the American Museum of Natural History, for loaning the types of Acmaeodera rossi Cazier and A. humeralis Cazier; R. L. Schultz; Fred S. Truxal, of the Los Angeles County Museum; D. S. Verity; G. C. Walters; and R. L. Westcott. Special thanks are due Stanley G. Wellso, of Michigan State University, who kindly offered to have the description of A. ferruginis included in this paper. DISTRIBUTION The genus Acmaeoderoides, as presently known, is found in the southwestern United States and Baja California, Mexico. The center of abundance is in the low desert regions of southeastern California and southwestern Arizona with nine of the 11 known species being found there. One species, A. insignis, is known only from San Raymundo and Bahia de los Angeles in Baja California, Mexico, while the unique male of A. ferruginis was taken near Presidio in south- west Texas. No specimens have been taken from the area between southwestern Arizona and southwestern Texas. Among those species taken in southeastern California, A. depressa, has been taken only at Mountain Springs in Imperial County, east of Jacumba. Acmaeoderoides rufescens, A. cazieri, and A. straminea have been collected in the low desert regions of Riverside and Imperial counties and A. distincta is known only from the Santa Rosa Mountains (3500 to 4000 feet elevation) in Riverside County. Acmaeoderoides humeralis ranges north- ward from the low desert of Riverside County through the high desert of San Bernardino County to Inyo County and 4. knulli from the low desert regions in Riverside County, California to Maricopa and Yuma counties in Arizona. Acmaeoderoides verityi has been taken in Riverside, San Diego and Imperial counties, California, Yuma County, Arizona, and on Isla Partida in the Gulf of California. Acmaeoderoides rossi ranges over much of southeastern California (Imperial and Riverside counties) and southwestern Arizona (Maricopa, Yavapai, and Yuma counties). BIoLoGy The immature stages of Acmaeoderoides have not been discovered so nothing is known of the life cycle. The adults fly to blossoms during the middle of the day where they appear to feed on pollen. At other times they rest on dead twigs. Vou. XXXVI] NELSON: REVISION OF GENUS ACMAEODEROIDES 127 The adults of Acmaeoderoides humeralis and A. rufescens are most numerous from late April to the middle of May on the flowers of Geraea canescens Torrey and Gray. Four species (A. verityi, A. depressa, A. knulli, and A. rossi) are most common during June with 4. depressa preferring the blossoms of Salvia vaseyi Parish and A. knulli the blossoms of Eriogonum inflatum Torrey and Fremont. Acmaeoderoides verityi appears to be less choosy but has been collected most commonly on the flowers of the genus Eriogonum (fasciculatum Bentham, E. inflatum Torrey and Fremont, and E&. trichopes Torrey) with a few from the blos- soms of Salvia apiana Jepson. Acmaeoderoides rossi has been taken on a wide va- riety of plants including: Eriogonum inflatum Torrey and Fremont, E. deserticola Watson, Stephanomeria species, Palafoxia species, Cercidium floridum Bentham, Ephedra species, and Larrea tridentata Cavanilles. Acmaeoderoides straminea appears in late June and early July and has been taken on the blossoms of Eriogonum deserticola Watson. Two and possibly three species are most com- mon during July: Acmaeoderoides ferruginis taken 20 July on Acacia greggi Gray; A. distincta preferring the blossoms of Eriogonum fasciculatum Bentham; A. cazieri on dead twigs. Acmacoderoides insignis has been taken only twice, the type on a cactus blossom and a series from the flowers of Nicolletia trifida Rydberg on 7 June. CLASSIFICATION Tribe ACMAEODERINI Genus Acmaeoderoides Van Dyke Acmaeoderoides VAN Dyke, 1942, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 24, no. 3, p. 108. BriacKk- WELDER, 1944, Checklist Coleopt. Insects—Mex. . ., pt. 2, U. S. National Mus. Bull. 185, p. 308. BLACKWELDER AND BLACKWELDER, 1948, The Leng Cat. of Coleopt., 5th Suppl., p. 20. NeEtson, 1960, Bull. ‘Brookl. Ent. Soc., vol. 55, no. 3, p. 71; 1962, Bull. Brookl. diate, SOs, WO, Syaioy, Ay jo Ste Small robust, flattened; clothed above and below with bristle-like or squami- form setae. Head vertical, front broad, flat or slightly convex; eyes large, finely faceted, elliptical, vertical; clypeus short, arcuately emarginate; antennal cavities large, well separated; antenna eleven segmented, reaches near middle of pronotum in female, beyond in male, first segment clavate, second elliptical, third sub- cylindrical, fourth to eleventh serrate. Pronotum transverse, convex above, with or without median impression, rounded laterally; deep fovea on either side near base; anterior margin sinuate, slightly lobed; basal margin nearly straight, longitudinally rugose; lateral margins obsolete in front; surface reticulate. Scutellum small, cordate. Elytra as wide as pronotum but over twice as long; sutural and lateral margins serrate apically, sutural margins slightly overlapped; disk flattened with impressed rows of distinct punctures; intervals with rows of bristle-like or squamiform setae; epipleurae broadly lobed anteriorly, covering lateral portion of metasternum, metaepimeron and hind coxal plate. Prosternum 128 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. slightly truncate, process broad, apex obtuse; metacoxal plate with hind margin straight; femora feebly swollen; tarsal claws with broad basal tooth. GENOTYPE. Acmaeodera insignis Horn. The name Acmaeoderoides was proposed by Van Dyke (1942) to include three species originally described in Acmaeodera, A. insignis Horn, A. rossi Cazier (Tyndaris balli Knull), and A. humeralis Cazier. The possession of a distinct scutellum caused Van Dyke to separate them from Acmaeodera. The general facies and adult habits are similar to some species of Acmaeodera so any changes in placing Acmaeoderoides near that genus might better await a knowledge of the larval characteristics. In the present paper 11 species of Acmaeoderoides are treated, eight of which are described as new. An examination of the male genitalia failed to show any good means of separating the species into groups or from each other; however, an examination of the female genitalia revealed two basic types—those densely clothed with long setae (fig. 2) and those sparsely clothed with short setae (fig. 1). On the basis of this characteristic five species: Acmaeoderoides rossi, A. rufescens, A. humeralis, A. insignis, and A. cazieri would be in the first group with long dense setae and five species: A. knulli, A. depressa, A. straminea, A. verityi, and A. distincta would be in the second group with short sparse setae. The female genitalia of A. cazieri are less densely clothed than in the other four species of the first group. Since A. ferruginis is known only from the male type it could not be placed in this arrangement. Perhaps a less significant but a more practical grouping can be made on the basis of the elytral vestiture. Again the species fall into two groups—those with hair-like elytral vestiture and those with scale-like elytral vestiture. There are four species that have the elytra clothed with bristle-like setae: Acmaeoderoides distincta, A. insignis, A. ferruginis, and A. verityi. Seven species have the elytra clothed with squamiform setae: Acmaeoderoides depressa, A. cazierit, A. knulli, A. rossi, A. straminea, A. humeralis, and A. rufescens. The species in this paper are arranged according to the elytral vestiture. KerY TO THE SPECIES OF ACMAEODEROIDES la Blytra clothed swith) bristle-like}setalcyss see 2 1b Elytra clothed with squamiform setae, especially toward base 5 2a(la) Pronotal disk convex without midline impression except at base; light color of elytra reddish (figure 6) _..__ 3. A. ferruginis Wellso and Nelson, new species 2b Pronotal disk slightly flattened and/or with midline impression; light area of elytra. straw colored) 32s. 2 sei ais DER eee eee 3 3a(2b) Beneath clothed with flattened setae but not scale-like (figure 5) —. ide cuctcacl see Ze dace, Seer kes Es lh ene ee a 1. A. distincta Nelson, new species 3b Beneath clothed laterally, with scale=like setae ese 4 4a(3b) Fourth antennal segment of male definitely triangular; female genitalia densely clothed ivithwlongesetaem Ghicunesa 2s) seen ane 2. A. insignis (Horn) Vot. XXXVI] NELSON: REVISION OF GENUS ACMAEODEROIDES 129 4b Fourth antennal segment of male feebly, if at all, triangular; female genitalia sparsely clothed with moderately short setae (figure 1) Soka AS ee ee ee Sr aS a 4. A. verityi Nelson, new species bal Gb) seelaichtraneavon ely tray salmon) Or brick ecco) or meee aaa EES 6 5b Ho yeibgare ala otic ly, ters Gra van CO 0 Te pee een 7 6a(5a) Basal sixth of elytra black, disk brick red (figure 12) __ 10. A. humeralis (Cazier) 6b Thin line at base of elytra black, disk pale salmon color (figure 13) pee ee eee et A Te 11. A. rufescens Nelson, new species 7a(5b) Elytra with third, fifth, and seventh intervals definitely more elevated than others; base of pronotum depressed relative to anterior part (figure 7) ee ee OS A, depressa, Nelson.anewaspecies 7b Elytra with third, fifth, and seventh intervals not definitely more elevated; basesoh pronotium! not relatively, depressed 2 aS SACD) me Vd dlesotepronotaladisk: evenly, Comex see 9 8b Middle of pronotal disk slightly flattened or variously depressed 10 9a(8a) Ventral surface tomentose; elytral scales toward base obscuring strial punc- tures; elytral dark markings faint (figure 11) __ 9. A. straminea Nelson, new species 9b Ventral surface densely scaled; strial punctures of elytra easily visable; dark areas of elytra usually well marked (figure 8) __ 6. A. cazieri Nelson, new species 10a(8b) Basal sixth of elytra black (figure 12) _..... «i100. «A. Hhmeralis (Cazier) 10b ihinwlinevatabasevoteely. tray blacks =e en cee earls == Hil 1la(10b) Pronotum with discal scales broad; female genitalia sparsely clothed with moderately short setae (figures 1, 9) 7. A. knulli Nelson, new species 11b Pronotum with discal scales slender; female genitalia densely clothed with long SE tem USUI Cer2)) peemeteneee: Maem eM e ees cease ee Deeks eee he peewee gly) 12a(11b) More robust; tomentose beneath; elytral scales at base more dense; light area of elytra darker straw color (figure 13) _. 11. A. rufescens Nelson, new species 12b More slender; densely scaled beneath; elytral scales at base less dense; light area of elytra lighter straw color (figure 10) Skee ee 8. A. rossi (Cazier) 1. Acmaeoderoides distincta Nelson, new species. (Figures 1, 5.) Head, pronotum, and beneath aeneo-black; elytra with straw colored spots or markings on black; above moderately clothed with bristle-like setae, below with flattened setae; female genitalia clothed with short setae. FEMALE. Head with front slightly convex, shallowly, reticulately punctate, moderately clothed with semirecumbent white setae; antennae reaching almost to middle of lateral margin of pronotum, fourth joint feebly serrate, fifth distal- ward strongly serrate. Pronotum transverse, widest before base; lateral margin rounded to narrowest at anterior angle; disk convex with midline impression strongest at base and with distinct basal foveae; surface reticulate, moderately clothed with semi- recumbent white setae; scutellum cordiform. Elytra equal in width to pronotum; lateral margins feebly sinuate, converging to rounded apices; sutural and lateral margins serrate apically; disk flattened, with slight depression at basal fourth; rows of moderate sized punctures im- 130 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. pressed; intervals flat with rows of semierect white bristle-like setae; large straw colored spots toward base and smaller ones at middle and toward apex. Ventrally moderately densely clothed with recumbent flattened white setae; suture between first and second abdominal segments feebly indicated. Female genitalia with membranous part sparsely clothed with short setae. Length 5.7 mm.; width 2.2 mm. Mate. Differs from female in antennal segments being a little longer. Length 5.3 mm.; width 2.0 mm. TYPE MATERIAL. Holot\pe, female (California Academy of Sciences, Depart- ment of Entomology), and allotype, male (writer’s collection), from California, Riverside County, Pinyon Flats, 4000 feet, 15 July 1964, G. H. Nelson. Para- types: 8 63,7 22,same data as type; 7 ¢ 46,1 2, 22 July 1964, G. H. Nelson; 1 4, type locality, 25 June 1962, D. S. Verity; 2 6 ¢, 1 2, type locality, 23 July 1962, R. L. Westcott; 1 2, type locality, 25 July 1941, F. M. and V. S. Beer; 1 2, California, Riverside County, above Palm Desert, Highway 74, 3500 feet, 12 June 1966, G. H. Nelson. Paratypes are deposited in the following collections: American Museum of Natural History, California Academy of Sciences, Canadian National Collection, U.S. National Museum, University of California at Berkeley, W. F. Barr, F. M. Beer, J. N. Knull, D. S. Verity, G. C. Walters, Stanley Wellso, R. L. Westcott, and the writer. Host. Unknown but all of the adults were caught on the blossoms of Eriogonum fasciculatum Bentham except for one on Salvia apiana Jepson. VARIATIONS. Some specimens have the light elytral spots coalesced to varying degrees but the dark area is always prominent in the series at hand. The males vary from 4.6 to 5.9 mm. in length, and from 1.7 to 2.3 mm. in width; the females from 4.9 to 6.2 mm. in length and from 1.9 to 2.4 mm. in width. Comparisons. Among those species with elytral vestiture of bristle-like setae, A. distincta differs from A. ferruginis as indicated in the key and in its distribu- tion, from A. insignis as indicated in the key and in the female genitalia which are clothed with rather sparse setae in A. distincta while in A. insignis the setae are long and dense, and from A. verityi as discussed under that species. The name for this species was chosen from the distinct color pattern. 2. Acmaeoderoides insignis (Horn). (Figure 3.) Acmaeodera insignis Horn, 1894, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 4, p. 377. FAL, 1899, > Ficures 1-7, Figure 1. Female genitalia of Acmaeoderoides distincta, new species; a, dorsal view; b, ventral view. Figure 2. Female genitalia of A. rufescens, new species; a, dorsal view; b, ventral view. Figures 3-7. Dorsal views of holotypes. Figure 3. A. insignis (Horn). Figure 4. A. verityi, new species. Figure 5. A. distincta, new species. Figure 6. A. ferruginis, new species. Figure 7. A. depressa, new species (scale line for figures 3-7). 131 REVISION OF GENUS ACMAEODEROIDES NELSON: VoL. XXXVI] Pere he = we edansee ng, PO SOFR LT aig se FL 2 pr pe pig, niger. 9 Bae AL he en ee ms LP PE APR ADE RAO ER OH DO Re BO OF PSS noir ee 8 8 : fat eee Oe oO 3 Oe ; AES wee APRS Peet pag, 2 — Arolia absent, substituted by a pair of straight hairs (fig. la, b) —... 3 2. Arolia distinctly divergent towards their apices, usually dilated; pronotal collar present and well separated from pronotum by a furrow (fig. 2a) MIRINAE Arolia parallel or convergent towards their apices, usually slender; pronotal collar absent hie. Dib) a 8 a I ee ORTHOTYLINAE Pseudarolia present, free or connected with claw, sometimes very minute and difficult (ia) Se, GRY saoysooel (Gins, i}o)) ate Nae a PHYLINAE Pseudarolia absent; claws very long and slender (fig. la) . CYLAPINAE The subfamilies Bryocorinae, Palaucorinae, and Deraeocorinae have not been recognized from the Galapagos Islands so far. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 151 b Ficure 1. Tarsal claws: a, Cylapinae; b, Phylinae; c, Orthotylinae; d, Mirinae. Ficure 2. Lateral view of pronotum: a, Mirinae; b, Orthotylinae. 2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. —_— On SUBFAMILY CYLAPINAE TRIBE Futvunt Genus Futvtus Stal Key to Galapagos Species 1. Base of hemelytra brown, corium with a transverse whitish band opposite to middle of clavus which is extended to embolium; coxa I whitish with narrow brown base and ADDER eee ere ee fe ee ee ue WES Se ee eee The whole base of hemelytra until line level with apex of scutellum whitish; coxa I 1. Fulvius geniculatus Van Duzee. (Figures 3, 4.) Fulvius geniculatus VAN DuzEE, 1933, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 21, no. 4, p. 29. Ficure 3. Fulvius geniculatus Van Duzee. Male. Characterized by its color and male genitalia. MALE. Length 3.2 mm., width 1.0 mm. Head: Length 0.4 mm., width 0.5 Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 153 mm., vertex 0.20 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.5 mm.; II, 0.8 mm.; III, 0.5 mm.; IV, 0.5 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.8 mm. General color fuscous brown; darker on pronotum and head; sides of meso- scutum with obscure reddish mark, corium with a transverse whitish band op- posite middle of clavus which is extended to embolium; extreme tip of clavus and a lunule on base of cuneus, extreme base of hemelytra, pale to yellowish; extreme apex of antennal segment I pale, apical third of segment III whitish; coxae white, narrow base and apex of I and broader base of IT and III coxae brown; tro- chanter whitish, extreme apex of femora, tibiae and tarsi pale. Rostrum reaching 8th abdominal segment (male) and 6th—7th segment (female). Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 4a) with a characteristic spiculum and a field of spines on the vesica. Left clasper (fig. 4b) as in figure. Right clasper (fig. 4c) very small and inconspicuous. FEMALE. Similar to male in color and slightly more robust. Length 3.5 mm., width 1.2 mm. DISTRIBUTION. San Cristdbal, Santiago, Rabida, Fernandina, and Santa Cruz islands. SPECIMENS STUDIED, SANTA CRUZ: 1,.¢, 522, Bella Vista; 220 m., 1-28-64 (Kuschel); 1 ¢, Horneman Farm, II-16-64 (Cavagnaro and Schuster) ; 16, 12%, Table Mountain, 440 m., IV-16-64 (Cavagnaro); 3646, 102°, Grassland, 1800 feet elevation, N. Academy Bay, II-18-64, under Jaegeria hirta Lessing (Ashlock); SANTIAGO: 2 ¢ 6, NW slope, 600 m., V-30-64 (Cavagnaro). Two male paratypes from Santiago Island, Galapagos Archipelago, VI-4-32, Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1932, with labels in Van Duzee’s handwriting were studied. The holotype male was collected on San Cristobal Island. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 4 6¢, 3 22, Horneman Farm, 220 m., III-18-1964 (Cavagnaro); 3 6¢, 3 22, same locality, III-25-1964; 6 64, same locality, III-10-1964; 1 ¢, same locality, IV-5-1964; 1 46, same locality, V-16-1964. This species differs from Fulvius brevicornis Reuter in the color of the hemelytra and of the first coxae and in the structure of the male genitalia. 2. Fulvius brevicornis Reuter. (Figure 5.) Fulvius brevicornis REUTER, 1895, Rev. d’Ent., vol. 14, p. 138. Teratodella anthocoroides REUTER, 1875, not Stal, K. Sven. Vet.-Akad., Bihang., Handl., vol. By 1M). tls Js Ck Fulvius samoanus Knicut, 1935, Insects of Samoa, vol. 2, no. 5, p. 203. Fulvius brevicornis, CARVALHO, Insects of Micronesia, vol. 7, no. 1, p. 6. Characterized by its color and male genitalia. Mate. Length 3.0 mm., width 0.9 mm. Head: Length 0.5 mm., width 0.5 154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. Ficures 4-5. Fulvius species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Figure 4. F. geniculatus Van Duzee; figure 5. F. brevicornis Reuter. mm., vertex 0.22 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.3 mm.; II, 0.5 mm.; III, 0.4 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.9 mm. General color dark castaneous to brown; apical third of antennal segment IT, basal third of hemelytra and small area of extreme base of embolium reaching slightly over exocorium, whitish; apices of coxae, trochanters, extreme apices of femora and tibiae towards apices, pale yellow. Some specimens show a reddish tinge on apex of clypeus, bucculae and apices of femora. Rostrum reaching genital segment (male) and 7th segment (female). Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 5a) without a definite spiculum but with a field Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 15 On of spines. Left clasper (fig. 5b) typical for the species with a hook-like apex. Right clasper (fig. 5c) as seen in figure. FEMALE. Similar to male in color, slightly more robust. The rostrum is also a little shorter. Length 3.2 mm., width 1.1 mm. DIsTRIBUTION. Africa, Asia, Bonin Island, Brazil, Burma, Christmas Island, Ceylon, Cuba, East Indies, Formosa, Mariana Islands, Martinique, North America, St. Thome, Samoa, Venezuela, and Santa Cruz Island. SPECIMENS STUDIED. SANTA CRUZ: 1 2, Darwin Research Station Acad- emy Bay, I-25-64 (Kuschel); 4 22, Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, (Schuster), III-18-64; Bella Vista Trail (Cavagnaro), V-10-64, damp bark of Erythrina. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 1 2, Academy Bay, Darwin Re- search Station, IT-12-1964 (Cavagnaro & Schuster); 1 4, same locality, I1-4-1964, at light (Schuster); 2 6¢, 3 22, Table Mountain, 440 m., IV-16-1964 (Ca- vagnaro); 1 2, Bella Vista Trail, V-10-1964, damp bark of Erythrina (Cavagnaro). This species is easily separated from Fulvius geniculatus Van Duzee by the whitish basal third of hemelytra and also by the brown coxae. SUBFAMILY PHYLINAE Key to Galapagos Tribes 1. Pronotal collar absent _________ eee 1S 2 ree SY Se Sete - ees pbs he poor ei PHYLINI = IPrOMOll Color (Re, Ss ee ee DD oNanstanai TRIBE Puytint Key to Genera 1. Body beset with scale-like or silvery flattened hairs intermixed with common pubes- Cencers hemelytray opaque 22 2 7) — Body with a single type of DEnesconce: enous Seale. eee or Pageny Hlattoned Tease hemelytra translucid —___-___ _.. Campylomma 2. Length of second anieoial are of re greater Sai width of head across eyes; on the female this segment is cylindrical and about as long as width of head, the ities produced in front of antennal bases (fig. 6a) - Sar = Seem eos _ Psallus - Length of second segment of antenna ot male Eee or less than width of herd. across eyes; on the female this segment is incrassate towards apex and shorter than width of head across eyes; head not produced in front of antennal bases (fig. 6b) — _ Rhinacloa Ficure 6. Anterior view of Head: a, Psallus; b, Rhinacloa. 156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Genus Campylomma Reuter 3. Campylomma citrina Carvalho, new species. (Figures 7, 8.) Ficure 7. Campylomma citrina Carvalho, new species. Female. Characterized by the color of the antennal segments, by the color of the body and by the aedeagus of male. MALE. Length 2.7 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: Length 0.1 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.37 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.2 mm.; II, 0.8 mm.; III, 0.5 mm.; IV, 0.3 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.9 mm. General color pale flavescent to pale citrine, translucid; antennae with ex- treme base of segments I and IT and a spot on subapical internal portion of seg- ment I, fuscous to black, segments IT and IV tending to fuscous; head, pronotum and mesoscutum citrine, scutellum slightly darker; hemelytra hyaline or translu- cid, membrane infuscate at middle; underside concolorous with pronotum, ros- trum tipped with fuscous, femora I and II with 4 to 5 spots at bases of setae equidistant from each other along ventral surface and others much smaller in size placed on outer surface, the hind femora with spots distributed as shown in figure 8c, tarsi tipped with fuscous. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 157 Rostrum reaching middle coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 8a) with vesica showing typical secondary gonopore. Left clasper (fig. 8b) as shown in figure. Right clasper (fig. 8c) small, as illus- trated. FEMALE. Similar to male in color. Length 2.8 mm., width 1.2 mm. C Ficure 8. Campylomma citrina Carvalho, new species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Hootype. Male, Galapagos, Archipelago, Bella Vista, Santa Cruz Island, II-4-64 (Usinger). ALLOTYPE. Female, same data as holotype. PARATYPES. Three males, same data as type. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 6 6 ¢, 18 22, Bella Vista, II-4- 1964 (Usinger). FLOREANA: 1 6,1 2, Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger) ; 1 2, same data, II-18-1964. This species approaches Campylomma verbasci (Meyer) and Campylomma unicolor Poppius in the color of antennae but differs from them by the general color of the body and by the structure of the aedeagus. The spots of posterior femora are also characteristic of this species. Genus Psatius Fieber Key to Galapagos Species 1. Rostrum reaching beyond apex of hind coxae, attaining genital segment (male) or 7th torsthyserment™ (female)! 24...) 2. ee eee ee eee P. longirostris 158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. — Rostrum not reaching beyond apices of middle or hind coxae _________ 2 2. General color black to brownish or reddish brown; posterior femora and all coxae black to brownish red __--....- SE ot Shs ARE) Ee Ee Le iy ae lg ees Sma eee P. mella — General color straw to pale yellow or yellowish; all femora and coxae pale 3 3. Head, pronotum, scutellum and clavus internally with a marked longitudinal dark fascia ; posterior femora with two large plus one or two small black spots inferiorly __ P. usingeri — Body above pale or straw color, if darkened on pronotum or scutellum then the clavus pale; posterior femora with four large plus two or three small black spots inferiorly Le Se ae ge CEE ITE SS a Rack Ud Sg es a a P. insularis 4, Psallus longirostris Carvalho, new species. (Figures 9b, 11.) Characterized by the rostral length and color of posterior femora. Mate. Length 2.2 mm., width 1.0 mm. Head: Length 0.1 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.27 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.1 mm.; II, 0.7 mm.; III, 0.5 mm.; IV, 0.2 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.8 mm. General color straw or pale yellowish; eyes dark brown, membrane infumate, upper surface covered by black bristles and silvery scale-like hairs, posterior femora with black dots as in figure 9b, tibial spines and spots at their bases, apex of rostrum, apices of tarsi and claws, black. q b C Ficure 9. Lateral view of posterior femur: a, Psallus insularis Barber; b, Psallus longiro- stris Carvalho, new species; c, Campylomma citrina Carvalho, new species. Rostrum reaching genital segment (male) or 7th or 8th segment (female) ; second antennal segment cylindrical. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 1la) as illustrated. Left clasper (fig. 11b) and right clasper (fig. 11c) as shown in figures. VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 159 FEMALE. Similar to male in color, the second antennal segment slightly in- crassate towards apex. Length 2.4 mm., vertex 0.32 mm., II antennal segment 0.6 mm. Hototype. Male, Santa Cruz Island, Academy Bay, Darwin Research Sta- tion, I-21-64 (Cavagnaro & Schuster), sweeping coastal plants. ALLOTYPE. Female, same data as type. PARATYPES. SANTA CRUZ: 7 6 6, 20 22, Academy Bay, I-26-1964 (Ash- lock); 11 66, 7 22, Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station (Cavagnaro & Schuster), sweeping coastal plants. PINZON: 5 6 4, 11 22, summit and upper Caldera area, II-7-64 (Cavagnaro). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SAN CRISTOBAL: 1 4,3 2 2, Wreck Bay, II-24- 1964, lowland dry forest (Usinger). FLOREANA: 1 2, Black Beach, II-14- 1964, Ex Scalesia gummifera (Usinger). ISABELA: 2 22, Tagus Cove, I-30- 1964, Ex Scalesia gummifera (Usinger); 1 2, same data but no host indicated. SANTA CRUZ: 1 ¢, Bella Vista, II-26-1964 (Usinger). PINZON: 26 ¢ 4, 14 22, Upper Caldera Valley Area, II-7-1964 (Cavagnaro). This species differs from P. insularis, P. mella, and P. usingeri by the length of the rostrum and by the color of the posterior femora. 5. Psallus mella (Van Duzee), new combination. (Figures 10, 12.) Europiella mella VAN DuZzEE, 1937, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 22, p. 117. Characterized by its color and dimensions. Mate. Length 2.3 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: Length 0.1 mm., width, 0.6 mm., vertex 0.30 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.1 mm.; II, 0.6 mm.; III, 0.3 mm.; IV, 0.2 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.9 mm. General color black to blackish brown, a few specimens (females) brown to reddish brown; antennae, head, pronotum and scutellum, black; hemelytra black on clavus and corium internally, exocorium dark brown, embolium and cuneus with traces of red; membrane fuscous with a light mark contiguous to cuneus. On females, the clavus and extreme base of corium, brownish yellow. Teneral females (as Van Duzee’s paratype female on hand) are brownish yellow with clavus and base of corium paler, reddish traces on cuneus present. Underside of body, except pale area on median base of abdomen, black. In some specimens, anterior and median femora pale to yellowish. Coxae (except extreme apices) and femora (except extreme apices and bases), black; tibiae, rostrum and tarsi (except extreme apices), pale. The lighter females have the underside of body, especially the external area, with reddish tinge. Rostrum reaching to middle coxae. Antennal segment II cylindrical (male). Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 12a) with vesica as illustrated. Left clasper (fig. 12b) and right clasper (fig. 12c) as shown in figures. 160 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. ® Ficure 10. Psallus mella (Van Duzee), new combination. Female. FEMALE. Similar to male, except in color of clavus and base of corium. An- tennal segment II slightly incrassate towards apex. DIsTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago: (Santa Cruz, Fernandina). SPECIMENS STUDIED. SANTA CRUZ: 1 ?, Allotype, Conway Bay, III-16- 1935, Templeton Crocker Expedition (in California Academy of Sciences). 364,102, Table Mountain, 440 m., IV-16-64 (Cavagnaro); 4 42, 2 22, Grassland, 750 m., IV-16-64 (Cavagnaro); 3 66, 22°, Bella Vista, aban- doned garden, 5—6 miles N. Academy Bay, II-13-64 & I-24-64 (Ashlock). FER- NANDINA: 8 6 ¢, 2 22, W. side, 1100 feet, II-5-64 (Cavagnaro). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. FERNANDINA: 32 646, 522, W. side, 1100 feet, 1-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). SANTA CRUZ: 37 6 ¢, 41 22, Table Mountain, 440 m., [V-16-1964 (Cavagnaro). VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 161 I Ficures 11-13. Psallus species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Figure 11. P. longirostris Carvalho, new species; figure 12. P. mella (Van Duzee) figure 13. P. usingeri Carvalho, new species. , hew combination; 162 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. This species is related to P. longirostris, P. insularis, and P. usingeri. It dif- fers from them by its color and dimensions. Specimens from Fernandina Island are much more uniform in color, the females are concolorous with males, showing a marked tendency to speciation, but the morphological characters are not distinct enough to safely establish separate species. 6. Psallus usingeri Carvalho, new species. (Figure 13.) Characterized by its color and length of antennae. Mate. Length 2.7 mm., width 0.9 mm. Head: Length 0.1 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.35 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.2 mm.; II, 0.9 mm.; III, 0.6 mm.; IV, 0.2 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.8 mm. General color pale yellow to citrine with a dark fascia over head, middle of pronotum, scutellum and clavus; membrane pale fuscous; antennae slightly infuscate, segment IIT darkened at extreme apex; underside of body yellowish to citrine; posterior femora with two large and two or three small black spots on inferior margin; tibial spines and spots at their bases, apices of tarsi and apex of rostrum, black. Rostrum reaching to middle coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 13a) with vesica as illustrated. Left clasper (fig. 13b) and right clasper (fig. 13c) as shown in figures. Ho.otype. Male, Galapagos Archipelago, Bella Vista, Santa Cruz, [1-4-1964 (Usinger). PARATYPES. Two males, same data as holotype. The female has been discovered in additional material and is described below by Gagne: FEMALE. Differing from male as follows: Length 2.47 mm. (2.35 to 2.52 mm.); width 0.90 mm. (0.90 to 1.05 mm.), shorter but more robust. Head: Length 0.34 mm. (0.30 to 0.38 mm.); width 0.61 mm. (0.60 to 0.66 mm.) ; ver- tex width 0.34 mm. (0.32 to 0.36 mm.) ; lacking the dorsal dark fascia. Antenna: I, 0.24 mm. (0.20 to 0.24 mm.); IT, 0.56 mm. (0.53 to 0.56 mm.), not darkened at extreme apex; III, 0.42 mm. (0.37 to 0.47 mm.); IV, broken in allotype (0.23 to 0.25 mm.). Pronotum: Length 0.38 mm. (0.34 to 0.41 mm.); width 0.79 mm. (0.75 to 0.84 mm.); dorsal fascia present only as a spot on middle of disc. Fasciae on scutellum and hemelytra narrower so that the basolateral region of scutellum and most of clavus are pale yellow; membrane infuscate only at middle. Rostrum: Length 0.81 mm. (0.77 to 0.82 mm.). NEALLOTYPE. Female, Galapagos Archipelago, Isla Santa Cruz, Horneman Farm, 220 m., IV-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 4 64, Bella Vista, IV-4-1964 (Usinger); 136, 229, Horneman Farm, 220 m., IV-5-1964 (Cavagnaro) ; 1°, Table Mountain, 440 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro); 1 6, same data, IV- VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 163 18-1964; 1 2, Grassland, 750 m., V-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). FLOREANA: 1 4, 1 2, II-18-1964 (Usinger); 1 2, Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger). This species differs from P. insularis by the color of body, and by the num- ber and location of spots on the posterior femora. 7. Psallus insularis Barber. (Figures 9a, 14.) Psallus insularis BARBER, 1925, Zoologica, vol. 5, p. 250. Characterized by its color and number of black spots on posterior femora. MAte. Length 2.5 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: Length 0.1 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.30 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.1 mm.; II, 1.0 mm.; ITI, 0.5 mm.; IV, 0.3 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.4 mm., width at base 0.9 mm. General color sordid stramineous to pale yellow; eyes dark brown; posterior femora with four to five larger black spots on inferior margin and a few smaller ones on external surface; tibial spines and spots at their bases, black (fig. 8a). Body covered by black bristles and silvery scale-like hairs. Rostrum reaching to hind coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 14a) with vesica as illustrated. Left clasper (fig. 14b) and right clasper (fig. 14c) as shown in figures. UM C Ficure 14. Psallus insularis Barber: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. 164 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. FEMALE. Similar to male, antennal segment II slightly shorter and very slightly incrassate towards apex. DIsTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago: (Santa Cruz, Darwin, Isabela, San Cristobal, Floreana, Fernandina, Pinta). SPECIMENS STUDIED. SANTA CRUZ: 222, Tortuga Bay, II-10-1964 (Usinger); 11 66, 7 22, Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, I-21-1964 (Cavagnaro & Schuster), sweeping coastal plants; same locality, 4 é 4, I-25- 1964; same locality, 2 6 ¢, II-20-1964; 1 6, same locality, II-22-1964 (Ash- lock) at light; 2 ¢ ¢, same locality, I-25-1964 (Kuschel) ; same locality, E. slope, 160 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro), Table Mountain, 440 m., 4 646, 1 2. DAR- WIN: 3 64, 5 22, I-29-1964 (Cavagnaro); 64646, 3 29%, I-29-1964, Aléer- nanthera species (Ashlock); 1 4, 2 22, II-7-1964, Scalesia species (Ashlock). ISABELA: 222, Tagus Cove, I-30-1964 (Usinger). SAN CRISTOBAL: 12, Wreck Bay, II-24-1964, lowland dry forest (Usinger). FLOREANA: 266, 422, Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger), 16, 2 2992, Il-18-1964 (Usinger). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 1 ¢, 1 2, Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, I-25-1964, at light (Cavagnaro & Schuster); 1 6, same data, 1-24-1964; 364, 222, same data, I-27-1964; 1°, same data (Kuschel); 766,322, same locality, 1-4-1964, at light (Schuster); 3 64, 3 22, same data, II-6-1964; 1 2, same data, II-7-1964; 1 6, 1°, Tortuga Bay, II-10-1964 (Usinger); 1 ¢, Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, II-10-1964, at light (Cavagnaro & Schuster); 1 ¢, same locality, II-18-1964 (Schuster); 5 64, 1 2, same locality, 11-20-1964, at light (Cavagnaro); 1 ¢, 12 2 2, same locality, II-24-1964 (Cavagnaro & Schuster); 1 6, 1 2, Horneman Farm, 220 m., III- 10-1964 (Cavagnaro); 5 64, 1 2, same data, III-18-1964; 146, 2 22, same data, IV-5-1964; 44646, 622, E. slope, 160 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro) ; 14 44,722, Table Mountain, 440 m., same dates and collector. DARWIN: 20 64, 15 29, I-29-1964 (Cavagnaro). FERNANDINA: 1 2, W. side, 1100 feet, II-5-1964 (Cavagnaro); 2 64,1 2, Punta Espinosa, I-29-1964 (Usinger). FLOREANA: 1 6, Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger); 1 2, II-18-1964 (Usinger). SAN CRISTOBAL: 1 2, Wreck Bay, II-24-1964 (Usinger). PINTA: 244,S. coast, V-25-1964 (Cavagnaro). This species is very near P. usingeri but differs by the color of the body and the number of spots on the posterior femora. Genus Rhinacloa Reuter 8. Rhinacloa rubescens Carvalho, new species. (Figures 15, 16.) Characterized by its color and dimensions. Mate. Length 2.2 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: Length 0.1 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.25 mm. Antennae: Segment I, 0.1 mm.; IT, 0.7 mm., ITI, 0.4 mm.; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm.; width at base 0.9 mm. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 165 Ficure 15. Rhinacloa rubescens Carvalho, new species. Female. General color reddish brown; head, antennae and eyes darker, tending to fuscous brown; membrane fuscous; coxae fuscous brown, pair I towards apex, extreme apices of II and ITI, trochanters, pale to yellowish; femora reddish, tibiae pale with dark spines having dark spots at base, tarsi tipped with fuscous; rostrum pale, fuscous apically; abdomen reddish, genital segment yellowish. Rostrum attaining middle coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 16a) with characteristic vesica. Left clasper (fig. 16b) and right clasper (fig. 16c) as illustrated. FEMALE. Similar to male in color. Length 2.3 mm., width 1.2 mm., vertex 0.32 mm., second antennal segment, 0.5 mm. Females of this genus show broader vertex than males. The space between eye and buccula is also larger since the second antennal segment is much more slender and slightly incrassate towards apex (cylindrical in the males). Hototype. Male, Galapagos Archipelago, FLOREANA, Black Beach, II-14-1964 (Usinger). ALLOTYPE. Female, same data as holotype. 166 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 47H SER. C Ficure 16. Rhinacloa rubescens Carvalho, new species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. PaRATyPES. Two males, same data as type, one taken on Euphorbia, II-17-1964. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. 4 2 2, same data as type. This species differs from others in the genus by its color and by the structure of the aedeagus. TRIBE DicypHini Key to Genera 1. Eyes small, removed from pronotum by a distance equal or greater than thickness of second antennal segment; a post-ocular longitudinal black fascia present (fig. Dal) So ee eh hd) et ee UE) ee pst a ee Macrolophus — Eyes large, removed from pronotum by a distance smaller than thickness of second antennal segment; a post-ocular longitudinal black fascia absent (fig. 17b) __ Cyrtopeltis Genus MAcro.topuus Fieber Key to Galapagos Species spn eth Se i a a M. punctatus - een uiicolonnes eee the spots mentioned above 1. Spots on external angle of corium and subapical internal area of cuneus, black i Oe M. innotatus Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 167 le q b Ficure 17. Head seen from above: a, Macrolophus; b, Cyrtopeltis. 9. Macrolophus innotatus Carvalho, new species. (Figures 18, 19.) Characterized by its color and structure of vesica of aedeagus. Mate. Length 3.3 mm., width 1.5 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 0.5 mm., vertex 0.22 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.2 mm.; II, 0.7 mm.; III, 0.7 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.4 mm., width at base 0.9 mm. General color lemon yellow to yellowish testaceous; eyes brown, segment I of antenna and apex of II segment, black; a brownish fascia posterior to eye, usually continuing very faintly on pronotum where it enlarges towards posterior border, area between calli and collar paler; extreme apices of scutellum, clavus and cuneus, fuscous; underside of body yellowish testaceous, tarsi and rostrum tipped with fuscous. Rostrum reaching middle coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 19a) with indication of four sclerotized spiculi on vesica, as shown in figure. Left clasper (fig. 19b) falciform, with setae on dorsal side. Right clasper (fig. 19c) very small and simple. FeMALE. Similar to male in color, slightly more robust. Length 3.5 mm., width 1.1 mm. Hototyrr. Male, Galapagos Archipelago, SAN CRISTOBAL: Progresso, II-23-1964 (Usinger). ALLOTYPE. Female, same data as holotype. PaRATYPES. 1 6 and 1 2, same data as types; SANTA CRUZ: 1 6, N. Academy Bay, II-20-1964, Grassland, 2100 feet. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. 19 646, 21 22, same data as type. This species approaches in general aspect Macrolophus basicornis (Stal, 1860), but differs from it by the lack of black spots on corium and by the dif- ferent structure of the male aedeagus. 168 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Ficure 18. Macrolophus innotatus Carvalho, new species. Female. 10. Macrolophus punctatus Carvalho, new species. (Figure 20.) Characterized by its color and structure of male genitalia. Mate. Length 2.8 mm., width 0.7 mm. Head: Length 0.1 mm., width 0.3 mm., vertex 0.2 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.2 mm.; II, 0.8 mm.; III, 0.6 mm.; IV, 0.2 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.6 mm. General color pale yellow to lemon or golden yellow; segment I of antennae and extreme apex of II, black to fuscous; fascia on neck, behind eye, brownish to black; two small roundish spots on apical area of exocorium and two larger ones on subapical area of cuneus internally, black to fuscous; scutellum and clavus slightly infuscate in one specimen; membrane fuscous with paler area beyond tip of cuneus; underside of body totally pale yellow to lemon yellow. Rostrum reaching middle coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 20a) with vesica showing spiny lobes and three distinct spiculi. Left clasper (fig. 20b) as shown in figure. Right clasper (fig. 20c) very small, pointed apically. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 169 i 79 VC ysyth ANA Ficures 19-20. Macrolophus species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Figure 19. WM. innotatus Carvalho, new species; figure 20. M. punctatus Carvalho, new species, FEMALE. (See below.) Hototyper. Male, Galapagos Archipelago, SANTA CRUZ: E. slope, 160 m., III-16-1964 (Cavagnaro). PARATYPE. Male, same data as type. The female has been discovered in additional material and is described below by Gagné: 170 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. FeMALE. Differing from male as follows: Length 3.10 mm. (2.87 to 3.10 mm.); width 0.82 mm. (0.82 to 0.90 mm.). Head: Length 0.38 mm. (0.38 to 0.40 mm.); width 0.37 mm. (0.37 to 0.38 mm.); vertex width 0.19 mm. (0.19 to 0.23 mm.). Antennae: I, 0.26 mm. (0.26 to 0.28 mm.); IT, 0.68 mm. (0.63 to 0.68 mm.); III; 0.65 mm. (0.63 to 0.66 mm-); IV, 0:32 mm. (0.32 to 044 mm.). Pronotum: Length 0.35 mm. (0.35 to 0.36 mm.); width 0.70 mm. (0.67 to 0.71 mm.). Rostrum: Length 1.16 mm. (1.13 to 1.16 mm.); reaching hind coxae. Agrees exactly with holotype in color and maculation. NEALLOTYPE. Female, Galapagos Archipelago, Isla Santa Cruz, Horneman Farm, 220 m., III-10-1964 (Cavagnaro). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 3 ¢6¢, 2 22, Horneman Farm, 220 m., III-10-1964 (Cavagnaro); 1 6, same data, III-18-1964; 2 646, same data, IV-5-1964; 5 6 4, E. slope, 160 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro). This species differs from others in the genus, especially from Macrolophus cuiabanus Carvalho, 1945 and Macrolophus aragarsanus Carvalho, 1945, by the structure of the aedeagus of the male and by the subapical fuscous or black spot situated internally on the cuneus. On the two species mentioned above this spot is apical. Genus CyrToPELTis Fieber Key to Galapagos Species (Revised by Gagné to include new species) 1. Color pale flavescent to greenish, the extreme apices of corium and cuneus black or fuscous; segment II of antennae basally and median ring on segment JI, black to AUSCOUSH (G72 Iie we ee ee ee ae C. modesta — Color yellowish to pale translucent; antennae unicolorous _....._- = zZ Die Mila eS is ce Bs Nee ee he 3 =" jRemales,j-222 = 20a Poe ath aN Sawaal aS ee soe ee 7 3. Antenna I subequal to width of vertex; apex of dorsal bifurcation of pygophore short and blunt and with an apical tuft of setae (fig. 22a) == eee C. gummiferae — Antenna I greater than width of vertex; apex of dorsal bifurcation of pygophore tapering and finger-like, variously clothed but never with an apical tuft of setae —_ 4 A> Rostrum not surpassing apices) of ihind (coxae) = Rostrum) surpassing, apices’ of hind \\coxae: 2 eee 6 5. Exceeding 2.60 mm. in length; dorsal bifurcation of pygophore pra with ae ALCUECT CRO. eq ee EE a Se in oe C. affinis — Less than 2.60 mm. long; dorsal bifurcation of pygophore with 3 distal setae dorsally, apex rounded) (fig.(23a) A 2h, Se ee eee ee ee eee C. helleri 6. Antenna IT longer than width of pronotum; lacking two distinct: fields of bristles on dorsum of left clasper (fig. 25c); dorsal bifurcation of pygophore strongly hooked distally andsvwithstwousetae weary apex (iil ea 25a) eee _ C. arida — Antenna II subequal or less than width of agdotvui 2 distinet fields of : pretles on dorsum of left clasper (fig. 26c); dorsal bifurcation of pygophore gradually curved inwardly and not hooked downwardly at its apex, glabrous (fig. 26a) C. floreanae ~I Antenna IT subequal or less than width of vertex CC. gem miferae VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 171 Ficure 21. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modesta (Distant). Male. Antenna II greater than width of vertex Rostrum surpassing coxal bases, reaching base of abdominal Vee 9 Rostrum not surpassing coxae, reaching posterior of metacoxae at the most _..-—s«X1+0 Spoecies Mass Wane Daisy section, Moyes. Sd RID AEE So ED C. helleri Speciesyereatersthany2.35-mm.long.- 2-2 == ee ee eee C. arida Antenna II usually less than width of pronotum at base; species less than 2.60 mm LOT aaa eS eS ee ee ee eee C. floreanae Antenna II usually greater than width of pronotum at base; species greater than 2.60 raven, Wovaye? wate Seda eo Te ee ee ee _C. affinis 72 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. 11. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) gummiferae Gagné, new species.” (Figure 22.) Mate. Length 2.35 mm. (2.35 to 2.67 mm.), widest at base of pronotum. Head: Length 0.289 mm. (0.238 to 0.314 mm.), width 0.314 mm. (0.314 to 0.382 mm.), vertex width 0.170 mm. (0.170 to 0.195 mm.) with long erect setae, tylus and frons dark yellow, eyes brown. Antennae: I, 0.178 mm. (0.178 to 0.204 mm.), subglabrous but with the usual 1-2 spine-like setae interiorly; IT, 0.407 mm. (0.407 to 0.510 mm.), vestiture more recumbent than on III and IV; III, 0.416 mm. (0.416 to 0.425 mm.); IV, 0.255 mm. (0.246 to 0.255 mm.), yellowish-brown. Pronotum: Length 0.323 mm. (0.323 to 0.340 mm.), width 0.586 mm. (0.586 to 0.646 mm.), long erect setae dorsally, longest on collar; propleura glabrous. Vestiture of scutellum and hemelytra as on dorsum of pro- notum. Rostrum: Length 0.875 mm. (0.875 to 0.892 mm.), reaching middle of hind coxae. Abdomen: Dorsal bifurcation of pygophore with a weakly developed inwardly projecting apical projection and an apical tuft of setae (fig. 22a); ventral pygophore bifurcation strongly elbowed subdistally when viewed from the rear and ending in a trapezoidal knob projecting more acutely to left than right (fig. 26b). Genitalia: Claspers and aedeagus as illustrated (figs. 26c, d, e) and agreeing with the subgeneric type. FEMALE. Differing from the male as follows: Length 2.50 mm. (2.50 to 2.75 mm.). Head: Length 0.280 mm. (0.280 to 0.340 mm.), width 0.382 mm. (0.331 to 0.391 mm.), vertex width 0.187 mm. (0.178 to 0.229 mm.). Antennae: I, 0.170 mm. (0.170 to 0.187 mm.); II, 0.433 mm. (0.433 to 0.484 mm.); ITI, 0.391 mm. (0.348 to 0.416 mm.); IV, 0.246 mm. (0.229 to 0.273 mm.). Pro- notum: Length 0.331 mm. (0.331 to 0.357 mm.), width 0.561 mm. (0.561 to 0.637 mm.), setae more recumbent and shorter. Vestiture of hemelytra and scutellum more erect and longer than on dorsum of pronotum. Rostrum: Length 0.850 mm. (0.850 to 0.935 mm.), reaching base of fourth abdominal segment. Host PLANT. Scalesia gummifera Hooker. HoLotype. Male. ALLOTYPE. Female. PARATYPES. Six males, thirteen females, Galapagos Archipelago, ISABELA ISLAND, Tagus Cove, I-30-1964, Ex Scalesia gummifera (Usinger). *In all measurements given in the Cyrtopeltis species described by Gagné, the first dimension is that of the holotype or allotype; the variation, if any, follows in brackets. > Ficures 22-26. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) species: a, Pygophore, left lateral; b, Pygophore, terminal; c, Left clasper; d, Right clasper; e, Aedeagus. Figure 22. C. (E.) gummiferae Gagné, new species; figure 23. C. (E.) helleri Gagné, new species; figure 24. C. (E.) affinis Gagné, new species; figure 25. C. (E.) arida Gagné, new species; figure 26. C. (E.) floreanae Gagné, new species. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 173 174 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The endemic species of Cyrtopeltis are represented by a complex of five closely related species which agree quite closely with the above description. They are best differentiated from each other by the shape of the pygophore and by its dorsal bifurcation, and to a lesser extent, by the shape of the aedeagus. The shape of the claspers is quite uniform. All are associated with various en- demic species of Scalesia (Compositae) in contrast to the nearly cosmopolitan C. modesta, which is associated with tobacco and tomatoes in the Galapagos and elsewhere. Some insular endemicity is evident in the species before us; only C. affinis and C. arida occur on the same island (Santa Cruz). All the native species are generally yellowish to pale translucent, but it is indicated that living specimens have a greenish tinge. All have brown, sparsely setaceous eyes and are comparatively uniform in dimensions. The conformity of their pygophores with the dorsal bifurcations not exceed- ing the ventral bifurcations in length closely approaches the situation in C. (E.) lacteus (Spinola) from mainland Chile with which this complex may have affinities. Cyrtopeltis (E.) gummiferae is differentiated by its contrastingly darker yellow frons and vertex, the subglabrous antenna I, the darker antenna IV, the dorsal bifurcation of the pygophore with its short apical projection bearing a tuft of setae, and by its smaller size. 12. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) helleri Gagné, new species. (Figure 23.) Mate. Length 2.55 mm. (2.52 to 2.55 mm.). Head: Length 0365smer (0.365 to 0.374 mm.); width 0.425 mm. (0.425 to 0.443 mm.); vertex width 0.178 mm. (0.170 to 0.187 mm.); tylus and frons not noticeably darker yellow, setae sparser on dorsum than in C. gummiferae. Antennae: I, 0.221 mm. (0.212 to 0.229 mm.), sparsely setaceous; II, 0.620 mm. (0.620 to 0.646 mm.), setae more recumbent on proximal half than on distal half; III, 0.578 mm. (0.578 to 0.637 mm.); IV, 0.297 mm. (0.297 to 0.323 mm.), same color as body. Pro- notum: Length, 0.374 mm. (0.357 to 0.374 mm.); width 0.595 mm. (0.595 to 0.620 mm.); vestiture as in C. gummiferae. Rostrum: Length, 0.977 mm. (0.977 to 0.986 mm.), reaching middle of mesocoxa. Legs pale. Pygophore: Distal hook of dorsal bifurcation long, lacking the apical tuft of setae, but with three setae dorsally (fig. 23a); ventral bifurcation, when viewed from the rear, strongly elbowed subdistally and projected to the right in a subdistal hump; distal knob evenly trapezoidal (fig. 23b). Claspers and aedeagus as illustrated (figs. 23c, d, e). FEMALE. Differing from male as follows: Length 2.27 mm. (2.25 to 2.30 mm.). Head: Length 0.374 mm. (0.348 to 0.382 mm.); width 0.391 mm. (0.391 to 0.416 mm.); vertex width 0.204 mm. (0.178 to 0.204 mm.); uniformly pale yellow. Antennae: I, 0.212 mm. (0.187 to 0.221 mm.); II, 0.518 mm. (0.493 Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 175 to 0.518 mm.), setae evenly recumbent; III, 0.484 mm. (0.467 to 0.501 mm.) ; IV, 0.280 mm. (0.255 to 0.280 mm.); same color as body; setae suberect on III and IV. Pronotum: Length 0.348 mm. (0.331 to 0.348 mm.), width 0.637 mm. (0.620 to 0.637 mm.). Rostrum: Length 0.935 mm. (0.926 to 0.952 mm.) ; reaching base of fifth abdominal segment. Host PLANT. Scalesia helleri Robinson. Ho.otype. Male. ALLOTYPE. Female. PARATYPES. Five males, seven females, Galapagos Archipelago, BARRING- TON ISLAND, II-20-1964, Ex Scalesia helleri (Usinger). This species is most closely related to C. affinis but is distinctly smaller (less than 2.60 mm. long) and otherwise separated by characters given in the key. 13. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) affinis Gagné, new species. (Figure 24.) Mate. Length 2.65 mm. (2.65 to 2.80 mm.). Head: Length 0.314 mm. (0.279 to 0.348 mm.); width 0.391 mm. (0.391 to 0.408 mm.); vertex width 0.187 mm. (0.187 to 0.204 mm.); vestiture and color as in C. helleri. Antennae: I, 0.255 mm. (0.229 to 0.263 mm.), sparsely setaceous; II, 0.705 mm.(0.688 to 0.782 mm.), setae evenly subrecumbent; III, 0.603 mm. (0.595 to 0.629 mm.) ; IV, 0.340 mm. (0.331 to 0.348 mm.), same color as body. Pronotum: Length 0.374 mm. (0.365 to 0.399 mm.); width 0.620 mm. (0.620 to 0.680 mm.). Dor- sal vestitures as in C. gummiferae. Rostrum: Length 1.06 mm. (1.06 to 1.07 mm.); reaching middle of mesocoxae. Dorsal bifurcation of pygophore developed as in C. helleri, but narrowing distally and glabrous (fig. 24a); ventral bifurca- tion of pygophore with a tooth-like projection on each side of terminus, elbowed subdistally but lacking the sharply projecting hump seen in C. /elleri (fig. 24b). Claspers and aedeagus as illustrated (figs. 24c, d, e). FEMALE. Length 2.82 mm. (2.67 to 2.82 mm.). Head: Length 0.391 mm. (0.365 to 0.391 mm.); width 0.425 (0.391 to 0.425 mm.); vertex width 0.204 mm. (0.195 to 0.212 mm.). Antennae: I, 0.221 mm. (0.221 to 0.246 mm.); II, 0.663 mm. (0.603 to 0.714 mm.); III, 0.569 mm. (0.569 to 0.603 mm.); IV, 0.331 mm. (0.297 to 0.331 mm.). Pronotum: Length 0.382 mm. (0.365 to 0.408 mm.); width 0.639 mm. (0.629 to 0.663 mm.). Rostrum: Length 1.07 mm. (1.02 to 1.10 mm.), reaching posterior margin of metacoxa. Host pLant. Scalesia affinis Hooker. HototypPe. Male. ALLOTYPE. Female. ParatyPeEs. Four males, six females, Galapagos Archipelago, Darwin Re- search Station, Trail, Academy Bay, SANTA CRUZ ISLAND, 1I-26-1964, Ex Scalesia affinis (Kuschel); 1 ¢ paratype, same locality, I-25-1964; 266,299 paratypes, same locality, I-23-1964 (Usinger). 176 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. This species is most closely related to C. arida, but the characters given in the key and the shape of the aedeagus will separate them. 14. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) arida Gagné, new species. (Figure 25.) Mate. Length 2.92 mm. (2.67 to 2.92 mm.). Head: Length 0.382 mm. (0.357 to 0.382 mm.); width 0.416 mm. (0.391 to 0.416 mm.); vertex width 0.195 mm. (0.178 to 0.195 mm.); uniformly pale yellowish-white; setae shorter and sparser than helleri, Antennae: 1, 0.246 mm. (0.221 to 0.246 mm.), sparsely setaceous; II, 0.705 mm. (0.680 to 0.705 mm.), setae evenly subrecumbent; III, 0.646 mm.; IV, 0.323 mm. (0.306 to 0.323 mm.), same color as body. Pronotum: Length 0.374 mm. (0.340 to 0.374 mm.); width 0.637 mm. (0.620 to 0.637 mm.); pronotum, scutellum, and hemelytra uniformly pale yellowish- white; vestiture as in helleri. Rostrum: Length 1.03 mm. (1.01 to 1.03 mm.), just reaching metacoxae. Dorsal bifurcation of pygophore developed as in affinis, but with two setae on dorsum of distal end (fig. 25a); ventral bifurcation, when viewed from rear, evenly curved to the left sub-distally, terminating in four weakly developed lobes, of which the extreme right is the most distal (fig. 25b). Claspers and aedeagus as illustrated (figs. 25c, d, e). FEMALE. Differing from male as follows: Length 2.50 mm. (2.45 to 2.52 mm.). Head: Length 0.408 mm. (0.399 to 0.408 mm.); width 0.416 mm. (0.408 to 0.416 mm.); vertex width 0.195 mm. (0.195 to 0.204 mm.); yellowish-white dorsally behind and between eyes, remainder pale yellowish. Antennae: I, 0.221 mm. (0.204 to 0.221 mm.); IT, 0.552 mm. (0.552 to 0.561 mm.); III, 0.476 mm. (0.476 to 0.561 mm.); IV, 0.289 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.348 mm. (0.340 to 0.348 mm.); width 0.620 mm. (0.620 to 0.629 mm.); pronotum, scutellum and hemelytra pale yellow. Rostrum: Length 0.986 mm. (0.986 to 0.994 mm.), reaching base of abdominal IV. Host PLANT. Scalesia species. Ho.otype. Male. ALLOTYPE. Female. PARATYPES. Six males, 3 females, Galapagos Archipelago, 40 m. above Acad- emy Bay, Upper Arid Zone, SANTA CRUZ ISLAND, I-23-1964; Ex Scalesia (Usinger). Most closely related to C. affinis and differentiated as discussed under that species. 15. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) floreanae Gagné, new species. (Figure 26.) Mate. Length 2.42 mm. (2.42 to 2.85 mm.). Head: Length 0.382 mm. (0.382 to 0.391 mm.); width 0.382 mm. (0.382 to 0.399 mm.); vertex width 0.221 mm. (0.212 to 0.221 mm.); pale yellow; vestiture as in C. arida. An- tennae: I, 0.238 mm. (0.238 to 0.246 mm.), sparsely setaceous; II, 0.654 mm., Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 177 setae uniformly subrecumbent; III, 0.552 mm.; IV, 0.280 mm., same color as body. Pronotum: Length 0.365 mm. (0.365 to 0.382 mm.); width 0.637 mm. (0.637 to 0.654 mm.); pronotum, scutellum and hemelytra evenly pale yellow; vestiture as in C. gummiferae. Rostrum: Length 1.07 mm. (1.07 to 1.08 mm.), just reaching metacoxae. Dorsal bifurcation of pygophore most closely re- sembling C. affinis and also glabrous (fig. 26a); ventral bifurcation, when viewed from rear, more closely resembling C. avida, but with a median distal notch sepa- rating weakly developed lobes (fig. 26b). Claspers and aedeagus as illustrated (figs. 26c, d, e); dorsally the left clasper has two distinct fields of bristles, which are not so condensed in the other species. FEMALE. Length 2.50 mm. (2.50 to 2.55 mm.). Head: Length 0.399 mm. (0.399 to 0.425 mm.); width 0.416 mm.; vertex width 0.204 mm. (0.204 to 0.205 mm.). Antennae: Missing in the type; a paratype is as follows: I, 0.229 mm.; IT, 0.646 mm.; III and IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 0.374 mm. (0.365 to 0.382 mm.); width 0.654 mm. (0.646 to 0.654 mm.). Rostrum: Length 1.04 mm.; reaching posterior margins of metacoxae. Host PLANT. Scalesia species. HototyrPe. Male, Galapagos Archipelago, Wittmer Farm, FLOREANA ISLAND, II-15-1964 (Usinger). ALLOTYPE. Female. PAaRATYPES. One male, two females, Black Beach, II-17-64, Ex Scalesia, 1 6 paratype, same data as allotype except, II-14-64 (no host indicated). This species is most closely related to C. arida from which it is separated by the characters given in the key and by the shape of the aedeagus. The two fields of bristles on the dorsum of the left clasper are unique among the species in the Archipelago. The females are in poor condition and the allotype, in addition to lacking antennae, is also missing the left middle and hind legs. 16. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modesta (Distant). (Figures 21, 27.) Engytatus geniculatus REUTER, 1876, Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. 36, no. 2, p. 83; pre- occupied by C. geniculata Fieber, 1861. VAN Duzer, 1937, Proc. Acad. Sci. Calif., ser. 4, vol. 22, p. 116. Neosilia modesta Distant, 1893, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Rhync., vol. 1, p. 447. CARVALHO, 1952, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 5, p. 165. Characterized by its color and structure of male genitalia. Mate. Length 3.3 mm., width 0.9 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 0.5 mm., vertex 0.17 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.2 mm.; II, 0.8 mm.; III, 0.8 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.8 mm. General color pale flavescent to pale greenish; eyes, median ring on seg- ment I of antenna, segment II at base and apex or sometimes totally, segment III and IV, apices of embolium and cuneus, extreme base of tibiae, segment ITI 178 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. of tarsi, fuscous to black; femora with fuscous to black points on apical half; underside of body flavescent to greenish. In some specimens the collar, calli and body beneath are noticeably green. The fuscous area on apex of embolium and fuscous markings of antennae may be absent. On fully mature specimens the apex of clavus and corresponding area of corium may be darker than re- maining portions of hemelytra. Rostrum reaching to hind coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 27a) with a sclerotized band on theca, as seen in figure. Left clasper (fig. 27b) provided with long and stout setae, the apical portion blade-like. Right clasper (fig. 27c) small and inconspicuous. Pygophore characteristically bifurcated posteriorly, the dorsal branch longer and more slender than main arm, as illustrated (fig. 27d). FIGURE 27. Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modesta (Distant): a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper; d, Pygophore. FEMALE. Similar to male in color and dimensions. Length 3.5 mm., width 0.9 mm. DisTRIBUTION. North, Central and South America, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Cuba, Grenada, Galapagos Archipelago (Santa Cruz, Floreana, Santiago), San Domingo. SPECIMENS STUDIED. SANTA CRUZ: Academy Bay, Darwin Research Sta- tion, II-20-1964 (Cavagnaro & Schuster), 5 22; same locality, II-6-1964 (Schuster), 1 2; Bella Vista Trail, II-11-1964 (Cavagnaro); Horneman Farm, 220 m., II-24-1964 (Cavagnaro), 3 64, 1 2; Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, III-21-1964 (Cavagnaro); 3 6¢, 422; Galapagos, Academy Bay, II-25-1964 (Ashlock), under Portulaca, at light, 246, 8 292. FLOREANA: Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger), 16, 229. SANTIAGO ISLAND: N.W. slope, 600 m., V-30-1964 (Cavagnaro), 1 2; E. slope, 160 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro), 1 ¢. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 179 ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 2 6¢, 6 22, Horneman Farm, 220 m., III-10-1964 (Cavagnaro); 4 64, 1 2, same data, III-18-1964; 9 64, 9 22, same data, V-3-1964; 5 64, 3 22, same data, V-7-1964; 1 2, Darwin Research Station, Academy Bay, I-25-1964 (Kuschel); 1 2, same locality, II-10-1964, at light (Cavagnaro & Schuster); 1 2, Bella Vista Trail, 11-11-1964, same collectors; 1¢, 422, Bella Vista, II-26-1964 (Usinger); 1 6, Table Mountain, 440 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro). FLOREANA: 3 66, 10292, Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger). SANTIAGO: 1 ¢, N.W. slope, 300 m., V-30-1964 (Cavagnaro). This species is characterized by the structure of its pygophore and by its color, especially the dark points present on the apical portion of femora. It occurs on tobacco, tomato and several native plants in the Neotropical Region. SUBFAMILY ORTHOTYLINAE Genus Galapagocoris Carvalho, new genus This genus belongs to the Orthotylini and to the group of genera which possess antennae becoming gradatively thinner towards the apex, pronotum smooth, body clothed with a single type of pubescence, eyes rounded posteriorly and set in front, at or near middle of head, removed from anterior margin of pronotum by a space equal to thickness of first antennal segment, areola of membrane sclerotized, the smaller cell obsolete. Species of small size, impunctate, with fairly long and erect pubescence, elongate. Head with frons protruding bluntly in front, eyes placed at middle of head, removed from pronotum by a space equal to thickness of first antennal segment, vertex not carinate; antennal segment I thicker than the remaining, segment II linear, five times longer than first, clypeus prominent, rostrum reaching middle of abdomen. Pronotum narrowing markedly towards head, anterior margin straight, lateral margins slightly constricted behind calli, posterior margin broadly emarginate, calli prominent, fused and occupying anterior half of pronotum, mesoscutum and scutellum large. Hemelytra translucent, long and erectly pilose, cuneus more than twice as long as wide at base, areola of membrane coriaceous or sclerotized, as in corium or cuneus, radial nervure obsolete. Legs long and slender, especially the hind tibiae. Typr OF GENUS. Galapagocoris crockeri (Van Duzee, 1933) new combination. This genus approaches Hvalochloria Reuter, 1907, from which it differs by the antennal structure of the male and by the vertex being not depressed at the middle; from Saileria Hsiao, 1945, it differs by the longer cuneus, lack of marked sexual dimorphism on the head (eyes), by the length of rostrum, the antennae 180 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. and by the structure of the male genitalia (aedeagus); from Diaphnidia Unhler, 1895, the genus in which the species was originally placed by Van Duzee (1933), it differs by the presence of the sclerotized areola of membrane, by the much shorter cuneus, and by the eyes being placed at the middle of head; from Para- proba Distant, 1883, it differs by the presence of the sclerotized areola of mem- brane, by the shorter cuneus and by the structure of aedeagus. 17. Galapagocoris crockeri (Van Duzee), new combination. (Figures 28, 29.) Diaphnidia crockeri VAN Duzer, 1933, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 21, no. 4, p. 29. Ficure 28. Galapagocoris crockeri (Van Duzee), new combination. Male. VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 181 Characterized by its color and genitalia. Mate. Length 2.6 mm., width 0.8 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 0.5 mm., vertex 0.20 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.2 mm.; II, 1.0 mm.; III, 0.5 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.2 mm., width at base 0.7 mm. General color pale yellowish testaceous, elytra faintly green, with red or reddish markings, hemelytra tinged with green, with costal and subcostal ner- vures green on fresh specimens; corial commissure and internal margins of clavus forming a broad Y-shaped red mark, the forks of which reach almost to base of scutellum; corium with three red dots, one on basal third, another op- posite to apex of clavus, the third at middle of apical margin; a similar red dot occupies the basal angle of the membrane, and the apex of membranal nervures are red; a red mark behind the inner angle of the eye, and two divergent spots are indicated on the posterior lobe of the pronotum; segment II of antenna slightly infuscated in male; tips of tarsi blackish. In a series of specimens of this species we find individuals entirely pale yel- lowish, without any of the red or reddish markings pointed out above, especially females. The males become more colorful as they reach full maturity. Rostrum reaching to apices of hind coxae. Cells of membrane sclerotized as in corium or cuneus. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 29a) of Orthotylini type, with typical spiculi as seen in figure. Left clasper (fig. 29b) hook-like, with setae on dorsal side. Right Ficure 29. Galapagocoris crockeri (Van Duzee): a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. 182 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. clasper (fig. 29c) tapering towards apical end, with numerous small spines on its terminal portion. FEMALE. Similar to male, with red or reddish markings absent or poorly marked, slightly more robust. Length 3.0 mm., width 1.0 mm. DisTRIBUTION. Known previously from Santiago Island, Galapagos. Archi- pelago. SPECIMENS STUDIED. FLOREANA: 2 464, 3 22, II-18-1964 (Usinger) ; 3646, 222, Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger). FERNANDINA: 2 64, 2 22, W. side, 1100 feet, II-5-1964. SAN CRISTOBAL: 1 4, 1 2, II-23-1964 (Usinger). SANTA CRUZ: 2 6, 1 2, Darwin Research Station, Academy Bay (Schuster); 1 4, same locality, but 4 miles N., II-21-1964 (Ashlock); 1 2, same locality, but 6 miles N., II-13-1964 (Ashlock); 1 2, Table Mountain, 440 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro); 1 6, 1 2, E. slope, 160 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. FERNANDINA: 5 6 6, 6 2 2, W. side, 1100 feet, II-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). FLOREANA: 2 2, Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger) ; 1 2, II-18-1964, same collector. SANTA CRUZ: 1 6, Horneman Farm, 220 m., IIT-10-1964 (Cavagnaro); 2 6 6,1 2, same data, III-25-1964; 2 66,1 2, same data, IV-16-1964; 1 6, Table Mountain, 440 m., same data and collector; 1 &, Bella Vista, II-4-1964 (Usinger). SAN CRISTOBAL: 1 é, 1 2, Progresso, above Miconia, 11-23-1964 (Usinger). SUBFAMILY MIRINAE Key to Tribes 1. First segment of hind tarsi as long as or longer than second and third together (fig. 30a); pronotum without a ring-like collar, its lateral margins carinate, the carina neachin gatheran teri Oran 21 Gye mee ee ee ee ee eS STENODEMINI 2. First segment of hind tarsi not as long as second and third together (fig. 30b); pro- notum with a distinct ring-like collar, if lateral margins carinate, then the carina never reaching the anterior ‘angles#=— Sel ea Se ee ee MIRINI Ficure 30. Hind tarsi: a, Stenodemini; b, Mirini. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 183 TRIBE STENODEMINI First antennal segment covered by long, erect pubescence, the hairs at least as long as haliethe awicdthmotysesiment — 2. ene Pa 3 ara che oe tS EL Dolichomiris — First antennal segment covered by very short pubescence, ie hairs shorter than half the width of the segment ds ll Ae Wane rg emt en Sort Pe 3! ol nes oe Be at Trigonotylus Genus Dolichomiris Reuter 18. Dolichomiris linearis Reuter. (Figures 31, 32.) wa ET TCO Rae ae : Ficure 31. Dolichomiris linearis Reuter. Male. 184 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Dolichomiris linearis REUTER, 1882, Ofv. Vet. Soc. Forh., vol. 25, p. 29. Dolichomiris tibialis REUTER, 1892, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., vol. 61, p. 392. Nostostira longula NOUALHIER, 1893, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., vol. 62, p. 15. Eioneus bilineatus, DIsTant, 1893, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Rhynch., vol. 1, p. 416. Megaloceraea graminea Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. Rhynch., vol. 2, p. 424. Eioneus gutticornis BLATCHLEY, 1926, Het. E. N. Amer., p. 674. Characterized by its color and structure of male genitalia. Mate. Length 7.6 mm., width 1.2 mm. Head: Length 0.9 mm., width 0.8 mm., vertex 0.37 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 1.5 mm.; II, 3.2 mm.; III, 3.7 mm.; IV, 1.1 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.6 mm., width at base 1.1 mm. General color pale greenish-yellow; head and pronotum each with three narrow reddish stripes, the median one continued back to apex of scutellum, a yellowish slender carina along middle of pronotum and scutellum; legs greenish- yellow, femora with scattered vague brownish dots, tarsi fuscous, hind tibiae and basal joint of hind tarsi red; underside of body with a reddish stripe ex- tending from below eyes along side margin to fifth ventral segment, meso- sternum and coxae with two similar stripes; antennae with segment I and base of II greenish-yellow, thickly flecked with reddish dots and beset with grayish hairs. Rostrum reaching the hind coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 32a) with a typical spiculum. Left clasper (fig. 32b) falciform, simple. Right clasper (fig. 32c) as illustrated. SSC a pee | Ficure 32. Dolichomiris linearis Reuter; a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 185 FEMALE. Similar to male in color, slightly more robust. Length 9.2 mm., width 1.4 mm. DisTRIBUTION. Africa, North, Central, and South America, India, Burma, Ceylon, Southern Europe, Madeira, Galapagos Archipelago (Fernandina, Santa Cruz, Santiago, Isabela). SPECIMENS STUDIED. FERNANDINA: 1 ¢, 1 2, W. side 1100 feet, II-5- 1964 (Cavagnaro); 1 6, S.W. side, 1000 feet, II-4-1964 (Ashlock); SANTA CRUZ: 1 6,1 2, Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station (Schuster), I1-5-1964. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. FERNANDINA: 30 44, 17 22, W. side, 1100 feet, II-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). SANTA CRUZ: 2 6, 3 2, Darwin Research Sta- tion, Academy Bay, II-5-1964 (Schuster). SANTIAGO: 14, 22292, N.W. slope, 300 m., V-30-1964 (Cavagnaro). ISABELA: 1 6, Tagus Cove, V-25-1964 (Willows), Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1932. Genus Trigonotylus Fieber 19. Trigonotylus lineatus (Butler). (Figures 33, 34.) Miris lineata BUTLER, 1873, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 89. Trigonotylus lineatus CARVALHO AND WAGNER, 1957, Arq. Mus. Nac. R. Jan., vol. 43, p. 135. Characterized by its color and structure of male genitalia. Mate. Length 4.8 mm., width 0.9 mm. Head: Length 0.7 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.32 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.8 mm.; II, 2.2 mm.; ITI, 2.0 mm.; IV, 0.7 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 2.5 mm. General color pale yellow to stramineous; three vittae on head, four vittae on pronotum (the median pair almost contiguous), two vittae on scutellum roseate; hemelytra obsoletely roseate between veins; apex of rostrum and apex of tarsus with claws, black; antennae mostly pale, first segment roseate on both sides, apical segments tending to fuscous roseate. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 34a) with a typical double curved spiculum. Left clasper (fig. 34b) falciform, as seen in figure. Right clasper (fig. 34c) hook-like, as illustrated. FEMALE. Similar to male in color, slightly more robust. Length 5.8 mm., width 1.3 mm. DisTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago (San Cristobal, Floreana, Isabela). SPECIMENS STUDIED. SAN CRISTOBAL: 2 é 4, VII-4-1932 (Willows) ; FLOREANA: 2 64, V-14-1932, Tagus Cove (Willows); ISABELA: 6 4 4, 2 22, V-25-1932 (Willows), Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1932. This species belongs to the color group of 7. pulcher Reuter and T. pulchellus (Hahn), but differs by the longer rostrum and by the large clypeus. The spiculum of aedeagus typifies the species. 186 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. —y Se Ficure 33. Trigonotylus lineatus (Butler). Male. TRIBE Mirint Key to Genera Vertex sulcate longitudinally, inons usually stidate ———_—_—_————= 2 Vertex not sulcate, trons always sm0o thy. ee ee ee 3 Rostrum reaching beyond tip of abdomen; portion of head anterior to eye about as IKovaves frie) eefeamaveroe IC Gye era, Galapagomiris Rostrum not reaching beyond middle of abdomen; portion of head anterior to eye about two times shorter than length of segment I of antenna — Creontiades Dorsal surface highly polished, glabrous (only a few hairs present on anterior margin Ob Pronotumy orn mareinwotsheniely, tia) eee mene eaten ee ee eee Horcias Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 1 oo ~I 34 Ficure 34. Trigonotylus lineatus (Butler): a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Dorsal surface dull, distinctly pubescent (if polished, then hairs present on corium and GISCMOLMDLONOtUIM)| ata eke ee SRT ee elie Ree 2 Se ls ee eee 4 Body clothed with silvery, silky or woolly pubescence mixed with fine erect hairs, sometimesseasily. rub bed. «OT = we eee Polymerus Body clothed with a single type of pubescence, without woolly or silky hairs — 5 Left clasper characteristic (fig. 46b) with two points and a central lobe; vesica without spiculum pi tL is Sa eA ee Be ot Be ee Taylorily gus Left clasper characteristic (fig. 48b) with a subapical lobe or teeth on dorsal curva- tunecmVesica, with spicul win ese = ee ss en RO 2 ees Dagbertus Genus Galapagomiris Carvalho, new genus Species of middle size, elongate, body smooth, shagreen, scutellum rugose basally, body covered by recumbent pubescence, except on collar and scutellum where long and erect setae are to be seen. Head long, semihorizontal, protruding in front of antennal bases, vertex 188 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. sulcate longitudinally, not carinate, eyes large, contiguous to pronotum, when seen from side, reaching gula below, clypeus flat, rostrum very long, reaching apex of hemelytra, beyond the tip of abdomen, segment I reaching middle of anterior coxae, segment II attaining apex of hind coxae. Antennae long, seg- ment I slightly incrassate towards apex, with some erect setae, about as long as width of head, remaining segments cylindrical, with approximate same thickness, pubescence very short. Pronotum narrowing markedly towards head, lateral margin straight, posterior margin very slightly emarginate at middle, calli obsolete, collar with long and erect setae. Mesoscutum exposed, scutellum rugose basally, with long and erect setae. Hemelytra shagreen, cuneus slightly longer than wide at base, membrane biareolate. Legs long and slender, tibiae with numerous spines, tarsi with seg- ments of approximately same length, claws and arolia of the Mirini type. TYPE OF GENUS. Galapagomiris longirostris, new species. This genus is characterized by the very long rostrum, by the noticeably erect pubescence of collar and scutellum, by the semihorizontal, strongly produced head with the sulcate vertex and by the smooth, shagreen body. It approaches Megacoelum Fieber, 1858, but differs from it by the produced head, by the long and erect pubescence on collar and scutellum and by its very long rostrum. 20. Galapagomiris longirostris Carvalho, new species. (Figures 35, 36.) Characterized by its color and dimensions. Mate. Length 5.1 mm., width 1.5 mm. Head: Length 0.6 mm., width 1.0 mm., vertex 0.25 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.7 mm., II, 1.8 mm.; III, 1.3 mm.; IV, 1.2 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 1.3 mm. Ros- trum: Length 5.0 mm. General color brownish fuscous to cinnamon color; vertex and collar paler, the latter with a few darker spots at base of setae; pronotum with a narrow dark line before very narrow pale posterior margin; scutellum tipped with black, basal half of corium and embolium and apical portion of the latter paler; mem- brane fuscous; antennae with segments II and III paler towards the base; under- side and legs concolorous with upper surface, tibiae I and II paler, tipped with fuscous. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 36a) with vesica as shown in figure. Left clasper (fig. 36b) and right clasper (fig. 36c) very similar to those of genus Creontiades Distant, as illustrated. FEMALE. Unknown. HoLotypre. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, SANTA CRUZ: Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, I-26-1964 (Schuster). VOL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 189 ane Pre ore eee ~: xe = Ficure 35. Galapagomiris longirostris Carvalho, new genus, new species. Holotype male. Genus CREONTIADES Distant Key to Galapagos Species General color of body fuscous, castaneous, brown or black, with or without pale areas; Semtilliturany: oN ee Lol Faved ke ore) neon io ee General color of body straw, pale or citrine; scutellum pale or pale with dark spots 4 Hemelytra black or brown, with an irregular sub-basal whitish or pale area on corium Ainel Gralyohinons Contueybkyynay teoneNhy lee) C. fuscosus Hemelytra unicolorously brown or castaneous, with traces of red; scutellum black or DOK, AU (IO) Goloyyoyrenll jorllo Gyo — ee ee are 3 Posterior femora with a milky-white sub-apical area; pronotum with numerous dark points; second antennal segment with two pale areas C. fernandinus Posterior femora unicolorous; dark points of pronotum, if present, few; second anten- Ma lesecinent.UNICOlOFOUS! e-news ee ee ee C. castaneum Scutellumewitheat least the extreme) alo exe cl alt; kage eee 5 6 Scutellum* totally, palevorcitrines 22 ee a ee eee 190 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. O, Ficure 36. Galapagomiris longirostris Carvalho, new genus, new species: a, Aedeagus; Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Head, pronotum and scutellum with a slender longitudinal vitta; body above with- OULSMUMEFOUSt Gat kes Ol tS: cosas C. vittatus Head, pronotum and scutellum without longitudinal vitta; body above with numerous dark"ipomnts" 222-20 Sa as ee ev ee eA ee C. punctatus Color yellowish testaceous; hind margin of pronotum usually with a slender fuscous line; minute black dot on extreme base of hind tibia _..... C. willowsi Color citrine; hind margin of pronotum unicolorous with disc; hind tibia without MINUce Dla ckrdot one xtre rae wy as eye a C. citrinus 21. Creontiades castaneum Van Duzee. Creontiades castaneum VAN Duzer, 1933, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 21, no. 4, p. 27. Characterized by its color and dimensions. Mate. Length 5.8 mm., width 2.1 mm. Head: Length 0.5 mm., width 1.1 a i VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 191 i SSS Ul ee ae a ee \ py FicureE 37. Creontiades fuscosus Barber. Male. mm., vertex 0.40 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.8 mm.; IJ, 1.6 mm.; III, 1.3 mm.; IV,0.8 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.7 mm., width at base 1.5 mm. General color chestnut-brown with pronotum and scutellum almost piceous, antennae and legs varied with paler areas; pleura, base of abdomen and apical one-half of hind femora, basal two-thirds of antennal segment II and narrow base of III and IV, rostrum, apex of coxae, trochanters and base of femora, pale; tip of rostrum and of tarsal segment III and tibial spines black; hind tibiae brown, becoming pale at apex; hind margin of pronotum slenderly whitish and an obscure pale spot within basal angles of scutellum and another on either side of its apex; genital segment pale. Basal segment of antenna with a subapical black bristle on its inner surface, general pubescence pale; membrane fuscous. Rostrum reaching apex of hind coxae. Genitalia: Very similar to fuscosus Barber. FEMALE. Similar to male in color, more robust. Length 6.3 mm., width 2.0 mm. DISTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago: (Chatham, Floreana, Santa Cruz). 192 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. SPECIMENS STUDIED. FLOREANA: 1 ¢, 1 2, II-18-1964 (Usinger); 1 2, Wittmer Farm, II-15-1964 (Usinger). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. FLOREANA: 5 2 2, II-18-1964 (Usinger); 1 2, Wittmer Farm, ITI-15-1964 (Usinger). SANTA CRUZ: 2 6 4, Table Mountain, 440 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro). This species belongs to the group of Creontiades with dark coloration, hemelytra without pale areas, and scutellum with two pale subapical spots. It differs from C. fernandinus, new species by the lack of milky-white pale sub- apical areas on hind femora and pronotum without numerous dark points. 22. Creontiades citrinus Carvalho, new species. Characterized by its color and dimensions. FEMALE. Length 5.5 mm., width 2.1 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 1.0 mm., vertex 0.42 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.8 mm.; II, 2.1 mm.; III, 1.9 mm.; IV, 1.1 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.6 mm., width at base 1.8 mm. General color pale yellowish to lemon yellowish; eyes reddish brown; mem- brane pale fuscous. Pubescence short and golden brilliant in color. Rostrum reaching 4th abdominal segment. Mate. Unknown. Host pLaAnt. Heliotropium curassavicum. HototypPe. Female, Galapagos Archipelago, Tortuga Bay, SANTA CRUZ: II-10-1964, Heliotropium curassavicum (Kuschel). PARATYPE. One female, same data as type. ADDITIONAL SPECIMEN. 1 2, same data as type. This species has the general fascies of C. willowsi but differs by the color of the pronotum, which is totally citrine; by the lack of a black spot on the base of hind coxae and by the smaller size. 23. Creontiades fernandinus Carvalho, new species. (Figure 38.) Characterized by its color, dimensions and structure of male genitalia. Mate. Length 6.1 mm., width 2.1 mm. Head: Length 0.4 mm., width 1.1 mm., vertex 0.31 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.8 mm.; II, 1.9 mm.; ITI, 1.6mm.; IV, 1.1 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.7 mm., width at base 1.8 mm. General color brown to castaneous with pale and dark areas; pronotum with dark punctations, with fuscous areas over calli and posteriorly opposite meso- scutum, lateral margin, posterior angle and extreme posterior margin, paler, the latter tending to milky-white; mesoscutum brown sometimes with paler area on each side; scutellum dark brown or brown, with piceous apex and sometimes two pale spots subapically; clavus and corium dark brown to fuscous, with areas formed by dots or small spots, paler or darker; embolium and exocorium pale, the first tending to reddish in one specimen; cuneus brown with a reddish tinge; membrane fuscous, nervures reddish towards apex; head with brown and pale Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 193 areas, an obsolete reddish brown to brown area on internal margin of eye; clypeus, lorum and gena with small reddish dots; rostrum pale tipped with fuscous; mesosternum and pleural area brown; ostiolar peritreme yellowish with reddish tinge around orifice; coxae brown at bases, yellowish towards apices, trochanters pale, femora pale at base, infuscate towards apices, sprinkled with reddish dots, the last pair with yellowish subapical annulation, tibiae pale, sprinkled with brown and reddish dots, with a ring or area darker on apical third, tarsi light with extreme apices fuscous; abdomen with reddish brown to brown and pale areas, a longitudinal subdorsal lateral line formed by well marked yellow spots, genital segment tending to reddish towards apex; antennal segment I brown, sprinkled with reddish, segment II fuscous brown with a paler subasal area and another faintly light area beyond middle, segments III and IV fuscous to brown. Pubescence of body golden to yellow. Rostrum reaching the third abdominal segment. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 38a) of the generic type, vesical lebes and area near secondary gonopore provided with numerous spines. Left clasper (fig. 38b) falciform, with short setae, as illustrated. Right clasper (fig. 38c) with a more sclerotized area apically. FEMALE. (See below.) Hototyre. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, FERNANDINA: Punta Espinosa, II-27, 28-1964 (Usinger). PARATYPE. One male, same data as type. The female has been discovered in additional material and is described below by Gagné: FEMALE. Differing from male as follows: Length 5.95 mm. (5.26 to 5.95 mm.); width 2.10 mm. (1.87 to 2.10 mm.). Head: Length 0.83 mm. (0.73 to 0.83 mm.); width 1.10 mm. (1.03 to 1.10 mm.); vertex width 0.41 mm. (0.38 to 0.41 mm.). Antennae: I, 0.91 mm. (0.88 to 0.91 mm.); II, 2.07 mm.; III, 1.67 mm.; yellow with a sub-basal reddish annulation; IV, broken. Pronotum: ienetn 1-10 mm. (0.97 to 1.10 mm.): width 1.77 mm. (1:70 to 1.77 mm.); calli reddish, disc brown-marmorate, pale area on posterior angle more extensive. Scutellum with paler areas more extensive. Exocorium and base of endocorium pale, its distus and clavus brown-marmorate. Rostrum: Length 2.68 mm.; reach- ing posterior of hind coxae; brownish with a darker tip. Legs: Fore and hind coxae totally brown; hind femur with subapical annulation wider. NEALLOTYPE. Female. Galapagos Archipelago, Fernandina Island, Punta Espinosa, I-29-1964 (Usinger). ADDITIONAL SPECIMEN. 1 2, same data as neallotype. In a darker female the junior author finds that the basal edge of the pro- notum is dark, the endocorium is totally dark brown, and the femur is almost totally dark brown. This species differs from others of the genus in the Galapagos by its peculiar 194 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. < i A= SS Ficures 38-40. Creontiades species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Figure 38. C. fernandinus Carvalho, new species; figure 39. C. fuscosus Barber; figure 40. C. wil- lowsi Van Duzee. color and by the structure of the male genitalia. It is closer in general appear- ance to C. castaneum Van Duzee, but differs from it by the coloration of pro- notum and by the presence of a white subapical area near apex of hind femora. 24. Creontiades fuscosus Barber. (Figures 37, 39.) Creontiades fuscosus BARBER, 1927, Zoologica, vol. 5, no. 21, p. 248. Creontiades fuscosus VAN Duzer, 1937, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 22, p. 115. Characterized by its color and dimensions. VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 195 Mate. Length 5.0 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head: Length 0.3 mm., width 1.1 mm., vertex 0.27 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.8 mm.; II, 2.3 mm.; III, 1.7 mm.; IV, 0.8 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 1.6 mm. General color dark-brown or fuscous with yellowish testaceous or pale areas; head, pronotum, scutellum, hemelytra anteriorly and posteriorly, segment I of antenna, narrow base and apical third of II segment, segment I of rostrum, most of sternum and venter, femora and posterior tibiae, dark-brown or fuscous; posterior half of clavus and broad transverse area posteriorly extended along costal margin of hemelytra pale or yellowish testaceous. Head shading to brown on vertex, last two antennal segments smoky-brown with base of segment III paler, rostrum sordid stramineous, pronotum shading into paler brown on disc, membrane dark smoky-brown; coxae, trochanters, ostiolar peritreme and outer margins of metapleura stramineous; anterior and intermediate tibiae pale stramineous with a faint prebasal, premedian and apical band, brown; tarsal segments tipped with brown. Rostrum reaching the hind coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 39a) of the generic type, vesica with spiny lobes and spinose areas near secondary gonopore. Left clasper (fig. 39b) acutely pointed apically. Right clasper (fig. 39c) simple, as illustrated. FEMALE. Similar to male in color, more robust. Length 6.0 mm., width 2.1 mm. DIsTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago (Rabida, Santa Cruz, Isabela, Pinzon, Fernandina islands). SPECIMENS STUDIED. RABIDA: V-6-1932 (Willows) Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1932, 2¢¢, 222; SANTA CRUZ: III-16-1935, Conway Bay, presented by Templeton Crocker Expedition, 2 46 4, 2 22; Academy Bay, Dar- win Research Station (Schuster), II-4-18-1964 and I-26-30-1964, 666,12; same locality (Cavagnaro & Schuster), II-13-1964, 3 66; Academy Bay, II- 22-1964, at light (Ashlock), 2 6 ¢, 1 2; ISABELA: Tagus Cove, I-30-1964 on Scalesia gummifera (Usinger), 2 646,12; PINZON: summit and upper Calera area, II-7-1964 (Cavagnaro), 1 6; FERNANDINA: S.W. side, 1000 feet, II- 5-1964 (Ashlock), 2 ¢¢,1 2. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 1 ¢ (allotype), 1 2 (holotype), Seymour Bay, IV-22-1923, Williams Galapagos Expedition, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society, William Beebe, Director (types in American Museum, Natural History); 1 ¢, Darwin Research Station, Acad- emy Bay, II-27-1964 (Cavagnaro & Schuster). ISABELA: 1 6, 2 22, Tagus Cove, I-30-1964, Ex Scalesia gummifera (Usinger). RABIDA: 2 44, VI-6- 1932 (Willows), Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1932. This species is very characteristic and differs from other black, brown or castaneous species by the irregular white or pale area on hemelytra, as well as the totally black scutellum. 196 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [| Proc. 47TH SER. 25. Creontiades punctatus Carvalho, new species. Characterized by the light color of body, and by the scutellum being pale with numerous dark points. Mate. Length 6 mm., width 2.0 mm. Head: Length 0.5 mm., width 1.1 mm.; vertex 0.35 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.8 mm.; II, 1.8 mm.; III, 1.8 mm.; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 0.8 mm., width at base 1.8 mm. General color straw yellow to yellowish testaceous; upper portion of body with dark points; a subbasal slender line on pronotum and apex of scutellum dark brownish to black; mesosternum fuscous to brown, coxae and base of femora, pale; apical portion of femora with dark spots; tibiae and tarsi pale with dark spines; claws black. First antennal segment with small fuscous dots, remaining segments pale. Rostrum reaching the 4th abdominal segment. Genitalia: Very similar to C. vittatus, new species. FEMALE. Similar to male in color and size. Hototyre. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, SANTA CRUZ: Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, II-8-1964 (Schuster). ALLOTYPE. Female. Same data as type, II-7-1964 (Schuster). PARATYPES. One female, same data as allotype; 1 °, Tortuga Bay, II-10- 1964 (Usinger); FERNANDINA: 1 2, S.W. side, 1000 feet, II-4-1964 (Ash- lock). This species differs from C. vittatus, new species and others from the Gala- pagos by the typical coloration. The body is beset with numerous brown dots. 26. Creontiades vittatus Carvalho, new species. Characterized by its color and dimensions. Mate. Length 5.2 mm., width 1.5 mm. Head: Length 0.3 mm., width 0.9 mm., vertex 0.37 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 1.0 mm.; IJ, 2.3 mm.; III, 1.7 mm.; IV, 0.8 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 1.6 mm. General color pale yellow to stramineous with brownish or fuscous dots; head with a slender median vitta and minute reddish dots, eyes reddish-brown; pro- notum with a slender median longitudinal and two lateral obsolete reddish fasciae, a few reddish brown dots, especially along posterior area and two small fuscous spots on disc; propleura with a distinct reddish longitudinal vitta run- ning posteriorly to middle; scutellum with a very slender longitudinal vitta following that of pronotum, reddish, tipped with fuscous; hemelytra with middle portion of corium showing a few fuscous minute spots, some of them fused to form a small fuscous area; underside concolorous with body above, rostrum and tarsi tipped with fuscous. Rostrum reaching the 6th or 7th abdominal segment. Posterior legs mutilated. Genitalia: Similar to C. punctatus new species. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 197 FEMALE. Similar to male in color and dimensions. Hoxrotyrre. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, Academy Bay, SANTA CRUZ: 1I-15-1964, light trap (Ashlock). ALLOTYPE. Female, same data as holotype, I-26-1964. PARATYPES. | 2, same data as holotype; 1 2, Academy Bay, Darwin Re- search Station, I-24-1964 (Cavagnaro & Schuster); 1 4, Academy Bay, I-23- 1964 (Usinger). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 1 6, Darwin Research Station, Academy Bay, I-20-1964, at light (Cavagnaro & Schuster); 1 6, same data, IT-12-1964. FERNANDINA: 1 ¢, W. side, 1100 feet, II-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). This species approaches in general appearance Creontiades tellinii Reuter and C. pallidus (Rambur), but differs from both by its color and dimensions. 27. Creontiades willowsi Van Duzee. (Figure 40.) Creontiades willowsi VAN DuZzEF, 1933, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 21, no. 4, p. 28; 1937, Proc: Calif. Acad. Sci., ser: 4, vol. 22, p. 115. Characterized by its color and dimensions. Mate. Length 6.2 mm., width 2.0 mm. Head: Length 0.5 mm., width 1.1 mm., vertex 0.27 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 1.0 mm.; II, 2.4 mm.; III 2.0 mm.; IV, 1.0 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.8 mm., width at base 1.8 mm. ) General color yellowish testaceous; hind margin of pronotum usually with a slender fuscous line; tips of tarsi and rostrum and a minute dot on extreme base of hind tibiae and eyes, black; apex of hind femora very slightly darker; membrane distinctly enfumed. Rostrum reaching fourth abdominal segment. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 40a) of the generic type, vesica with small spines on lobes and on area near secondary gonopore. Left clasper (fig. 40b) and right clasper (fig. 40c) as illustrated. FEMALE. Similar to male in color, more robust. Length 6.7 mm., width 2.1 mm. DISTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago (Santiago, Rabida, Santa Cruz). SPECIMENS STUDIED. RABIDA: VI-6-1932, Templeton Crocker Expedition (Willows), 264, 222; SANTA CRUZ: Galapagos, VI-13-1932, Templeton Crocker Expedition, Sullivan Bay (Willows), 2 ¢ 4. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. RABIDA: 2 64, 112%, same data as above. SANTA CRUZ: 1 6, same data as above; 1 2, Academy Bay, III-24-1935 (Crocker). This species differs from C. citrinus new species by the coloration of the posterior margin of the pronotum and also by the minute black spot on the ex- treme bases of the hind coxae. 198 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Genus Horcias Distant 28. Horcias chiriquinus Distant. (Figures 41, 42.) Horcias chiriquinus DisTANT, 1884, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Rhynch., vol. 1, p. 278. Characterized by its color and by the structure of male genitalia. Ficure 41. Horcias chiriquinus Distant. Female. Mate. Length 6.2 mm., width 2.3 mm. Head: Length 0.3 mm., width 1.1 mm., vertex 0.46 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.7 mm.; II, 1.7 mm.; III, 1.2 mm.; IV, 1.3 mm. Pronotum: Length 1.0 mm., width at base 2.0 mm. General color brilliant bluish-black, with head, pronotum, scutellum and legs, luteous to red; clypeus, lorum, gena, middle of frons and posterior area of vertex fuscous to black (in some specimens the head is almost totally black); pronotum reddish lutescent, posterior margin opposite scutellum in fully mature specimens darkened; scutellum lutescent to red (sometimes bluish-black in fully mature specimens); hemelytra brilliant bluish-black, cuneus lighter, sometimes tending to reddish; membrane fuscous, nervures black; sternal and pleural areas, legs, VoLt. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 199 Ficure 42. Horcias chiriquinus Distant: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. lutescent; posterior femora infuscated apically with a subapical milky-white spot on dorsal side; median and posterior tibiae infuscated, middle pair with a submedian whitish annulation, hind pair with a median and a subapical annula- tion; tarsi tipped with fuscous; abdomen fuscous-lutescent to bluish or black, 200 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. with three longitudinal milky-white fasciae on dorsolateral portion, the inferior one marked only posteriorly; antennae fuscous to black, segment I and II with extreme base and a subbasal area pale, segment III white with only extreme apex black, segment IV black with extreme base whitish. There is a tendency in coloration from general lutescent or reddish in teneral or young specimens to brilliant bluish-black in fully mature ones, in both sexes. The head and scutellum usually are seen with this gradation of color. Rostrum reaching middle coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 42a) with typical apical spiculum and a field of spines near secondary gonopore. Left clasper (fig. 42b) with apex of hook and basal lobe swollen. Right clasper (fig. 42c) short and blunt, as seen in figure. FEMALE. Similar to male in color, noticeably more robust. DISTRIBUTON. Mexico, Central America (Panama), and South America (Bolivia), Galapagos Archipelago (Santa Cruz). SPECIMENS STUDIED. SANTA CRUZ: Horneman Farm, 220 m., IV-2-1964 (Cavagnaro), 6 64, 13 22, same locality and collector, III-5-1964; 2 44, 2 22, Bella Vista, 220 m., I-28-1964 (Kuschel); 10 44, 16 22, Bella Vista, 6 miles N. of Academy Bay, II-13-1964 (Ashlock). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 1 ¢, 422, Bella Vista, 220 m., II-4-1964 (no collector); 2 ¢ 4, same locality, I-23-1964 (Kuschel); 1 ¢, 1 2, same locality, I-28-1964; 6 2 2, Bella Vista, II-26-1964 (Usinger); 1 6, Horne- man Farm, 220 m., II-19-1964 (Cavagnaro); 1 ¢, same data, III-25-1964; 1 °, same locality, [V-5-1964. This species is undoubtedly a recent introduction in the Galapagos Archi- pelago. The authors have seen all collections taken previously on the Islands and this is the first report of its presence in Santa Cruz. Genus Polymerus Hahn 29. Polymerus nigritulus (Walker). (Figures 43, 44.) Capsus nigritulus WALKER, 1873, Cat. Het., vol. 6, p. 112. Poeciloscytus vegatus VAN Duzer, 1933, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 21, no. 4, p. 28, new synonymy. Polymerus nigritulus CARVALHO, 1959, Cat. Miridae World, vol. 4, p. 238. Characterized by its color and male genitalia. Mate. Length 2.6 mm., width 1.0 mm. Head: Length 0.4 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.30 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.3 mm.; II, 1.0 mm.; ITI, 0.6 mm.; IV, 0.6 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 0.9 mm. General color dark brown to fuscous-testaceous or black, head, pronotum and scutellum piceous; two spots on vertex bordering eyes, base of antenna segment II, yellowish to pale; apex of scutellum pale to reddish; embolium, basal portions of corium and clavus, posterior margin of pronotum narrowly, corial commissure, VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 201 Ficure 43. Polymerus nigritulus (Walker). Male. nervures of membrane, internal and apical angles of cuneus, yellowish to pale; lunule of cuneus brown to reddish; hemelytra dark brown, apical portion of embolium and apical external angle of corium, darker; membrane infuscated; lorum, buccula and segment I of rostrum pale with reddish tinge on some speci- mens; eyes brown to dark; rostral segments II, III and IV, margin of propleura narrowly, ostiolar peritreme, trochanters, tibiae, tarsal segments I and II, a lateral spot on 7th abdominal segment, pale to yellowish; apices of tarsi, ex- treme bases of tibiae and apex of rostrum, dark; femora I and II with a yellowish subapical ring. Pubescence silvery. Rostrum reaching the 8th abdominal segment. Genitalia; Aedeagus (fig. 44a) as shown in figure, with a strong basal plate. Left clasper (fig. 44b) falciform with pointed apex. Right clasper (fig. 44c) small with blunt apex. 202 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. Ficure 44. Polymerus nigritulus (Walker): a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. FEMALE. Similar to male, more robust. Length 3.1 mm., width 1.2 mm. DIsTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago (Floreana, Santa Cruz, Isabela). SPECIMENS STUDIED. SANTA CRUZ: 2 6 ¢,2 22, Bella Vista, IV-2-1964 (Usinger); 5 646, 4292, Table Mountain, 440 m., IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro) ; 866,922, abandoned garden, 5 miles N. Academy Bay, I-24-1964 (Ash- lock); 6 66,3 2@, 1.5 miles N. Academy Bay (Ashlock); 2 6 6, 1 2, 6 miles N., under Portulaca, under Jaegeria hirta Lessing (Ashlock). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 244, 6282, Bella Vista, II-4- 1964 (Usinger); 1 ¢, Horneman Farm, 220 m., III-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). This species is close to Polymerus testaceipes (Stal), but differs in color and dimensions. Carvalho has seen the type of Capsus nigritulus Walker, in the British Museum of Natural History, thought to be lost by previous authors. Van Duzee’s Poeciloscytus vegatus is a synonym of Walker’s C. nigritulus. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 203 Genus Taylorilygus Leston 30. Taylorilygus pallidulus (Blanchard). (Figures 45, 46.) Phytocoris pallidulus BLANCHARD, 1852, in Gay Hist. Fis. Pol. Chile, vol. 7, p. 183. Lygus apicalis FreBER, 1861, Eur. Hem., p. 275. Lygus putoni MEYER, 1870, Schweiz. Ent. Ges., Mitt., p. 207. Lygus prasinus REUTER, 1876, Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad., Forh., vol. 32, no. 9, p. 72. Lygus carolinae REUTER, 1876, Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad., Forh., vol. 32, no. 9, p. 72. Lygus uruguayensis BERG, 1879, An. Soc. Ci. Arg., vol. 16, p. 16. Lygus godmani Distant, 1893, Bio. Cent. Amer. Rhync., vol. 1, p. 433. Lygus osiris KirRKALDY, 1902, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 262. Lygus immitis DIsTANT, 1904, Fauna Brit. India, Rhynch., vol. 2, p. 456. Lygus pubens Distant, 1904, Fauna Brit. India, Rhynch., vol. 2, p. 456. Lygus pallidulus, CARVALHO, 1956, Ins. Micronesia Het. Miridae, vol. 7, no. 1, p. 89. Characterized by its pale to greenish color and the structure of the male genitalia. Ficure 45. Taylorilygus pallidulus (Blanchard). Female. 204 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [| Proc. 47TH SER. Mate. Length 4.0 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 1.1 mm., vertex 0.27 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.4 mm.; II, 1.5 mm.; III, 0.8 mm.; IV, 0.5 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.7 mm., width at base 1.5 mm. General color greenish or yellowish green; membrane and corium often marked with fuscous, apex of cuneus black; eyes dark brown, apices of tarsi and apex of rostrum fuscous to black. Rostrum reaching the middle of abdomen. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 46a) without a visible spiculum, the lobes, at least two of them, with minute sclerotized teeth. Left clasper (fig. 46b) very typical, as seen in figure. Right clasper (fig. 46c) small, with pointed apex. LF AE ss “GB 4 [Ar i ao DAS, 4 74 / = = / SS | SSC \ —s eo ~~ ADs S \ Wc Ficure 46. Taylorilygus pallidulus (Blanchard): a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. FEMALE. Similar to male in color and dimensions, slightly more robust. DISTRIBUTION. Cosmopolitan. SPECIMENS STUDIED. SANTA CRUZ: 3 ¢¢, 1 2, Bella Vista, IX-26-1964 (Usinger); 466, 622, Bella Vista, 6 miles N. Academy Bay, II-21-1964 (Ashlock); 1 ¢, 1 2, Miconia belt, 1300 feet, (Ashlock); 1 2, Grassland, 2100 feet; SAN CRISTOBAL: 1 @, Progresso, [1-23-1964 (Usinger). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 2 4 4, Bella Vista, 220 m., II-4- 1964 (Usinger); 1 6, Grassland, 750 m., V-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). Vout. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 20 On The ten different names which this species has been called so far are a demon- stration of its wide range. The structure of the left clasper is very characteristic for the species and permits a clear separation from others in this genus. Genus DaAcpBertus Distant Key to Galapagos Species (Revised by Gagné to inciude new species) 1. Hemelytra with a basal and an apical transverse reddish to reddish-brown fascia; first antennal segment reddish-brown, second segment pale with 2 reddish rings __ D. formosus — Hemelytra and antennae otherwise colored - epee ed a RP te et) 2. Hemelytra whitish marmorate or provided “atin numerous ioe n apo second anten- nal segment infuscate only on extreme apex _.__ a _ D. marmoratus — Hemelytra if pale, never marmorate or provided mith numerous onal eae second antennal segment pale only at extreme base or totally pale 3. Pronotum with 4-6 longitudinal brown or reddish stripes 4 \ ‘ 3 } Ficure 47. Dagbertus quadrinotatus (Walker). Male. 206 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. — Pronotum entirely pale, or with a fuscous transverse band posteriorly 5 4h. \eyeforavoybonny vyiatilar (sy Movoyeateerebboyy | oyeoKypoy you oles) ee D. darwini — Pronotum with 4 longitudinal reddish stripes and a median X-shaped marking a a i er a re is eee SS Ee D. figuratus 5. Pronotum entirely pale or sordid yellow; hemelytra mostly pale or sordid yellow, without basal contrasting markings; rostrum of male not reaching genital segment —____ 6 — Pronotum at least with a basal transverse brown band; hemelytra with basal con- trasting markings; rostrum of male reaching middle of genital segment — se df 6. Body entirely sordid yellow, lateral reddish markings absent _.. D. spoliatus — Body pale yellow with lateral reddish markings —. D. pallidus 7. Pronotum mostly brown with a narrow yellow transverse median area; head almost entirely=brownish=black | <5. + 0.2 ee jot ee D. nigrifrons — Pronotum, at most, with a transverse brown band on the basal quarter; tylus and median of vertex at the most) brown). = ee eee 8 8. Pronotum with the basal transverse fuscous band faint; head mostly pale with lateral reddish markings; brown markings on the clavus confined to the edge, the claval suture and: thezcommissukes.= =. = 2a Bee eee D. lineatus — Pronotum with basal transverse fuscous band dark; head with tylus and middle of VWs, lopOhANS senMelaonies Oi ClANAUIS loreoRVel D. quadrinotatus 31. Dagbertus darwini (Butler). (Figure 48.) Capsus darwini BUTLER, 1877, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 89. Dagbertus darwini Distant, 1904, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 13, p. 203. Characterized by its color and structure of male genitalia. Mate. Length 4.0 mm., width 1.2 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 0.8 mm., vertex 0.37 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.5 mm.; II, 1.6 mm.; III, 1.0 mm.; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 1.2 mm. GENERAL CoLorR. According to Dr. W. E. China, who examined the type (female) in the British Museum of Natural History, the general color is “‘pale sordid straw (green in life?). Hemelytra transparent so that metapleura and abdomen show through. Eyes black. ... Dark brown markings: -Labrum, base of tylus, short line from apex of eye to base of clypeus, another from insertion of antenna to base of clypeus, a median longitudinal line on vertex; six longi- tudinal lines on pronotum, one along each lateral margin and four down disc; two broader stripes down scutellum; claval suture and embolial suture narrowly and a broader sinuate line from base of hemelytron to middle of apical margin of corium; a spot at apex of embolium and another at apex of cuneus; two parallel lines down metapleuron, the inner one broader than the other; a broad brown stripe from insertion of hemelytron to insertion of middle coxa; a broad brown stripe down side of venter away from lateral margin; apices of antennae, tibiae and tarsi brown.” On the six specimens studied we found the same color. The corium has a sinuate fascia rather than a line, the claval commissure and scutellar margin of clavus are broadly dark brown; membrane with a pale spot beyond apex of Vot. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 20 ~ cuneus; anterior and median femora with two subapical transverse bands below; posterior femora with three distinct cross bands, their tibiae with a subbasal dark spot. Rostrum reaching the posterior coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 48a) with vesica provided with a typical spiculum. Left clasper (fig. 48b) and right clasper (fig. 48c) as shown in figures. FEMALE. Similar to male in color, slightly more robust. Host PLANT. Scalesia species. DISTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago (Floreana, Pinzon). SPECIMENS STUDIED. FLOREANA: 3 2 2, II-3-1964; Wittmer Farm, II-15- 1964 (Usinger); PINZON: 1 6, 2 2 2, II-7-1964, Scalesia species (Ashlock). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. FLOREANA: 1 ¢, 2 22, same data as above. SANTA CRUZ: 1 2, Horneman Farm, 220 m., III-18-1964 (Cavagnaro). This species is easily separated from the others by the presence of 6 longi- tudinal fuscous stripes on the disc of pronotum. 32. Dagbertus formosus Carvalho, new species. (Figure 49.) Characterized by its color and structure of male genitalia. Mate. Length 3.0 mm., width 1.3 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 0.8 mm., vertex 0.25 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.3 mm.; II, 1.2 mm.; ITI, 0.5 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.4 mm., width at base 1.1 mm. General color pale yellow with reddish areas; eyes reddish brown to black; head (except the reddish lorum) and pronotum pale to lemon yellow; scutellum pale at middle and apex with reddish tinge laterally; transverse fascia on basal portion of hemelytra reaching to level of middle of clavus and an apical narrower transverse fascia beyond apex of clavus, extreme apex of cuneus, red to reddish brown; membrane fuscous; antennal segment I reddish brown, segment II pale with reddish subbasal and apical portions, segment III pale, reddish apically, segment IV tipped with fuscous; underside pale yellow, fascia on propleura and mesosternum laterally reddish brown; coxae pale yellow, the median and _ pos- terior pair with reddish spots, trochanters pale, femora reddish brown with a median and a subapical pale fascia, the hind pair darker, pale only subapically, tibiae pale with extreme base, a subbasal ring and extreme apex reddish brown, tarsi pale, tipped with fuscous. Rostrum reaching posterior coxae. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 49a) showing a typical vesica, with spinose areas, a strongly sclerotized spiculum and a somewhat ctenoid, less sclerotized one. Left clasper (fig. 49b) as illustrated. Right clasper (fig. 49c) small, pointed apically. FEMALE. Unknown. Hototyre. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, SANTA CRUZ: Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, II-20-1964 (Cavagnaro and Schuster). 208 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. 0,imm VoLt. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 209 ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. 1 ¢, same locality as type, I-29-1964, at light (Schuster); 1 ¢, same data, II-6-1964. This species approaches Dagbertus bonariensis (Stal), in general aspect but differs from it by its color and by the structure of the male genitalia. 33. Dagbertus marmoratus Carvalho, new species. (Figure 50.) Characterized by its color and male genitalia. Mate. Length 3.9 mm., width 1.6 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 1.0 mm., vertex 0.32 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.5 mm.; II, 1.6 mm.; III, 0.6 mm.; IV, 0.4mm. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 1.4 mm. General color pale flavescent marmorate with brownish fuscous; head brown- ish fuscous, a small triangular area on vertex, two obsolete spots on internal margin of eyes, suture between vertex and frons pale to whitish, lorum, gena and clypeus milky-white with median vittae or the latter broken into pale areas or spots; pronotum brownish fuscous, extreme lateral margins, callosities and central spot on disc pale to whitish, in one specimen the vitta on callosities and central spot of disc fuse to form a broken median longitudinal vitta following a small pale triangular area on vertex and pale median area of scutellum; hemelytra marmo- rate, especially on clavus and corium, embolium and cuneus translucent, black apically, the latter with a milky-white obsolete spot at internal margin sub- basally, membrane fuscous with paler nervures; antennae pale, apex of segment II, segments III and IV fuscous; underside of body pale flavescent to whitish, some darkish-brown areas present on mesopleuron, metapleuron, propleuron (male) and abdomen; rostrum pale, tipped with fuscous; legs pale to flavescent, femora, especially II and III pairs, with two fuscous bands apically, tibiae with three slender fuscous bands and spines fuscous, tarsi tipped with fuscous. Rostrum reaching basal third of abdomen. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 50a) with vesica as shown in figure. Left clasper (fig. 50b) with a subapical branch. Right clasper (fig. 50c) small, with a small pointed lobe apically. FEMALE. Similar to male in color. Length 4.2 mm., width 1.8 mm. HototyPe. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, FLOREANA: II-15-1964, (Usinger ). ALLOTYPE. Female. Same data as type. ADDITIONAL SPECIMEN. 1 , same data as type. This species differs markedly from all others of the genus by its peculiar color and by the structure of the male genitalia. oe Ficures 48-50. Dagbertus species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Figure 48. D. darwini (Butler) ; figure 49. D. formosus Carvalho, new species; figure 50. D. marmo- ratus Carvalho, new species. 210 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRroc. 4TH SER. 34. Dagbertus quadrinotatus (Walker). (Figures 47, 51.) Capsus quadrinotatus WALKER, 1873, Cat. Het., vol. 6, p. 113. Dagbertus quadrinotatus Distant, 1904, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 13, p. 203. Characterized by its color and structure of male genitalia. Mate. Length 4.5 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 0.9 mm., vertex 0.40 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.6 mm.; II, 1.6 mm.; III 1.1 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.6 mm., width at base 1.2 mm. The types of this species were examined recently by Dr. W. E. China, British Museum (Natural History), who kindly communicated the following remarks: “General color pale sordid straw color with eyes black and the following dark brown markings: -Tylus; a faint inverted Y-mark on vertex (pale brown); a broad transverse band across base of pronotum; two divergent stripes on scutel- lum; inner half of clavus, claval suture, middle of emboliar suture; and oblique triangular mark on base of corium; a broad subtriangular mark on disc of corium, one angle touching apical margin, another nearly reaching the apex of clavus, and the other nearly reaching mark on base of corium; apex of embolium and apex of cuneus; membrane infuscate with a pale spot on one side of base beneath dark spot at apex of cuneus; pro- meso- and metapleura and a broad stripe down each side of abdomen dark brown. Second antennal segment black (3rd and 4th missing) ; apices of tibiae and tarsi black. The female ‘type’ speci- men with brown markings less distinct and the head and pronotum more or less entirely suffused with brown. Recorded from James Is.” The color of the specimens studied agrees with the type description. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 51a) of the generic type, with a characteristic spiculum. Left clasper (fig. 51b) as seen in illustration. Right clasper (fig. 51c) as seen in figure. FEMALE. Similar to male, slightly more robust. DisTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago (San Cristobal, Santa Cruz, Santiago Islands). SPECIMENS sTUDIED. SAN CRISTOBAL: 422, Progresso, II-23-1964 (Usinger); SANTA CRUZ: 222, 440 m., Table Mountain, IV-16-1964 (Cavagnaro); 4 ¢ 6, 6 22, abandoned garden, 5 miles N. Academy Bay, I-24- 1964 (Ashlock). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. SANTA CRUZ: 1 2, Horneman Farm, 220 m., II-10-1964 (Cavagnaro); 1 ?, same data, III-18-1964; 1 ¢, 1 2, same data, V-16-1964; 1 2, Conway Bay, III-16-1935 (Crocker). SANTIAGO: 1 ¢, N.W. ) => Ficures 51-53. Dagbertus species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Figure 51. D. quadrinotatus (Walker); figure 52. D. spoliatus (Walker); figure 53. D. pallidus Gagné, new species. Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS Pale CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. slope, 600 m., V-30-1964 (Cavagnaro). SAN CRISTOBAL: 1 2, same data as above. This species is separated from the others in the genus by the shape of the spiculum of the aedeagus, by its color and by the different shape of the apex of left clasper. 35. Dagbertus spoliatus (Walker). (Figure 52.) Capsus spoliatus WALKER, 1873, Cat. Het., vol. 6, p. 112. Dagbertus (?) spoliatus Distant, 1904, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 13, p. 203. Characterized by its color and male genitalia. Mate. Length 3.5 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 0.8 mm., vertex 0.32 mm. Antennae: Segment I, length 0.5 mm.; II, 1.5 mm.; III, 0.8 mm.; IV, 0.5 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 1.1 mm. General color pale yellowish testaceous; eyes, segment II (except basal por- tion), III and IV of antennae, dark brown; apices of embolium and cuneus dark; pronotum posteriorly, middle of scutellum (except apex), apex of clavus and base of membrane, infuscated; membrane fuscous; clypeus dark brown to piceous, and oblique fascia on lorum and another on gena, reddish brown to red; propleura with two horizontal brown fasciae, sometimes with a reddish tinge, legs yellowish testaceous, apices of posterior femora with two dark rings, some- times obsolete, extreme apex of tibiae, last tarsal segment and claws, infuscated. The dark markings are more evident on fully mature specimens. Some speci- mens did not show the reddish fascia on lorum or the two fasciae on propleura and the segment II of antennae is mostly pale. Rostrum reaching the sixth abdominal segment. Genitalia: Aedeagus (fig. 52a) with a typical spiculum, broader on its apex. Left clasper (fig. 52b) as seen in figure, with setae dorsally. Right clasper (fig. 52c) as illustrated. FEMALE. Similar to male in color, noticeably more robust. Length 4.5 mm., width 1.8 mm. DIsTRIBUTION. Galapagos Archipelago (Floreana Island). SPECIMENS STUDIED. FLOREANA: 3 6 ¢,3 22, Wittmer Farm, IIJ-15-1964 (Usinger). ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS. 7 ?@, same data as above; 8 2 2, same locality and collector, IT-18-1964. This species is easily separated by the color and by the structure of male genitalia. 36. Dagbertus pallidus Gagné, new species. (Figure 53.) In all of the Dagbertus species which are described by Gagné, the first mea- Vor. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 213 surement is that of the corresponding holotype (or allotype); the paratype variation, if any, follows in brackets. Mate. Body length 3.8 mm. (3.5 to 3.8 mm.); width 1.65 mm. (1.53 to 1.65 mm.). Head: Length 0.51 mm. (0.51 to 0.57 mm.); width 0.97 mm. (0.95 to 1.03 mm.); vertex width 0.26 mm. (0.23 to 0.26 mm.); reddish fascia along juncture of lorum and jugum continuing onto edge of tylus, remainder pale yel- low. Antennae: I, 0.48 mm. (0.46 to 0.50 mm.), yellow with a reddish median ring and another on apex; II, 1.45 mm. (1.45 to 1.51 mm.), a reddish ring basally, remainder yellow; III, 0.60 mm. (0.60 to 0.62 mm.), yellow; IV, 0.57 mm., yellow. Pronotum: Length 0.61 mm. (0.61 to 0.67 mm.); width 1.35 mm. (1.31 to 1.35 mm.); apical half of propleura reddish; remainder of pronotum yellow. Scutellum and hemelytra yellow; cuneus slightly infuscate at extreme apex; corium brownish on inner half of apex; membrane infuscate. Rostrum: Length 1.51 mm. (1.43 to 1.51 mm.) reaching apices of hind coxae; yellow, apex brown. Legs: Fore- and middle coxae pale yellow with a reddish ring on outer apices, all trochanters yellow, fore-femora yellow with a subapical brown ring, all tibiae yellow with a subbasal brown ring and darkening toward apices, all tarsi yellow and darkening apically; mesosternum yellow; episternum and epi- meron reddish with yellow bases; middle femora yellow, distal third brownish marmorate; metapleuron yellow on basal half, reddish on apical half, excepting the yellow ostiolar peritreme; hind coxae reddish on base with a median red spot; hind femora brownish marmorate on apical three quarters and yellow on basal quarter. Abdomen yellow. Genitalia: Aedeagus with spinose areas and a complex vesica with accessory spiculae (fig. 53a). Claspers as illustrated (fig. 53b, c). FEMALE. Differing from male as follows: Body length 4.10 mm. (4.10 to 4.62 mm.); width 1.80 mm. (1.80 to 1.98 mm.). Head: Length 0.52 mm. (0.52 to 0.60 mm.); width 0.97 mm. (0.97 to 1.03 mm.); vertex width 0.33 mm. (0.33 to 0.35 mm.); lorum, jugum and base of buccula reddish. Antennae: I, 0.52 mm., lacking the median ring; II, 1.51 mm. (1.51 to 1.56 mm.); III, 0.71 mm.; IV, 0.65 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.65 mm. (0.65 to 0.73 mm.); width 1.36 mm. (1.36 to 1.49 mm.). Rostrum: Length 1.60 mm. (1.60 to 1.61 mm.), reaching base of ovipositor. Horotype. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, Isla Santa Cruz, Academy Bay, Darwin Research Station, II-24-1964 (Cavagnaro and Schuster). ALLOTYPE. Female. Same locality, II-12-1964. PARATYPES. One male, same locality (Schuster), II-10-1964, at light; 1 °, same locality, I1-19-1964. This is the only Galapagos species of Dagbertus which is uniformly yellow dorsally excepting the infuscate membrane and inner apex of the corium. The complex spiculation of the aedeagus suggests affinities with D. formosus and the markings on the first antennal segment are identical. 214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. 37. Dagbertus nigrifrons Gagné, new species. (Figure 54.) Mate. Length 3.45 mm. Head: Length 0.52 mm.; width 0.86 mm.; vertex width 0.35 mm.; shining brownish-black excepting yellow inner apex of jugum, anterior third of buccula, base of vertex and surrounding antennal socket. An- tennae: I, 0.49 mm., yellow; II, 1.67 mm., yellow near base, remainder dark brown; III, 0.72 mm., dark brown; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 0.56 mm., width 1.09 mm.; collar, xyphus, apex of propleura and transversely across median of disc, yellow, remainder dark brown. Mesoscutellum and two longitudinal scutellar stripes joining basally, dark brown. Inner half of clavus, apices of embolium and cuneus, dark brown; remainder sordid yellow. Membrane trans- lucent. Rostrum: Length 1.92 mm., reaching middle af genital segment; yellow. Legs: Fore and hind legs broken beyond coxae; all coxae yellow; episternum, epimeron, basalar plate and sternum dark brown; mesothoracic spiracle creamy white; middle legs sordid yellow, tarsi darkening apically; pleura, base of meta- pleuron and apical half of ostiolar peritreme yellow, remainder dark brown. Ab- domen: Yellowish-brown laterally, venter yellow. Genitalia: Vesica typically twisted basally and broader apically (fig. 54a). Claspers as illustrated (fig. 54b, c). FeMaLe. Differing from male as follows: Length 4.50 mm. (3.97 to 4.50 mm.); width 2.05 mm. (1.67 to 2.05 mm.). Head: Length 0.57 mm. (0.57 to 0.72 mm.); width 1.01 mm. (0.96 to 1.01 mm.); vertex width 0.42 mm. (0.37 to 0.42 mm.); brownish-black, except yellow bordering eyes above antennae and broadly across base of vertex. Antennae: I, 0.60 mm. (0.48 to 0.60 mm.); II, 1.54 mm. (1.51 to 1.64 mm.), yellow with dark brown apex; III, 1.09 mm. (1.00 to 1.09 mm.); IV, 0.53, dark brown. Pronotum: Length 0.80 mm. (0.65 to 0.80 mm.); width 1.47 mm. (1.34 to 1.47 mm.), apical half yellowish-brown, darker posteriorly with the median yellowish area, a reddish fascia on propleura near coxal cleft. Mesoscutellum, scutellum, and hemelytra yellowish brown, darker along claval suture, apices of corium and cuneus; membrane irregularly infuscate. Rostrum: Length 2.00 mm. (1.93 to 2.00 mm.); reaching slightly past base of ovipositor. Legs: Hind legs brownish marmorate on apical half of femora. Hototyer. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, Wittmer Farm, Floreana Island, II-15-1964 (Usinger). ALLOTYPE. Female. Same data as holotype. ParAtyPEs. Three females, same data as holotype. In coloration this species most closely resembles D. quadrinotatus, but its > Ficures 54-56. Dagbertus species: a, Aedeagus; b, Left clasper; c, Right clasper. Figure 54. D. nigrifrons Gagné, new species (holotype male); figure 55. D. lineatus Gagné, new species; figure 56. D. figwratus Gagné, new species (holotype male). VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 215 UWWIO UCRUU ze) WLIO 216 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. shining brownish-black head and dark pronotum with a paler median area should distinguish it. The holotype is in poor condition, lacking the right fore-wing, the last anten- nal segments and the fore and hind legs. Darker females in the series have evi- dent the two basally joined longitudinal lines on the scutellum. According to Usinger’s field notes, this species could have been on ‘“‘Cordia or a narrow leafed, white-flowered composite.” 38. Dagbertus lineatus Gagné, new species. (Figure 55.) MALE. Length 3.25 mm. (3.25 to 3.27 mm.), width 1.26 mm. (1.26 to 1.31 mm.). Head: Length 0.47 mm. (0.47 to 0.56 mm.), width 0.83 mm. (0.83 to 0.87 mm.); vertex width 0.34 mm.; bases of lorum and tylus and a narrow line continuing from base of tylus to middle of vertex, brownish, remainder sordid yellow. Antennae: I, 0.47 mm. (0.47 to 0.56 mm.), sordid yellow; II, 1.47 mm. (1.45 to 1.47 mm.), brownish-black, extreme base sordid yellow; III, 0.94 mm. (0.91 to 1.05 mm.), brownish black; IV, 0.64 mm. (0.64 to 0.74 mm.), brownish- black. Pronotum: Length 0.55 mm. (0.55 to 0.60 mm.); width 1.06 mm. (1.06 to 1.16 mm.); yellowish, slightly darker across the base, but paler on propleura. Mesoscutellum, scutellum, and hemelytra yellowish with a brownish line along edge of clavus and commissure, and along claval suture; apex of embolium and cuneus brownish; membrane translucent, infuscated on inner edge from anal ridge to apex of opposite cuneus. Rostrum: Length 1.49 mm. (1.44 to 1.68 mm.); reaching middle of sixth abdominal segment; yellowish with dark apex. Fore and middle legs yellow; apical tarsal segments brownish; apical half of hind femora yellowish-brown, remainder yellow. Abdomen yellow. Genitalia: Vesica not typically twisted basally and widening apically, with an accessory spiculum (fig. 55a). Claspers as illustrated (figs. 55b, c). FEMALE. Differing from the male as follows: Length 4.23 mm.; width 1.53 mm. Head: Length 0.64 mm.; width 0.86 mm.; vertex width 0.40 mm.; base of lorum, anterior half of buccula and a spot on outer edge of antennal socket, red- dish, remainder sordid yellow. Antennae: I, 0.53 mm.; II, 1.63 mm., yellow with a darker apex; III, 1.11 mm., light brown; IV, 0.82 mm., light brown. Pro- notum: Length 0.68 mm.; width 1.24 mm.; yellow with a reddish fascia on apex of coxal cleft. Inner edge of membrane infumate half that distance in male, apex of large areole infumate. Rostrum: Length 1.75 mm.; almost reaching base of ovipositor. Legs and abdomen yellowish. Horotypre. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, Isla Fernandina, W. side, 1100 feet, II-5-1964 (Cavagnaro). ALLOTYPE. Female. Same data as holotype. PARATYPES. Two males. Same data as holotype. VoLt. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 21 ~r In markings and general coloration this species falls between D. quadrinotatus and D. spoliatus, but the shape of the vesica and its accessory spiculum, in ad- dition to the shape of the left clasper and its setae, suggest closer affinities to D. marmoratus. 39. Dagbertus figuratus Gagné, new species. (Figure 56.) Mate. Length 3.30 mm.; width 0.93 mm. Head: Length 0.54 mm.; width 0.82 mm.; vertex width 0.31 mm.; yellow with reddish fascia as follows: anterior edge of lorum, upper and inner edge of antennal socket and linearly branching obliquely to tylus and again in a “U” back to eye near middle of vertex, a median Y-shaped line along middle of tylus and vertex, arms of fascia on vertex extending to postero-lateral edge of eye. Antennae: I, 0.51 mm., dark brown; II, 1.57 mm., this and remaining piece of III, black; III and IV broken. Pro- notum: Length 0.49 mm.; width 0.99 mm.; yellowish with reddish fascia as follows: an X-shaped marking medially on apex, the arms of which extend to collar anteriorly and posteriorly to middle of disc, one complete longitudinal line on edge of pronotum, one on base and one on apex of propleura, and an in- complete line near edge of pronotum extending to middle of disc; disc impressed across apex. Mesoscutellum reddish brown. Scutellum with two longitudinal lines, joined basally. Hemelytra yellowish-brown, darker along inner edge of corium, all veins, claval suture, commissure and apex of cuneus; membrane in- fuscate between anal ridges and in apex of large areole and extending laterally into membane. Rostrum: Length 1.84 mm.; reaching middle of genital segment; yellow with a dark apex. Legs: Fore and hind legs missing beyond coxae; coxae pale yellow; sternum yellow medially and reddish laterally; the apical reddish line of propleura extending across middle of episternum, basal line extending narrowly across basalar plate, base of epimeron and broadly across apex of meta- pleuron; middle femora yellow with a light brown ring subapically, tibia yellow, darkening apically, tarsi missing. 4ddomen: Yellow with a longitudinal reddish fascia along upper lateral edge. Genitalia: Aedeagus with typical basally twisted vesica which broadens apically (fig. 56a). Claspers as illustrated (figs. 56b, c). Hototyer. Male. Galapagos Archipelago, Isla Santa Cruz, Grassland, V-5- 1964, N. slope, 200 feet (Cavagnaro). The markings are unique although the general pattern approaches that of D. darwini; the similar vesica may also indicate an affinity with that species; but D. figuratus, with D. lineatus and D. quadrinotatus, are the only Galapagos species of Dagbertus in which the rostrum of the male reaches the middle of the genital segment. 218 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Dagbertus species Also before us are 3 females with unassociated males, each possibly repre- senting an additional species. Because the males are unknown, formal descrip- tion is withheld. They are as follows: SPECIES A, 1 2, Isla Pinzon, Upper Caldera, Valley Area, II-7-1964 (Cavag- naro). The specimen appears to be allied to D. lineatus but differs in having a dark brown tylus, a brownish vertex, the second antennal segment pale on basal half and it lacks the reddish fascia entirely. It measures 4.06 mm. long and 1.86 mm. wide. Species B, 1 2, San Cristobal Island, Progresso (above Miconia), I1-23- 1964 (Usinger). Possible allied to D. spoliatus, but the hemelytra are reddish- brown apically and medially, contrasting with an entirely pale pronotum and scutellum; the apical half of the femora are reddish. It measures 4.50 mm. long and 1.86 mm. wide. SPECIES C, 1 2, same data as latter female. This specimen is not clearly allied to any of the Galapagos species of Dagbertus. It is almost entirely re- fuscent excepting the paler calli and yellow coxae; the membrane is deeply in- fuscate; the striking, entirely red abdomen is unique. It measures 4.56 mm. long and 1.80 mm. wide. BIBLIOGRAPHY BARBER, H. G. 1925. Hemiptera-Heteroptera from the Williams Galapagos Expedition. Zoologica, vol. 5, pp. 241-254. 1934. The Norwegian Zoological Expedition to the Galapagos Islands 1925, conducted by Alf Wollebaek. XI. Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Nyt Magazin for Naturvi- denskaberne, vol. 74, pp. 281-289. [Reprinted as Meddelelser fra det Zoologiske Museum, Oslo, nr. 42, pp. 281-289 (1934).] Butter, A. G. 1877. Account of the Zoological Collection made during the visit of H.M.S. “Peterel” to the Galapagos Islands. X. Lepidoptera, Orthoptera, Hemiptera. Proceed- ings of the Zoological Society of London, 1877, pp. 86-91. CaRVALHO, J. C. M. 1955. Keys to the Genera of Miridae of the World (Hemiptera). Boletim de Museu Paraense Emélio Goeldi, Belém, Para, Brasil, vol. 11, no. 2, 151 pp., 263 figs. 1958. Neotropical Miridae, LX XXIII: A New Species of “Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus)” with Notes on Related Species (Hemiptera, Heteroptera). Revista Brasileira de Biologia, vol. 18, no. 3, pp. 333-336. 1959. A Catalogue of the Miridae of the World. Arquivos do Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, vol. 48, 384 pp. (part 4). CarVALHO, J. C. M., AND E. WAGNER 1957. A world revision of the genus Trigonotylus Fieber. Arquivos do Museu Nacional, Brazil, vol. 43, pp. 121-155. CHAMPION, G. C. 1924. The insects of the Galapagos Islands. The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, vol. 60, pp. 259-260. VoL. XXXVI] CARVALHO & GAGNE: MIRIDAE OF THE GALAPAGOS 219 Distant, W. L. 1904. Rhynchotal Notes—XXI. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 7, vol. 13, pp. 194-206. KetrTon, L. A. 1955. Genera and Subgenera of the Lygus Complex (Hemiptera, Miridae). Canadian Entomologist, vol. 87, no. 7, pp. 277-301. Van DvzZEFE, E. P. 1933. The Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences 1932, no. 4. Characters of twenty-four new species of Hemiptera from the Galapagos Islands and the coast and islands of Central America and Mexico. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 21, pp. 25-40. 1937. No. 33. Hemiptera of the Templeton Crocker Expedition to Polynesia in 1934—- 1935. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 22, pp. 111-126. WALKER, F. 1873. Catalogue of the specimens of Hemiptera-Heteroptera in the collection of the British Museum. London. Part VI, pp. 1-210. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 8, pp. 221-230; 2 figs.; 2 tables. September 30, 1968 METHODS OF SAMPLING SCORPION POPULATIONS By Stanley C. Williams! ABSTRACT: The use of pitfall traps as a method of sampling scorpion populations is discussed and compared with other methods. The catches of covered and un- covered traps were statistically compared, covered traps being found to collect a significantly larger number of specimens. The influence of specimen removal on long term trap catches was studied. Specimen removal did not significantly alter the number of scorpions captured by traps over a 22 week interval, under the removal pressure employed. As a sampling tool, pit traps were concluded to have many advantages over methods such as rock rolling, and burrow excavation. However, they lack some of the advantages of the ultraviolet detection method. INTRODUCTION Scorpions have traditionally been studied by turning surface objects such as boards, rocks, bark, and trash. Specimens thus obtained are generally few in number and yield data which are often difficult to interpret from an ecological point of view. Even more important, some species are rarely encountered be- cause of specialized ways of life such as burrowing. Recently, more practical and useful means of studying and collecting scor- pions have been used with success: trapping and ultraviolet detection. The pur- pose of this paper is to report on the pitfall trapping method and to compare it with other methods in use. I thank Mont A. Cazier (Department of Zoology, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona) for advice and suggestions during this study, George E. Lindsay (California Academy of Sciences) for critically reading this manuscript, and Charlene F. Williams for clerical assistance. This was part of a larger project supported by the National Institutes of Health through Predoctoral Fellowship 5-F1-GM-23, 794-02. 1 Assistant Professor of Biology, San Francisco State College, San Francisco, California 94132. [221] ...————— Marine Biological lahorathot] (aiy= bt gt th av0raiory _ B R A R Y & = } OCT 4 19628 itt 222 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Ficure 1. Pitfall trap used in this study. Notice how trap is set with upper lip flush with the ground surface. The rock is used to cover the opening of the trap at all times. MATERIALS AND METHODS SELECTION OF FIELD STUDY AREA. An area located at the eastern end of Phoenix South Mountain (30° 26’ N. Lat., 112° 01’ W. Long.), Maricopa County, Arizona, was selected for the field study. This area is about 1 mile south of the town of Guadalupe. Selection of this study area involved the following considera- tions: the ecology was relatively undisturbed; access was convenient; and the scorpion fauna was abundant and diverse. SAMPLING METHOD. Sampling was carried out exclusively by means of un- baited pitfall traps, which were permanently set in their respective locations for the duration of the study. Number-10 food cans served as traps. These were deep enough to prevent the escape of even the largest scorpion species, and to retain the captured scorpions well below the environmental extremes occurring on the soil surface. Each can was buried so that its open end was flush with the ground surface, and was covered by a suitably sized rock or masonite square (fig. 1). Traps were checked twice each week, except when they were checked on a daily schedule (when testing the effect of trap cover type on catch numbers). The 100 unbaited traps used in this study were equally distributed in two adjacent areas. In each area, 50 traps were linearly arranged along a ‘“‘U-shaped”’ VoL. XXXVI] WILLIAMS: SAMPLING SCORPION POPULATIONS i) iss) Ww aS - “ce Pe Leste : tong se : 4 Sik, 3 c ted <6 E Nabar Pi oe FicurE 2. View of study area at northeastern end of Phoenix South Mountain, Maricopa County, Arizona. line transect. All traps were spaced along the transect at 9 meter intervals by pacing. Throughout the course of the study, trap maintenance was carried out as needed. This maintenance included removal of soil and animals from traps, re- moval of water after rain, keeping the lip of the trap flush with the soil surface, replacement of traps as they became rusty, and keeping trap sides clean and smooth in order to prevent escapes. RESULTS DESCRIPTION OF STUDY AREA. Phoenix South Mountain is a long, northeast to southwest oriented mountain range, isolated from neighboring mountains by expanses of flat desert basin. At the eastern foot of the mountain the elevation is 381 meters above sea level while the highest peak reaches an elevation of 759 meters above sea level. The mountain is rugged, rocky, and dissected by many irregular valleys and canyons. The trap areas were located in the open desert at the northeast end of the mountain. The town of Guadalupe was approximately 1 mile to the north, and the mountain was about 0.5 mile to the west. The vege- tation of this area can be best characterized as belonging to the Larrea-Franseria association of the Lower Colorado Valley division of the Sonoran desert (Shreve, 1951). bo bho 5 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. The terrain was basically flat and smooth but was occasionally divided by shallow washes. The soils had a texture similar to sandy loam, but were well compacted and often stony. In most places a hard, subsurface, mineralized layer was present. The vegetation was dominated by creosote bush (Larrea tridentata (DeCandolle) Coville) and bur-sage (Franseria deltoidea Torrey) but, paloverde (Cercidium microphyllum (Torrey) Rose and Johnston), ironwood (Olneya tesota Gray), white bur-sage (Franseria dumosa Gray), Mormon tea (Ephedra species), and saguaro (Carnegiea gigantea (Engelmann) Britton and Rose) also occurred, although in less abundance. This area was relatively homogeneous in regard to the flora because of the clear dominance of Larrea, and in regard to terrain because of its locations away from the mountain (fig. 2). Climatic studies showed that air temperature extremes from —7° to 47° centi- grade occurred during the last 28 years (Kangieser, 1966). Lowest temperatures occurred in December and January, while highest temperatures occurred during June, July, and August. Rainfall was very irregular from year to year, but generally was greatest in August. During the last 28 years, August rainfall varied from 0.18 to 14.1 centimeters with an average of 2.85 centimeters. May and June were the months of lowest rainfall. During the last 28 years, monthly rain- fall for these months varied from 0.00 to 2.41 centimeters with an average of 0.33 centimeters in May and 0.23 centimeters in June. All weather and climatic data were gathered at the Phoenix Sky Harbor Airport approximately 5 miles away from the study area. SCORPION POPULATIONS SAMPLED BY THE TRAPS. A total of 607 scorpions, from four species of the family Vejovidae were captured in the 100 traps. These were: Hadrurus arizonensis (Ewing), Vejovis confusus Stahnke, Vejovis spinigerus (Wood), and Vejovis stahnkei Gertsch & Soleglad. Only two of these species were collected in large enough numbers to permit analysis: H. arizonensis with 156 specimens and V. confusus with 445 specimens. THE INFLUENCE OF TRAP COVERS ON SCORPION CAPTURE BY PITFALL TRAPS. To determine if trap covers influenced the numbers and kinds of scorpions captured by the pitfalls, the 100 traps were operationally established to test three cover variables. These three variables were: rock covers, masonite square covers, and no covers. Each of the three variables were sampled by 33 traps set in a linearly alternating pattern. (Data from trap 100 were not used in this analysis.) The rocks and masonite squares used as trap covers each covered a ground surface approximating 900 square centimeters. All traps were checked every morning to minimize trap predation, and heat induced death. The assumption was made that if trap covers had no influence on the ef- fectiveness of the pitfalls to capture scorpions, then essentially the same numbers of scorpions should be collected by each of the three pooled samples. These VoL. XXXVI] WILLIAMS: SAMPLING SCORPION POPULATIONS bo bo On TaBLe 1. The influence of trap covers on scorpion capture. The captures of traps covered by rocks, masonite, and with no covers were compared by Chi Square Analysis. Each trap situation was represented by 33 traps. Data were gathered from 1 August 1966 through 4 September 1966. Observed Expected Sample Numbers Numbers Size Dh Abs X?2 P. H. arizonensis rock 12 9.3 28 2 6.54 P < 0.05 masonite 13 9.3 no cover 3 9.3 V. confusus rock 7B} 14.6 44 2 17.07 12 << (OO masonite 19 14.6 no cover 2 14.6 Pooled rock 35 24 72 2) 22.82 P< 0)01i masonite 32 24 no cover 5 24 Heterogeneity: 2 0.79 O0S>P = 10550 data were gathered from 1 August 1966 through 4 September 1966, and were analyzed by Chi Square analysis. Analysis of the capture of 28 specimens of H. arizonensis showed that the different trap types did not sample this species in a random manner (P < 0.05). Traps with rock and masonite covers were essentially equivalent in numbers of scorpions captured while the traps with no covers had a distinctly lower catch (table 1). Analysis of the capture of 44 specimens of V. confusus showed that the dif- ferent trap types did not sample this species in a random manner (P< 0.01). Traps with rock and masonite covers were essentially equivalent in catch num- bers, while the uncovered traps captured strikingly fewer V. confusus (table 1). It was concluded that covered traps captured a significantly greater number of scorpions than those with no covers. No significant difference was apparent between the catches of the traps covered by rocks and those covered by masonite squares. Both species reacted to the three cover situations in a homogeneous manner, as judged by the nonsignificant heterogeneity Chi Square (table 1). THE INFLUENCE OF SCORPION REMOVAL ON CATCH NUMBERS. To determine if scorpion removal had any effect on subsequent catch numbers, the catches of the two equivalent, 50-trap areas were compared. In one area all captured scorpions were removed while all captured scorpions were recorded and released in the other. This study was carried out from 24 April 1966 throughout 9 Octo- ber 1966. It was expected that the two areas would not differ significantly un- 226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. TasLe 2. The effect of permanent scorpion removal on catch numbers. The catches in an area with permanent specimen removal were compared with those of an area in which all scorpions were released. Each area was sampled by 50 equivalent and linearly arranged traps from 24 April 1966 through 9 October 1966. Data were analyzed by Chi Square Analysis using Yates’ Correction for Continuity. Observed Expected Sample Numbers Numbers Size ID} Mae X?2 P H. arizonensis removal 73 78 156 1 0.520 050) > 2 S030 release 83 78 V. confusus removal Ziv 222.5 445 1 0.406 0:10) > BS1050 release 228 222.5 less removal affected the probability of future catches. If removal were to actually reduce the probability of future catches by a trap, then it would be expected that the trap area employing scorpion removal should show a decreased catch when pooled catches of several months were compared. Analysis of 156 specimens of H. arizonensis and 445 of V. confusus revealed that no significant difference occurred in the catch numbers of the removal area as compared with those of the release area (table 2). It was, therefore, concluded that specimen removal did not significantly alter the probability of future cap- tures for either species under the removal pressure employed. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS EFFECTIVENESS OF PITFALL TRAPS FOR SAMPLING SCORPIONS. That 100 traps collected 607 scorpions of four species in 52 months was impressive evidence that unbaited pitfalls were effective devices for the sampling of scorpion popu- lations. In the area sampled, it would have been virtually impossible to obtain samples of this magnitude by turning surface objects since such items are not commonly encountered in this habitat. In addition to obtaining scorpion samples of sizable numbers, use of these traps permitted the gathering of standardized numerical data which could be partitioned into suitable samples for statistical comparisons. The traps were significantly more effective devices for sampling scorpion populations when they were covered than when uncovered. Whether this was because the scorpions sought shelter under the trap covers or because they were able to detect and avoid uncovered traps was not determined. There was no significant difference between the numbers captured in traps covered by masonite and those covered by rocks. Perhaps any kind of cover would serve as a good trap cover. The area in which all scorpions were permanently removed yielded essentially Vor. XXXVI] WILLIAMS: SAMPLING SCORPION POPULATIONS BAT the same numbers of scorpions of each species, as the nearby area in which all scorpions were released after capture. This clearly indicated that permanent specimen removal did not significantly affect subsequent catches. Probably the linear arrangement and spacing of traps created a situation in which any one unit area was not under significantly heavy removal pressure to reduce the catches. Theoretically then, as specimens were removed, others must have moved in to occupy the available space. The populations may also have been so large that the numbers removed were not detectable. Both of these mechanisms ap- peared to be in operation. More species of scorpions were collected by the traps than were predicted to occur in the area by preliminary search under rocks and other available sur- face objects. Also, the relative numbers of each species captured appeared to represent the composition of the natural scorpion community of the habitat (judging by similar relative numbers observed with the ultraviolet method). ADVANTAGES OF THE PITFALL METHOD. The three main advantages of using the pitfall method are: large sample sizes may be obtained; sampling is con- tinuous whether or not an observer is present in the field; and trap data may be partitioned into various equivalent units for experimental analysis. Specialized aspects of the life history may also be revealed by analysis of the trap data (Williams, 1966). DISADVANTAGES OF THE PITFALL METHOD. The pitfall method is not without disadvantages. The installation of these traps often requires much time and work, especially in areas characterized by well compacted, mineralized, or stony soils. Soils may be so rocky or thin that trap establishment is virtually impossible. Scorpions also appear to have a patchy spatial dispersion. A series of traps might, therefore, be established in an area with a very small or no scorpion popu- lation, while an adjacent slope might contain a very dense population. Trap checking and maintenance requires the expenditure of considerable time. For data to have analytical value, a rigid checking schedule must be set and maintained throughout the study. The traps are constantly in need of main- tenance. Many kinds of organisms are captured in addition to scorpions. These must be continually removed to prevent the attraction of ants, necrophagous animals, and predators such as foxes and coyotes. If care is not taken, coyotes may learn to check the trap lines each night in search of food (including scor- pions). COMPARISON WITH OTHER SAMPLING METHODS. Traditionally three methods have been used to sample scorpion populations: turning objects on the ground surface (often called “rock rolling”), location of burrows followed by excavation of the inhabitant, and peeling loose bark from trees. In addition, two newer methods have recently been used with much success: pitfall trapping (as discussed in this paper), and ultraviolet detection. Each method has its ad- vantages and disadvantages. Any good field study will probably make use of all th ho ) § CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER, these methods to some extent, while depending more on the most appropriate methods for the basis of the data gathering. The primary advantage of rock rolling as a sampling method is its simplicity. No special equipment is necessary. One can quickly cover an area, collecting enough specimens to permit a diagnostic analysis of the scorpion populations present and their relative abundances. Unfortunately the numbers of specimens gathered are often small, therefore, rare species, or species with specialized life histories, may not be represented in the sample. During certain times of the year, specimens might not be detected by rock rolling because diurnal ground tem- peratures may reach the lethal range. Also, some habitats, such as sand dunes, cannot be sampled by rock rolling because of the conspicuous lack of surface cover objects. Burrow detection methods have many disadvantages. Excavation of the bur- row is necessary to identify the inhabitant. This is disadvantageous in that exten- sive excavation is often much hard work, takes much time, and may severely dis- turb the ecology of an area being studied. Also, generally only one or two species will be detected by burrow excavation in an area which may be occupied by six or seven species. Bark peeling as a method of sampling scorpions makes use of the habit of certain species of scorpions to seek shelter under bark. Members of the genus Centruroides, for example, are well known for their affinities toward tree climb- ing, and for their dense aggregations under bark in some habitats. Although this method may yield large numbers of specimens in a short time, only a few species in an area will normally be detected because of different habitat affinities. The ultraviolet detection method appears to have great promise for scorpion sampling. This method takes advantage of the property of the scorpion cuticle to convert ultraviolet radiation into visible light. Using this method, an observer walks through a suspected scorpion habitat at night with a portable ultraviolet light. Any scorpion within range on an exposed surface is easily detected by the bright greenish-yellow fluorescence of its cuticle against the dark background. As an example of the effectiveness of this technique, the author and Mont A. Cazier recently collected some 2000 scorpions from a California sand-dune habi- tat in less than 4 hours. At one time, 17 specimens were seen glowing in the field of one ultraviolet lamp. The ultraviolet technique was also used with success by Williams and Hadley (1967) to survey the scorpion fauna of a coastal sand- dune community. This method of detection has since been refined by these authors and is currently being used to study activity patterns, nocturnal surface behavior, and spatial dispersion of scorpions. The effective range of an ultraviolet lamp varies from a few feet to around 50 feet, depending on factors such as the wave length generated, filters, power supply, and condition of the battery. Generally the longer wave length units have a greater effective range, but have the disadvantage of requiring a larger and Vou. XXXVI] WILLIAMS: SAMPLING SCORPION POPULATIONS 229 heavier power supply and battery. The filament of the commercially available units generates not only ultraviolet, but visible wave lengths. The distraction of the visible light is, however, controlled by the use of blue filters. Selection of a lamp requires a compromise of several factors such as adequate range, portabil- ity, effective life of battery and price. Ultraviolet observation may be easily designed to yield data which are standardized for statistical analysis. For example, a line transect of a given length can be walked at night and all specimens glowing within range of the light can be counted and pooled together to yield one repeatable sample. This sample, therefore, results in a count of so many specimens (of each species) per belt transect of a given surface area (width of transect is determined by the range of the lamp). Another method would be to walk randomly through an area and count specimens per unit time of search. When using ultraviolet detection, caution must always be taken to prevent looking into the lamp, as ultraviolet light can cause severe damage to the retina of the eye. One must also be careful of making unfortunate contacts with venomous animals such as rattlesnakes. The potential of the ultraviolet method is impressive. Its main values are that it can be used effectively even over short time spans, it causes minimal ecological disturbance, and it yields large sample sizes if and when scorpions are active on the ground surface. LITERATURE CITED KANGIESER, P. C. 1966. Climates of the States, Arizona. (Jn) Climatography of the United States, nos. 60-62, U. S. Department of Commerce, Environmental Data Service, 14 pp. SHREVE, F. 1951. Vegetation of the Sonoran Desert. (Jn) Shreve and Wiggins, Vegetation and Flora of the Sonoran Desert. Stanford University Press, California, 192 pp. WILLiAMs, S. C. 1966. Burrowing activities of the scorpion Anuroctonus phaeodactylus (Wood), (Scor- pionida: Vejovidae). Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 34, no. 8, pp. 419-428. WILLIAMs, S. C., anp N. F. HADLEY 1967. Scorpions of the Puerto Penasco area (Cholla Bay), Sonora, Mexico, with de- scription of Vejovis baergi, new species. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 35, no. 5, pp. 103-116. Pre coli ¥ sree = - - er a : 7 P wield at el ve ire P Toei .an eucihh< pln hea “16 ‘ itu poner Se ee y 7 af ’ .>49 Cire? we ort re fad vi ; >, 2) “enpepnee its ay « o mes eee ia.? wie , peel yuo — y ey ae } av 0. —_ r ’ hag > . Male ( ic ow - , PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 9, pp. 231-277; 83 figs.; 7 tables. November 14, 1968 SILICOFLAGELLATES FROM THE CRETACEOUS, EOCENE, AND MIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA, U.S.A. By York T. Mandra San Francisco State College, San Francisco, California 94132 Research Associate, California Academy of Sciences INTRODUCTION This is a report of a stratigraphic analysis and a systematic catalogue of fossil silicoflagellates from nine localities in California. A detailed description of the stratigraphy of these localities has been reported earlier (Mandra, 1960). The fossil assemblages are Maastrichtian (Upper Cretaceous); Narizian (Upper Eocene); Relizian (Lower Miocene); Mohnian (Upper Miocene); and Del- montian (‘‘Upper-most”’ Miocene or Mio-pliocene). The species are illustrated by 83 figures, a Literature Cited section is in- cluded, a Gazetteer of world-wide silicoflagellate localities cited in this paper and a Register of Localities is presented. Type material is deposited in the Stanford University Paleontological Type Collection. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the help that Dr. G D. Hanna of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences has given me for many years. The Standard Oil Company of California and the California Academy of Sciences have contributed the complete publication costs of this paper. STRATIGRAPHIC ANALYSIS The stratigraphic investigation is sequential in nature. First it demonstrates, in the Slide Uniformity discussion, that mounted specimens on slides are random [231] Marine Rinlaqiael nen ma i be he al Laboratory | IBRARY 4 NOV 2 ©» 1968 WOODS HO : Ad ' bid Hl LE, VIASS 232 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. AGE AND STRATIGRAPHIC RELATIONSHIP OF SAMPLES California Marine Stages RIGIRGEGTd SSS) Pliocene en Del montian Teenie Miocene [Relizian | fSaucesian | Upper Cret. |Maastrichtian System | Series Samples SAMPLES |. “Sidney Flat” Shale 2. Kellogg Shale 3. Type Monterey Diatomite 4. Buttle Diatomite 4 Sisquoc Formation (Lompoc) 6.Valmonte Diatomite 7% Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill 8.Marca Shale (Moreno Formation) 9.Sisquoc Formation (Purisima Hills) oO) 3 n> D IOiontn ly Ls no|— oO O|OND OWp (eo) on {f) J Wa J Ye San Francisco Del Monte o8 Moreno Gulch \ a o + Bradley \ on Bakersfield e-porisima Hills MAP OF CALIFORNIA SHOWING LOCATION OF SAMPLES SCALE Ficure 1. Map of California showing location, age and stratigraphic relationship of samples. VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 233 and representative. Then the Statistical Method is presented so that it can be used to demonstrate Horizon Uniformity and to analyze faunules from the dif- ferent stages and series. Finally, tentative stratigraphic conclusions are reported. SLIDE UNIFORMITY Slide uniformity is defined here as statistical similarity of faunules, mounted on slides, from one horizon. Data in this section consist of detailed tabular evi- dence, which is interpreted and summarized as follows: there is no statistical difference between the faunules on slides from one horizon. Thus, the faunule on Sharktooth Hill Horizon A slide 1 is statistically the same as the faunules on slides 2, 3, and 4 of the same horizon. It is essential to demonstrate statistical uniformity of slides in order that mounted horizon assemblages can be considered random and representative. Without these two qualities all later statistical work in this report would be invalid. Table 1 shows, in terms of relative abundance at each horizon, the occurrences of 34 species and varieties from the nine localities studied. The statistics for a horizon were obtained by random counts of 200 specimens (N = 200) from a sample representing one horizon. Relative abundance of a species was determined on the basis of the number of times a species appeared in the random counts of 200 specimens. No more than 50 specimens were counted per slide; therefore, each horizon has a minimum of four slides. If, as is the case for Monterey Hori- zon B and Sharktooth Hill Horizon B, a slide does not contain 50 specimens, then the count is continued on a second slide. In the two horizons just mentioned, five slides were needed to complete the count of 200. The recorded data of the Kellogg and “Sidney Flat” shales are exceptions to the procedure just described. Modifications were required because data from the two shales are not comparable to data from other localities; there are not enough silicoflagellates in the samples from the two Eocene shales. Therefore in order to make the data comparable, and useful, the following steps were taken: 1. Counts of Eocene slides were combined. For example, Kellogg shale slide 21 as reported in table 2 is, in reality, the summary of counts for slides 21, 21A, and 21C. The use of such combinations is a convenience by which data can be presented in nine (instead of 22) columns. The grouping of slides does not in- validate or weaken the statistics. 2. ‘Sidney Flat” shale counts are doubled in order for N to equal 200. For example, table 2 shows a count of eight for Corbisema triacantha on slide 5 of the “Sidney Flat” shale. In the Observed Frequencies Chart the count for the same species in the same shale is doubled and recorded as 16 for Corbisema triacantha. The doubling of counts weakens the “Sidney Flat” shale data in the sense that observed frequencies will not reveal their full potential. Thus, the faunule of sample X differs from the faunule of the “Sidney Flat” shale in that the ‘Sidney Flat” does not have species A and B, and sample X does. In this [ Proc. 4TH SER. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 234 ies. licoflagellate spec ta Sl Table of observed frequencies of Californ TABLE 1. “21d WVS 3NO SV G31V3u1l ONY Y3HLI9SOL G3adNOUS 3YV SIIdWVS BIVWHS 990773% SAI *sa1L11v907 u3HLO WOUd ViVG OL 31vuvdWOO W3H1 aNWW OL a3isnray N33 3AVH VIVO 31VHS LV14 A3NGISK “LUVHO SIHL NI NOILISOd IHL OL NOILISOdY3AdNS 40 3dId -NIUd FHL Alddv LON OG 91901039 LON'HLNOS OL HLYON‘OIHdVY9039 S| SLINN YNOJS 3S3HL JO LNSW3ONVENY SHI ¥ WAS OE > TH HLOOL “WUVHS LV | NVIZIT3Y ILIWOLVIG ILIMOLVIO JLNOWIVA (Qasy 20d wo) NOLLYWHOS JONdSIS SNH OUTST NOLLVAYOS Jonosis ILINOLVIO 711108 Ud Vv ag NOLLVWUO4 AaU3LNON, | NOILVWYOS N x fo) ae a Ww a = Ww = 4 ° z (e) VYONVW “L NYOA Ag SJIONIND AUS G3AN3S80 4O F18VL Wit, .O,O.0VU| TABLE 2. Slide and horizon counts Monterey formation (type area) Slide number Horizon A _ iss) Ww Canno pilus binoculus Distephanus ornamentus Distephanus speculum D. speculum brevispinus Mosocena crenulata elliptica Buttle diatomite Slide number Canno pilus binoculus Canno pilus calyptra Corbisema species Dictyocha fibula Distephanus crux Distephanus ornamentus Distephanus speculum D. speculum brevispinus D. speculum pentagonus Mesocena crenulata diodon Mesocena hexagona Paradictyocha polyactis bo (So) (2y (at IS) (©) Ne) = bo W FODODDYCOOCOrHSG FOOFRFREORORRO] & COFPFREFRDAHFOOOORO/SA pp OOOrFRf RF ORF OF Fe nS Sisquoc formation (Purisima Hills) Slide number Cannopilus binoculus Dictyocha fibula Distephanus crux Distephanus speculum D. speculum brevispinus Paradictyocha polyactis Sisquoc formation (Lompoc) Slide number Cannopilus binoculus Dictyocha fibula Dictyocha fibula rhombica Dictyocha staurodon Distephanus crux Distephanus speculum D. speculum brevispinus Paradictyocha polvyactis Valmonte diatomite Slide number Cannopilus binoculus Cannopilus cyrtoides Cannopilus hemisphericus Cannopilus sphericus Dictyocha fibula Dictyocha fibula stapedia Distephanus crux Distephanus speculum bo BSS ONArF FO on (S) (S) fe} (eS) (eo) ©) [Vt (ee) (2) (ei (eS) |) £5 ~ SOOM aSGOOoOoOD S| —_ (S} (SJ Cony eS (Se) |] al MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 235 Horizon B 11 0 24 7 0) 1 _ re 12 0 42 8 0 0 i bo 1 WwW OrFwWw~AO 3 Ww S) TT (S) () ee) Wey (LS (Se) (er (S) [TS mw Seo I oOo S|) Oo OH} GC} S& — Ww ePoOoOrrrhowododdao a OnwTOFHO!]O er AN OO ~r 4 OF AO CO] ow ° _ Ww _ —" —_ w RFPrRNOrRrF BPO] OA to FoOouUoOOrar w (S) (©) en Te) TLS ey |} (22) — BWA KF KK UO — bo NHwWOF OF ND iS) = WwW Ownkroror re iS) RPnNOrrF ODO] — Bworonoddoao Bm OO We Oo © | BnNnorworeeK |] w eB ooonx00o°9d] + NNOODOFOF |] O — (2) PSS) (Se) Kee) (Ss) 2). (e) _ = Anoreunogceoo — i) (aye) eyes) (2) (=) (=) 236 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. TABLE 2. (Continued) Valmonte diatomite (continued) Horizon A Horizon B Slide number Y 3 11 12 a po oO D. speculum brevispinus Mesocena crenulata Mesocena crenulata diodon 3 Mesocena crenulata elliptica Mesocena polymorpha Mesocena polymohpha triangula Paradictyocha polyactus FKWNOONn We W W eer OOOO - Ww nl (e) fe) Sy () (S) No} > wwWOordOdO wn (Ss) [S) (S) ©) 9) (2) [S bo Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill Slide number = to WwW — jo) — — — is) —_ Ww Cannopilus binoculus Cannopilus calyptra Cannopilus cyrtoides Cannopilus hemisphericus Canno pilus sphericus Dictyocha ausonia Dictyocha fibula Distephanus crux Distephanus speculum D. speculum brevispinus Mesocena polymorpha triangula Ww OCOOw~noonunogonao Ww wWONTrF WOOK OMe W oowunoqdnodrdan oO WwW CONF ORFRORFRODO! fF = FPOWFmMAOOHOTCO! Oo w FPrRUmnOoOodhrKR AO W OOWWWOONKH WO W COCOBDAOONN FO iS) Se 2 QoQ e 2S jo) Eocene samples Kellog shale “Sidney Flat” shale Slide number 19 222. 7 ‘Ail a _ ~r n — RF OOOOrOO Fw Corbisema apiculata Z Corbisema triacantha Dictyocha fibula Distephanus speculum Distephanus variabilis Mesocena oamaruensis Mesocena occidentalis M. polymorpha biseptenaria M. polymorpha quadrangula Naviculopsis biapiculata bo me Ww oo Wm do e (—\ (a) (ey Kony (oe) CS) Ley (o)y (ey 1 1 3 7 4 9 10 1 6 0 (>) (@) (©Y (8) (S) (ey CNS (oe) (eo) (ay 1S) (oy eS =) ~J = OO ©: o1 © Cv © ~a NF ONDOODKF OW BoOooOrFGQCOOWON _ —" 12 Cretaceous samples Marca shale Slide number 1 2 3 4 Corbisema geometrica 10 9 4 2 Lyramula furcula 36m Sneed 2A Lyramula simplex 0) 2 0 2 Vallacerta hortoni 4 4 4 1 case it is possible, mathematically, to assume that if the “Sidney Flat” shale contained 200 specimens (instead of 100) then species A and B might have been present. Recorded counts of table 2 are uniform in the sense that all slides from one horizon have the same species as the most abundant species. Hence the distribu- tion of species on slides is random and representative. Distephanus ornamentus, VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 237 being the most abundant species on each of the nine slides from the Monterey formation (type area) Horizon A and Horizon B, occupies rank-order position no. 1. The following species, each in its own area, likewise occupy rank-order position no. 1: Distephanus speculum on all 16 slides of Sisquoc formation and all eight slides of the Buttle diatomite; Mesocena crenulata diodon on all eight slides of Valmonte diatomite; Dictyocha fibula on all nine slides of diatomite at Shark- tooth Hill; Corbisema apiculata on all four slides of Kellogg shale; Lyramula furcula on all four slides of Marca shale. The conclusion, based on the above data, that all slides from one horizon are uniform, random, and representative is supported by additional evidence. In two- thirds of the horizons studied the second most abundant species, on each slide, is the same species for all slides from one horizon. Thus, Distephanus speculum occupies rank-order position no. 2 on each of the nine slides from Monterey formation (type area) Horizon A and Horizon B. The following species, again each in its own area, have the same rank-order position (no. 2): Distephanus speculum brevispinus on all eight slides of Buttle diatomite; Distephanus specu- lum brevispinus on all four slides of Sisquoc (Purisima) Horizon A; Dictyocha fibula on all eight slides of Sisquoc (Lompoc); Cannopilus sphericus on all four slides of Valmonte diatomite Horizon A; Naviculopsis biapiculata on all four slides of Kellogg shale; Corbisema geometrica on all four slides of Marca shade. In the remaining one-third of the horizons the number of specimens is so small as to have only limited statistical value. Nevertheless in the total random count of 400 specimens from the Sisquoc formation (Purisima) Horizon B and Valmonte diatomite Horizon B, the rank-order for slides from one horizon is so close that a change in count of only nine specimens would result in agreement of abundance (rank-order positions 1 and 2) in each of the two horizons. Similar agreement could be obtained by a change in count of only six specimens in the Sharktooth Hill horizons. From these data the conclusion is drawn that the mounted specimens are mathematically not biased, and therefore can be used in a statistical analysis. STATISTICAL METHOD A brief explanation of the statistical methodology used is presented here. It is a consequence of the theory of probability (Binomial Distribution) that if a population has a specified proportion of members with a given attribute, then samples drawn at random from the population will contain members with this attribute in approximately the same proportion. EXAMPLE A. If a box contains 100,000,000 marbles (thoroughly mixed), 10,000,000 of which are black, then random large samples drawn from this box will, in general, contain about “0 black marbles. Furthermore, probability statements concerning the number of objects with the required attributes in a sample of known size can be made. 238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER, TABLE 3. LIMITS OF EXPECTATION CORRESPONDING TO OBSERVED FREQUENCY N=200 Confidence coefficient 95% om [Lower limit [Upper limit -4 =—a Lower _limit ES etl Om ONO Ml ES CONSE eta eet 100; —* Saleeog dee ene a arma natin RETIETiG Eno 7 5} ee ae a ESE ET BOSE 4 BBVA AR BO OHIO Se ae ety BA SARZGBEBE080 A Soe IE ES S771 | eee eed TL a VA a ne PELE LL SURE C2 00 - Atty HEE La Seat Pall i [ anil He 4 68 678910 ) 20 25 30 5060 80100 150 200 for |X Nn ExampPLe B. In a series of independent random samples, each of size 200 and a population of marbles % of whose members are black, one would expect that 95 percent of the time the number of black marbles would lie between 16.5 and 31. The lower limit of the expected frequency is 16.5, and the upper limit is 36. The coefficient of confidence is 95 percent. The graph (table 3) was drafted by Taro Kanaya (1957, p. 61) from table VIIHi of Fisher and Yates (1949, p. 48). It is used in the following manner: Vot. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 239 1. If a sample of N = 200 (N = 200 is used throughout this report) has an observed frequency of 25 (= Xz) then the population proportion is estimated to be 7400 or 48 and the upper limits of expected frequency is computed to be 36. On table 3 see dashed line striking intersection of 25 ordinate and lower curved line. The lower limit is 16.5. 2. Similarly, if the observed frequency is 15 (= X,), then the upper and lower limits are 24.2 and 8.5 respectively. 3. Since in Examples 1 and 2 the lower and upper limits of X; and Xz over- lap in the area 16.5 to 24.2, it is concluded here that at the 95 percent confidence coefficient level the frequency is the same. All data in this report are computed at the 95 percent confidence coefficient level. On the basis of statistics, therefore, the predictions made here are expected to be correct 95 percent of the time. 4. If the lower and upper limits do not overlap, as in the case for 10 (with lower limit of 5 and upper limit of 18) and 50 (lower limit 40, upper limit 63), then it is concluded that at the 95 percent confidence coefficent level the fre- quencies are different and that the difference is real and has significance. 5. The data on table 3 also show that if a particular species does not occur (X = 0), then its lower limit is zero and its upper limit 4 (3.69 rounded off to the nearest whole number). It also shows that the lower limits of a species with a frequency of nine is 4 and its upper limit is 17. These two ranges overlap at 4. Therefore they are not statistically different. From this statistical relationship it follows that the absence of a species has no significance unless it is compared to a frequency greater than nine. For example the absence of Cannopilus cyrtoides in Sharktooth Hill A and its presence in Horizon B with a frequency of four has no significance. The limits of zero are 4 for the upper limit and zero for the lower limit; the limits of four are 10 for the upper limit and 1 for the lower limit. The two intervals overlap in the range 1-4. To have significance Horizon B should have Cannopilus cyrtoides wth an observed frequency of 10. Then the limits (0-4 and 5-18) would not have overlapped. Horizon UNIFORMITY Horizon uniformity is defined here as the statistical similarity of faunules from different horizons of one locality. In other words, 95 percent of the time the predetermined limits of variation in the faunule of one horizon will not be exceeded by the limits of variations in the faunules from other horizons of the same locality. Data in this section consists of statistical inferences based upon facts ob- tained from the table on upper and lower limits. The conclusion is summarized as follows: There is no statistical difference, at the 95 percent confidence co- efficient, between horizons at each locality. Thus, the faunule of the Monterey formation (type area) Horizon A is statistically the same as the faunule of 240 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 47TH SER. TaB_e 4. Limits of expectation corresponding to observed frequency used in this Report- (Confidence coefficient 95 percent and N = 200) > = = a os) BS a Bs) AS a = = bas ~~ 3 os ~ 3 os = 2 os = 3 =) Sie iS Says S Seas S Ss (0) 4 0 18 28 11 39 52 29 118 130 105 1 6 (0) 19 29 12 40 54 30 130 143 115 2 i (0) 20 30 12 42 54 hl 131 145 115 3 9 1 21 31 13 47 59 36 137 150 120 4 10 1 22 32 14 50 63 38 139 155 125 5 12 2 BS} 3)3) 15 52 64 40 144 155 130 6 13 2 24 35 16 53 65 40 145 157 130 7 14 3 25 36 16 56 68 43 149 160 135 8 16 3 26 37 il? 57 70 45 157 165 140 9 17 4 27 38 18 58 70 46 158 166 142 10 18 5 28 39 19 66 didi 53 162 170 150 11 20 6 29 41 20 68 79 55 164 170 150 12 22 6 30 42 21 74 86 60 176 185 165 13 23 7 31 43 22 75 88 61 183 190 173 14 23 8 SZ 44 23) Wi 90 64 190 195 180 15 24 9 33 45 24 95 108 81 16 25 9 34 46 24 102 113 87 17 26 10 37 49 27 117 130 103 1 Data interpolated from table VIIIi of Fisher and Yates (1949, p. 48), and from table 3 of this report, and rounded off to the nearest whole number. Horizon B. Similar relationships exist for horizons at Buttle Canyon, both of the Sisquoc formation localities, Peck Park, and Sharktooth Hill. Hence the two horizons from each locality are treated as one horizon. Upper and lower limits at the 95 percent confidence level are plotted on table 5; therefore in order to compare two horizons, one has to compare the same species in both horizons. If their intervals (upper and lower limits) are mutually exclusive, then one concludes that there exists a valid statistical differ- ence between species A population of one horizon and species A population of the other horizon. If the intervals of species A overlap, then one may draw the warranted conclusion that the populations of that species are not different. Fur- thermore if the intervals of all species tested overlap, then the horizons would be considered the same. Example 1. The faunules of Horizons A and B of Monterey formation (type area) are the same. Cannopilus binoculus intervals are 0-7 and 0-6 (table 5). They overlap in the 0-6 range; hence they are considered to be the same at the 95 percent confidence coefficient level. Similarly: Distephanus ornamentus, 150- 170 and 165-185, overlap in the range 165-170; Distephanus speculum, 23-45 and 14-32, overlap in the range 23-32; Distephanus speculum var. brevispinus, 0-6 and 0-6, overlap in the 0-6; Mesocena crenulata var. diodon, 0-6 and 0-4, overlap in the range 0-4. 241 CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES MANDRA VoL. XXXVI] 9 1€S ts of observed frequenc mz Upper and lower | TABLE 5. “21d WWS 3NO SV Q31v3u1 ONV YJHLIOOL Q3adNO¥S 3AYV SAIdWVS 3IVHS 99017743» JA1d “S3iLI1vV901 Y3HLO WOU ViVdOL 318VeVdWOD W3HL SXVW OL Qaisnrdaqv N336 3AVH vVivVG3aIVHS iv14 AaNGIS** “LUVHO SIHL NI NOJLISOd 4I3HL OL NOILISOdYIdNS JO 31d19 -NI¥d JHL Aldd¥ LON 00 “01901039 LON'HLNOS OL HLYON' DIHdv¥9039 S| SLINM YNOd AS3HL 4O LNAWZONVENY FJHL JIWHSVOMVN [without] $N039 NOLLWHNO4 : ONaHON | “SVVM | -V13¥9 JIVHS 990114” 3N3903 T CO/CRIOH OF] Mor] me T 6 lpsbal| bor Of SEI 0 9 )2¢\S8! JIVHS W3ddn 3N3003 .1V14 ASNGIS. | TH H1001 +Setorect -yuvHs iv | NWIZI13¥ JO} 9} I} tl}o FLINOLVIG LZ j91| > \2e/9 JLINOLVIG JLNOW IVA aay 20dwo7) NOILVWYOS dONOSIS THtH OwisiiAd 3JN39O0IN NOILWWYOS dONOSIS NVINHOW JLINOLVIG 3111n8 NOIIWWYO4 AJUaLNON, | YSEW3W 40 NOZIYOH ERKENS VUONVW 1 WHOA Aa S3IONINDIAYS DIAYISEO JO SLINIT Y3M01 ONV YaddN JO F1aVL s should be made for table 5: Mesocena crenulata var. diadon should be recorded as te, Horizon A; and Naviculopsis biapiculata should be recorded as os in the Kellogg ion The following correct 2 i =| ° Per) aS jo -ao vot ea) ea ao 8 A. ° o ane ~ C5) cs ms oon 242 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Example 2. The faunules of the “Sidney Flat” shale and Kellogg shale are not the same. Corbisema apiculata intervals are 21-42 and 55-79 (table 5). These intervals do not overlap. Hence they are considered to be different at the 95 percent confidence coefficient level. Similarly: Dictyocha fibula, intervals 53-77 and 23-44, do not overlap; Distephanus speculum, intervals 0-4 and 6-22, do not overlap; Mesocena oamaruensis, intervals 0-4 and 5-18, do not overlap. The remaining species, common to both shales, have overlapping intervals. On this evidence the ‘‘Sidney Flat” shale faunule is considered to be different from the faunule of the Kellogg shale. With reference to Example 2, two items should be pointed out: 1. The Kellogg shale and ‘Sidney Flat” shale are not horizons of one forma- tion (as the Buttle diatomite Horizon A and Horizon B). They are two litho- logic units from two localities. 2. The doubling of counts described earlier influences the “Sidney Flat” data. Since the “Sidney Flat” shale had an original count of 100 (instead of 200) it is possible to assume that in a N = 200 sample more Distephanus speculum, Corbisema apiculata, and Mesocena oamaruensis would have been present. If the “Sidney Flat” had one more Mesocena oamaruensis, 13 more Corbisma apicu- lata, and one more Distephanus speculum, then these species populations. would be considered similar in both shales (instead of different). However the fre- quencies of the remaining species, Dictyocha fibula, Mesocena oamaruensis, and Naviculopsis biapiculata constitute strong evidence which indicates that the two faunules differ. The evidence of the latter three species is not weakened by the faunal incompleteness of the ‘‘Sidney Flat” shale. The ‘‘Sidney Flat” shale has more specimens of these three species than the Kellogg. Hence their intervals do not overlap, and if more specimens are assumed for the ‘‘Sidney Flat” shale, existing differences between the two faunules cannot disappear. STRATIGRAPHIC CONCLUSIONS A detailed discussion of the stratigraphic aspects of these localities at the stage level is in a prior work (Mandra, 1960). Here, only the conclusions are presented. Conclusions 2 to 7 have reference to Teilzones and Teilchrons of California species and genera, not biozones. 1. Silicoflagellates at the generic and specific level have value as another correlation tool. 2. Two statistically valid genera (Vallacerta and Lyramula), and three species (Corbisema geometrica, Lyramula furcula, and Vallacerta hortoni) seem to be restricted to the Upper Cretaceous. 3. One statistically valid genus, (Naviculopsis), and five species in other genera (Corbisema apiculata, Corbisema triacantha, Distephanus variabilis, VoLt. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 24 Ww RADIAL SPINE LATERAL ROD APICAL BAR BASAL BODY RING APICAL PLATE BASAL ACCESSORY SPINE APICAL RING ay APICAL ACCESSORY—~ SPINE Ficure 2. Nomenclature of the silicoflagellate skeleton. (After Tynan and Deflandre.) Mesocena oamaruensis, and Mesocena occidentalis) appear to be Upper Eocene markers. 4. Six statistically valid species (Cannopilus calyptra, Cannopilus hemi- Sphericus, Cannopilus sphericus, Distephanus crux, Distephanus speculum var. brevispinus, Mesocena crenulata var. diodon) appear to be confined to two or more California Miocene Stages. 5. The joint occurrences of Mesocena crenulata var. diodon and Cannopilus Sphericus indicate Mohnian Age. 6. Distephanus ornamentus is restricted to the Delmontian Stage. 7. Hanna (1931, pp. 198-201) and this study confirm the presence of Mesocena in Eocene strata. Hence the restriction of Mesocena to the Miocene as reported by Tynan (1957, pp. 133, 134) must be modified. SYSTEMATIC CATALOGUE The synonymy is arranged alphabetically by genera and species. Quotation marks around a geographic name indicate that the fossil locality has not been accurately reported by prior workers. Age designations in this section are those of Zanon (1934). They are used with a general rather than a precise connotation. The following areas either are not dated by Zanon or are dated more accurately by the authors cited: Barbados, island north of South America, late Eocene-older Oligocene (Kanaya, 1957); Karand, Hungary, late Tertiary (Gemeinhardt, 1931); Monterey forma- tion in California, United States, Miocene (Kleinpell, 1937); Moreno formation in California, United States, Upper Cretaceous (Hanna, 1928); Oamaru, New 244 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Zealand, late Eocene (Kanaya, 1957); ‘‘Senonien de la craie de Prusse,” Germany, Upper Cretaceous (Deflandre, 1950). Abundance is recorded under Occurrences in Samples Studied in the following manner: Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (1 percent). The number in parentheses indicates that in the area studied, the species constitutes approximately 1 percent of the silicoflagellate faunule found in the diatomite. Phylum PROTOZOA Class MASTIGOPHORA Order SILICOFLAGELLATA Borgert, 1891 Family DictyocHmaArE Lemmermann, 1901 [nom. correct. Deflandre, 1950, p. 47 (pro family Dictyochaceae Lemmermann, 1901p. 255) Genus Cannopilus Haeckel Cannopilus HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1567. Type species (by subsequent designation, Frenguelli, 1940, p. 69): Cannopilus hemisphericus (Ehrenberg) = Dictyocha hemisphericus EHREN- BERG, 1844. Range of genus in California to date: Miocene. World-wide range of genus: Miocene-Recent. Distribution of genus: Cosmopolitan. Cannopilus binoculus (Ehrenberg). (Figures 68, 73, 77, 82.) Dictyocha binoculus EHRENBERG, 1844, p. 79. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 19, fig. 42. Cannopilus binoculus (EHRENBERG). LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 266, pl. 11, fig. 22. ScHutz, 1928, pp. 264-265, figs. 60a, 60b, 60c. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 73, fig. 61. ZANON, 1934, p. 35, figs. 49-52. Type LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton consists of a six-sided basal ring, with six radial spines; six internal bars rising from basal ring support two apical windows. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 60 pw; average, 48 p. Spines, 5-10 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Lower Neogene (Moron, Spain): middle Neogene (Marzullo, Italy; “Santa Monica,’ United States; Szakal, Hungary): upper Miocene (Catanzaro and Gabbro, Italy); upper Neogene (Aegina, island near Greece; Mondaino, Italy). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (less than 1 percent), Valmonte diatomite (less than 1 percent), Buttle diatomite (less than 1 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Lompoc area (1 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Purisima Hills (less than 1 percent), Monterey formation at type area (less than 1 percent). Cannopilus calyptra Haeckel. (Figure 80.) Cannopilus calyptra HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1568. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 267. SHuLz, 1928, SEE VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 245 p. 266, figs. 62a, 62b, 62c, 62d, 62e. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 75, fig. 62. ZANON, 1934, p. 36, fig. 54. TYPE LOCALITY. Greece and Sicily are cited in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton consisting of a six-sided basal ring, with six radial spines; four to seven irregular apical windows supported by six or seven unequal internal bars. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 40 4; average, 35 p. Spines, 3-8 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Middle Miocene (Montaiate and Pesaro, Italy): middle Neogene (‘‘Monterey,” “Redondo,” and “Santa Monica,” United States; Nyermegy, Hungary). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (10 per- cent), Buttle diatomite (1 percent). Cannopilus cyrtoides Haeckel. (Figures 58, 75.) Cannopilus cyrtoides HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1569, pl. 114, figs. 11, 12. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 268. ScHULz, 1928, pp. 268-269, figs. 65a, 65b, 65c, 65d, 65e. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 77, fig. 64. ZANON, 1934, p. 36. TYPE LOCALITY. “Pacific.” DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton consisting of a basal septagonal or octagonal ring with seven to eight radiating spines, two of which usually are longer than the others; three to ten apical windows supported by seven or eight unequal internal bars. Dimensions. With spines: maximum, 40 »; average, 32 . Spines, 3—5 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Middle Neogene (‘‘Redondo” and “Santa Monica,’ United States; Szt. Peter, Hungary): undifferentiated Tertiary (Serralunga di Crea, Italy). OcCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Valmonte diatomite (less than 1 per- cent), diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (1 percent). ) Cannopilus hemisphericus (Ehrenberg). (Figures 60, 63, 66, 71.) Dictyocha hemisphericus EHRENBERG, 1844, p. 266. Cannopilus hemisphericus (Ehrenberg). HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1569. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 268, pl. 11, fig. 21. LeEmMERMANN, 1903, p. 32, fig. 107. ScHuLz, 1928, p. 268, figs. 64a, 64b. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 76, fig. 63. Type LocaLity. “North Atlantic’? and Bermuda are cited in original pub- lication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton is nearly hemispherical, with six centripetal teeth. Dimensions. With spines: maximum 50 »; average, 40 ». Spines, 3-8 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Middle Neogene (Bremia, Nagy Kurtos, and Sat. Peter, Hungary). OcCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (5 per- cent), Valmonte diatomite (less than 1 percent). 240 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc, 4re Ser, , Y | yan, 7 - a of, | rai Vout. XXXVI] MANDRA;: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 247 Cannopilus sphericus Gemeinhardt. (Figure 70.) Canno pilus sphericus GEMEINHARDT, 1931, p. 105, pl. 10, fig. 4, Frencurnnt, 1940, pp. 48-51, figs. 5a, 5b, 5c, 6e. TYPE LOCALITY. Karand (Hungary). DIAGNOsTIC FEATURES. Skeleton consisting of a “sphere”? meshwork of windows; frequently, about three-quarters of a sphere. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum 25 p; average, 20 p. Spines, 3-5 p. Ficure 3. Corbisema geometrica Wanna, Syntype no, 3054 (CAS), Photograph by GD, Hanna. Moreno shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous, California Academy of Sciences locality 1144. Maximum dimension, 0.086 mm, Ficure 4, Corbisema geometrica Hanna. Syntype no. 3053 (Calif. Acad, Sei,). Photo- graph by G D. Hanna. Moreno shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous, Cali fornia Academy of Sciences locality 1144, Maximum dimension, 0.076 mm, Ficure 5, Corbisema geometrica Wanna, Marea shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous. Maximum dimension, 0.080 mm, Figure 6. Dictyocha fibula var. stapedia (Waeckel), Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.030 mm, Ficure 7, Lyramula furcula Hanna, Marea shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous. Maximum dimension, 0.090 mm. Ficure 8. Lyramula furcula Wanna, Marea shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous. Maximum dimension, 0.096 mm, Ficure 9, Lyramula simplex Hanna. Marea shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous. Maximum dimension, 0.085 mm. Ficure 10. Lyramula simplex Hanna, Holotype no. 3056 (CAS). Photograph by G D, Hanna. Moreno shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous. California Academy of Sciences locality 1144, Maximum dimension, 0,093 mm, Figure 11. Vallacerta hortont Hanna, Marea shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous. Maximum dimension, 0.065 mm. Ficure 12. Vallacerta hortont Hanna. Marea shale, Fresno County, California. Late Cretaceous, Maximum dimension, 0.070 mm. Figure 13. Lyramula furcula Hanna. Marca shale, Fresno County, California, Late Cretaceous. Maximum dimension, 0.059 mm. Ficure 14. Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg. Drawn by Tokimi Tsujita. Oamura Bay, Japan. Approximate maximum dimension, 0.060 mm. Figure 15. Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg. Atypical form collected after “red-tide” in Oamura Bay, Japan. Note change in shape in basal ring (B. r.), loss of two radial spines (R. sp.) and loss of some supporting spines (S. sp.). Drawn by Tokimi Tsujita. Approxi- mate maximum dimension, 0.065 mm. Ficure 16. Dictyocha fibula Whrenberg. Atypical form collected after “red-tide” in Oamura Bay, Japan. Drawn by Tokimi Tsujita. Approximate maximum dimension, 0.065 mm. Fioure 17. Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg. Sisquoc formation (Lompoc area), Santa Barbara County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.060 mm, Ficure 18. Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.085 mm. Ficure 19. Vallacerta hortoni Hanna. Marca shale, Fresno County, California. Late Cretaceous. Maximum dimension, 0.069 mm, 248 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Middle Neogene (Nagy Kurtos and Szt. Peter, Hungary); upper Neogene (Sendai, Japan); younger Tertiary (Karand, Hungary). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (less than 1 percent), Valmonte diatomite (7 percent). Genus Corbisema Hanna Corbisema Hanna, 1928, p. 261. Type species (by original designation): Corbisema geometrica Hanna, 1928. Range of genus in California to date: Upper Cretaceous-Eocene. World-wide range of genus: Cretaceous-Miocene. Distribution of genus: Cosmopolitan. Corbisema apiculata (Lemmermann). (Figures 25, 30, 35.) Dictyocha triacantha Ehrenberg var. apiculata LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 259, pl. 10, figs. 19, 20. ScHuLz, 1928, pp. 247-248, figs. 27, 28. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 41, fig. 30. DEFLANDRE, 1936, p. 34, fig. 49. Corbisema apiculata (Lemmermann). HANNA, 1931, p. 198, pl. D, fig. 2. Type LocaLity. Jutland and Russia are cited in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton triangular shaped with a short spine radiat- ing from each apex; or without spines. This species differs from Corbisema triacantha in that the spines of the latter are relatively longer than those of Corbisema apiculata. Frequently, Corbisema apiculata has no spines. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 60 »; average, 45 ». Spines, 1-3 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Paleocene (Kusnetsk, Russia): lower Eocene (Jut- land, Denmark). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. “Sidney Flat’ shale (15 percent), Kel- logg shale (34 percent). Corbisema geometrica Hanna. (Figures 3, 4, 5.) Corbisema geometrica HANNA, 1928, p. 261, pl. 41, figs. 1, 2. DEFLANDRE, 1940, p. 446, figs. 3, 4, 6-8. DEFLANDRE, 1950, p. 53, figs. 134, 136-139 [not 135]. Dictyocha triacantha Ehrenberg var. apiculata forma lateradiata SCHULZ, 1928, p. 281, fig. 73. Type Locatity. California Academy of Sciences locality 1144. Moreno for- mation (Upper Cretaceous), Panoche Hills, Fresno County, California, SW% NE Secr6, ©. 15'S) Rai2on MEDS VE DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Equilateral triangular skeleton divided into three windows by internal bars in plane of triangle; bars bisect sides and meet at a central point or central triangular area. Dimensions. Maximum, 80 p; average, 70 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Upper Cretaceous (Moreno formation in California, United States; “Spongiaires siliceux de la craie de Prusse,” Germany). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Marca shade (12 percent). VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 249 Corbisema species. (Figure 67.) DiacnostTIc FEATURES. Skeleton triangular shaped; apical window formed at intersection of three internal bars which bisect basal sides. Each apex of triangle has one radiating spine which is approximately one-third the length of one basal side. Dimensions. With spines: 40 p. Spines, 5—7 ». (Only one specimen was found.) OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Buttle diatomite (less than 1 percent). Corbisema triacantha (Ehrenberg). (Figures 28, 31.) Dictyocha triacantha EHRENBERG, 1844, pl. 10, fig. 19, [not 18]. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 258, pl. 10, fig. 18. ScHuLz, 1928, p. 247, fig. 24. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 40, figs. 28a, 28b. ZANON, 1934, p. 29, fig. 8. Corbisema triacantha (Ehrenberg). HANNA, 1931, p. 198, pl. D, fig. 1. TypeE Locatity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton triangular shaped, with one spine radiating from each of the three apexes; spine length approximately equal to side of tri- angle; center of triangle divided into three equal areas by three bars meeting at center of skeleton. DIMENSIons. With spines: maximum, 60 p»; average, 50 ». Spines, 5-15 up. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Paleocene (Bojarkino, Kusnetsk, and Simbirsk, Russia): lower Eocene (Mors and Fuur, Denmark): upper Eocene (Oamaru, New Zealand). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. “ Sidney Flat” shale (8 percent), Kellogg shale (7 percent). Genus Dictyocha Ehrenberg Dictyocha EHRENBERG, 1838 [1840], p. 128. Type species (by subsequent designation, FRENGUELLI, p. 69, 1940): Dictyocha fibula EHRENBERG, 1838 [1840]. Range of genus in California to date: Eocene-Recent. World-wide range of genus: Cretaceous-Recent. Distribution of genus: Cosmopolitan. Dictyocha ausonia Deflandre. (Figure 38.) Dictyocha fibula EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 22, fig. 42b [not others]. CARNEVALE, 1908, p. 35, pl. 4, fig. 29. Dictyocha ausonia DEFLANDRE, 1941, p. 101, figs. 8-11, 13. DEFLANDRE, 1950, pp. 67-68, figs. 194-202. TYPE LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton with elliptical basal ring, with two lateral swellings; basal ring has four radial spines, usually without supporting spines, apical structure slightly elevated. Dimensions. With spines: maximum, 55; average, 50 ». Spines, 5-10 p. 250 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 38 [Proc. 4TH SER, VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 251 STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Middle Neogene (Bergonzano and Marmorito, Italy; Caltanissetta, Sicily). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (less than 1 percent). Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg. (Figures 14, 15, 16, 17, 18.) Dictyocha fibula EHRENBERG, 1838 [1840], p. 149. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 18, figs. 54a, 54b, 54c; pl. 19, fig. 43; pl. 20, fig. 45; pl. 21, fig. 42. LemmMeErmann, 1901, p. 260, pl. 10, fig. 24. LEMMERMANN, 1903, pp. 27-28, fig. 92. Hanna, 1928a, pl. 9, fig. 10. ScHULZ, <_ FicureE 20. Naviculopsis biapiculata (Lemmermann). Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.067 mm. Ficure 21. Naviculopsis biapiculata (Lemmermann). “Sidney Flat’ shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.070 mm. Ficure 22. Naviculopsis biapiculata (Lemmermann). Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.081 mm. Ficure 23. Mesocena oamaruensis Schulz. Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, Cali- fornia. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.053 mm. Ficure 24. Mesocena polymorpha var. quadrangula (Ehrenberg). Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.052 mm. Ficure 25. Corbisema apiculata (Lemmermann). Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.045 mm. Ficure 26. Mesocena polymorpha var. biseptenaria Gemeinhardt. Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.061 mm. Ficure 27. Distephanus variabilis Hanna. “Sidney Flat” shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.058 mm. Ficure 28. Corbisema triacantha (Ehrenberg). “Sidney Flat’ shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.050 mm. FicurE 29. Mesocena occidentalis Hanna. “Sidney Flat” shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.068 mm. Ficure 30. Corbisema apiculata (Lemmermann). Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.045 mm. Ficure 31. Corbisema triacantha (Ehrenberg). Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.050 mm. FrcurE 32. Mesocena occidentalis Hanna. “Sidney Flat” shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.068 mm. Ficure 33. Mesocena occidentalis Hanna. Kellogg shale, Contra Costa, County, Cali- fornia. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.077 mm. Ficure 34. Distephanus variabilis Hanna. “Sidney Flat” shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.058 mm. Ficure 35. Corbisema apiculata (Lemmermann). Kellogg shale, Contra Costa County, California. Late Eocene. Maximum dimension, 0.050 mm. Ficure 36. Paradictyocha polyactis (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.045 mm. FicurE 37. Paradictyocha polyactis (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.050 mm. Ficure 38. Dictyocha ausonia Deflandre. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.055 mm. bo UL bo CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc, 4TH SER, 1928, p. 252. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 47, fig. 39a. ZANON, 1934, p. 30, fig. 11. DEFLANDRE, 1936, p. 29, fig. 31, p. 35, figs. 52, 53. FRENGUELLI, 1935, pl. 1, fig. 13 [not others]; pl. 2, fig. 1 [not others]. FRENGUELLI, 1940, p. 43, fig. 1f. TYPE LOCALITY. Sicily. (Exact locality not cited.) DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton elliptical, spines at ends of major and minor axes; raised internal bars oriented approximately at 45° to major and minor axes; two bars meet at the major axis and become one bar. Dimensions. With spines: maximum, 85 »; average, 60 ». Spines, 5-10 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Paleocene (Kusnetsk, Russia): lower Eocene (Mors and Fuur, Jutland): lower Neogene (Nankoorii, Nicabar Islands): middle Neo- gene (Caltanissetta and Licata, Sicily; Nyermegy, Hungary; Monte Gibbio, Italy). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. “Sidney Flat” shale (33 percent), Kel- logg shale (16 percent), Buttle diatomite (less than 1 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Purisima Hills (1 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Lompoc area (27 percent), Valmonte diatomite (less than 1 percent), diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (69 percent). Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg forma rhombica Schulz. (Figure 72.) Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg forma rhombica ScHutz, 1928, p. 253, fig. 37. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 50, figs. 40a, 40b, 40c. ZANON, 1934, p. 30, figs. 1, 3. Type Locatity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton elliptical with raised bridge made of four internal bars; long axis of bridge is minor axis of skeleton (arrangement differs from that of Dictyocha fibula which has long axis of bridge as major axis); four radiating spines, one from each end of the two axes. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 80 »; average, 65 p. Spines, 3-15 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Paleocene (Kusnetsk, Russia): lower Eocene (Mors and Fuur, Jutland): upper Neogene (Sendai, Japan). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Lower part of Sisquoc formation of Lompoc area (1 percent). Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg var. stapedia Haeckel. (Figure 6.) Dictyocha stapedia HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1561, pl. 101, figs. 10-12. Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg stapedia Haeckel. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 261. LEMMERMANN, 1903, p. 29, fig. 96. Dictyocha fibula Ehrenberg var. stapedia Haeckel. Scuutz, 1928, p. 254, fig. 39. GEMEIN- HARDT, 1930, p. 53, fig. 42. ZANON, 1934, p. 31, fig. 14. Type LocaLity. “Tropical and warmer regions of Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans” are cited in original publication. DtAGNosTIc FEATURES. Skeleton elliptical shaped with raised bridge of in- ternal bars; four short spines radiate inward from inner margin of basal ring; apical bridge has one vertical spine. Vor. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 253 Drensions. With spines: maximum, 30 »; average, 25 ». Spines, 3-8 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Middle Neogene (Dolje, Yugoslavia; Licata, Sicily; Bremia, Hungary). OcCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Valmonte diatomite (less than 1 percent). Dictyocha staurodon Ehrenberg. (Figure 65.) Dictyocha staurodon EHRENBERG, 1844, p. 80. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 18, fig. 58. HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1560. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 259, pl. 10, figs. 22, 23. LeEMMERMANN, 1903, p. 27, fig.97. ScHuULz, 1928, p. 251, figs. 34a, 34b, 34c, 34d, 34e, 34f. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 46, figs. 38a, 38b, 38c. ZANON, 1934, p. 29, figs. 9, 10. Type LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton quadrangular or rhombic; vertical spine, short or long; raised internal bars divide skeleton into four parallelograms of equal area; four spines in the basal plane extend from the ends of the major and minor axes of the ellipse. DIMENSIons. With spines: maximum, 50 »; average, 38 ». Spines, 5-15 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Paleocene (Kusnetsk, Russia); lower Eocene (Mors and Fuur, Jutland): upper Eocene-lower Oligocene (Barbados, island north of South America): lower Neogene (Moron, Spain): middle Neogene (Dolje, Yugo- slavia; Bremia, Hungary; “Richmond” and ‘Santa Monica,” United States). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Lower part of Sisquoc formation of Lompoc area (less than 1 percent). Genus Distephanus Stohr Distephanus StoHR, 1880, p. 121. Emended by HarcKEL, 1887, pp. 1562-1563. Type species Distephanus rotundus (nom. oblit.) = Dictyocha speculum Ehrenberg 1838 [1840] and is monotypic. RANGE OF GENUS IN CALIFORNIA TO DATE: Eocene-Recent. WORLD-WIDE RANGE OF GENUS: Upper Cretaceous-Recent. (Klement, 1963, and Zanon, 1934, report occurrences in the Albian and in the Middle Triassic. Until these records are confirmed the Upper Cretaceous should be considered the first appearance of this genus.) DISTRIBUTION OF GENUS. Cosmopolitan. The genus Distephanus as originally defined by Stohr is monotypic. It con- tains only Distephanus rotundus, a synonym for Dictyocha speculum (Stohr, 1880, p. 121, pl. 7, figs. 8a, 8b, 9. Nevertheless, in spite of this error, it is con- venient to retain the concept and name of Distephanus as emended by Haeckel. Since 1887 there has been cosmopolitan, consistent and frequent usage of this genus (in the sense of Haeckel) by: Borgert, 1891; Lemmermann, 1901; Schulz, 1928; Gemeinhardt, 1930; Marshall, 1934; Zanon, 1934; Yanagisawa, 1943; Hanna, 1944; Margalef, 1957; Mandra, 1960; Tsumura, 1963; and many others listed in the bibliographies of the above papers. The name Distephanus rotundus has not been used in any major work for more than 50 years and therefore would be considered invalid according to the International Rules of Zoological Nomen- 254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. clature. Dr. G D. Hanna, California Academy of Sciences and I are convinced that the generic name Distephanus serves a useful purpose in the study of silico- flagellates and propose that it be considered a nomen conservatum. Distephanus crux (Ehrenberg). (Figures 59, 64, 81.) Dictyocha crux EHRENBERG, 1838 [1840], p. 207. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 18, fig. 56; pl. 20, ines, AGS Jol, SS his, ©. Distephanus crux (Ehrenberg). HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1563. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 262, pl. 11, figs. 6, 7. LEMMERMANN, 1903, p. 29, fig. 98. ScHuULz, 1928, pp. 255-256, fig. 44. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 58, fig. 49. ZANON, 1934, p. 32, fig. 16. Tyrer Locality. Sicily. (Exact locality not known.) DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton basal ring is square or rhombic with four radiating spines, one at each apex; two of these spines are always longer than the other two. From the middle of the sides (which may be sinuous, round, smooth, or rough with or without spines) radiating inward are four thin internal bars which support an apical window. DrIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 60 »; average, 49 ». Spines, 2-15 up. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Upper Eocene (Oamaru, New Zealand): lower Neo- gene (Moron, Spain): middle Neogene (Bremia and Szt. Peter, Hungary; Dolje, Yugoslavia; “Santa Monica,” United States): upper Neogene (Sendai, Japan). OcCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (6 per- cent), Buttle diatomite (1 percent), Valmonte diatomite (2 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Lompoc area (1 percent), lower part of Sisquoc forma- tion of Purisima Hills (2 percent). Distephanus ornamentus (Ehrenberg). (Figure 78.) Dictyocha ornamentum EHRENBERG, 1844, p. 80. Distephanus ornamentus (Ehrenberg). HANNA, 1928a, pl. 9, fig. 9. TYPE Locality. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton is six-sided ring, with six radiating spines, six-sided apical window supported by six internal bars which bisect basal sides; six small teeth extending up from inside of the basal ring. Dimensions. With spines: maximum, 50 p»; average, 44 uw. Spines, 5—10 up. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Miocene (Monterey formation in California, United States). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Monterey formation at type area (85 percent), Buttle diatomite (less than 1 percent). Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg). (Figures 61, 74, 76, 79.) Dictyocha speculum EHRENBERG, 1838 [1840], p. 150. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 18, fig. 57; pl. 19, fig. 41; pl. 21, fig. 44b; pl. 22, fig. 47. Srour, p. 121, pl. 7, fig. 8. Dictyocha ornamentum EHRENBERG, 1844, p. 80. VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 255 Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg). HAECKEL, 1887, pp. 1563, 1565. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 263, pl. 11, fig. 11. ScHurz, 1928, p. 262. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, pp. 61-62, fig. 53. ZANON, 1934, pp. 32-33, figs. 35, 36, 37. TYPE LOCALITY. Sicily. (Exact locality not known.) DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton truncated six-sided pyramid composed of two regular hexagonal rings lying in parallel planes and connected by six ascend- ing inter-radial bars; bars projecting from corners of the upper ring bisect sides of lower large ring; six radiating spines projecting from the corners of lower rings. DiMEnsIons. With spines: maximum, 50 p; average, 45 . Spines, 5-10 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Paleocene (Archangelsk, Simbirsk, and Kusnetsk, Russia): upper Eocene (Oamaru, New Zealand): upper Eocene-lower Oligocene (Barbados, island north of South America): lower Neogene (Moron, Spain; Nankoorii, Nicabar Islands): middle Neogene (Licata and Caltanissetta, Sicily; Szakal and Nagy Kurtos, Hungary; Mejillones, Bolivia; ‘San Pedro,” ‘Santa Monica,” and “Nottingham” United States): upper Neogene (Sendai, Japan). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (7 per- cent), Buttle diatomite (78 percent), Monterey formation at type area (13 per- cent), Valmonte diatomite (2 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Lompoc area (62 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Purisma Hills (93 percent), Kellogg shale (6 percent). Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg) var. brevispinus Lemmermann. (Figure 83.) Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg) var. brevispinus LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 264, pl. 11, fig. 14. TYPE LOCALITY. Pacific Ocean and Baltic Sea are cited in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton six-sided with six-sided apical window; short radiating spines from vertices of basal ring; apical window supported by internal bars bisecting basal sides; six short supporting internal spines. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 50 »; average, 46 ». Spines, 2—3 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Miocene (California, United States). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (less than 1 percent), Buttle diatomite (15 percent), Valmonte diatomite (less than 1 per- cent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Lompoc area (3 percent), Monterey formation at type area (less than 1 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Purisima Hills (1 percent). Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg) var. pentagonus Lemmermann. (Figures 62, 69.) Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg) var. pentagonus LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 264, pl. 11, fig. 19. ScHutrz, 1928, pp. 261, 263, fig. 57. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 65, fig. 57. ZAaNon, 1934, p. 34, fig. 39. Type LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton pentagonal basal ring with five spines, more or less equal; apical ring pentagonal, with or without spines. DiMEnsions. With spines; maximum, 40 »; average, 33 . Spines, 5 p. 256 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Middle Miocene (Cupramontana, Italy): middle Neogene (Bremia, Hungary; Girgenti and Licata, Sicily; “Santa Monica” and “Santa Barbara,” United States). OccCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Buttle diatomite (1 percent). Distephanus variabilis Hanna. (Figures 27, 34.) Distephanus variabilis HANNA, 1931, pl. D, fig. 8; pl. E, figs. 4-7. TyPE LOCALITY. California Academy of Sciences locality 1832. Kreyenhagen shale (upper Eocene at this locality) Antioch, Contra Costa County, California, NEA Sec. 2, ai IN. Roo EM. B.M- DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton five-sided basal ring; spines radiating from each of the five corners; apical bridge with or without windows. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 65 »; average, 58 ». Spines, 5-10 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Upper Eocene (‘‘Sidney Flat” and Kellogg shales in California, United States). See Hanna (1931). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. “‘Sidney Flat” shale (12 percent), Kel- logg shale (7 percent). Genus Lyramula Hanna Lyramula Hanna, 1928, p. 262. Type species (by original designation): Lyramula furcula Hanna, 1928. Range of genus in California to date: Upper Cretaceous. World-wide range of genus: Upper Cretaceous. Distribution of genus: California, U.S.A. Lyramula furcula Hanna. (Figures 7, 8, 13.) Lyramula furcula HANNA, 1928, p. 262, pl. 41, figs. 4, 5. DEFLANDRE, 1936, p. 32, fig. 45. DEFLANDRE, 1940, p. 509, figs. 1-4. DEFLANDRE, 1950, p. 61/82, figs. 163, 165, 167-169. Type Locatity. California Academy of Sciences locality 1144. Moreno for- mation (Upper Cretaceous), Panoche Hills, Fresno County, California, SW% NE*% Sec. 6, T. 15 S., R. 12 E., M.D.B.M. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Simple Y-shaped hollow bar of silica, three ends sharply pointed; stalk of Y being shortest. Dimensions. With spines: maximum, 110 »; average, 90 ». Spines, 10-20 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. ‘“‘Le Senonien de Prusse,”’ Germany. Upper Creta- ceous (Moreno formation in Calif.). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Marca shale (79 percent). Lyramula simplex Hanna. (Figures 9, 10.) Lyramula simplex HANNA, 1928, p. 262, pl. 41, fig. 6. DEFLANDRE, 1936, p. 32, fig. 44. Der- FLANDRE, 1940, p. 509, figs. 5, 6. DEFLANDRE, 1950, p. 61/82, figs. 164, 166. TYPE LocaLity. California Academy of Sciences locality 1144. Moreno for- mation (Upper Cretaceous), Panoche Hills, Fresno County, Californa, SW'% Vor. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 257 NIE 2Sec:6, PF. 15S Re 12 EMD: BM. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Simple U-shaped bar of hollow silica. Dimensions. Maximum, 90; average, 85 pp. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. “Le Senonien de Prusse,” Germany. Upper Creta- ceous (Moreno formation in California). OcCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Marca shale (2 percent). Genus Mesocena Ehrenberg Mesocena EHRENBERG, 1841 [1843], p. 401. Type species (by subsequent designation, FRENGUELLI, 1940, p. 69): Mesocena elliptica EHRENBERG, 1841 [1843]. Range of genus in California to date: Eocene-Miocene. World-wide range of genus: Eocene-Miocene. Distribution of genus: Cosmopolitan. Mesocena crenulata Ehrenberg. (Figure 46.) Mesocena crenulata EHRENBERG, 1860, p. 822 [no figs.]. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 255 [no figs.]. Mesocena annulus HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1555 [no figs.]. TYPE LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton ring elliptical, smooth or slightly denticulate on the outer margin, without spines; major axis of ellipse is 1 to 1’ times as long as the minor axis. Dimensions. Maximum, 60 »; average, 52u. Thickness of bar, 2 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Greece. (Exact locality not known.) OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Valmonte diatomite (1 percent). Mesocena crenulata Ehrenberg var. diodon Ehrenberg. (Figures 44, 47, 49, 51, 53, 57.) Mesocena diodon EHRENBERG, 1844, p. 84. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 33, fig. 18. Mesocena crenulata Ehrenberg var. diodon Ehrenberg. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 255, pl. 10, figs. 1, 2. ScHULZ, 1928, p. 236, figs. la, 1b. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 27, fig. 10. ZANoN, 1934, p. 26, fig. 1. TYPE LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton ring elliptical, usually denticulate, with two spines at the ends of the major axis. Dimensions. With spines: maximum, 60 p; average, 52 ». Spines, 2-10 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Upper Eocene-lower Oligocene (Barbados, island north of South America): lower Neogene (Moron, Spain): middle Neogene (Monte Gibbio, Italy; Szt. Peter, Hungary; ‘Redondo,” “Richmond,” and “Santa Monica,” United States). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Valmonte diatomite (75 percent), Buttle diatomite (less than 1 percent). Mesocena crenulata Ehrenberg var. elliptica (Ehrenberg). (Figure 54.) Mesocena elliptica EHRENBERG, 1844, p. 84. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 20, fig. 44. 258 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES Us wal Oo Dictyocha elliptica EHRENBERG, 1872, p. 44. Mesocena crenulata Ehrenberg var. elliptica Ehrenberg. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 255 [no fig.]. SCHULZ, 1928, p. 236, fig. 2. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 27, fig. 11. ZANON, 1934, p. 27. TYPE LOCALITY. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton rings elliptical or ovate; one spine projects from each end of the major axis and one from each end of the minor axis of the ellipse. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 60 »; average, 54 pw. Spines, 2—6 p. vz FicureE 39. Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.045 mm. Ficure 40. Mesocena polymorpha var. triangula (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.057 mm. Ficure 41. Mesocena hexagona Haeckel. Buttle diatomite, Monterey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.033 mm. Figure 42. Mesocena polymorpha var. triangula (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.060 mm. Ficure 43. Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.047 mm. Ficure 44. Mesocena crenulata var. diodon Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.052 mm. FicurE 45. Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.050 mm. Ficure 46. Mesocena crenulata Ehrenberg. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.052 mm. Ficure 47. Mesocena crenulata var. diodon Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.056 mm. FicureE 48. Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.046 mm. FicurE 49. Mesocena crenulata var. diodon Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.054 mm. Figure 50. Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.048 mm. Figure 51. Mesocena crenulata var. diodon Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.057 mm. FicurE 52. Mesocena polymorpha var. triangula (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.051 mm. Ficure 53. Mesocena crenulata var. diodon Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.053 mm. Ficure 54. Mesocena crenulata var. elliptica (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.054 mm. Ficure 55. Mesocena polymorpha var. triangula (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.049 mm. Ficure 56. Mesocena polymorpha var. triangula (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.058 mm. Ficure 57. Mesocena crenulata var. diodon Lemmermann. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.051 mm. 260 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Middle Neogene (Caltanissetta, Sicily; ‘‘Notting- ham,” United States): upper Neogene (Zante, Greece). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Valmonte diatomite (less than 1 per- cent), Monterey formation at type area (less than 1 percent). Mesocena hexagona Haeckel. (Figure 41.) Mesocena hexagona HAECKEL, 1887, p. 1556 [no fig.]. HANNA, 1928a, pl. 9, figs. 6-8. TYPE LOCALITY. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton regular hexagonal with six radial spines on six corners. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 35 »; average, 30 ». Spines, 2—7 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Miocene (Monterey formation in California, United States): middle Neogene (Corfu, exact locality not known). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Buttle diatomite (less than 1 percent). Mesocena oamaruensis Schulz. (Figure 23.) Mesocena oamaruensis SCHULZ, 1928, p. 241, figs. 10a, 10b. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 34, fig. 20. Type LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton triangular, no spines. Dimensions. Maximum, 60 p; average, 53 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Upper Eocene (Oamaru, New Zealand). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Kellogg shale (5 percent). Mesocena occidentalis Hanna. (Figures 29, 32, 33.) Mesocena occidentalis HANNA, 1931, pl. E, fig. 1. TYPE LocaLity. California Academy of Sciences locality 1832. Kreyenhagen shale (upper Eocene at this locality), Antioch, Contra Costa County, California, NE Sec. 2-4 N= Ral MLD. B ML. DIAGNosTIC FEATURES. Skeleton square, with spines radiating out from each corner; sides straight or slightly convex, spines long or short. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 77 »; average, 68 ». Spines, 5-15 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Upper Eocene (‘“‘Sidney Flat” and Kellogg shales in California, United States). See Hanna (1931). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. “Sidney Flat” shale (17 percent), Kel- logg shale (1 percent). Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann. (Figures 39, 43, 45, 48, 50.) Mesocena polymorpha LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 255 [no fig.]. ScHutz, 1928, p. 237. GEMEIN- HARDT, 1930, p. 27. TYPE LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton simple, circular to many sided ring. os VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 261 DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 50 p; average, 45 ». Spines, usually less than 5 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Miocene (California, United States). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Valmonte diatomite (less than 1 percent). Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann var. biseptenaria Gemeinhardt. (Figure 26.) Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann var. biseptenaria GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 31, fig. 16. Type LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton six-sided, with spines radiating from each apex; two additional spines, one directed to center of skeleton, and the other bisecting one side and radiating outward. DrMEnsIons. With spines: maximum, 70 p», average, 61 ». Spines, 2—10 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Upper Eocene (Oamaru, New Zealand). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Kellogg shale (3 percent). Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann var. quadrangula Ehrenberg. (Figure 24.) ?Mesocena quadrangula EHRENBERG, 1872, pp. 145, 273. Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann var. quadrangula Ehrenberg. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 256, pl. 10, figs. 5-7. LEMMERMANN, 1903, p. 26, fig. 89. ScHULZz, 1928, pp. 237-238, figs. 4a, 4b, 4c. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 29, fig. 13. ZANON, 1934, p. 27, fig. 4. Type LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeletal ring square, with four radial spines on corners; shape varies from square to rhomboid to irregular form; sides covered by small tubercles. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 60 »; average, 52 w. Spines, 3-10 up. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Lower Neogene (Nankoorii, Nicabar Islands; Moron, Spain): middle Neogene (‘Santa Monica,” ‘Santa Maria,” and ‘“‘Not- tingham,” United States; Szt. Peter, Hungary): upper Neogene (Kittani, Japan; Zante, Greece). OcCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Kellogg shale (1 percent), “Sidney Flat” shale (1 percent). Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann var. triangula Ehrenberg. (Figures 40, 42, 52, 55, 56.) Mesocena triangula EHRENBERG, 1840, p. 208. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 22, fig. 41. Dictyocha triangula EHRENBERG, 1875, p. 46. Lithocircus triangularis STOHR, 1880, p. 121, pl. 7, fig. 10. Mesocena polymorpha Lemmermann var. triangula Ehrenberg. LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 255, pl. 10, figs. 3, 4. ScHutz, 1928, p. 237, figs. 3a, 3b, 3c. GEMEINHARDT, 1930, p. 28, figs. 12a, 12b, 12c. ZANON, 1934, p. 27, figs. 2, 3. Type LocaLity. Not stated in original publication. DIAGNosTIC FEATURES. Skeletal ring triangular, with small peripheral spines, and three larger spines at the corners; sides more or less convex, with tendency to become round. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER, 63 64 aS eae er (Po IR any A 68 ry 72 x h oe : © Or QO 76 ors One © re, OX ee OcV Op Cs Oo US S 17 78 73 80 — VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 263 Ficure 58. Cannopilus cyrtoides Haeckel. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.032 mm. Ficure 59. Distephanus crux (Ehrenberg). Sisquoc formation (Purisima Hills), Santa Barbara County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.049 mm. Ficure 60. Cannopilus hemisphericus (Ehrenberg). Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.040 mm. Ficure 61. Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg). Monterey formation (type area), Mon- terey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.045 mm. FicureE 62. Distephanus speculum var. pentagonus Lemmermann. Buttle diatomite, Monterey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.033 mm. Ficure 63. Cannopilus hemisphericus (Ehrenberg). Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.050 mm. Ficure 64. Distephanus crux (Ehrenberg). Sisquoc formation (Purisima Hills), Santa Barbara County. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.060 mm. Ficure 65. Dictyocha staurodon Ehrenberg. Sisquoc formation (Lompoc area), Santa Barbara County. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.038 mm. Ficure 66. Cannopilus hemisphericus (Ehrenberg). Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.047 mm. FicurE 67. Corbisema species. Buttle diatomite, Monterey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.040 mm. FicurE 68. Cannopilus binoculus (Ehrenberg). Monterey formation (type area), Mon- terey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.048 mm. Ficure 69. Distephanus speculum var. pentagonus Lemmermann. Buttle diatomite, Monterey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.040 mm. Ficure 70. Cannopilus sphericus Gemeinhardt. Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.025 mm. Ficure 71. Cannopilus hemisphericus (Ehrenberg). Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.039 mm. Ficure 72. Dictyocha fibula var. rhombica Schulz. Sisquoc formation (Lompoc area), Santa Barbara County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.065 mm. Ficure 73. Cannopilus binoculus (Ehrenberg). Sisquoc formation (Lompoc area), Santa Barbara County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.060 mm. Ficure 74. Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg). Monterey formation (type area), Mon- terey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.050 mm. Ficure 75. Cannopilus cyrtoides Haeckel. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.040 mm. Ficure 76. Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg). Buttle diatomite, Monterey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.047 mm. Ficure 77. Cannopilus binoculus (Ehrenberg). Sisquoc formation (Lompoc area), Santa Barbara County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.054 mm. Ficure 78. Distephanus ornamentus (Ehrenberg). Monterey formation (type area), Monterey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.044 mm. FicurE 79. Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg). Sisquoc formation (Purisima Hills), Santa Barbara County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.042 mm. Ficure 80. Cannopilus calyptra Haeckel. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County. Relizian, middle Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.035 mm. Ficure 81. Distephanus crux (Ehrenberg). Sisquoc formation (Purisima Hills), Santa Barbara County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.044 mm. FiGuRE 82. Cannopilus binoculus (Ehrenberg). Valmonte diatomite, Los Angeles County, California. Mohnian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.042 mm. Ficure 83. Distephanus speculum var. brevispinus Lemmermann. Buttle diatomite, Mon- terey County, California. Delmontian, late Miocene. Maximum dimension, 0.046 mm. 264 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 60 p; average, 55 ». Spines, 2-5 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Lower Neogene (Moron, Spain): middle Neogene (“Santa Maria,” “Santa Monica,’ and “Nottingham,” United States; Nagy Kurtos, Szakal, and Szt. Peter, Hungary; Caltanissetta and Grotte, Sicily). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Diatomite at Sharktooth Hill (less than 1 percent), Valmonte diatomite (4 percent). Genus Naviculopsis Frenguelli Naviculopsis FRENGUELLI, 1940, p. 69. Type species (by original designation, FRENGUELLI, 1940): Naviculopsis biapiculata (Lemmermann) = Dictyocha navicula Ehrenberg var. biapiculata LEMMERMANN, 1901. Range of genus in California to date: Eocene. World-wide range of genus: Eocene. Distribution of genus: Cosmopolitan. Naviculopsis biapiculata (Lemmermann). (Figures 20, 21, 22.) Dictyocha navicula Ehrenberg var. biapiculata LEMMERMANN, 1901, p. 258, pl. 10, figs. 14, 15. ScHULZ, 1928, p. 244, figs. 18a, 18b, 19. ZaNon, 1934, p. 28, fig. 6. Naviculopsis biapiculata (Lemmermann). FRENGUELLI, 1940, p. 60, figs. 11c, 11d. TyPeE LocaLity. Dolje, Fuur, and Kusnetzk are cited in original publication. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton elliptical ring with one bar across minor axis, and one spine at each end of major axis. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 80 »; average, 70 pw. Spines, 5-15 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Paleocene (Kusnetsk, Russia): lower Eocene (Fuur and Mors, Jutland): upper Eocene (Oamaru, New Zealand): middle Neogene (Dolje, Yugoslavia). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Kellogg shale (19 percent), “Sidney Flat” shale (14 percent). Genus Paradictyocha Frenguelli Paradictyocha FRENGUELLI, 1940, p. 69. Type species (by original designation, FRENGUELLI, 1940): Paradictyocha polyactis (Ehrenberg) = Dictyocha polyactis Ehrenberg, 1844. Range of genus in California to date: Miocene. World-wide range of genus: Oligocene-Miocene. Distribution of genus: California, U.S.A.; Japan; Europe. Paradictyocha polyactis (Ehrenberg). (Figures 36, 37.) Dictvocha polyactis EHRENBERG, 1844, p. 80. EHRENBERG, 1854, pl. 20, fig. 50. Paradictyocha polyactis (Ehrenberg). FRENGUELLI, 1940, p. 52, fig. 7g; p. 54, figs. 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 8e. TYPE LOCALITY. Moron, Spain. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Skeleton circular or elliptical, approximately 15—25 pronounced bosses each of which is almost as long as the rod diameter of the basal ring. VoLt. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 265 TABLE 6. Alphabetical arrangement of California silicoflagellate species. CALIFORNIA SILICOFLAGELLATE:; SPECIES MIOCENE CRET- | EOCENE Cannopilus binoculus Cannopilus calyptra Cannopilus cyrtoides Cannopilus hemisphericus ALPHABETICAL ARRANGEMENT OF SPECIES Cannopilus sphericus [ cerbiseme apieviete SCS Dictyocha fibula fibula var. rhombica Dictyocha Dictyocha fibula var. stapedia Dict yocha staurodon Distephanus = crux Distephanus ornamentus Distephanus speculum Distephanus speculum vor. brevispinus Distephanus speculum vor pentagonus Distephanus_variabilis Lyramula furcula Lyramulo simplex Mesocena crenulata Mesocena crenulota var. _diodon | | Mesocena crenulata vor. elliptica Mesocena hexagona Mesoceno oamoaruensis Mesocena occidentalis Mesocena polymorpha Mesocena polymorpha var- biseptenaria Mesocena polymorpha _ var. quadranqula Mesocena polymorpha var triangula Noviculopsis biapiculata Paradictyocha polyactis Vallacerta hortoni 266 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Taste 7. California silicoflagellate species grouped according to series and stage distribution. UPPER mie cee CRET. |EOCENE | wiocene | GROUPING OF SP ECIES Cc TO SERIES AND STAGE DIST Corbisema geometrica Lyramula simplex Lyramula furcula Vallacerta hortoni Corbisema apiculata Corbisema triacantha Distephanus variabilis Mesocena oamaruensis Mesocena occidentalis Mesocena polymorpha var. biseptenaria Mesocena polymorpha var. quadrangula Naviculopsis biapiculata Dictyocha ausonia Dictyocha fibula var. stapedia Mesocena crenulata Mesocena crenulata var. elliptica Mesocena polymorpha Dictyocha fibula var. rhombica Dictyocha staurodon Distephanus ornamentus Dis tephanus speculum var. pentagonus Mesocena hexagona Mesocena crenulata var, diodon Mesocena polymorpha vor. triangula Cannopilus sphericus Cannopilus cyrtoides Cannopilus hemisphericus Cannopilus binoculus Distephanus crux Distephanus speculum vor. brevispinus Paradictyocha polyactis fibula Distephanus speculum ear i ee ee eae Dictyocha VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 26 “I DIMENSIONS. Maximum, 50 »,; average, 45 ». Bosses, 1—2 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Lower Neogene (Moron, Spain). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Buttle diatomite (less than 1 percent), Valmonte diatomite (2 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Lompoc area (2 percent), lower part of Sisquoc formation of Purisima Hills (less than 1 percent). Genus Vallacerta Hanna Vallarcerta HANNA, 1928, p. 262. Type species (by original designation): Vallacerta hortoni Hanna, 1928. Range of genus in California to date: Upper Cretaceous. World-wide range of genus: Upper Cretaceous. Distribution of genus: California, U.S.A. Vallacerta hortoni Hanna. (Figures 11, 12, 19.) Vallacerta hortoni HANNA, 1928, p. 262, pl. 41, figs. 7-11. DEFLANDRE, 1940, p. 446, figs. 1-5; p. 598, fig. 1. DEFLANDRE, 1950, p. 57, figs. 144, 146, 147. Dictyocha sidera SCHULZ, 1928, p. 284, figs. 8la, 81b. TYPE LocaLity. California Academy of Sciences locality 1144. Moreno for- mation (Upper Cretaceous), Panoche Hills, Fresno County, California, SW INEZ sec. 6, 1: 15 'S:, R.12 E., M-D:B-M. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES. Pentagonal disk with radiating spines of equal length at each corner. DIMENSIONS. With spines: maximum, 70 »; average, 65 ». Spines, 8-18 p. STRATIGRAPHIC RECORD. Upper Cretaceous (Moreno formation in California, United States; “Spongiaires siliceux de la craie de Prusse,’’ Germany ). OCCURRENCES IN SAMPLES STUDIED. Marca shale (6 percent). GAZETTEER This section lists the geographic names used in the text and records for each a map on which the locality can be found. Some areas could not be located on maps. Quotation marks are used here to indicate that a locality has not been ac- curately described by prior workers. The entries record the town (or area), country, latitude, longitude, the atlas in which the name was located, the number of the map, coordinates, and scale. A space saving procedure has been adopted for atlases which are cited fre- quently; the names are abridged in the following manner: (1) Atlante = Tour- ing Club italiano Atlante Internazionale, 1951, 231 p., 167 leaves of maps, Milan; (2) Goldmann = Goldmann’s Grosser Weltatlas, 1955, 323 p., illus., Munchen, Goldmann; (3) Goode’s = Goode’s School Atlas, 1948, 286 p., 173 maps, New York, Rand McNally; (4) Stieler’s = Stieler’s Atlas of Modern Geography, 1925, 316 p., 254 maps, Gotha, Justus Perthes; (5) Times = The Times Atlas 268 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER, of the World, v. 3, 1955, v. 4, 1956, v. 5, 1957, 49-120 maps, London, The Times Publishing Company; and (6) Club Italiano = Carta d'Italia del Touring Club Italiano, 1920, 62 sheets and index, Milan, Published by Touring Club Italiano. ABASHIRI, HOKKAIDO, JAPAN; lat. 44°00’ N., long. 144°15’ E. Map: Atlante, 97-98, D 53, scale 110,000,000. AxrGINnA IsLAND, SARONIC GULF OF AEGEAN SEA; lat. 37°46’ N., long. 23°26’ E. Map: Atlante, 75-76, U 27, scale 1:3,000,000. ARKANGELSK, Russia. Arkangelsk is not listed in any major atlas. There are, however, 17 entries for Arkhangelsk in Atlante. It is not possible to determine which is the fossil locality of Zanon. Barpapos IstAnp, BririsH WEsT Inp1IEs; lat. 13°21’ N., long. 59°12’ W. Map: Goldmann, 193, F 18, scale 1:5,000,000. BERGONZANO, ITaty. Not located. Near Reggio Emilia (lat. 44°42’ N., long. 10°38’ E.). BojARKINO, Russia. Not located. Bosporus (STRAIT), TURKEY; lat. 41°10’ N., long. 29°10’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 83, K 3, scale 1:2,500,000. BRADLEY, CALIFORNIA, UNITED StatTEs; lat. 35°54’ N., long. 120°48’ W. Map: Times, v. 5, 111, D 6, scale 1:2,500,000. BremiA, Huncary. Not located. CALTANISSETTA, SictLy. There is a city and a province of the same name. The locality de- scription by Zanon is not definite. The data given are for the city; lat. 37°29’ N., long. 14°04’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, H 9, scale 1:1,000,000. CasatTico, Iraty. Not located. CASTELTERMINI, AGRIGENTO PROVINCE, SICILY; lat. 37°33’ N., long. 13°38’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, G 8, scale 1:1,000,000. CaTAnzaAro, ItaLy. There is a city and a province of the same name. The locality description by Zanon is not definite. The data given are for the city; lat. 38°54’ N., long. 16°36’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, N 6, scale 1:1,000,000. CLYDE SEA, OFF Coast OF SCOTLAND; lat. 55°30’ N., long. 5°00’ W. Map: Goode’s, 116, scale 1:4,000,000. CoESFELD, GERMANY; lat. 51°57’ N., long. 7°20’ E. Map: Times, v. 3, 63, F 9, scale 1:1,000,000. Conpro, Iraty. Not located. CorFU, CITY ON CorFu ISLAND (OFF COAST OF GREECE). The locality description by Zanon is not definite. The data given are for the city; lat. 39°36’ N., long. 19°55’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 83, D 5, scale 1:2,500,000. CorMAcks, OaMAru, NEW ZEALAND; lat. 45°07’ S., long. 171°02’ E. Map: Goode’s, 171, scale 1:4,000,000. CROTONE, CATANZARO PROVINCE, ITALY; lat. 39°05’ N., long. 17°08’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, O 5, scale 1:1,000,000. CUPRAMONTANA, ANCONA PROVINCE, ITALY; lat. 43°27’ N., long. 13°07’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 80, H 2, scale 1:1,000,000. Det Monve, CarirorniA, UNITED STATEs; lat. 36°35’ N., long. 121°50’ W. Map: Sensis: Monterey County, California; sheet 1657, 111 SE., A.M'S. series V895, Type C-AMS 1; Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, 1948, scale 1:24,000. DoLyr, YuGosLaAvia. Not located. Ecrna. (See Aegina.) Vor. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 269 FoRMIGNANO, ITALy; lat. 44°04’ N., long. 12°05’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 19 Ravenna, D 5, scale 1:250,000. Fuur, ISLAND IN Lim Fyorp, DENMARK; lat. 57°49’ N., long. 9°01’ E. Map: Times, v. 3, 53, C 3, scale 1:1,000,000. Gaspro, ITALy; lat. 43°28’ N., long. 10°28’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 21 Livorno, B 6, scale 1:250,000. GIRGENTI, Sicity. There is a city and province of the same name. The locality description by Zanon is not definite. The data given are for the city; lat. 37°18’ N., long. 13°35’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, G 9, scale 1:1,000,000. GREIFSWALDER OIE, BALTIC ISLET, GERMANY; lat. 54°15 Map: Times, v. 3, 63, T 4, scale 1:1,000,000. GROTTE, AGRIGENTO PROVINCE, SICILY; lat. 37°29’ N., long. 14°04’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, G 9, scale 1:1,000,000. JUTLAND, PENINSULA, DENMARK; lat. 56°00’ N., long. 9°00’ E. Map: Times, v. 3, 53, C 4, scale 1:1,000,000. Karanp, Huncary. Not located. Kiet Bay, GERMANY; lat. 54°30’ N., long. 10°30’ E. Map: Times, v. 3, 63, M 4, scale 1:1,000,000. Ku Straits, JAPAN; lat. 34°00’ N., long. 134°48’ E. Map: Goode’s, 159, scale 1:4,000,000. Kitranat, JAPAN. Not located. KoeEsFELD. (See Coesfeld.) Kuznetsk, Russi; lat. 53°06’ N., long. 46°35’ E. Map: Atlante, 69-70, Q 44, scale 1:3,000,000. Licata, AGRIGENTO PROVINCE, SiciLy; lat. 44°15’ N., lang. 10°02’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, G 9, scale 1:1,000,000. Lompoc, CALIFORNIA, UNITED StTaTEs; lat. 34°38’ N., long. 120°30’ W. Map: Goode’s 74, scale 1:4,000,000. Marmonriro, Iraty; lat. 45°05’ N., long. 8°01’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 9 Torino, D 4, scale 1:250,000. “MARYLAND,” UNITED STATES. The literature does not specify a locality. [It is probable that the Calvert formation, Calvert County, Maryland is the locality of Zanon.] , Newlonga tse 55s MarzutLio Sortino, Sicity. Not located. The following data refer to Sortino near Siracusa, Sicily; lat. 37°10’ N., long. 15°02’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81 K 9, scale 1:1,000,000. MEJILIONES OR MEJILLONES DEL SUR, ANTOFAGASTA PROVINCE, CHILE; lat. 23°01’ S., long. 70°30’ W. Map: Goode’s, 104, scale 1:16,000,000. Messina, Sictty. There is a city and province of the same name. The locality description by Zanon is not definite. The data given are for the city; lat. 38°11’ N., long. 15°33’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, L 7, scale 1:1,000,000. MONACO, PRINCIPALITY ; lat. 43°45’ N., long. 7°20’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 67, K 9, scale 1:2,500,000. Monpatno, Itaty; lat. 43°53’ N., long. 13°15’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 20 Pesaro, E 2, scale 1:250,000. Monrarate, Itaty. Not located. Since Zanon reports that Montaiate is near Pergola, the following data refer to Pergola; lat. 43°36’ N., long. 12°50’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 24 Macerata, A 3, scale 1:250,000. Monte BusseEtT0, Iraty; lat. 43°08’ N., long. 13°20’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 24 Marcerato, D 2-3, scale 1:250,000. 270 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Monte GEMMANO, Forti, ITaty. Not located. Monte Giesi0, Iraty; lat. 43°31’ N., long. 10°46’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 18, A 2, scale 1:250,000. Montepissito, Forit, Iraty. Not located. MONTEFABRRI, ITALY; lat. 43°48’ N., long. 13°16’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 19 Ravenna, D 5, scale 1:250,000. MonvTerioreE, IrAty. There are 3 entries for Montefiore in Club Italiano. It is not possible to determine which is the fossil locality of Zanon. MonTEREY, CALIFORNIA, UNITED STATES; lat. 36°35’ N., long. 121°55’ W. Map: Times, v. 5, 111, C 5, scale 1:2,500,000. MonteEveccuio, ITaty; lat. 44°03’ N., long. 12°30’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 19 Ravenna, D 5, scale 1:250,000. Moors. (See Mors.) Moron, Spatn; lat. 37°07’ N., long. 5°26’ W. Map: Atlante, 41-42, J 4, scale 1:1,500,000. Mors, ISLAND IN Lim Fyorp, DENMARK; lat. 57°48’ N., long. 8°40’ E. Map: Times, v. 3, 53, B 3, scale 1:1,000,000. Mount D1asto, CALirorntiA, UNITED STaTEs; lat. 37°45’ N., long. 122°50’ W. Map: Times, v. 5, 111, C 4, scale 1:2,500,000. Nacy Kurros (SOMETIMES SPELLED NAGY Curtos), HuNGARY; lat. 46°02’ N., long. 19°47’ E. Map: Stieler, 47, G 5, scale 1:925,000. NANKOORI, ONE OF THE NICOBAR ISLANDS IN INDIAN OcEAN; lat. 7°45’ N., long. 93°30’ E. Map: Stieler, 71, B 6, scale 1:7,500,000. NEMURO STRAITS, JAPAN; lat. 44°15’ N., long. 145°30' N. Map: Goode’s, 158, scale 1:4,000,000. NYERMEGY, HuncAry. Not located. Oamaru, NEW ZEALAND; lat. 45°07’ S., long. 171°02’ E. Map: Goode’s, 171, scale 1:4,000,000. OsAKA BAy, JAPAN; lat. 34°30’ N., long. 135°15’ E. Map: Goode’s, 159, scale 1:4,000,000. Oran, ALGERIA. There are two Orans in Algeria. It is not possible to determine which is the fossil locality of Zanon. PAanocHEe Hitts (Hanna’s MorRENO SHALE LOCALITY), FRESNO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, UNITED States. California Acad. Sci. Loc. 1144, SW14NE4%, sec. 6, T. 15 S., R. 12 E.. M.D.B.M.; lat. 36°40’ N., long. 120°45’ W. Map: Atlante, 140-141, K 13, scale 1:3,000,000. PassAMAQuOpDY Bay, MaIne-CAnapaA; lat. 45°05’ N., long. 66°58’ W. Map: Goode’s, 86, scale 1:4,000,000. PLyMouTH SouND, GREAT BRITAIN; lat. 50°25’ N., long. 4°05’ W. Map: Goode’s, 116, scale 1:4,000,000. “PopLeIA, NortH AMERICA.” Not located. Purisima Hitts, CAtirornia, UNITED STATEs; lat. 34°38’ N., long. 120°30’ W. Map: California Div. Mines Bull. 150, Plates 1, 3. “REDONDO, NorTH AMERICA.” REDONDO, [CALIFORNIA]; lat. 33°48’ N., long. 118°25’ W. Map: Goode’s, 74, scale 1:4,000,000. “RicHMOND, NortH America.” It is not possible to determine which “Richmond” is the fossil locality of Zanon. SAN CATALDO, Sicity; lat. 37°29’ N., long. 14°00’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, G 9, scale 1:1,000,000. VoL. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES bo “I _ S. ANGELO DE SENIGALLIA, ANCONA Province, ITALY; lat. 43°43’ N., long. 13°13’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 79, 0-7, scale 1:1,000,000. SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY, CALIFORNIA, UNITED States; lat. 37°30’ N., long. 121°10' W. Map: Goode’s, 74, scale 1:4,000,000. “San Pepro, NortH AMERICA.” It is not possible to determine which “San Pedro” is the fossil locality of Zanon. [The literature on diatoms indicates that it may be San Pedro, California. ] San RUFFILLO, ITAty; lat. 46°30’ N., long. 11°15’ E. Map: Atlante, 24, 25-26, T. 65, scale 1:1,250,000. “SANTA BARBARA, NORTH AMERICA.” SANTA BARBARA, [CALIFORNIA]; lat. 34°25’ N., long. 119°41’ W. Map: Goode’s, 74, scale 1:4,000,000. “Santa Marts, NortH AMERICA.” SANTA Marta, [CALIFORNIA]; lat. 34°58’ N., long. 120°29’ W. Map: Goode’s, 74, scale 1:4,000,000. “SANTA Monica, NortH AMERICA.” SANTA Monica, [CALIFoRNIA]; lat. 34°01’ N., long. 118°28’ W. Map: Goode’s, 74, scale 1:4,000,000. SENDAI, HonsHvu, JAPAN; lat. 38°17’ N., long. 140°55’ E. Map: Goode’s, 158, scale 1:10,000,000. SERRALUNGA DI CREA, ITALY; lat. 45°10’ N., long. 8°18’ E. Map: Goldmann, 84, 15, scale 1:1,000,000. Srpirsk, Russi; lat. 54°19’ N., long. 48°23’ E. Map: Atlante, 69-70, O 47, scale 1:3,000,000. SoLFaTaRA, ITALY; lat. 43°48’ N., long. 13°08’ E. Map: Club Italiano, Foglio 20 Pesaro, F 1, scale 1:250,000. SPADAFORA, MESSINA PROVINCE, SICILY; lat. 38°13’ N., long. 15°23’ E. Map: Times, v. 4, 81, K 7, scale 1:1,000,000. SZAKAL, NEOGRAD PROVINCE, HUNGARY. Not located. Szt. PETER, NEOGRAD PROVINCE, HunGARY. Not located. ZANTE, CITY ON ZANTE ISLAND (OFF COAST OF GREECE). The locality description by Zanon is not definite. The following data are for the city; lat. 37°47’ N., long. 20°53’ E. Map: Stieler, 53, B 5, scale 1:1,500,000. ZILLY, GERMANY; lat. 51°56’ N., long. 10°49’ E. Map: Goldmann, 61, C-11, scale 1:1,000,000. REGISTER OF LOCALITIES MoreENO ForMATION (Maastrichtian, Upper Cretaceous ) L.S.J.U. Loc. M-619* CANYON NAME. Escarpado Canyon. NAME OF UNIT SAMPLED. Diatomite at top 20 feet of 300-foot thick Marca shale member. Collectors. Max B. Payne and Y. T. Mandra, 1957. Location. On ridge immediately north of Escarpado Canyon, 250 feet south and 1700 feet west of NE corner of Sec. 7, T. 15 S., R. 12 E., M.D.B.M., Fresno County, California (120°42’ W. and 36°38’ N.). * Leland Stanford Junior University (Stanford, California) Micropaleontology Locality M-. 272 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Map used. Aerial photograph by Continental Air Map Company, Job #82, Print 12-4, scale 1:18000 (no date). Stratigraphic position. The one sample used came from a horizon 20 feet below the lower Dos Palos shale (of Danian Age). KELLOGG SHALE (late Eocene) L.S.J.U. Loc. M-611 AREA NAME. Kellogg Creek at Byron Hot Springs Road. NAME OF UNIT SAMPLED. ‘‘Mudstone” from 90-foot exposed section of Kellogg shale at type locality. Collector. Y.T. Mandra, 1948. Location. Road cut 2000 feet N. 80° E. of bench mark 165 in NW% Sec. 8, T.1S., R. 3 E., M.D.B.M., 2.8 miles west of Byron, Contra Costa County, Cali- fornia (121°40’10” W. and 37°51’45” N.). Map used. Byron Quadrangle, California; 15 Minute Series (topographic), Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, 1937; scale 1:62500. Stratigraphic position. The lowest of the 10 samples came from a horizon approximately 33 feet above a cartographic unit containing a ‘‘Domengine Stage”’ fauna, and 2000 feet below the “Sidney Flat” shale (Laiming’s A-1 “Zone” of late Eocene age). “SIDNEY FLAT” SHALE (late Eocene) L.S.J.U. Loc. M-610 AREA NAME. “Quarry” locality of “Sidney Flat” shale. NAME OF UNIT SAMPLED. Diatomaceous “‘mudstone” from 88-foot exposed section of middle (unnamed) 150-foot thick lithologic unit of “Sidney Flat” shale (Markley formation). Collector. Y.T. Mandra, 1948. Location. “Quarry” in the NE% Sec. 2, T. 1 N., R. 1 E., M.D.B.M., Contra Costa County, California (121°49’49” W. and 37°57’48” N.). Map used. Mount Diablo Quadrangle, California; 15 Minute Series (topo- graphic), Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, rev., 1937; scale 1:62500. Stratigraphic position. The lowest of the 12 samples is from a horizon ap- proximately 500 feet below the Kirker sandstone (Refugian Stage), and 2000 feet above the Kellogg shale (Laiming’s A-2 “‘Zone” of late Eocene age). DIATOMITE AT SHARKTOOTH Hitt (Upper Relizian, Miocene) L.S.J.U. Loc. M-620 AREA NAME. Sharktooth Hill. NAME OF UNIT SAMPLED. The diatomite at Sharktooth Hill is a 20-foot thick cartographic unit of the Round Mountain silt (Temblor). Collector. Y.T. Mandra, 1950; recollected in 1957 by J. Zimmerman, C. C. Church, P. Patterson, and Y. T. Mandra. Vor. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES 273 Location. On west side of north-south stream cut, at elevation of 650 feet; 3870 feet south and 3930 feet west of the NE corner of Sec. 25, T. 28 S., R. 28 E., M.D.B.M., Kern County, California (118°55’00” W. and 35°27'36” N.). Map used. Oil center Quadrangle, California; 15 Minute Series (topographic), U. S. Geological Survey, 1954; scale 1:24000. Stratigraphic position. Horizon A is the lowest exposure of the diatomite. Horizon B, the highest exposure, is 100 feet below the Luisian “Bone Beds.” VALMONTE DIATOMITE (Upper Mokhnian, Miocene) L.S.J.U. Loc. M-621 AREA NAME. Peck Park (Palos Verdes). NAME OF UNIT SAMPLED. Valmonte diatomite (750 feet thick). Collector. Y.T. Mandra, 1950. Location. In ravine near cliff at north edge of Peck Park; 400 feet east and 3350 feet south of the intersection of 118°18’ W. and 33°46’ N.; 4 miles north of Point Fermin, in city of San Pedro, Los Angeles County, California. Map used. Plate 1, U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 207, 1946; scale 1:24000. Stratigraphic position. Horizon A is 200 feet below the top of Valmonte diatomite. Horizon B is 50 feet above A. Stsqguoc ForMATION (Delmontian, Mio-Pliocene) L.S.J.U. Loc. M-622 AREA NAME. Lompoc. NAME OF UNIT SAMPLED. Diatomite of lower Sisquoc formation. The Sisquoc formation at this locality is 3000 feet thick. Collector. Y.T. Mandra, 1957. Location. On San Pasqual Road 1% miles south of Route 150 (120°30’ W. and 34:°38/3°" N.). Map used. Plates 1, 3, California Div. Mines, Bull. 150, 1950; scale 1:62500. Stratigraphic position. Horizon A is 350 feet above Monterey-Sisquoc con- tact. Horizon B is 50 feet above A. Stsqguoc FoRMATION (Delmontian, Mio-Pliocene) L.S.J.U. Loc. M-623 AREA NAME. Western Purisima Hills along Harris-Lompoc Road. NAME OF UNIT SAMPLED. Diatomaceous ‘“‘mudstone” in lower part of Sisquoc formation. The Sisquoc formation at this locality is 3000 feet thick. Collector. Y.T. Mandra, 1957. Location. On road cuts of Harris-Lompoc Road. Horizon A is 7260 feet west and 22,770 feet north of the intersection of 120°30’ W. and 34°40’ N. Hori- zon B is 7260 feet west and 23,760 feet north of the same intersection. Map used. Plates 1, 3, California Div. Mines, Bull. 150, 1950; scale 1:62500. 274 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Stratigraphic position. Horizon A is 300 feet above Monterey-Sisquoc con- tact. Horizon B is 300 feet above A. Butte Diatomite (Delmontian, Mio-Pliocene) L.S.J.U. Loc. M-624 CANYON NAME. Buttle Canyon. NAME OF UNIT SAMPLED. Buttle diatomite member of Monterey formation. The diatomite is 500 feet thick at this locality. Collector. Y.T. Mandra, 1950 and 1957. Location. Buttle Canyon in NE% Sec. 15, T. 24 S., R. 10 E., M.D.B.M., Monterey County, California (120°52’10” W. and 35°51’52” N.). Map used. Bradley Quadrangle, California; 7.5 Minute Series (topographic), Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, 1949; scale 1:24000. Stratigraphic position. Horizon A is 300 feet below the top of Buttle diato- mite. Horizon B is 250 feet above A. MOonTEREY FoRMATION (Delmontian, Mio-Pliocene) LS aaWin Loc M-33'5 AREA NAME. Quarry locality of Galliher (1930, p. 22). NAME OF UNIT. Upper Nonion fauna locality of type Monterey. The Monte- rey formation is 3000 feet thick at this locality. Collector. Y.T. Mandra, 1950 and 1957. Location. Quarry located on ESE side of 420 foot hill, 2000 feet west and 4000 feet south of the intersection of 121°50’00” W. and 36°35’00” N. Map used. Seaside, Monterey County, California; Sheet 1657, 111 SE; A.M.S. Series V895, Type C—AMS 1; Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, 1948, scale 1:24000. Stratigraphic position. Horizon A is 600 feet below the top of Monterey for- mation. Horizon B is 55 feet higher than A. LITERATURE CITED BACHMANN, ALFRED 1964. Silicoflagellidae und Archaeomonadaceae: im Fossil diatoms, pollen grains and spores, silicoflagellates and arachaeomonads in the Miocene Hojuji diatomaceous mudstone, Noto Peninsula, Central Japan: Kanazawa University, Science Re- ports, vol. 9, no. 1, pp. 87-118, pls. 1-7, text figs. 1-20. 1967. Silicoflagellidae im [ida Diatomit. Jn (pp. 149-172) Fossil Silicoflagellates and their associated uncertain forms in lida diatomite, Noto Peninsula, Central Japan by W. Ichikawa, I. Shimizu and A. Bachmann: Kanazawa University, Science Reports, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 143-172, pls. 1-9, text figs. 1-3, 1 table. BorGeErT, ADOLF 1891. Uber die Dictyochiden, insbesondere iiber Distephanus speculum; sowie Studien an Phaeodarien: Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vol. 51, pp. 629- 676, pl. 33, 2 text-figs. Vor. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES Bik YL CARNEVALE, P. 1908. Radiolarie e Silicoflagellati di Bergonzano (Reggio Emilia). Instituto Veneto scienze e lettere e arti, Memorie, vol. 28, no. 3, pp. 1-46, pls. 1-4. DEFLANDRE, GEORGE 1936. Les Flagellés fossiles. Apercu biologique et paleontologique. Role géologique. Actualites Scientifiques et Industrielles, no. 335, 98 pp., 135 text figs., Paris, Hermann and Cie. 1940a. Sur les affinités et la phylogenése du genre Vallacerta, Silicoflagellidée du, Crétacé supérieur. Academie des Sciences de Paris, Comptes Rendus, vol. 211, no. 19, pp. 445-448, 8 text figs. 1940b. L’origine phylogénétique de Lyramula et evolution des Silicoflagellidées. Aca- demie des Sciences de Paris, Comptes Rendus, vol. 211, no. 21, pp. 508-510, 12 text figs. 1941. Les notions de genre et de grade chez les Silicoflagellidées et la phylogenése des mutants naviculaires. Academie des Sciences de Paris, Comptes Rendus, vol. 212, no. 2, pp. 100-102, 24 text figs. 1950. Contribution a l’étude des Silicoflagellidés actuels et fossiles. Editions de la Revue D’Optique, pp. 1-82, 243 text figs. [Extrait de Microscopie, Organe trimestriel de la Société de Microscopie théorique et appliquée, tome 2 (1950), pp. 72 et seq. ]. EHRENBERG, C. G. 1838. Ueber die Bildung der Kreidefelsen und Kreidemergels durch unsichtbare Orga- nismen. Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 59-147, pls. 1-4 [1840]. 1841. Vertbreitung und Einfluss des mikroskopischen Lebens in Stid und Nord-Amerika. Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 291-— 445, 4 tables, 4 pls. [1843]. 1844. Uber eine neue marine Tripel Bildung von den Bermuda-Inseln. Monatsberichte der Koniglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, pp. 253-261. 1854. Mikrogeologie. 374 pp., 41 pls., Leipzig, Leopold Voss. 1873. Namensverzeichniss der fossilen Polycystinen von Barbados. Monatsberichte der KO6niglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, pp. 213-263, January 30, 1873. 1875. Fortsetzung der mikrogeologischen Studien als Gesammt-Uebersicht der mikro- skopischen Palaontologie gleichartig analysirter Gebirgsarten der Erde, mit specieller Riicksicht auf den Polycystinen-Mergel von Barbados. Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaiten zu Berlin, pp. 1-223, 30 pls. [1874]. FIsHER, R. A., AND FRANK YATES 1949. Statistical tables for biological, agricultural, and medical research. viii + 112 pp., New York, Hafner Pub. Co. FRENGUELLI, JOAQUIN 1935. Variaciones de Dictyocha fibula en el golfo de San Matias (Patagonia septentrional). Anales del Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales “Bernardino Rivadavia,” vol. 38, pp. 265-281, 14 pls., 1 text fig. 1940. Consideraciones sobre los Silicoflagelados fosiles. Extracto de la Revista del Museo de la Plata (Nueva Serie), Seccion Paleontologia, vol. 2, pp. 37-112, 4 pls., 38 text figs., Buenos Aires. GEMEINHARDT, KONRAD 1930. Silicoflagellatae. Zn L. Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora yon Deutschland, 276 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Osterreich und der Schweiz. 2nd ed. Bd. 10, Abt. 2, pp. 1-85, pl. 1, 69 figs., Leipzig: Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft. 1931. Die Silicoflagellaten der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903, im von Drygalski, E., Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903: Auftrage des Reichs- ministeriums des Innern, vol. 20, pp. 217-258, pls. 42, 43, 1 fig., Berlin and Leipzig, Walter De Gruyter and Co. GLESER, S. I. 1966. Silicoflagellatophyceae. Zn Flora plantarum cryptogamarum URSS: Academia Scientiarum URSS, Institutum Botanicum, vol. 7, pp. 1-330, 33 pls., 58 tables, 28 text figs. HAECKEL, ERNST 1887. Report on the Radiolaria collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873- 76. Challenger Report Zoology, vol. 18, pt. 2, pp. 1548-1569, pls. 101, 114. Hanna, G D. 1928a. The Monterey shale of California at its type locality with a summary of its fauna and flora. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, vol. 12, no. 10, pp. 969-983, 4 pls. 1928b. Silicoflagellata from the Cretaceous of California. Journal of Paleontology, vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 259-263, pl. 41. 1931. Diatoms and silicoflagellates of the Kreyenhagen shale, iz Mining in California. California Division of Mines Report, State Mineralogist, vol. 27, no. 2, pp. 187— 201, pls. A-E. 1944. Silicoflagellate, in Index fossils of North America by H. W. Shimer and R. R. Shrock, p. 11, pl. 14. 1957. Silicoflagellata. Geological Society of America Memoir 67, vol. 1, pp. 745-746, pp. 1073-1074. KANAYA, TARO 1957. Eocene diatom assemblages from the Kellogg and “Sidney” shales, Mt. Diablo Area, California. Tohoku University Science Reports, 2d ser., vol. 28, pp. 27- 124, pls. 3-8, 4 text figs., 5 charts, 6 tables. KLEINPELL, R. M. 1938. Miocene stratigraphy of California. ix—450 pp., 22 pls., 14 text figs., 18 tables, American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, Oklahoma. KLEMENT, K. W. 1963. Occurrence of Dictyocha (Silicoflagellates) in the Upper Cretaceous of Wyoming and Colorado. Journal of Paleontology, vol. 37, pp. 268-270, 3 text figs. LEMMERMANN, ERNST 1901. Silicoflagellatae Ergebnisse einer Riese nach dem Pacific—-H. Schauinsland 1896/97. Deutsche Botanische Gesellschaft, Berichte, vol. 19, pp. 247-271, pls. 10, 11. 1908. Silicoflagellatae, in Brandt, K., and Apstein, C., Nordisches Plankton. Botanischer Teil, vol. 21, pp. 25-32, text figs. 89-108, Kiel and Leipzig, Lipsius and Tischer. Manpra, Y. T. 1960. Fossil silicoflagellates from California, U.S.A. International Geological Congress, XXI Session, Norden, 1960, Report, pt. 6, pp. 77-89, 3 tables. 1963. Silicoflagellates of the Buttle Diatomite. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Pacific Section, Guidebook to geology of Salinas Valley and the San Andreas Fault, pp. 98-103, 4 tables, 19 text figs. Manpra, Y. T., anp G D. HANNA (in press, 1967) Silicoflagellata, in Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, R. C. Vor. XXXVI] MANDRA: CALIFORNIA FOSSIL SILICOFLAGELLATES DT Moore, editor, Part B, Protista 1, University of Kansas Press and Geological Society of America, Lawrence, Kansas. MarGALeEF, RAMON, AND JUAN HERRERA 1957. Hidrografia y fitoplancton de las costas de Castellon, de julio de 1956 a junio do 1957. Investigacion Pesquera, vol. 10, pp. 17-44, 7 tables, 7 text figs. MarsHALL, S. M. 1934. The Silicoflagellata and Tintinnoinea. Great Barrier Reef Expedition, 1928-1929, Science Report, vol. 4, pp. 623-664, 43 text figs., London. ScHulz, PAUL 1928. Beitrage zur Kenntnis fossiler und rezenter Silicoflagellaten. Botanischen Archiv, vol. 21, no. 2, pp. 225-292, 83 text figs. SToHR, EMIL 1880. Die Radiolarienfauna der Tripoli von Grotte Provinz Girgenti in Sicilien. Palaeontographica, vol. 26, pp. 69-124, pl. 7 (23), figs. 7-10. TsuUMURA, KOHEI 1963. A systematic study of Silicoflagellatae. Journal of Yokohama Municipal Uni- versity, ser. C-45, no. 146, pp. 1-84, pls. 1-28. Tynan, E. J. 1957. Silicoflagellates of the Calvert formation (Miocene) of Maryland. Micropaleon- tology, vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 127-136, pl. 1, text figs. 1-3. YANAGISAWA, TADAMI 1943. [Silicoflagellatae] (in Japanese): Umi to Sora [Sea and Sky], vol. 23, pp. 11-29 [451-469], 6 text figs., 7 tables. ZANON, V. 1934. Silicoflagellate fossili italiane. Acta Pontificia Accademia Scienze Nuovi Lincei, vol. 87, pp. 3-44, 1 pl. i : - ry ia is 772euz eee iv ys ; a) spate eer or ee aes, ng I> Ge pee © maul pmiaGe Grae ™ = - AT oh, ee ew eee g “ je > area = ne PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 10, pp. 279-316; 5 figs. April 10, 1969 REPORT ON A COLLECTION OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM AFGHANISTAN ey Richard J. Clark, Erica D. Clark, Palio Limani, Spetsai, Greece, and Steven C. Anderson, Alan E. Leviton California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 94118 INTRODUCTION Afghanistan is a country which remains poorly known zoologically, and publications dealing with the herpetofauna are relatively few. The limitations of our knowledge of the herpetology of Afghanistan are emphasized by the fact that the present collection, the largest thus far reported from this land- locked country, is the result of the first trip to Afghanistan with herpetology as the primary objective. In the summer of 1964, the senior authors (RJC, EDC) visited Afghanistan with the intention of making as extensive a herpetological collection as possible and recording as many ecological observations as circumstances would permit. They are responsible in this paper for the section on physiography and general itinerary and for all ecological observations cited in the text as well as color descriptions of living animals, though the junior authors revised and rearranged material to conform to the needs of the manuscript. The bulk of the collection was sent to the California Academy of Sciences for study and permanent deposition. A selection of specimens was retained by the senior authors as noted in the text under “Additional material: RJC. . .” These specimens were not seen by the junior authors (SCA, AEL). The EAS rn 280 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. junior authors are responsible for final identifications of all specimens, and for the comments on systematics. The journey to and from Afghanistan took the Clarks through northern Iran, and reptiles collected along the way have been reported in an earlier paper (Clark, Clark, and Anderson, 1966). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The senior authors wish to acknowledge the courtesies and assistance rendered them by the Royal Afghan Government in permitting the collection and ex- portation of reptiles, and in granting permission to visit certain areas of the country. They wish to thank particularly Mr. Mohseni in the Cultural Depart- ment of the Foreign Ministry. Special thanks are due Dr. Karkan, Dean of the Faculty of Sciences, Kabul University, for making available the facilities of the University, and to Dr. Kullmann of the Department of Zoology of that institu- tion for his personal help and interest. The junior authors are indebted to the following for permission to examine specimens in their care: Miss Alice G. C. Grandison, British Museum (Natural History) [BM]; Dr. Ilya Darevsky, Zoological Institute, Leningrad [ZIAS]; Drs. Charles M. Bogert and Richard Zweifel, American Museum of Natural History [AMNH]; Dr. Robert Inger and Hymen Marx, Field Museum of Natural History |FMNH]. PHYSIOGRAPHY AND GENERAL ITINERARY A portion of the collection was made during July and August 1964, partly close to the main road from the Iran border to Kabul, via Herat, Shindand, Farah, Delaram, Girishk, Kandahar, Qalat, and Ghazni. The remainder was accumulated on trips made from Kabul: 30 miles north towards the Hindu Kush in the region around Charikar, 15 miles west to Paghman, 90 miles east along the new road via Sarobi to Jalalabad and southeast towards the Pakistan frontier covering the area between Gardez and Khost. The localities mentioned in the text are shown in figure 1. The route from the Iran border to Kabul covers about 700 miles, passing chiefly through vast, semidesert, alluvial plains, sometimes undulating and then heavily eroded, or broken by isolated mountain peaks and frequent dried-out river beds. No doubt these regions are flooded during the rainy season. Vegetation was sparse and consisted mainly of low thorny bushes, a few of which were in flower by late August although there had been no rain. The mountains were almost exculsively rocky and stony and devoid of vegetation. In the distance, south of Girishk and Kandahar, were seen the red sand dunes of the great desert, and this was just penetrated southeast of Kandahar, a few miles from the road to the Pakistan frontier. The line of sand hills was a conspicuous feature from Vot. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 281 FicureE 1. Map of Afghanistan showing collecting stations. many miles away and at the point visited terminated abruptly in a 30-foot drop into a strip of lush vegetation, a quarter of a mile wide, where cattle were grazing. The near side of this strip was typical, flat, hard-baked earth, with some deeply eroded gullies. The sand was a deep yellow in color, and the sand hills rolled away as far as the eye could see. Occasional spiny bushes formed the only vegetation on the desert sand. Other local dune areas occurred close to the road, particularly between Girishk and Kandahar, but were not extensive. Sandy patches occurred in river beds, small gullies, or even on otherwise open baked earth. Villages were relatively infrequent, but wherever they occurred there were irrigation channels which sometimes extended several miles either side of the village. Trees were often associated with these ditches. In many areas there was evidence of previous irrigation, and it could be seen that a poor cereal crop had been recently har- vested, leaving only the sparse, prickly bushes. This was a common habitat of Eremtias guttulata watsonana. Rivers encountered included the Hari Rud at Herat; the Farah Rud at Farah; the Khash Rud at Delaram; the Helmand at Girishk; the Tarnak at Kandahar; and the Kabul between Kabul and Jalalabad. All of these contained 282 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. a considerable body of slowly flowing water. West of Kandahar and north of Girishk there was extensive lush cultivation. Apart from the border area around Islam Qala, little of the country lies below 3000 feet. Station 1 (fig. 1) occurs between Islam Qala and Herat. South of Herat the altitude increases to 6000 feet, drops to 4100 feet at Shindand (station 2), and still further towards Farah to 2400 feet. After an initial rise to over 3000 feet, there is little change in altitude between Farah and Kandahar, stations 3, 4, and 5. Station 6 lies southeast of Kandahar close to the road to Spinboldak on the Pakistan frontier. North of Kandahar there is an almost imperceptible rise for 200 miles across a wide plain, with the hills scarcely visible in the distance (stations 7-11), reaching 8400 feet a little beyond Ghazni, station 12. Over the last 70 miles to Kabul the road winds through more hilly country and drops to just below 6000 feet. The continuation of the main road north from Kabul towards Kunduz passes through essentially similar terrain, though more extensively cultivated. Between Charikar and Jabatus-Siraj, in the foothills of the Hindu Kush at about 5300 feet (station 22), the terrain is relatively bare with remnants only of meager cultivation by wandering tribes. Fifteen miles west of Kabul lies the well watered region of Paghman; sta- tion 21 (a) is below the village at 7400 feet and 21 (b) above the village at 8500 feet. Immediately above the village, the high peaks over 13,000 feet may keep their snow throughout the year, and pockets of snow were lying very much lower. The remarkable feature of this village is the abundant water supply, hence well cultivated fields extending far into the plains below. East of Kabul, the recently completed new road to the Khyber Pass runs for 7 miles across flat cultivated country and then drops rapidly to Sarobi. In only a few places does the gorge widen sufficiently to allow a little cultivation, such as station 13 at 4300 feet, but after 20 miles the valley becomes wider with paddy fields and orchards following the river, though this strip abruptly termi- nates in bare, stony hillsides (station 14). Towards Jalalabad the paddy fields become extensive (station 15). Running back west-southwest from Jalalabad is the old Jalalabad-Kabul road, via Nimla and the Lataband Pass. In the immediate vicinity of the river this region is well cultivated, but otherwise the terrain is typical of a former vast river bed, with numerous large, rounded pebbles and sandy or earthy patches (station 16b). The tributary of the Surkhab River was flowing, doubtless originating from the extensive snow cover on the Shinwari Morga on the Pakistan frontier. After fording the river (station 16a), water was seen in a number of small but rocky and steep gullies and roadside streams, though there was no cultivation (station 16c). The province of Khost, lying southeast of Kabul immediately adjacent to Vot. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 283 the Pakistan frontier, was also visited. This is one of the few forested areas in Afghanistan, with conifers on the steep upper slopes and passes between 8000 and 10,000 feet. The town of Khost, at 4300 feet, lies in a well watered and cultivated plain (station 19a), but the rest of the area comprises a series of steep and isolated valleys, with occasional cultivation. Station 17 occurs near Narai at a pass of 8000 feet, station 18 in a river bed at about 6700 feet, and station 20a is also at the top of a pass of 8000 feet, above Waza. Below an altitude of about 6000 feet, between Khost and the surrounding villages, a form of bushy palm, growing mainly knee to waist high but occa- sionally higher, is a striking form of vegetation. Though sometimes occurring in isolation, these palms often form dense forests covering many acres of ground. The cut palm fronds are used for matting and the fruits eaten by the local Pushtan tribesmen. The abrupt termination of these palms is probably due to the winter frost line. In no other region visited was a similar type of vegetation seen. The Afghan summer is long, hot, and dry, though ‘“‘unseasonable”’ rains fell in and to the east of Kabul on 16 and 17 July. It rained at Paghman on 19 July and this brought a fresh snow cover to the mountains above the village. Some rain fell in the region of Jalalabad on 28 July. Overall temperatures were variable because of the wide range of altitude. The hottest region was the southern stretch between Farah and Kandahar. In mid-July at 1600 hours in Farah a shade temperature of 45° C. was recorded. Mid-day shade temperatures were about 40° C. even in late August, though by this time the nights were noticeably cooler, and sand temperatures at noon rose as high as 61° C. At an altitude of 5000 feet, a minimum of 14.5° C. was recorded at 0500 hours when the ground temperature was 10.5° C. On one occasion the ground temperature rose from 23° C. at 0530 hours to 61° C. at 1130 hours. The behavior of the lizards was closely linked to these temperature fluctuations, as discussed else- where. In late August the visibility was clearer than in mid-July and a few clouds were collecting in the sky, indicating an increase in relative humidity; this seemed to be coupled with some flowering of the sparse desert flora. On many occasions persistent strong winds were experienced, particularly in the desert regions. These generally blew up suddenly towards dusk and lasted a few hours only, but sometimes the gales would blow all night. They were particularly persistent between Herat and Islam Qala and also at Charikar. “Dust devils” were frequently encountered, building up and dying down in half an hour or less. At higher altitudes, such as at Ghanzi, Paghman, and the mountains between Gardez and Khost, temperatures were correspondingly lower. At 10,400 feet near Gardez, 25° C. was recorded at 1100 hours in mid-July. However, at Sarobi 284 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. TasBLe 1. Temperatures recorded during collecting trip in Afghanistan. Elevation Ga ‘ahaa of Date (feet) Time shade) low bush) Substrate Remarks Station 16(a) July 29 3500 06:00 21.0 21.0 sand 08:00 28.5 12:00 31.5 48.5 sand 13:00 44.0 58.0 sand Station 22 Aug. 8 5300 09:00 31.0 10:45 34.0 46.0 52.0 sand Aug. 9 08:30 31.0 Station 10 Aug. 23 7300 06:00 13.0 07:15 20.0 09:45 28.0 41.0 sand 11:00 35.0 42.0 sand 14:00 39.0 58.0 sand 1530 33.5 47.0 sand 20:15 ZOE 25.0 sand Stations 7, 8, 9 Aug. 24 7300 05:30 14.5 10.5 hard-baked fine earth 06:00 16.0 14.0 07:00 19.0 19.0 7200 08:00 23.0 25.0 32.0 6700 09:00 26.0 27.0 36.0 6500 10:00 29.0 42.0 6350 11:00 35.0 52.0 6050 121330 38.0 47.0 14:30 33.0 Sil (0) 15:30 33.0 35.0 43.0 5700 16:30 33.0 38.0 5350 18:30 33.0 33.0 5000 20:00 27.0 26.0 2015 26.0 22.0 Station 6, 7 Aug. 25 5000 02:30 18.0 16.5 hard-baked earth 05:30 14.5 15.5 06:30 17.0 18.5 07:30 20.5 21.0 23.0 08:30 27.0 26.5 33340) 4100 09:30 29.0 50.0 3850 14:00 39.0 52.0 fine gravel 3800 15:15 45.0 16:30 39.0 47.0 sand VoL. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 285 TABLE 1. Continued. Air Air Elevation (true (shade of Date (feet) Time shade) low bush) Substrate Remarks Station 6, 7 Aug. 25 18:00 35.0 35.0 baked earth 19:40 31.0 32.0 22:00 27.0 26.0 Station 6(b) through Kandahar and on toward Girishk Aug. 26 3800 00:30 27.0 26.0 fine hard earth 05:30 18.0 19.0 06:30 20.0 22.0 07:30 24.0 25.0 08:30 26.0 26.0 45.0 09:45 36.0 52.0 fine sand 14:00 SIH) 50.0 Kandahar 3600 16:00 36.0 38.0 52.0 fine earth 19:15 31.0 30.0 21:30 28.0 27.0 sand Aug. 27 3400 05:00 19.0 19.5 06:15 18.0 18.0 08:00 DESO) 24.0 11:30 537/40) 50.0 12:30 38.0 59.0 14:00 8325 Girishk, under tree 18:00 38.5 48.0 loose stone chips 19:00 32.0 31.0 21:00 28.0 28.5 Stations 2, 4, 5 Aug. 28 3500 05:30 24.5 23.0 stony 06:30 26.0 2325 26.5 3200 09:30 38.0 43.0 pebbly 3125 11:30 40.0 61.0 sandy 4200 19:30 29.0 31.0 stone chips Aug. 29 3600 05:45 26.0 23.5 07:30 30.5 30.0 4300 11:00 35.5 45.0 baked earth 4150 12:00 43.0 62.0 5550 13:00 35.0 43.0 strong wind and Jalalabad, though lower than Kabul and comparable with the southern regions, temperatures were not excessive, but this may have been a local cooling as a result of the rain mentioned previously. A midday shade temperature of only 31.5° C. was recorded on 29 July near Jalalabad, at 3500 feet. Although 286 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. not measured, the relative humidity of this region was obviously higher than at Kabul. All temperatures recorded were taken with a good laboratory-grade ther- mometer, held vertically. A true air temperature was taken when suitable shade was available, but on other occasions a ‘“‘shade” temperature within a bush was taken. The surface temperature was taken by just covering the bulb of the thermometer in the surface of the sand or earth and moving the thermometer several times until a steady reading was observed. All elevations are given in feet above sea level, measured with a good, fully compensated pocket aneroid altimeter. In most cases they are accurate to within 100 feet, but if a checking point was not available may vary to 200 feet. Longitude and latitude as well as locality names are taken from reference to the 1:1,000,000 map series published by the War Office, G.S.G.S. no. 2555, sheets N.I. 41 and 42, N.H. 41 and 42. Some roads appearing on these sheets have been altered considerably since the last revisions (1944 and 1955). COLLECTING STATIONS Station 1: Herat to Islam Qala, 34°22’N., 62°10’E. Elevation 3100 to 2600 feet. Flat, dry, stony country close to road, sparsely covered with low thorny bushes; occasional dry river beds. Low hills to north of road. Station 2: Near Shindand, 33°00’N., 62°30’E. Elevation 4150 feet. Open flat country, similar to station 1. Station 3: 20 miles east of Farah, 32°20’N., 62°15’E. Rocky dry hills. Station 4: 40 miles west of Girishk, 32°00’N., 64°10’E. Elevation 3500 feet. Bare, rocky hills, rising out of flat, open, dry country. Station 5: 20 miles east of Girishk, 31°43’N., 64°45’E. Elevation 3400 feet. Small sand dune area, sparsely covered with low prickly shrubs; isolated within flat open plain. Station 6: (a): 20 miles southeast of Kandahar, 31°23’N., 65°53’E. Elevation 3800 feet. i: Open flat country, bare of vegetation. Parts had been cultivated previ- ously. Stony patches with dry stream gullies. ww: Sandy river bed within above environment. (6): Southeast of Kandahar, 31°20’N., 65°50’E. Elevation 3800 feet. Sand dunes on the edge of extensive dune area. Dark sand with occasional spiny shrubs. Station 7: 60 miles north of Kandahar (10 miles north of Qalat), 32°10’N., 67°00’E. Elevation 5000 feet. Close to main road, not far from Tarnak River. Flat, open, dry country; occasional low spiny shrubs. VoL. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 287 Station 8: 80 miles north of Kandahar (village of Tazi), 32°23’N., 67°18’E. Elevation 5350 feet. Environment similar to station 7. Station 9: Approximately 20 miles south of Mukur (village of Ghaomi- Faringi), 32°38’N., 67°30’E. Elevation 7000 feet. Environment similar to station 7, but sandy in places. Station 10: Between Ghazni and Mukur, 32°53’N., 67°48’E. Elevation 7300 feet. Environment similar to station 7, but sandy in places. Station 11: Just north of Ghazni (Qala Nau), 33°35’N., 68°28’E. Elevation 7400 feet. Environment similar to station 7, but sandy in places. Station 12: 20 mlies north of Ghazni. Highest point of pass, 33°40’N., 68°30’E. Elevation 8400 feet. Large rocky outcrops with deep crevices, in dry, hilly, rocky country. Station 13: Between Kabul and Sarobi, 30 miles east of Kabul, 34°33’/N., 69°35’E. Elevation 4300 feet. Narrow valley with rice fields, well irrigated by Kabul River. Surrounding hills dry and rocky. Station 14: Between Sarobi and Jalalalabad, 34°30’N., 70°00’E. Elevation 2900 feet. Irrigated fields, earth banks, surrounded by open, flat, dry country; rocky hills to south of road. Station 15: 10 miles west of Jalalabad, 34°30’N., 70°22’E. Elevation 2300 HEEL. Environment similar to station 14. Station 16: 5 to 10 miles east-northeast of Nimla, on old Kabul-Jalalabad road, and about 10 miles southwest of the village of Balabagh, 34°19-21’/N., 70°10-15’E. Elevation 3500 feet. (a): Bed of flowing river, with sandy and rocky islets. (6): Flat, open country; some small bare and rocky hills. (c): Steep river valley; rocky outcrops and steep earth banks. Station 17: Northwest of Narai. 33°31’N., 70°04’E. Elevation 8000 feet. Top of a pass; large rocky outcrops, stunted woody shrubs. Station 18: About 30 miles east-northeast of Gardez (village of Meiden Khula), 33°40’N., 69°50’E. Elevation 6700 feet. Dry river bed; fine gravel, with small woody shrubs; valley in conifer forest. Station 19: (a): Khost, 33°21’N., 69°57’E. Elevation 4300 feet. Open, irrigated agricultural plain. (6): About 12 miles west of Khost. Elevation 4500 feet. Small pools among hills close to the river. 288 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. Station 20: 40 miles west of Khost. 33°25’N., 69°22’E. Elevation 8000 feet. Above the village of Waza, at top of pass. Open sunny fields above river valley. Station 21: Paghman, 15 miles west of Kabul, 34°36’N., 68°56’E. (a): Below village; open, bare, rocky, low hill. Elevation 7400 feet. (6): Above village; large rocky outcrops, close to river and streams in steep valleys. Elevation 8500 feet. Station 22: Charikar, 35°05’N., 69°10’E. Elevation 5300 feet. Open, dry, flat country; spiny shrubs, sometimes dense; rocky in places. Station 23: (a): Kabul, 34°30’N., 69°10’E. Elevation 6000 feet. Walls of International Club. (6): Entrance to gorge toward Sarobi, 7 miles east of Kabul. Slightly lower elevation than station 23a. NOTES ON COLLECTION Class AMPHIBIA Order SALIENTIA Family BUFONIDAE Genus Bufo Laurenti Bufo andersoni Boulenger. Bufo pantherinus (not Boie), ANDERSON, 1871, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 203. Bufo andersonii BOULENGER, 1883, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 12, p. 163 (type locality: India: Ajmere [restricted by Leviton, Myers, and Swan, 1956]). MATERIAL EXAMINED (1). CAS 96172, station 19b, July. Remarks. This appears to be the first record of this species from Afghan- istan. Its presence is not surprising in view of its recorded distribution, which includes all of northern India from the Ganges Basin through Rajputana and Punjab to Sind, and north to Nepal and Kashmir. If Nieden (1923) is correct in assigning Bufo oblongus Nikolsky to the synonymy of B. andersoni, the species also occurs in eastern Iran. It has also been reported from southern and eastern Arabia. The single specimen, a female, contains ripe ova. The stomach contains a few beetle remains. It was collected along with Rana cyanophlyctis in a rocky pool close to the river. Length from tip of snout to tip of urostyle: 54 mm. Family RANIDAE Genus Rana Linnaeus Rana cyanophlyctis Schneider. Rana cyanophlyctis SCHNEIER, 1799, Hist. Amph., vol. 1, p. 137 (type locality: eastern India). MATERIAL EXAMINED (15). CAS 96168-96170, station 19b, July. CAS 96179-96188, 103776—103777, station 15, July. Vout. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 289 REMARKS. Indicative of the limitation on our knowledge of the Afghan fauna is the fact that this widely distributed frog has not been recorded previ- iously from Afghanistan. It is common from eastern Iran to the Malay Peninsula and occurs up to 6000 feet in the Himalayas. It is also reported from southern Arabia. The specimens include four adult females and a recently transformed young from Khost. An adult male, adult female, two recently transformed young, and six larvae in various stages of transformation comprise the series from 10 miles west of Jalalabad. Females from the Jalalabad region contain ripe ova. Stomach contents of Khost specimens include a large beetle and ants. The largest female measures 63 mm. from tip of snout to tip of urostyle, the male measures 45 mm., and a newly transformed young 20 mm. At station 15, these frogs were found near the main road in an artificial pool fed by water trickling directly from the rocks. They were very wary, diving quickly beneath the water, and were collected by shooting with an air pistol. The larvae were also obtained here. The frogs were lying motionless in the water, basking in the sunshine at about 1030 hours. Frogs were also seen in other ditches and ponds nearby, but it cannot be assumed that they were the same species. They were heard calling at night, a call distinctly different from that of Rana ridibunda, which was probably heard at the same time. No specimens of this latter species were collected, however. The three specimens from station 19b were taken from a rocky pool close to the river. Rana sternosignata Murray. Rana sternosignata Murray, 1885, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 16, p. 120 (type locality: Quetta, West Pakistan). MATERIAL EXAMINED (1). CAS 96171, station 20, 22 July. Remarks. The single specimen, a female, measures 46 mm. from tip of snout to tip of urostyle, and is not in reproductive condition. Various kinds of beetles are in the stomach. This frog was taken in late afternoon from an irri- gation ditch at an elevation of 8000 feet in a field above the river gorge. Several others were seen on the grassy banks and in the water. Class REPTILIA Order SQUAMATA Family AGAMIDAE Genus Agama Daudin Agama agilis Olivier. Agama agilis OLIvIER, 1807, Voy. Emp. Othoman, vol. 4, p. 394, and Atlas, pl. 29, fig. 2 (type locality: neighborhood of Baghdad, Iraq). 290 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. MATERIAL EXAMINED (6). CAS 96271, station 3, 11 July. CAS 97972, 97975, station 5, 27 August. CAS 97990, station 6a(i), 25 August. CAS 98117-— 98118, station 1, 31 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL.1 RJC 248, station 6a(i), 25 August. RJC 259, station 2, 29 August. RJC 260, 273-276, station 1, 31 August. RJC 277, station 10, 23 August. ReMARKS. These lizards were common in dry stony or baked earth local- ities, relying upon the sparse prickly bushes as hiding places. They were seen at this time of year soon after sunrise. In the early hours of daylight they were sluggish and were often collected without much difficulty. Several were caught at 0715 hours when air temperature in the bushes was 24.0° C., the ground tem- perature 25.0° C., and later between 0830 hours and 0930 hours in a strong wind, when the air temperature in bushes was 32.0° C., ground temperature 37.0° C. Later in the day, they were frequently seen by the roadside, on the top of piles of earth or stones, sometimes nodding their heads in the familiar agamid manner, and in early July would climb into low bushes during the hottest hours of the day. One was taken at midday when the air temperature was 43.0° C., the ground temperature 62.0° C. At 1500-1530 hours, when the air temperature was 40-45° C., these agamids were still highly active (see Anderson, 1963, for further discussion of Agama agilis and environmental temperature). These lizards were collected over a wide area at elevations between 2600 and 3800 feet. They were always collected in similar environmental situations. They were variable in color; the throats of males turned vivid blue when the animals were handled, the dorsal pattern becoming paler, the ventrolateral aspect becoming suffused with purple. When seeking refuge in a bush, they would climb into the thickest part, and no amount of poking would drive them out. As used here, the name Agama agilis refers to a complex of populations distributed from lowland Jordan, Iraq, northern Arabia, and southwestern Iran east to West Pakistan, western Punjab, and Afghanistan, and north to the Asian steppes of the USSR (coasts of the Caspian Sea, east to the Tarbagatai, and north to the steppes of the lower reaches of Irgiz). Various names have been applied to these populations, viz. Agama sanguinolenta (Pallas, 1814) [type locality: Kum-Ankatar on the Terek River, Caucasus, USSR]; Agama persica Blanford, 1881 (type locality: Deh Bid and Kazerun, Iran [= A. blanfordi Anderson, 1966a, substitute name|); Agama isolepis Boulenger, 1885 (type locality: between Bampur and Magas, Iran [restricted by Anderson, 1966b]) ; Agama kirmanensis Nikolsky, 1899 (type locality: Kurin, Kerman Province, Iran); Agama kirmanensis brevicauda Nikolsky, 1907 (type locality: Kochrud, ‘ Material in the personal collection of Richard J. Clark and not examined by the junior authors. ——E Vot. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 291 Irak-Adschemi, Iran). The relationships of these various nominal forms are currently under investigation. The largest male has a snout—vent length of 80 mm., tail 125 mm. The largest female measures 72 mm. from snout to vent, the tail 110 mm. There are 60-71 scales round the middle of the body, the counts falling within the range (60-76) of specimens previously reported from Afghanistan (Leviton, 1959; Leviton and Anderson, 1961). CAS 97975 and 97990 contain small eggs in the ovaries. The remains of grasshoppers form the bulk of the stomach contents. Agama caucasica (Eichwald). Stellio caucasicus EICHWALD, 1831, Spec. Ross. Polon., vol. 3, p. 187 (type locality: USSR: Tiflis and Baku, Transcaucasia) . Agama caucasica, BOULENGER, 1885, Cat. Lizards British Mus., vol. 1, p. 367. MATERIAL EXAMINED (7). CAS 96246, station 18, 21 July. CAS 96247, station 18, 24 July. CAS 96248-96249, station 17, 23 July. CAS 96251-96252, station 21b, 19 July. CAS 98969, station 12, 22 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 30-31, 55-60, 63, station 21b, 19 July. RJC 209, 211-213, station 12, 22 August. Remarks. These large agamids were all taken at elevations between 8000 and 8500 feet, and one was seen at 10,400 feet on a mountain pass above Gardez. They were only abundant locally, many miles separating one colony from another. They were always associated with rocky outcrops. Those at Paghman were also found on stone walls, and boulders by the river. They were particularly abundant in a narrow valley with a fast-flowing stream. They hid in rock crevices at the slightest sign of danger, and were difficult to approach. They were seen primarily in the late morning and early afternoon. At Ghazni, air temperature of 30° C. was recorded by 1400 hours, the exposed rock surface about 40° C. when many of these lizards were seen. There was a tendency when basking for the head and shoulders to be raised well clear of the rock surface. Often they remained on the warm rocks in late afternoon after these were in shadow. At Ghazni these lizards were more abundant in late August than they had been in mid-July, sometimes five or more aggregating round a single rock crevice. The single female sent to the Academy, CAS 98969, has a snout—vent length of 75 mm. and a tail length of 108 mm. The largest male measures 132 mm. from snout to vent, tail 184 mm. The measurements of the smallest juvenile (male) are 61 and 91 mm. respectively. The number of scales round the middle of the body varies from 145-179 in this series. Specimens recorded earlier from the vicinity of Shash Gao, also in eastern Afghanistan (Leviton and Anderson, 1963), have 193-221 scales round 292 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. the middle of the body. The higher count in this latter series appears due to the fact that the enlarged scales of the flank are fewer and cover a smaller area in these specimens. In Iranian specimens the count varies from 112-170. In view of the high counts of some Afghan specimens, the status of Agama micro- lepis (Blanford) should be examined. This form, which appears to replace A. caucasica in the higher elevations (above 8000 feet) of the Central Plateau in Iran, but not yet recorded from Afghanistan, is said by Blanford (1876) to have over 200, usually 210-220 scales around the body. Identifiable stomach contents consist of leaves and beetles. Agama nupta De Filippi. Agama nupta Dr Fiviprt, 1843, Giorn. Ist. Lomb. e Bib. Ital., vol. 6, p. 407 (type locality: Persepolis, Iran). MATERIAL EXAMINED (3). CAS 96196-96197, 96210, station 16c, 30-31 July. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 131, station 16c, 31 July. RJC 132, midway between stations 23 and 13, beginning of mountain pass, 17 July. Remarks. Adults and juveniles were locally common on rocky cliffs and boulders in the vicinity of flowing water. The young were more easily caught than the adults, as they were seen on the open stony hillside, whereas the adults were on the cliff faces where there were deep clefts and large boulders. Seldom more than two were seen together. They were active throughout the day. The silhouette of one of these lizards could be seen from a considerable distance on any prominent outcrop. They were much more striking in the field than A. caucasica by reason of their greater bulk and dark tail. Station 23b was visited on three occasions. The first, in mid-July, was an overcast day, with thunder showers at intervals; a single specimen was seen under a rock and collected. No specimens were seen the next day, although the sky was clear. However, in late August these lizards were fairly abundant on the rock out- crops close to the river. On a newly constructed road 25 miles northwest of Delaram, two agamas were seen in a rock crevice at mid-day. They were sight- identified as A. nupta because of their dark tails. The largest specimen sent to the Academy, a mature female, measures 115 mm. from snout to vent, the tail 220 mm. The smallest juvenile has a snout—vent length of 39, the tail 55 mm. (tip missing). There are 93-106 scales round the middle of the body of these specimens. CAS 96196 has eggs in the oviducts, the largest at least 12 mm. long. Stomach contents of CAS 96210 include orthopteran, beetle, and lycosid spider remains, as well as several small rocks. Agama ruderata Olivier. Agama ruderata Oxivier, 1807, Voy. Emp. Othoman, vol. 2, p. 429, pl. 29, fig. 3 (type locality: Persia and northern Arabia). VoL. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 293 MATERIAL EXAMINED (11). CAS 96234-96239, 96241-96244, station 22, 7 August. CAS 97991, station 11, 22 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 179-180, 185-188, 196-205, station 22, 7 August. RJC 245, station 11, 22 August. ReMarks. The distinctions between A. megalonyx (Giinther) and A. rude- rata baluchiana Smith are not clear on the basis of the literature and the material examined. Smith (1940), who examined four specimens from Ghazni, which he called A. ruderata, commented on this problem: “The four specimens collected show considerable variation in the size and arrangement of the enlarged scales, and in the disposition of the coleur pattern, so much so that I must now regard my 4. r. baluchiana and A. megalonyx Gunther, both based on single individuals, as identical with ruderata. “The precise locality of origin of A. megalonyx is not known, but Capt. Griffiths, who obtained it, was present at the taking of the town of Ghazni, and it is known that he collected in the vicinity.” The color pattern in the present series is quite variable; the six light vertebral spots are in the center of dark transverse bars. In one adult male (CAS 97991), and in the juveniles, these spots are clearly margined with very dark brown; in the second male and the adult female (CAS 96234), the dark edging of the spots is less pronounced. In CAS 97991 there are three additional series of dark-edged spots on each side of the vertebral line, within the dark transverse bars (which are narrower than the interspaces). There are also dark bars enclosing light ocelli on the limbs and tail, these markings much more distinct in some specimens than in others. A dark bar crosses the head between the eyes, and there are two dark bars on the temporal region behind the eyes. In life the female was silver-gray above, the transverse bars red. The venter was white, the throat pink. The males had dark gray or brown crossbars, the vertebral and dorsolateral spots white. The venters were white, flecked with gray, the throat slaty or with longitudinal gray stripes. The dorsal pholidosis is extremely heterogeneous, the size of the small dorsals being quite variable. The strongly enlarged scales, also variable, are more than twice the size of the smallest dorsals. They occur singly and in groups, but the vertebral spots are encircled by enlarged scales. All dorsals are strongly keeled, imbricate, and mucronate; many of the enlarged scales, which are longer than broad, are strongly upturned. The ventrals are feebly keeled. We have compared our specimens with Minton’s material from West Paki- stan. They differ in no obvious respect from lizards identified by Minton as A. megalonyx (AMNH 96141-96142, Sibi District, near Kolpur). Considering the variation in the heterogeneity of the dorsal pholidosis mentioned by Smith (see above) and observed in our material, we do not feel that specimens identified as A. megalonyx and our Afghan specimens differ significantly from AMNH 294 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. 88585 (West Pakistan: Sibi District: Kach) identified by Minton as A. rude- rata baluchiana. This latter specimen has a less distinct color pattern, but the basic elements of the pattern can be distinguished. Gunther (1864) pointed out in his original description of Trapelus megalonyx that the claws of the fingers were much longer than those of the toes. Boulenger (1885) used this as a character to separate A. megalonyx in his key. This differ- ence in claw length is easily seen in CAS 97991, but is less obvious in the other male and still less so in the female and juveniles. There are 4-11 glandular preanal scales in a single row in the males, a few such scales barely discernible in the female. These specimens have 68-83 (mean 75.3) scales round the middle of the body. Minton gives 71-88 (mean 79.3) as the range in his series of A. megalonyx. His specimens of A. ruderata baluchiana had 80-82. The female has a snout—vent length of 75 mm., the tail 105 mm. The largest male has corresponding measurements of 67 and 95 mm. The juveniles are recently hatched, judging from the umbilical scars, which are unhealed. The smallest is 28 mm. from snout to vent, the tail 32 mm. The female has eggs in the oviducts, the largest 13 mm. long. Those collected at Charikar were found on a broad plain at an elevation of 5300 feet and were most numerous close to the road. The area of 1 to 2 miles to the base of the hills was explored, but few were seen there. This area is probably cultivated from time to time by the wandering tribes, while the strip either side of the road is left relatively undisturbed. The habitat was bare, dusty, and in patches stony, with sparse vegetation. The lizards were seldom found near bushes, but were active on exposed terrain with little cover or pro- tection. When disturbed they would run for a few yards, then stop and remain motionless, blending well with their surroundings. Eremias guttulata watsonana was active in the same area. The lizards were active throughout the day but tended to hide during the hottest period, becoming more active by evening. They were most abundant in mid-morning. Specimens collected near Ghazni were taken close to the road at an elevation of 7400 feet. There was no vegetation in the area, and the rock temperature was 40° C. (in mid-afternoon). Genus Calotes Cuvier Calotes versicolor (Daudin). Agama versicolor DAuDIN, 1802, Hist. Nat., Rept., vol. 3, p. 395, pl. 44 (type locality: India [restricted to Pondicherry by Smith, 1935]). Calotes versicolor, Gray, 1845, Cat. Spec. Liz. British Mus., p. 243. MATERIAL EXAMINED (1). CAS 96257, station 13, 11 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 175, station 13, 12 August. = S—S-:— Vom. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 295 REMARKS. This specimen, a female, differs from West Pakistan and Indian specimens examined in that the body is scarcely compressed, the lateral scales do not point as sharply upward, the dorsal crest is not distinct on the back, although fairly well developed on the neck. There is a black blotch on each side of the neck, extending onto the underside of the lower jaw, but not across the throat or chin; another dark area is present in the area of the eye and snout. These areas are not as well developed in specimens examined from West Paki- stan and northern India. In the development of these dark areas, it agrees more with specimens from Nepal than with specimens elsewhere in the range of this species. There are faint, narrow dark crossbars on the dorsum, and a series of six scarcely discernible light, dark-edged ocelli down either side of the vertebral line. There are 44 scale rows round the middle of the body. Smith (1935) gives the range for specimens from Afghanistan and the Himalayas as 42-48. The snout—vent length is 95 mm., tail 230 mm. When captured, the head and body were gray, with orange extending down the back to behind the forelimbs. The lips and throat were pink, the aural region orange. There were 13 dark bars on the anterior portion of tail, posterior half unmarked. The belly was dirty white. Five individuals were seen at about 4300 feet elevation near the river. They were found principally on earth banks close to the water, and near bamboo clumps. When thick vegetation was available they sought cover in this, but the two individuals collected attempted to hide in shallow holes in the bank, from which they were easily extracted. One individual was seen in a fairly open area near an irrigation ditch, into which it dived without hesitation on being approached. Though shy, they were not difficult to approach and appeared reluctant to hide completely for long periods. All were seen between 0600 and 1130 hours. At 0600 hours the air tempera- ture was 23.0° C. and had risen to 34.5° C. at 1130 hours, by which time the lizards were showing more activity. CAS 96257 contains small ovarian eggs; the oviducts are enlarged. Although Boulenger (1885) listed three specimens of C. versicolor from Afghanistan, and Smith (1935) referred to Afghan specimens also, this species was left out of the previous check list (Leviton, 1959). Specimens in the type series of Calotes maria Gray, Calotes minor Gray (= Oriocalotes paulus Smith |type locality restricted to Khasi Hills by Smith, 1935|), the type of Calotes emma Gray, and the types of Salea hors fieldi Gray were reported by Gray (1845) as coming from “Affghanistan.” Gtinther (1864) regarded all of this material, coming from the collections of the East India Company, as having incorrect locality data. Subsequent authors have right- fully disregarded these records. It seems likely that at least two of the three specimens of Calotes versicolor listed from Afghanistan by Boulenger (1885) 296 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. are also in error, since they were part of this material. The source of the third specimen is not recorded. Genus Phrynocephalus Kaup Phrynocephalus clarkorum Anderson and Leviton. Phrynocephalus ornatus BOULENGER (in part), 1887, Cat. Liz. British Mus., vol. 3, pp. 496-497. Phrynocephalus clarkorum ANDERSON AND LEVITON, 1967, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 35, pp. 227-234, fig. 1. MATERIAL EXAMINED (2). CAS 97989 (holotype), station 6(b), 25 August. CAS 103787 (paratype), station 6(a)ii, 25 August. Remarks. This recently described species is readily distinguished from Phrynocephalus ornatus by the striking color pattern, there being a white- margined black stripe down either side, and the presence of an elongate sub- ocular plate. The two specimens in the present collection are discussed in the paper by Anderson and Leviton cited above. The holotype was taken just inside the extensive desert sand dunes, where the sand was deep yellow. It was caught at 1600 hours when the sand surface temperature was 47° C., the air temperature 39° C. The second specimen was found in a sandy river bed about 1000 hours when air temperature was 36° C. and sand 52° C. The behavior was similar to that of P. ornatus. It would be interesting to know what ecological and behavioral differences may distinguish these two similar and previously confused species (see P. ornatus below). Phrynocephalus luteoguttatus Boulenger. Phrynocephalus luteoguttatus BOULENGER, 1887, Cat. Lizards British Mus., vol. 3, pp. 497— 498 (type locality: Afghanistan: between Nushki and Helmand; Helmand). MATERIAL EXAMINED (2). CAS 97980, 103786, station 6(b), 25 August. Remarks. These two juvenile females were captured just inside the ex- tensive desert sand dunes 20 miles southeast of Kanadahar at about 3800 feet elevation. Here the sand was deep yellow in color. Sand temperature at 1600 hours was 47.0° C., the air temperature 39.0° C. When pursued, these lizards ran for a few yards over the sand, stopped abruptly, and buried themselves within two to three seconds by sinking into the sand with rapid lateral move- ments of the body, leaving a clear impression of the body outline. This be- havior is characteristic of this species, and in contrast to other species of Phrynocephalus in the region (Minton, 1966). Recognizable stomach contents consist exclusively of ants. Minton (1966) observed this species feeding on locust nymphs. In life these lizards were brown above, with numerous cream or white and black spots. The flanks were gray, the venter white; one or two asymmetrical Vor. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 297 black marks on the ventral surface of the tail. The snout—vent measurements are 24 and 26 mm., the tails 22 and 25 mm. Phrynocephalus ornatus Boulenger. Phrynocephalus ornatus BOULENGER, 1887, Cat. Liz. British Mus., vol. 3, pp. 496-497 (type locality: Afghanistan between Nushki and Helmand; Helmand). MATERIAL EXAMINED (6). CAS 96272-96273, station 5, 12 July. CAS 97974, 103788—-103790, station 5, 27 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 22, station 5, 12 July. RJC 261, station 5, 27 August. Remarks. Ina recent paper, Anderson and Leviton (1967b) demonstrated that Phrynocephalus ornatus Boulenger was a composite species, the type series containing specimens of P. clarkorum Anderson and Leviton (see above) as well as P. ornatus (as restricted and redefined by Anderson and Leviton). The present specimens were discussed in that paper. The specimens were taken in two small dune areas about 5 miles apart. A few were caught on the bare stony terrain bordering the sand. Two were taken on 12 July at 0600 hours when the air temperature was already 35° C. On 27 August they were not active until after 0800 hours, when the air temperature was 23° C., the ground 24° C. They became abundant by 1100 hours (air temperature 37° C., ground 50° C.) and a few were seen in the direct sun at 1230 hours when the sand surface was 59° C. They held their bodies well clear of the sand, as they usually did when running. When disturbed, they would run at considerable speed across the open sand, frequently taking cover under a low bush, or flattening themselves against the sand, with which they blended precisely. At 0900 hours they ran at an estimated speed of 4 m.p.h. (fast walk) in a straight line, but two hours later it was difficult to overtake them at a run. After two or three minutes of pursuit they grew tired and were easily collected. They rarely hid down holes, nor did they attempt to bury themselves in the sand. Sometimes they would stop in their tracks, lash their tails, and curl them over their backs, revealing the conspicuous black marks. Phrynocephalus scutellatus (Olivier). Agama scutellatus OLIVIER, 1807, Voy. Emp. Othoman, 4th ed., vol. 3, p. 110, Atlas, pl. 42, fig. 1 (type locality: Iran: Mt. Sophia, near Isfahan). Phrynocephalus scutellatus, SmirH, 1935, Fauna British India, vol. 2, pp. 229-230. MATERIAL EXAMINED (3). CAS 97992, station 10, 23 August. CAS 97978- 97979, station 6(a)1, 25 August. Remarks. The largest specimen (CAS 97979), a male, measures 42 mm. from snout to vent, the tail 60 mm. The female, with a snout—vent length of 40 mm., tail 55 mm., has a few very small eggs in the ovaries. CAS 97992, a juvenile, measures 30 mm. from snout to vent, tail 40 mm. Recognizable stomach contents consist of ants. 298 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4TH SER. The juvenile was collected at about 7300 feet elevation at about 0945 hours when air temperature was 28° C., sand temperature 41° C. Eremias velox persica was abundant in the same area, the habitat being bare earth, with a few sandy patches and occasional prickly bushes. The adults were collected at 3800 feet elevation, on bare, stony terrain, a mile or so from the extensive sand- hills of the region. The vegetation was extremely sparse; after running, the lizards would flatten themselves against the purplish stones, with which their color pattern blended remarkably well. The time was 1515 hours, air tempera- ture 45° C. In life, the adults were buff-gray above, with white specks; a broad gray dorsolateral stripe, orange ventrolaterally; six dark gray transverse bars on upper surface of tail; hindlimbs buff-orange, with two gray bars; two longitu- dinal orange stripes on neck. Venter white, the tail with five black bars ventrally. The male had a purple patch on the dorsum. Family GEKKONIDAE Genus Alsophylax Fitzinger Alsophylax ci. pipiens (Pallas). Lacerta pipiens PALLAs, 1811, Zoogr. Ross-asiatica, p. 27 (type locality: USSR: Mt. Bogdo, near the Volga River). Alsophylax pipiens, Fitzinger, 1831, Syst. Rept., p. 90. MATERIAL EXAMINED (4). CAS 96214-96217, station 23a. 25 July. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 138—139, 181-183, station 23a, 14 August. ReMARKs. Leviton and Anderson (1963) assigned three specimens from Afghanistan to this taxon, at the same time calling attention to the fact that Bedriaga had shown in 1912 that the tuberculate gecko referred to “pipiens” by Lichtenstein and subsequent workers was not, in fact, synonymous with Lacerta pipiens of Pallas, a non-tuberculate form. Terentjev and Chernov (1949) in synonymizing Alsophylax laevis Nikolsky (as well as A. microtis Blanford) with A. pipiens imply that the dorsum may or may not have enlarged, tuberculate scales, although their description is of a tuberculate gecko. Mertens (1965) recorded an additional specimen from Afghanistan, but cast doubt on our identification of the Afghan form with the name A. pipiens, since specimens from Mt. Bogdo in the Senckenberg Museum have heterogeneous squamation. Recently, we have been able to examine several small geckos from the USSR referable to A. pipiens (according to Terentjev and Chernov, 1949). These include CAS 99724, from Kisyl-Aryat, Uzbekistan; CAS 99725-6, from Lake Sudtschje, Ustjurt, Kazakhstan; MCZ 5312, 84338-84339, from Mt. Bogdo; MCZ 7127, from Yarkand, Sinkiang (China). These specimens are highly vari- able in the nature of the dorsal scales, there being a complete transition from flat, imbricate, heterogeneous scales (CAS 99724 and MCZ 84339) through a dorsal pholidosis of small, subimbricate scales interspersed with distinctly enlarged, VoL. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 299 slightly swollen, imbricate scales, irregularly distributed, to the condition of tubercular, weakly keeled scales arranged more or less regularly in transverse rows among granular scales (CAS 99725-99726). The specimens appear to agree with one another, and with the description in Terentjev and Chernov (1949) in all other respects. The color pattern is indistinct, but consists of transverse dark bars. The Afghan material differs from all of the above specimens in the following particulars: dorsal scales uniform, homogeneous, smooth, granular; no enlarged tubercles; nostril between the rostral, first supralabial, and two or three nasals; digits longer, more slender, the articulations between the elements more pro- nounced, although not as distinctly angularly bent as in Cyrtodactylus. The habitus is more depressed, the ear is larger, being one-third to one-half the diam- eter of the eye; there are 10-11 upper and 8—10 lower labials, the most posterior not distinctly different in size from the scales following, while in the Russian material there are 7-8 upper and 5—6 lower labials, distinctly larger than the scales following. There is a distinct dark brown mark from nostril, through eye onto temporal region and across occiput (sometimes interrupted). There is a dark transverse bar on neck and an additional 5—7 dark undulating bars on body, the last on the sacral region; these are often irregular, in that two or more may be interconnected; tail with 11—12 bars. In a paper overlooked by Leviton and Anderson in 1963 and by Mertens in 1965, Wettstein (1960) recorded a specimen from Kabul. He identified his specimen as Alsophylax persicus Nikolsky and reassigned this species to the genus Cyrtodactylus. We have examined this specimen and it, too, belongs to the present species. The Afghan form is at once distinguished from Alsophylax persicus Nikolsky (= Tropiocolotes persicus, see Minton, Anderson, and Anderson, in press) by the presence of 6—7 preanal pores, visible even in females and young (or their position clearly indicated by distinctly enlarged scales), by the granular, rather than imbricate, dorsal scalation, and the small postrostral internasal scales, which do not border the nostril. The largest specimen in this collection, a male, measures 40 mm. from snout to vent, tail 46 mm. A female also has a snout—vent length of 40 mm., the tail regenerated. The immature specimen is 33 mm. from snout to vent. Gasperetti collected a juvenile in mid-May measuring 27 mm. from snout to vent, the tail 31 mm.; his female had a snout—vent length of 42 mm., tail 52 mm. (Leviton and Anderson, 1963). These geckos were found on the walls and mosquito net coverings of the windows, both inside and out of the International Club at Kabul. They were not as abundant as was Cyrtodactylus scaber collected on walls at Khost, and the same individuals could be recognized night after night. All were found at 300 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. night, and in contrast to Cyrtodactylus scaber, they tended to be found in patches of artificial light on the walls. They were fairly alert when approached and would run swiftly up the walls and hide in cracks or in the semirotten wood of door posts and window frames. In life, the dorsal ground color was a pale fawn, the posterior margins of the dark bars being white. The internal organs could be seen through the translucent white or gray venter. The lip shields were minutely spotted with gray. Genus Bunopus Blanford Bunopus tuberculatus Blanford. Bunopus tuberculatus BLANFOoRD, 1874, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 13, p. 454 (types from: Iran [Bahu Kalat; Pishin; Isfandak; near Bampur; Rigan, Narmashir; Tumb Island]; and West Pakistan [Baluchistan: Mand; Saman, Dasht]). MATERIAL EXAMINED (1). CAS 96277, station 9, 12 July. Remarks. This specimen, a male, collected at 7000 feet elevation, has very distinct dark transverse bars on the dorsum and agrees in this character with Blanford’s syntypes from Bahu Kalat, and with Werner’s types of Gymno- dactylus gabrielis from Kalvan and Leb-e Kal, all of which have been examined by the junior authors. Iranian specimens from further west often have the dorsal bars broken up. This specimen is very similar to a specimen in the collection of Sherman A. Minton (SAM 710, @) from Kach, Sibi District, West Pakistan. We have also examined MCZ 7137, from Baluchistan, collected by Maynard and McMahon, and identified by Constable (1949) as Stenodactylus lumsdeni. This is a specimen of Bunopus tuberculatus and raises the question of the status of S. dumsdeni Boulenger. The original description does not adequately separate the two forms, the distinction depending upon the interpretation of the digits being “shortly fringed laterally” in S. damsdeni. Since both Boulenger and Smith (1935) saw specimens of B. tuberculatus as well as S. lumsdeni, we can only assume the latter to be a valid species until we have opportunity to examine the type. Two immature, poorly preserved specimens, CAS 84690-84691, previously recorded tentatively as Agamura persica (Leviton, 1959), on subsequent exam- ination prove to be Bunopus tuberculatus. The present specimen was found just after dark, motionless, near a bush in otherwise open country, close to the river. Genus Cyrtodactylus Gray Cyrtodactylus fedtschenkoi (Strauch). (Figure 2.) Gymnodactylus fedtschenkoi StRAuCH, 1887, Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, ser. 7, vol. 35, p. 46 (type locality: Turkestan: Samarkand). Vot. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 301 Ficure 2. Cyrtodactylus fedtschenkoi (Strauch) [ZIAS 9877]. Cyrtodactylus fedtschenkoi, UNDERWOOD, 1954, Proc. Zool. Soc., vol. 124, p. 475. MATERIAL EXAMINED (1). CAS 97995, station 4, 25 August. Remarks. ‘This specimen, an immature female (snout—vent length 36 mm.) has been compared with two specimens (CAS 94053 and 94054) from Suzchan- Darja River, Uzbekistan, USSR, and with three specimens (FMNH 161076, 161255, and 161256) from 30 miles west of Dilaram and from Kandahar, Af- ghanistan. None of these appear to differ from one another significantly. In addition, three specimens (ZIAS 9877) from Pegu-Rabat, Khorasan, Iran, identified as Gymnodactylus longipes by Nikolsky, were examined, and are here regarded as conspecific with C. fedtschenkoi. One of these latter specimens is shown in figure 2. The characters used to separate C. longipes from C. fedt- schenkoi, viz., diameter of eye larger relative to snout length, limbs slightly longer, appear subject to individual variation in the material examined. At our request, Dr. I. Darevsky, Zoological Institute of Leningrad, compared the syntypes of C. longipes with specimens of C. fedtschenkoi and concurs with our view that the two nominal forms are synonymous (personal communication). In our Afghan specimen a series of indentations in the femoral and preanal 302 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. scales is barely discernible, and indicates the position of the pores, about 30 in number, interrupted by a single scale in the midline of the preanal region. The ground color of the dorsum is light gray. There are five distinct dark bars with irregular margins on the body, the first on the neck, fifth across sacrum. In the interspaces are narrower, less distinct, and somewhat lighter dark bars. The head is mottled with dark brown. The limbs, including the digits, are barred above with alternate dark and light marks, the dark bars broadest. The tail, which is incomplete, is barred with dark above. This gecko was found at 1700 hours, between layers of a rather flaky rock. The elevation was about 3500 feet. Cyrtodactylus scaber (Heyden). Stenodactylus scaber HrypDEN, 1827, in Riippell, Atlas Reise ndrdlichen Afrika, p. 15, pl. 4, fig. 2 (type locality: Arabia). Cyrtodactylus scaber, UNDERWOOD, 1954, Proc. Zool. Soc., vol. 124, p. 475. MATERIAL EXAMINED (5). CAS 96174-96178, station 19a, 22 July. CAS 97976, station 1, 29 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 36-37, 41-42, 44-48, 50, 52-54, station 19a, 22 fully: Remarks. CAS 96174 contains one 5 mm. egg in each oviduct. The smallest juvenile measures 22 mm. from snout to vent. Stomach contents include flies, ants, and beetles. There are no obvious differences between Afghanistan speci- mens and those from either Iran or Arabia. All but one of these geckos were collected at night, between 2000 and 2300 hours. They were abundant on the plastered walls of the Guest House at Khost and on the garden walls surrounding it. They were most frequent on the side of the wall toward the west, which may have retained more warmth from the sun. All were fairly inactive, and where there were few holes or crannies, were fairly easily caught. On the garden walls, a greater number of hiding places rendered them more difficult to obtain. On no occasion were the lizards found on the ground. Air temperature at 2315 hours was 27.5° C. A single specimen was taken at 0700 hours at the base of a wall inside a hotel in Herat. Genus Eublepharis Gray Eublepharis macularius (Blyth). Cyrtodactylus macularius BLYTH, 1854, Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. 23, p. 737. Eublepharis macularius, ANDERSON, 1871, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 163. MATERIAL EXAMINED (2). CAS 96212, station 16b, 29 July. CAS 96245, station 22, 8 August. REMARKS. These two specimens, an adult female (snout—vent length 112 mm., tail 83 mm.) and a small juvenile (snout—vent length 59 mm.) closely resemble specimens from Kolpur, Quetta District, West Pakistan (CAS 101440- VoL. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 303 101441, and five live specimens). The juvenile is white, with three very dark solid crossbars on the body, one in the neck, and dark on the head. The two slightly larger juveniles from Kolpur have a few scattered dark spots in the interspaces between the bars. In the adult, as in two adults from Kolpur, the crossbars have faded to a light gray, and are scarcely discernible. The dorsum has many small dark spots scattered more or less uniformly over head and body (somewhat more pronounced in areas of crossbars), these spots largely confined to dorsal tubercules. These specimens differ from two live specimens from Tatta, West Pakistan—which as juveniles had much broader dark crossbars and very narrow interspaces, and now, as subadults, have much larger and confluent dark markings than the northern animals of comparable age and size; the crossbars are still very evident, and a distinct narrow vertebral light line is present. The Afghan and Kolpur geckos also have a more slender habitus and proportionately larger ear opening. We have not seen sufficient material to state whether or not distinct populations of these geckos can be distinguished. In view of the fact that a new species, Eublepharis angramainyu, has been de- scribed recently from Iran and Iraq (Anderson and Leviton, 1966), available material and the distribution of these geckos should be further examined. The adult (CAS 96212) was found shortly after dark, crossing a fairly open piece of earthy ground close to the road. It was active, but not agile, and judging from its apparent disorientation when approached, was probably sur- prised some distance from its hiding place. When first captured it was a uniform pink-gray color, but changed to a pale yellow with purple and yellow tubercles and pale purple bars across the dorsum, the head very pale gray with purplish patches, the underparts grayish white. The juvenile was found dead in a hole into which a specimen of Eremias velox persica had run. The female has a very large egg (11 mm. in diameter) and a graded series of smaller but well developed eggs in each ovary. An account of the habits of these geckos has been given by Minton (1966). Family LACERTIDAE Genus Acanthodactylus Wiegmann Acanthodactylus cantoris subspecies. Acanthodactylus cantoris GUNTHER, 1864, Rept. British India, p. 73 (type locality: India: Ramnagar). MATERIAL EXAMINED (11). CAS 96200-96201, 96206-96209, station 16a, 29 July. CAS 97970-97971, station 5, 25 August. CAS 97977, 97993-97994, station 6aii, 25 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 91-92, 99-110, 116-118, station 16a, 27 August. RJC 249, 252, station 6aii, 25 August. ReMARKS. Preliminary examination of meristic data indicates that speci- 304 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. mens from southern Afghanistan and northern Baluchistan, West Pakistan belong to a population distinct from both the typical subspecies and Acantho- dactylus cantoris blanfordi. The two largest females (snout—vent length 70 and 76 mm., tail 150 and 149 mm.) have eggs in the ovaries, the largest 3 mm. in length. The largest male measures 76 mm. from snout to vent, tail 162 mm. No recently hatched speci- mens were observed, the smallest lizard, a juvenile female, having a snout—vent length of 40 mm. Recognizable stomach contents consist of ants. These lizards were taken at elevations (3500-3800 feet) considerably higher than usually recorded for the genus. Those found near Kandahar came from two localities, on a dry, sandy river bed and its environs southeast of Kandahar, and a small dune area west of Kandahar. They were active in the morning, first appearing about 0745 hours and becoming numerous by 0900 hours. At mid-day they were less abundant, reappearing by evening. They were much more wary than those taken near Nimla, moving and hiding so quickly that it was often difficult to follow the movement. They had a tendency to retreat only an inch or two down a hole, lying quite motionless to escape detection, and then would dart out suddenly, only to disappear again a few yards away. The specimens from near Nimla were obtained from dry sandy islets with low thorny bushes, in a river that was still flowing. The lizards were active during the early morning and again in the late afternoon, running across the sand from bush to bush. They had disappeared by 1300 hours. The variation in size of individuals seen was less than in the Kandahar region. Eremias regeli and E. guttulata watsonana were found in the same area, but occupied the more stony parts and did not occur with the Acanthodactylus. Genus Eremias Fitzinger Eremias aria Anderson and Leviton. Eremias aria ANDERSON AND LEviTON, 1967, Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., no. 64, 4 pp., 1 fig. MATERIAL EXAMINED (2). CAS 96204-96205, station 16c, 31 July. Remarks. ‘These specimens, the holotype and paratype of this recently described form, were seen running over rocks close to the stream in a steep river valley, and hiding at the base of shrubby undergrowth. Eremias guttulata watsonana Stoliczka. (Figure 3.) Eremias (Mesalina) watsonana StoLiczKA, 1872, Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, p. 86 (type locality: West Pakistan: Sind, between Karachi and Sukkur). Eremias guttulata watsonana, SMiTH, 1935, Fauna British India, vol. 2, p. 389. MATERIAL EXAMINED (29). CAS 97987, station 6ai, 25 August. CAS 97982-— 97983, station 7, 25 August. CAS 97985, station 9, 23 August. CAS 96189- VoL. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 305 Ficure 3. Variation in dorsal color pattern of Eremizas guttulata watsonana. 96194, 96240, station 15, 28 July. CAS 96213, station 16a, 29 July. CAS 96173, 96253, station 20, 22 July. CAS 96254, station 21a, 19 July. CAS 96218-96231, station 22, 8-9 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 29, station 21a, 19 July. RJC 66, 70—71, sta- tion 15, 27-28 July. RJC 141-144, station 22, 8 July. RJC 150, station 22, 8 August. REMARKS. ‘Two specimens, CAS 96173 and 96253, are strikingly different in color pattern from the other Afghanistan specimens. The dorsum is a uniform gray, sprinkled with indistinct small light spots; a broad black dorsolateral stripe runs from the eye onto the tail, and contains two rows of small light spots; below this runs a white stripe of nearly equal width, followed by a narrower ventrolateral gray stripe between the limbs. Both specimens were taken in small sunny glades in conifer forest at an elevation of about 8000 feet. They were leisurely in their movements, disappearing and reappearing in debris. One was seen feeding on small insects. They do not appear to differ from other Afghan specimens in other than color pattern. Color pattern in the remaining specimens is variable, the basic pattern being four dark stripes on the dorsum (five on neck), broader than the light interspaces, and each containing two rows of light spots. In most specimens these dark stripes break up into rows of dark-margined light ocelli. Counts for all specimens fall within the range given by Smith (1935), Anderson (1963), and Minton (1966) for the subspecies. This is probably the 306 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [| Proc. 4TH SER. most common lizard in southwest Asia, and a considerable quantity of material is now available in museums. Detailed examination of this material will doubt- less reveal geographically correlated variation in this subspecies which ranges from Rajputana to Syria, but this arduous task is beyond the scope of this paper. The presence of an occipital shield and its contact with the interparietal is constant for 95 specimens examined from Iran and Afghanistan. The large transparent scales of the lower eyelid are edged with black, and in no instance are there more than 10 longitudinal series of ventral plates. These characters serve to differentiate this form from the related species Ereniias brevirostris. In specimens from Afghanistan, large eggs are present in specimens collected in late February, early March, and mid-April. None of the present series col- lected in mid-July through August are in breeding condition, testes and ovaries being very small in size, even in the largest specimens. Of the several juveniles in the present series, the smallest, collected 8 August, has a snout—vent length of 28 mm. This is in accord with Minton’s (1966) data for West Pakistan indicating early spring breeding, the first young appearing about May and reaching maturity by winter. Apart from those collected in the forest, these lacertids were found in bare, open country, usually hard-baked fine earth, often in part the result of previous nomadic cultivation, but sometimes stony or pebbly. They were never observed in sandy habitats. Nor did the microhabitats of E. velox persica and E. guttulata watsonana precisely overlap, although only a few yards often separated the two. At Charikar, E. g. watsonana was found among the pebbles of a dry watercourse, while E. velox persica was found in sandy or earthy patches nearby. When pur- sued, the former was able to take refuge under stones, owing to its small size, whereas the latter would dive into holes. When found on a baked earth habitat, E. g. watsonana ran from bush to bush, pushing its way into the denser prickles around the base, ignoring the holes in the vicinity. Usually activity began around 0800 hours (two or three hours after sunrise) although on occasion the lizards were seen shortly after dawn. At station 7 on 25 August, the air temperature was 20.5° C., the ground 23.0° C. at 0730 hours before the lizards had appeared. By O800 these animals were becoming active, and at 0830 hours the air temperature was 27.0° C., the ground 33.0° C. Eremias regeli Bedriaga. (Figure 4.) Eremias regeli BEpRIAGA, 1905, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. St. Pétersbourg, 1905, p. 236 (type locality: Schirabad). MATERIAL EXAMINED (4). CAS 96198, 96202-96203, station l6a,. 29 and 31 July. CAS 96211, station 16b, 30 July. Remarks. Allowing that our identification of a member of this complex group is correct, this species is recorded for the first time from Afghanistan, a VoL. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 307 Ficure 4. Eremias regeli Bedriaga. though Terentjev and Chernov (1949) suggested it should be expected at least in Afghanistan to the north of the Hindu Kush. While this still remains a likeli- hood, our specimens, unexpectedly we might say, were taken in the upper Kabul River Valley on the southern slope of the Hindu Kush. One specimen was collected in the direct sunlight at 1300 hours, the air temperature 44° C., sand 58° C. No others were seen at this time, although a number had been seen about two hours after sunrise. The habitat was flat terrain, sandy in places, with a few bushes. The other specimens were found on stony islets in the river bed of station 16a, in close association with Eremias 308 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. guttulata watsonana, but not with Acanthodactylus cantoris. They were fairly common, but difficult to catch as they ran from bush to bush, becoming less numerous around mid-day. The fact that this region, east-northeast of Nimla on the old Kabul-Jalalabad road, harbors two previously unrecorded species of Eremias, E. regeli and the recently described EF. aria (see E. aria above), both of which have their closest affinities with populations to the north of the Hindu Kush, is of considerable zoogeographic significance and warrants further investigation. Eremias velox persica Blanford. (Figure 5.) Eremias persica BLANFORD, 1874, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 14, p. 31 (type locality: Tran: near Ispahan). Eremias velox var. persica, BOULENGER, 1921, Mon. Lacert., vol. 2, pp. 312-314. MATERIAL EXAMINED (10). CAS 97988, station 6a(ii), 26 August. CAS 97984, station 8, 23 August. CAS 96275-96276, station 9, 13 July. CAS 97986, station 9, 23 August. CAS 97981, station 10, 23 August. CAS 96255-96256, station 18, 23 July. CAS 96232-96233, station 22, 9 August. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 26, station 9, 13 July. RJC 161, 194-195, station 22, 9 August. Remarks. Counts and measurements for our specimens fall within the FricurE 5. Ontogenetic changes in dorsal color pattern of Eremias velox persica. Vor. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 309 known range of this subspecies. The largest male, CAS 97984, is a juvenile measuring only 41 mm. from snout to vent. The largest female, CAS 96232, has a snout—vent length of 98 mm. The smallest juvenile measures 35 mm. from snout to vent. The ontogenetic changes which occur in the color pattern of this species are beautifully demonstrated in our series (fig. 5). The females contain eggs up to 2 mm. in diameter in the ovaries, one, CAS 96255, having eggs in the oviducts, the largest 9 mm. long. These lizards occupied a wide range of habitats but preferred the more sandy areas on bare open country, with sparse prickly brush cover. Those from Meiden Khula inhabited a dry river bed with fine gravel and woody shrubs, an area probably inundated by water in the rainy season. This valley cut through the conifer forests, and this area was near the edge of the forest at 6700 feet elevation. The lizards were actively foraging in the open sun detween 1500 and 1600 hours, and others were seen. They were difficult to catch, as they were quick-moving, darting from one place to the next and taking refuge in the thick undergrowth. In more open country they generally escaped into (rodent?) holes with numerous exits, often around bases of prickly bushes or in the banks of dry fields or ditches. Juveniles and adults were seen together between Ghazni and Mukur. None were seen at 0715 hours when the air temperature was 20.0° C., but they were abundant between 0945 and 1100 hours, and the air temperature rose from 28° C. to 35° C. At 1100 hours they were still spending short spells in the sun, then retreating under bushes. The sand temperature was then 42.0° C. In other localities 0730 hours was the earliest any were collected, the air temperature 24° Ce rsand)25° C. Genus Mabuya Fitzinger Mabuya dissimilis (Hallowell). Euprepis dissimilis HALLOWELL, 1857, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., ser. 2, vol. 11, p. 78 (type locality: Bengal). Mabuia dissimilis, BOULENGER, 1887, Cat. Liz. British Mus., vol. 3, p. 175. MATERIAL EXAMINED (1). CAS 96195, station 16b, 31 July. Remarks. This is the first record of this Indian species for Afghanistan, and its presence in this area east-northeast of Nimla in the valley of the Kabul River (which ultimately joins the Upper Indus) heightens the zoogeographic importance of this part of Afghanistan. This specimen, a male, measures 56 mm. from snout to vent; the tail mea- sures 93 mm. There are 36 rows of scales round the middle of the body, and 16 subdigital lamellae beneath the fourth toe. The dorsal scales have three keels. The three light lines on the dorsum are not pronounced, and are margined with black dots. The light spots on the flanks lack black margins. 310 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 47H SER. This skink was found at 1100 hours among damp stones close to the water with some grass and other low vegetation nearby. It moved with considerable speed when disturbed and was eventually caught by retrieving it from under a stone. Although the air temperature was quite high, the stones were cool and moist. Genus Ophiomorus Duméril and Bibron Ophiomorus tridactylus (Blyth). Sphenocephalus tridactylus BuytH, 1855, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. 22, p. 654 (type locality: Afghanistan). Ophiomorus tridactylus, BOULENGER, 1887 (in part), Cat. Liz. British Mus., vol. 3, pp. 394-395. MATERIAL EXAMINED (1). CAS 97973, station 5, 27 August. Remarks. This specimen was among the material discussed in a recent review of the genus (Anderson and Leviton, 1966). It was collected at about 1000 hours, when the air temperature was 36° C., the sand surface 52° C. Prior to 27 August, the Clarks observed that numerous snake-like tracks had been made in the sand, but no amount of digging had yielded anything. On this one occasion the track was seen to stop, and an area of undisturbed sand indicated that a reptile might have buried itself. Upon being disturbed, the skink moved just under the surface, making a track identical to those already observed. Examination of tracks in the area revealed that the lizards usually moved by “swimming” in snake-like fashion through the fine sand, obviously without using their diminutive limbs. Occasionally this kind of track would give way to a more lizard-like one, with light footmarks and a tail trail. Pre- sumably this form of locomotion is used when the skink moves in a more leisurely manner over the sand surface. Family VARANIDAE Genus Varanus Merrem Varanus bengalensis bengalensis (Daudin). Tupinambis bengalensis DAUDIN, 1802, Hist. Nat. Rept., vol. 3, p. 67 (type locality: Bengal). Varanus bengalensis, DUMERIL AND BIBRON, 1836, Erp. Gen., vol. 3, p. 480. MATERIAL EXAMINED (2). CAS 104378, station 13, 11-12 August. CAS 96199, station 16(b), 29 July. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL. RJC 122, station 13,17 July. RJC 123-127, station 13, 1 August. RJC 190-193, station 13, 11-12 August. RJC 120-121, station 15, 27 and 28 July. RJC 90, station 16b. REMARKS. Apparently this is the first documented record of the Indian monitor in Afghanistan. Murray (1884) included Afghanistan in the range of this species and Minton (1966) includes extreme southeastern Uzbekistan. CAS 96199 is a handsomely marked juvenile, 110 mm. from snout to vent, VoL. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 311 the tail measuring 190 mm. The larger specimen, a female, has a snout—vent length of 430 mm. This monitor was seen usually in damp localities, principally terraced rice fields and steep earth banks in the river valley from Kabul to Jalalabad, al- though two individuals were seen on dry stony hills, and two more (Jalalabad to Nimla) in semi-desert but close to a small river. One specimen was seen near the town of Khost, by cultivated fields, and ran up a small tree when chased. Activity began early in the morning, at which time (0630-0800 hours) they were observed lying close to, or half out of their holes in crumbly banks, into which they would retreat rapidly if approached in anything but an extremely cautious manner. Later in the morning (1000-1200 hours) individuals were encountered in the open, sometimes at least 100 yards from their burrows, pre- sumably foraging in the rice fields. When disturbed, they ran at great speed toward their burrows, often swimming for many yards in ditches to reach safety. In one locality, individuals were observed about an hour before sunset, close to the water in a more open river bed, again over 100 yards from any cover. During the hottest periods the Indian monitor probably takes to its hole, often a complex series of tunnels running for many yards, but a few individuals would lie in cool damp ditches, screened by the rice or rushes. Two animals took to the river when approached and dived unhesitatingly into the water. Although the area was watched for several minutes, they were not seen to reappear. A remarkable aspect of their behavior was their unerring knowledge as to the location of their burrows even when disturbed at considerable distances from them. Even with two people to corner them they would evade one’s grasp with amazing agility. Never did a specimen attempt to defend itself in the open, although when caught they would hiss angrily and lash their tails. Only rarely did they try to bite. Of 36 specimens of V. bengalensis seen, two were juveniles. One of these was caught by the roadside about a mile from any water (Jalalabad-Nimla) and the other by village boys from up a tree, perhaps half a mile from the river. In spite of several visits to station 13, where adults were abundant, on only one occasion was a suspected juvenile seen, but it ran off the rock into a pool in the river before it could be caught or its identity confirmed. Although these lizards were never seen feeding, it is probable that they take principally the frogs that are abundant in the area. No other reptiles were seen, except Calotes versicolor and a very few lacertids. One cast skin, probably of Ptyas mucosus, was seen, but doubtless there are plenty of small rodents which might contribute to the diet. Minton (1966) showed that a diversified diet is taken in West Pakistan, where he found musk shrews, palm squirrels, snakes, lizards, tenebrionid beetles, crabs, crayfish, locusts, and solpugids in stomach contents. In captivity they ate raw meat freely. On two occasions a live 312 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [| Proc. 4TH SER. specimen of Natrix natrix persa, between 0.75 and one meter, was introduced into the cage, and within a few minutes the lizard caught the snake in its jaws close behind the head. Sometimes it held the snake’s body with one of its limbs and by sharp jerks of its head and twisting it while at the same time partly crushing it in the jaws, the monitor gradually killed the snake. The snake struggled a little, but slowly the monitor grasped it more and more firmly in its mouth, taking the head in backwards. The animal then dropped the dead snake and later swallowed it at its leisure. Each time the snake was introduced around sunset, and although the air temperature was not high, the lizard showed vigorous and purposeful movements. Several frogs introduced at the same time were eaten later. CAS 104378 lived for two years at the California Academy of Sciences. During most of that time it fed readily on chicken necks; it refused live food. Family CoLUBRIDAE Genus Coluber Linnaeus Coluber species. MATERIAL EXAMINED (2). CAS 103785, station 1, 31 August. CAS 96250, station 16b, 31 July. RemMarKs. CAS 103785 is a male having a snout—vent length of 402 mm., tail 137 mm. The fifth supralabial enters the eye, the sixth being separated from the eye by the presence of a small subpostocular. There are 205 ventrals and 100 subcaudals. The ground color is light tan, and 46 dark crossbars adorn the body. Thus, this individual is referable to Coluber karelini Brandt ac- cording to the criteria of Terentjev and Chernov (1949). It was taken about 20 miles from the Iranian border. It made little attempt at escape, wriggling into a low bush and winding itself among the branches at the base. It was sluggish at this time of the morning (0800 hours) as were individuals of Agama agilis found nearby. The other specimen fits Terentjev’s and Chernov’s (1949) concept of C. rhodorhachis (Jan). A female, it measures 692 mm. from snout to vent (the tail badly damaged). The fifth and sixth supralabials border the eye, and there are 223 ventrals. The body is uniform gray. The animal was found dead on the edge of a field not far from the river. Ants were feeding on it; the specimen is in poor condition. The reader is referred to the comments of Leviton (1959) regarding the problems surrounding the nominal taxa C. rhodorhachis, C. karelini, and C. ventromaculatus. As he has pointed out, the characters used to distinguish these forms are variable, and the group must be studied throughout its geographic range before specimens can be assigned with certainty to one of these taxa. Vout. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 313 SUMMARY The collection assembled by the senior authors in Afghanistan in the summer of 1964 includes 26 species of amphibians and reptiles. Of these 26 species, Eremias aria was described recently by the junior authors from this material, and Phrynocephalus clarkorum, a species previously confused with P. ornatus, was recognized and described by Anderson and Leviton (1967b). In addition, Bufo andersoni, Rana cyanophlyctis, and Mabuya dissimilis are recorded from Afghanistan for the first time, while the presence in Afghanistan of Varanus bengalensis is finally documented. The specimens collected in eastern Afghanistan in the valley of the Kabul River and its tributary streams (stations 13-16) are of particular zoogeographic interest. In this region a number of predominantly Indian species penetrate Afghanistan. These include Rana cyanophlyctis, Varanus bengalensis, Calotes versicolor, and Mabuya dissimilis. In addition, Eublepharis macularius, known from the Salt Range of the Punjab and from West Pakistan, enters here. Acanthodactylus cantoris is also present in this area, at an unusual elevation for this species. Whether this population is most closely related to those of the Helmand basin or to those of Rajasthan remains to be determined. Particularly interesting too is the discovery in this region of two previously unrecorded species of Eremias (E. aria and E. regeli) both of which appear to have their greatest affinities with species found to the north of the Hindu Kush in the USSR. Agama nupta, apparently a species of the southern margins of the Iranian Plateau, is also present. Bufo andersoni, another species of West Pakistan and northern India, was taken west of Khost in the drainage of the Kurram River, a tributary of the Indus. Rana cyanophlyctis was found in this locality also. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, STEVEN C. 1963. Amphibians and reptiles from Iran. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 31, no. 16, pp. 417-498. ANDERSON, STEVEN C., and ALAN E. LeEviToNn 1966a. A new species of Eublepharis from southwestern Iran (Reptilia: Gekkonidae). Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, no. 53, 5 pp. 1966b. A review of the genus Ophiomorus (Sauria: Scincidae), with descriptions of three new forms. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 33, no. 16, pp. 499-534. 1967a. A new species of Eremias (Sauria: Lacertidae) from Afghanistan. Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, no. 64, 4 pp. 1967b. A new species of Phrynocephalus (Sauria: Agamidae) from Afghanistan, with remarks on Phrynocephalus ornatus Boulenger. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 35, pp. 227-234. BLANFoRD, WILLIAM T. 1876. Eastern Persia, an account of the journeys of the Persian Boundary Commission, 1870-1872, vol. 2. The zoology and geology. London, viii + 516 pp., pls. 14-28. 314 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. BOULENGER, GEORGE ALBERT 1885. Catalogue of the lizards in the British Museum. London, vol. 1, xii + 436 pp., 32 pls. 1921. Monograph of the Lacertidae. London, vol. 2, viii + 451 pp. CLARK, RICHARD J., ErtcA CLARK, and STEVEN C. ANDERSON 1966. Report on two small collections of reptiles from Iran. Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, no. 55, 9 pp. CONSTABLE, JOHN D. 1949. Reptiles from the Indian Peninsula in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College, vol. 103, pp. 59-160. GUNTHER, ALBERT C. L. G. 1864. The reptiles of British India. Ray Society, Londen, xxvii + 444 pp., 26 pis. GAN DZ mae AG 1928a. Les Eremias de l’Asie Occidentale. Bulletin du Musée Georgie, Tiflis, vol. 4 (1927), pp. 1=72, pls. 1-3. 1928b. Les Eremias de |’Asie Occidentale. Bulletin du Musée Georgie, Tiflis, 136 pp. (reprint from vols. 4 and 5, separate pagination). 1930. Les Eremias de l’Asie Occidentale. Bulletin du Musée Georgie, Tiflis, vol. 5 (1928), pp. 1-64. Leviton, ALAN E. 1959. Report on a collection of reptiles from Afghanistan. Proceedings of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 29, pp. 445-463. Leviton, ALAN E., and STEVEN C. ANDERSON 1961. Further remarks on the amphibians and reptiles of Afghanistan. Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 19, pp. 269-276. 1963. Third contribution to the herpetology of Afghanistan. Proceedings of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, ser. 4, vol. 31, pp. 329-339. MERTENS, ROBERT 1965. Bemerkungen uber einige Eidechsen aus Afghanistan. Senckenbergiana Biologia, vol. 46, pp. 1-4. Minton, SHERMAN A. 1966. A contribution to the herpetology of West Pakistan. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 134, pp. 29-184, pls. 9-36. MiIntToN, SHERMAN A., STEVEN C. ANDERSON, and JEROMIE A. ANDERSON Remarks on some geckos from Southwest Asia, with descriptions of three new forms and a key to the genus Tropiocolotes. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences (in press). Murray, JAMES A. 1884. The vertebrate zoology of Sind. London and Bombay, xiv + 423 pp., pls. 1-6. NIEDEN, FR. 1923. Amphibia. Anura I. Subordo Aglossa und Phaneroglossa, sectio 1 Arcifera. Das Tierreich, 46 Lieferung, xxxii + 584 pp. NIKOLSKyY, ALEXANDER M. 1915. Faune de la Russie. Reptiles. Petrograd, vol. 1, 532 pp., 9 pls. [In Russian; see 1963 English translation, Fauna of Russia and adjacent countries. Reptiles. Vol. 1, Chelonia and Sauria. Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jeru- salem, 352 pp.] Vot. XXXVI] CLARK ET AL.: AFGHANISTAN AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES 315 SmitH, Matcoim A. 1935. The fauna of British India. Reptilia and Amphibia. Vol. 2, Sauria. London, xiii + 440 pp., 1 pl. 1940. Contributions to the herpetology of Afghanistan. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 11, vol. 5, pp. 382-384. TERENTJEV, PAu V., and S. A. CHERNOV 1949. Opredelitel Presmykaiushchikhsia i Zemnovodnykh. Moscow, 3rd ed., 340 pp. WETTSTEIN-WESTERSHEIMB, OTTO 1960. Drei seltene Echsen aus Siidwest-Asien. Zoologischer Anzeiger, vol. 165, pp. 190-193. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vol. XXXVI, No. 11, pp. 317-346; 2 figs.; 3 pls. April 10, 1969 OBSERVATIONS ON THE VIZCAINO DESERT ANDITS BIOTA By Ira L. Wiggins Gerhard and Gulick (1962, preface) pointed out that many books dealing with the peninsula of Baja California have appeared, the first in 1771, and that one could get a great deal of information about the region from the resources of a good library. They wrote further, “In spite of all this, Lower California for some reason has become endowed in recent years with an aura of mystery, and much misinformation has been published about it.” Their book, with its reprintings and revisions, has done much to correct some of the misconceptions about Baja California. It contains the most reliable data available about roads, ranchos, towns, villages, mines, and distances from one to another of them to be found in any publication. In contrast, as late as 1905 there were few maps of Baja California that could give a prospective traveler any information, and still fewer that were reliable. E. W. Nelson, writing 15 years after a year-long saddle and pack trip the length of the peninsula (1921, p. 12) wrote, ““Through the lack of designa- tions for numerous geographic features, I have thought it advisable to propose names for them. The names are mainly those of some of the early Spanish ex- plorers and missionaries, who first made known the coasts and interior of the peninsula, and of certain American naturalists, whose scientific work has given us much of our information concerning the wild life of this region.” He then listed nine peaks and four plains to which he had given names, one of these was “Viz- caino Desert, in honor of the navigator Sebastian Vizcaino.” Nelson delimited the Vizcaino Desert as follows: “A broad and largely sandy plain, which may be called the Vizcaino Desert, begins on the Pacific coast a little south of Santa Rosalia Bay and extends southeasterly about 150 miles to a [317] 318 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. point on the coast southeast of Ballenas Bay. On the northern and eastern sides it is limited by the foothills and lower slopes of the great interior plateau. This plain is broadest opposite Scammon Lagoon, where it reaches a width of about 60 miles, and narrows to a point at both ends. It is the largest comparatively level area in the peninsula and is excessively arid throughout its extent.” (Nelson, 1921, p. 71.) He designated several subdivisions in the Vizcaino Desert, and discussed briefly the vegetative cover of several parts of the desert. Shreve (1951, 1964) chose to include the Vizcaino Desert merely as a sub- division of his “‘Vizcaino Region” and devoted a few paragraphs to the distinctive vegetation of the Vizcaino Plain, which is practically the same as the area Nelson called the Vizcaino Desert, and which concerns us in this report. Shreve was a careful observer and an astute student of plant geography. During his field trips into the peninsula of Baja California, he tabulated and analyzed the floristic composition of the regions he recognized, and published lists of the plants he considered significant in delimiting phytogeographic areas. He wrote (1951, p. 110), ‘““The dominant plant of the Vizcaino Plain is Yucca valida, which forms from 60 to 80 percent of the number of large perennials throughout the northern part of the plain.” On a following page he listed the principal perennials, indicating their relative abundance by asterisks, three such marks indicating the most abundant: “The following are the principal perennials of the Vizcaino Plain: ***Vucca valida “Euphorbia misera **“Franseria magdalenae “Opuntia ciribe ***Lycium californicum “Prosopis juliflora var. Torrevana *<*Encelia frutescens Larrea tridentata *““Opuntia calmalliana Viscainoa geniculata **“Foquieria peninsularis [F. diguetii] Lophocereus Schottii **Viouiera deltoides Lycium Fremontii **Tatropha cinerea Bursera Hindsiana ** Machaerocereus gummosus Lippia fastigiata “Atriplex species [A. canescens | Pachycereus Pringlei *Pedilanthus macrocarpus Triteleiopsis Palmeri “Viguiera purisimae Solanum Hindsianum.” On 25 March 1961, four of us, Benjamin H. Banta, Alan E. Leviton, Allyn G. Smith, and I, left the San Francisco Bay area with the purpose of exploring as much of the Vizcaino Desert as could be reached in the limited time at our disposal. We hoped to traverse many of the roads and passable tracks that cross parts of the desert. We had use of an International Harvester Travelall, owned by the Belvedere Scientific Fund, and financial support for the expenses of the trip generously furnished by the same fund through the kind interest and support of Mr. K. K. Bechtel. We here express our appreciation to Mr. Bechtel for his help on this, and other field trips, in Baja California made under his sponsorship. VoL. XXXVI] WIGGINS: BIOTA OF THE VIZCAINO DESERT 319 TABLE 1. Minimum night temperatures in the Vizcaino Desert between 30 March and & April 1961. (Thermometer 4 feet above surface of ground.) Min. temp. during pre- Date Location of camp and weather notes vious night 31 March On desert 5 km. E. of Guerrero Negro. (Brisk breeze, cue: overcast sky.) 1 April 48 km. SE. of Guerrero Negro. (Brisk wind during night, Saie full moon.) 2 April 6 km. N. of Rancho Los Angeles. (Overcast between mid- ohh Os night and 2 A.M.; 24° C. at 8:30 a.m., 2 April.) 3 April 15 km. N. of San Ignacio. (Little wind, temperature mild inl (Cc. during day and evening.) 4 April 2 km. E. of Rancho San Angel. (Hot and dusty during Same middle of day; haze in afternoon. Temperature 16° C. at 8:20 pm., 3 April, 12° C. by 6:30 a.m., 4 April.) 5 April Near beach 10 km. NE. of Punta Abreojos. (Heavy over- IBRC: cast and dew during night of 4th, light breeze.) 6 April 5 km. SW. of Rancho San Angel. (High overcast by mid- ilo’ (Ge afternoon of 5th. Heavy dew during night.) 7 April 3 km. N. of Rancho El Provenir. (Clear sky during night O21G: until 4 A.m. of 7th, then broken high overcast until 9 A.M.) 8 April 38 km. N. of El Arco. (Chilly wind from NW. during night G2 (G of 7th. Sky clear.) The aspect of the vegetation in the Vizcaifo Desert and the amount of activity among the animals that dwell there, vary from season to season and from year to year. This variation is inherent in the responses of organisms to the fluctuations in weather normal to any desert area, but is particularly apparent in the Vizcaino Desert owing to the extremes in annual rainfall that may occur from one year to another. Such variations are less pronounced when one looks chiefly, or exclusively, at perennial plants, than when the total biota is under scrutiny. During a winter and spring of heavy—or exceedingly light—rainfall the response of the annual plants and of the invertebrates that live in, on, and around them is strikingly obvious. If the season is cne of normal or more than normal rainfall, the desert blooms in an astonishing manner. (Such a winter and spring occurred a year after our visit, and at that time thousands of acres were bedecked with a veritable flower garden consisting of species of Oenothera, Abronia, Nama, Orthocarpus, Layia, and other conspicuous annuals. The con- trast between the displays during the successive years was amazing, and is a part of the total seasonal and annual cycles in the Vizcaino Desert, but such comparisons are beyond the scope of this paper.) If rainfall drops below the 320 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Ojo de % @. Cantina e Liebre Tortugas AES) Bee he Ke" _ - *., “a8 e@ : a sees ere tt AEGNEIE | PACIFIC ONCIETAYIN Elevations El a ae ee ~y Route of travel Punta y d Major stops Abreojos =~ Sea level® 5 10 Miles 30 40 piekcies* Principal desert auto tracks Ficure 1. Map of Vizcaino Desert and adjacent mountainous areas from Pacific Ocean to the Gulf of California, in Baja California, Mexico, showing itinerary of California Academy of Sciences 1961 Expedition to the Vizcaino Desert. Many unmapped tracks of vehicles criss-cross the desert areas as a result of geological reconnaissance work carried out annual average to an appreciable degree, or fails entirely, the annual plants and associated populations of insects may be almost totally absent. The spring of 1961 was one during which the rainfall, although somewhat below average, was enough to bring about germination of many seeds of annual plants. But temperatures also were below the long-term average, so the growth of seedlings was exceedingly slow and they remained dwarfed, with few flowers present during our expedition. The low temperatures affected the fauna too, especially the reptiles, which were scarce almost everywhere. Cold biting winds blew nearly every day, and although no freezing temperatures occurred during our stay, the nights were chilly and the wind often made camping uncomfortable. The minimum temperatures recorded by a maximum-minimum thermometer placed in a shrub or tree near our camp each night are shown in table 1. The effects of the nightly overcast and the heavy dew often are underesti- VoL. XXXVI] WIGGINS: BIOTA OF THE VIZCAINO DESERT 321 eel Arco nWaS 28° GULF OF 9 x ‘ e La eeu mee cantina a @rabidn CALIFORNIA is of “Caracol ce Santa Rosalia El | “a SeFintc ; 1 Abreojos N under the auspices of the Mexican government. Most of them should be avoided owing to deep sand and jagged rocks. (Map adapted from aeronautical charts and drawn by Alan E. Leviton. It is divided into two parts with overlap as shown and printed on opposite pages.) “Laguna mated. Both nights when we camped near Rancho San Angel, there was a pro- nounced overcast before dusk, and by 9 or 10 p.m. dew had accumulated on vegetation, our gear, and any object that cooled rapidly after sunset. By morning the drip from many shrubs was sufficient to make a moist circle in the sand, and this dampness often extended downward 4 or 5 mm. Some of the taller, !eafless or nearly leafless, erectly branching shrubs showed less general drip, but the condensing moisture ran down the stems and branches into the sand where a damp ring 5 to 8 centimeters in diameter was apparent in the soil immediately around their bases. The soil in such rings was sufficiently moist for the parti- cles to adhere well and to stain ones fingers with a muddy smear. The influence of the fog rolling inland stimulates the growth of lichens and its effects on these plants have been reported by several authors (Nelson, 1921, pp. 100, 135), (Shreve, 1951, p. 118). In parts of the Vizcaino Desert, lichens are so abundant 322 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. that they constitute a menace to the health of many shrubs, while other lichens closely cover pebbles, cobblestone-sized rocks, and huge boulders. Tillandsia recurvata also depends mainly on fog and dew for moisture and forms conspic- uous irregular balls of growth that resemble old bird nests. Such growths are obvious over many square miles. We entered the Vizcaino Desert at Miller’s Landing, which is about at the point indicated by Nelson as its northernmost limit. From that point we followed the “main road” shown in Gerhard and Gulick’s map number 8 southeastward toward Rancho Mesquital. Ten kilometers northwest of Rancho Mesquital (on 30 March), we examined a wash and adjacent foothills where huge granitic boulders are prominent topographic features and the following plants are the main constituents of the vegetative cover: Vucca valida, Fouqieria diguetii, Opuntia calmalliana, Frankenia palmeri, Lycium californicum, Machaerocereus gummosus, Opuntia cholla, Euphorbia misera, Agave vizcainoensis and Jatropha cinerea. A delicate grass, Muhlenbergia porteri, occurs commonly among the shrubs and under overhanging boulders, and Cheilanthes peninsularis grows in crevices among the rocks. Numerous dead whitened shells of two species of the snail genus Micrarionta were on the ground and among piles of debris left after winter rains. Living snails were present in small numbers, usually deep in crevices among the granitic boulders. Most of the boulders had undergone considerable exfoliation, and slabs, some a meter square or larger, could be pried from the more solid rock beneath. Under some of these slabs were occa- sional individuals of PAyllodactylus xanti nocticolus. A series of eight specimens of this small night-active lizard were collected. To our surprise, no additional specimens of this species were found elsewhere within the Vizcaino Desert. Several grasshoppers were caught for Dr. Hubbell of the University of Michi- gan, but this insect was relatively scarce in the spring of 1961. After entering the Vizcaino Desert proper near this station, a search was made at 27 localities before we left the area again on the route north. Land snails were collected at only five of these stations. Three species of the larger forms were taken; there was a complete lack of minute species that occur elsewhere in Baja California, or at least we found none. The most prevalent land snail collected was Micrarionta levis, a whitish Plate 1 Upper figure. Open stands of vegetation in northeastern part of Vizcaino Desert. (Photograph by Allyn G. Smith.) Lower figure. Clumps of Frankenia palmeri near Guerrero Negro. (Photograph by Ira L. Wiggins.) PROC. CALIF. ACAD. SCI., 4TH SER., VOL. XXXVI NO. 11 (wWIGGINS) PLATE 1 = s